\fc

'^
act.
is

<S* pnrt
cli

-I T|

J nven n

J
[

To wonder
.

I*

...

0^

>

cd
a
J

suffer loil

oing col

^Vrdidon, loss|
J

from

(|, e

al

"e

form, 1\
'

cading]y

To Jiminiej
c
'

J***

nt.|

1.

Muslim Parents: Their

Rights

Ibn

&

Duties

35 40

Prof.

Taymiyah Qamaruddin

125

A. Hussain
2.

28. Salatul Tahajjud

50
in

3.

Answer to Modernism MoulanaA. Thanvi Do's and Do not's in Islam A.R.Shad

Islam Forbids Free Mixing of

M. Imran 29. Islam & Muslims

Prof. I.H. Siddiqi

South Asia

125

80

30. Political Profil of Sir Sayyid

4.

Ahmad Khan
60

Men & Women

M.I. Siddiqi
5.

280

Hafeez Malik
31. Rights of Allah

& Human

Rights

70

Studies

in

Islamic History

& Culture 125

65
1

A.R.Shad
32. Life of

6.

7.

Prof. S. M. Yusuf Hayaat-ul-Muslimeen MoulanaAA. Thanvi Al- Farooq

Abu Bakar

50
of Allah

H.R. Sherwani
33. Ninety Nine

Names

50
250
40

25

/.

Siddiqi

8.

Shibli Nomani Moses Vs Pharaoh

34. History of Islam

40
60
36.

Prof.

M. Hasan

Akhlaq Hussain
9.

35. Perfection of Faith

Women

in

Islam

A.H. Mohaddith

DehM
of

M.M.Siddiqi
10. Islam

The Quranic Concept

War

95

and Western Society M. Jameelah

in

80
1

Brigadier S.K. Malik 37. Islamic Manners

60
120

1 1

Public Finance S.A. Siddiqi

Islam

25
38.

S.M. Madni Abbasi

2.

The Prophet of the Desert Khalid Latif Gauba

Wives of the Prophet Fida Hussain Malik
Skh. M.

60

Mohd. in World Scriptures Abdul Haque Vidyarthi

39. Taqwiat-ul-lman

150

13.

40
40.

Shah Code
Dr.

Ismail

Shaheed
70
Islam

for Believers

14. Social Justice in Islam

60
41.

M.

Ahmad
Rights
in

Ahmad
of

Women's

15.

The Spectacle
K.M. Islam

70

Death

85
42.

Md. Sharif Chaudhary

Imam

Shamil:

The

first

Muslim

16. Introduction to
Dr. 17.

Quran
Adit

50 60 60 95
45.

Guerilla Leader

Muhammad

60

Maj Muhammad Hamid

43.

Family of the Holy Prophet S.M. Madni Abbasi

Women &

Islamic

Law

95

Safia Iqbal
44. Shamaa-il Tirmidhi with

18.

The Prophet's Concept

Brig. G.

of

War

Ahmed (Retd.)

Commentry

19.

Glimpses of Islamic History

Irian

95

M. Zakariyya Kandhelwi

Faqih
Life of

20.

The

Saladin

250

Beh-Ed-din
21. Islam in our Lives

The Mathnawi of Jalalu'ddin Rumi Translation with Commentry 5 Vol.Set

R.A. Nicholson

1225
the

60
46.

Q.
22.

Ahmed
of

Index-cum-Concordance
holy

for

The Challenge
Islamic

Quran

550

Renaissance S.A.Quddus
23.

70
47.

A. Altaf Ahmed Kherie

The Road M. Asad

in

to

Makkah

120
48.

24. Forty Great

Men & Women

70

Islam

25.

Ahmed Ghalib A Critical Introduction Sayyid Fayyaz Mehmood

N.

350
125

49.

26.

The Caliphate
Sir T.W. Arnold
Political

& Glossary of the Quran John Penrice Modern Reformist Thought in The Muslim World M.M. Siddiqi Three Hundred Miracles of Prophet Mohd. Compiled by Badr Azimabadi
Dictionary
holy

150

160

60
70

50. Etiquette of Islamic Life

of

27 The

Thought

Badr Azimabadi

ADAM PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS

SHANDAAR MARKET, CHITIY QABAR, DELHM10006

A competent knowledge of the

indispensable as on the study of Arabic literature, yet practicaj
is

Islam and Western Society

M. Jameelah
2.

Koran

A Literary History of the

R. A. Nicholson
Islamic Poetry

Arabs

introduction- to

(H.B)

175/135/-

(PB)

& Mysticism

225/-

difficulties in

to

abound. Nor is it be expected that all the

it

R. A. Nicholson
4.

transcendent excellencies and miraculous beauties to be discovered in the Koran should

Trans.

The Mathnawi of Jalaluddin Rumi & Commentary (5 Vol Set)

1225/-

R. A. Nicholson
5.

Studies in Islamic History

& Culture
in the

150/-

immediately

Prof.S.M.Yusuf
6.

unveil

them-

selves to the seeker

This

Town, Markte, Mint & Port Mughal Empire 1556-1707

200/-

work has therefore been compiled with the intention of

proving of service to the beginner in mastering some
its

M.P.Singh
7.

State

& Culture in Medieval India

K.A.Nizami
8.

250/-

Society

& Culture in Early

175/-

Medieval India
i

inevitable difficulties, and also to the more advanced Arabist in resolving some problems.

Dr. M. Qamaruddin
9.

Crime

& Punishment in the

125/-

Delhi Sultanate

Thus it provides a clue of elucidation to the more intricate passages of the Koran; itis also an indispensable aid to Koranic
studies.

M. Qamaruddin The Turkish Question: Mustafa Kemal Mahatma Gandhi

Prof.

300/-

Prqf.R.K.Sinha
11. Political
/.

Geography oh India

225/-

Mohiuddin
to

12.

Muslim Contribution
Dr. Nafu Ahmed

Geography

70/-

,J

13.

Academic Elite &

Social Structure

Dr. Jamil farooqui

14.

200/-

Christio-Islamic Theologies

15.

M. JavedZafar Imam Shamll: The

Political

50/-

First

Muslim

60/-

Gaurila Leader- Major Hamid

Thought of Ibn Taymiyah, The

125/-

Prof.
17.

M. Qamaruddin

Islam

& Muslim in South Asia

-

175/-

Prcf.l.H.Siddiqui
18.

Table
S.

Talk of the Prophet

Muhammad

Lane Poole

25/-

19.

God, Universe and Life

M.Munk

80/-

Rs.175
l

DICTIONARY AND GLOSSARY

THE KORAN,
COPIOUS GRAMMATICAL REFERENCES

AND KXPLANATIONS OF THE TEXT.

JOHN PENRICE,

B.A.

Adam

Publishers
Chitli

&

Distributors
Delhi- 11 0006

Shandar Market

Qabar


First Edition

1873
1991
"1

Reprint in India
Price
.'lAdam

Printed in India
Published by S. Sajid Ali for

Adam

Publishers

&

Distributors

Shandar Market
Printed at
:

Chitli

Qabar Delhi- 110006

!

Shah

Offset Printer

1614, Rodgran, Lai Kuan, Delhi-6 Ph. :7522725

V A^

PREFACE.
rpHAT
-*-

a competent knowledge of the

-will

Kor-&n

is

indispensable as an introduction to
all

the study of Arabic literature

be admitted by

who have advanced beyond

the rudiments of the language.

diction
it

purity of its style and elegance of its has come to be considered as the standard of Arabic even by those who
its

From the

have no belief in

pretensions to a divine origin, while so great

is its

authority

among the followers of Mohammad, that it would be difficult to name a work by any Mussulman writer which does not abound in allusions to its precepts or in
quotations from
its

pages.

It is not to be expeoted that all the transcendant excellencies

and miraculous

beauties discovered in the

Kor-&n by its commentators and others should immediately

;

unveil themselves to our cold and unsympathizing gaze

beauties there are,

many

and great

ideas highly poetical are clothed in rich

not unfrequently rises to a sublimity far

it is

and appropriate language, which beyond the reach of any translation but
;

unfortunately the case that

many

of those graces which present themselves to

many stumbling-blocks in the way of the beginner ; the marvellous conciseness which adds so greatly to the forco and energy of its expressions cannot fail to perplex him, while the frequent use of the
ellipse leaves in his

the admiration of the finished scholar are but so

mind a

feeling of vagueness not altogether out of

chancer

in a

work

of its oracular and soi-disant prophetic nature.

It has

been the privilege of the Kor-an rather

to accept
it

to

impose
it

its

own laws upon

originally

grammar than

them from other sources

is

and as

was written

not surprising that a good deal of difficulty has been experienced in framing rules to meet the various readings that have thence crept in. The following pages have been compiled in the hope that they may prove of service to the beginner in mastering some of the difficulties to which I have referred

without vowel points,

may

they will be found to contain much, which to the more advanced student appear trivial or unnecessary, but which will not be without value if it lighten
;

the labours of those for whose use the book

to originality,
it

is

principally designed

it

has no claim

to the reader in a succinct form that which the writer has oulled for his benefit from the works of others.

merely presents

The

edition of the

Kor-&n which I have chosen

for

my

text

is

that

by Fluegel,

printed at Leipzig in 1834; the Concordance

by the same author has been

;

my

sheet-anchor throughout.

Each word

will be found under its verbal root

;

where

none exists

it

must be looked

for in its alphabetical place

so also in the case of

PREFACB.

words which have seemed likely to puzzle the beginner ; many of these have been
separately arranged in their alphabetical order, but

withdrawn a

little

within the

marginal line

thus for example the word

.

h^ may be

looked for either under cJ or

The vowel of the aorist has been given where it is known ; I have generally added the original meaning, and where such meaning is not to be found in the Kor-&n the words are printed in Italics. I must here claim indulgence for the
fault

under its root *U

if fault it

beof
less

having given the English of the

roundabout to say that

infinitive instead of the

;

third person singular of the preterite, or grammatical root of the verb

it

seems

more convenient and

that the

lL>JJ

means

to strike, although

no

one would be likely to oommenoe the study of the Kor-iin without being fully aware

word should

in strictness

be rendered
is

"He

struck"

while upon this point

may

observe that although there

no true
its

infinitive in Arabic, the abstract

noun

v: noun of action frequently supplies

place; the letters n.a. merely refer to the

;

forms of the different nouns of action, not neoessarily to their meaning

rpplies to the participles, written part. act.

this also
re-

and

pass.

these

names have been

tained for convenience sake, and

mark the form

only of the verbal adjectives, whioh,

being constantly employed as substantives, are generally so rendered.

It is hardly necessary that I should offer

any apology

to

my

readers for the

frequent references I have

made

to

De

Sacy's

Grammaire Arabe ; the study of the

French language

is

now

so universal, as almost to render a translation superfluous

the letters D. S. Gr. etc. refer to the second edition.

I have not, as a rule, thought it necessary to notice the various readings of

disputed passages, nor the numerous interpretations of the same passage whioh

abound in the Commentaries ; those who may wish

this direction will find

to

extend their researches in

an ample field in the works of the two great authorities El Beidawee and Ez-Zamakhsharee ; the Commentary of the former, as being the more grammatical, is the one I have generally consulted. Free use has been

made

of the Dictionaries of Freytag and Johnson, principally the former ; to them,

as well as to Sale's

well-known

translation,

my

acknowledgments are especially due.

previously,

From

the

many

careful revisions the

work has undergone, both

and

also in passing

through the press, I have good grounds for hoping that but few typographical errors have escaped detection ; entire freedom from such is hardly to
will,

be expected, but the short table of errata

part
that
;

I feel confident, comprise the greater

for all other shortcomings I

my humble

efforts

must seek the indulgence of my readers, trusting may have provided for them in the words of my title " A
J.

clue of elucidation to the intricate passages of the or-an."

Bkamhtox Lodoi, NoB-mcH,

Serf

PbNEICK.

Mnmy,

1873.

DICTIONARY
or

THE KOE-AK
\

prefixed particle answering to the Latin num.

To remain in a place.
ever.
*&j>\

\jj]

Eternally, ever, for

or an,

Whether?

Is it?

When
may
;

the

first

of
1,

two consecutive propositions begins with

Abraham

a nonn of the second declenT.

1, p.
ii.

and the second with

*!,

both

frequently

sion, of

Hebrew origin, D. S.Gr.

1 pers. sing. aor. iv.

404.

be taken in a dubitative sense

as *1 *nfj&>\\

i^ji and ijy]

and

forms

ljjU

"1

t. 5,

"Whether thou warn them,

warn them not
;"
1

of

\ji

q.v.

or whether thou

is

often Jil

aor. a.

and

i.

To

flee

(with

^J\),

properly, as

found prefixed to other particles,

as,

CSSA
Jji

slave.

"Art thou verily?"

16
of
v. 73,

^1^
is

$T &*~A
by

To be or have many camels.

Camels; a generic noun

JjI

and JjI

"

Do they

then deny the beneficence

like sheep. XJU^plur.

God?" When

this particle is followed

J-jG1 (2nd declension) Flocks (of birds).

another) one of them

as

generally omitted;

^-JjI

Iblees, Satan, see

3\

for

i^-j"

so likewise

when followed
union
is

(b/

Jj.

for

yj from

^
;

q.v.

by Wesla,

in

which case the

alif of

tfjl for

*$ A

father

when
jji,

in connexion with a

suppressed, as
pp. 71 and 99.
<_ji aor.
i.

for 2jfi, etc.

D. S.Gr. T. 1,

complement,

nom.

gen.

^i,

ace.
-

lH;
-

izJ\
To move.
tl>\ ace.
\J\

V'

for
;

lt?^ mv Father D
!

S Gr

and

o.

That

T. 2, p. 91

Dual

u \y\

Parents, and in con-

which the earth produces as food.

*TT plur. of tl>1 for

nexion \yl, oblique ,Jy\, as Ay_\ and ij^A

'$

q. v.

His two parents

of (jij>\ (Pers.),
for

Plur. *l'T Fathers, ancestors,

Jjj\j1

(2nd declension)

pi.

jU\1 like JUjI, the final } being changed quiescent; D. S. Gr. T. 1, into hamza after
\

Goblets.
pp. 97 and 113.

caj* for

^i

see Li for 'y\. c- (jj

i

plur. of c-U q.v.

ju\

see^sj.
viii. f.

Jl

aor. a.

and

i.

To

dislike, disdain, refuse, to

^,1,

tf*\ n.a.

of^Ju

q.v.
;

be averse from (with

aor.
i.

and
17
v.

also with 3[), as

aor.

i.

and

o.

To be nild (an animal)

\jj&

\ ^iStf Jtf

101,

"But

the

J\

(2)
(re-

Jo-l

wicked have rejected (the truth) or only

ceive
i

it)

with ingratitude."
f.

Jj\ aor. i: To be firmly rooted. Tamarisks.

J\ aor.
o.

JJ1 (generic noun)

}~\

viii.

of

j^j

q.v.

and a. To pronounce

guilty,

and

*j'

aor. a.

yyiil see

JS[
_p1
^3\ aor.

c ^. viii. f. of

To

sin.

*^

n. a.

sin, guilt, iniquity.

f\>\

J>]

q.v.
f.

Punishment of wickedness.
of
tfj

IjT part. act.

One

1 pers. Bing. aor. v.

i.

q.v.

who

sins,

an evil-doer.
II.
f.

IjJ

A wicked

person.

To come, come

to (with ace. or with

LjU

i). a.

Accusation of crime.
Bitter, salt (water).

J);

to bring to (with <_> of thing

;

and

ace.

*1 aor. o. To burn.

U-I

of pers.)

to
{

pass,

come

to

pass,

come
act,
fern.

J-^-J

viii. f.

of Usf q.v.
f.

upon (with JS);

with ace. or with
<uil

to do,
<_->).

commit
i$j\ for

(an

lLcs*~\ pass. via.

of

v_l r- q.v.

^\l,
as

iSj\1s^ plur. of cjS^i.

sepulchre.
for hire.

part.

act.

One who comes

v. 78,

to,
is

*y>y ^>-1 aor. o. and

To pay wages, serve

tl^S* L-jT 11

" Verily thefe

coming

j>\

n.a.

A reward;

Plur.jy>-\ Wages, dowers.

upon them a punishment."

jjJU

part. pass,
is

j9-tl>\ X. To
Jsj-1

hire.

with an active signification, That which

7b fix a term. cljjj jjf-1

^

Ji-1

cause, the sake, a3

come

to pass

at 19 v.

62

it

has a future

signification, thus,

Cj

tse-j

^ "on
fixed

that account."

^-1 A
^ i i

" His pro-

fiied term, predetermined period.

Js^l

II.

mise will come to pass."

to

^T

IV.

To cause

To appoint a
^>-y*

term (with ace. and J).

act.

come, bring, produce, give (with double

*Iij^ n. a.

part. pass, with

v. 139,

signification, as
to the
all

accus.).

The bestowing of

gifts.

tj^ ti& 3
which

"According

Book

iiJy* plur. l^^y* part. act.

One who

gives.

fixes the

appointed term of

things."

Pass. !<jJi, or with the omission of the second

For

this adverbial use of the accusative see

2, p. 67, et seq.
fr.

hamza, JiJ\
tlilspT \y<p

D. S. Gr. T.

1,

p.

97; Ex.
is

D. S. Gr. T.

iji^l A

phrase which

exactly

l^sA

plur. of ^isf'

j>I

q.v.
*

rendered in colloquial English by "Those

who

5' .'*

"

have been given the Scripture;" D. 8. Gr.

T. 2, p. 125.

*^is>-\ plur. of

r ^=r

from -a>-

q.v.

Cji

aor. a.

i.

arid

o.

To be luxuriant.

Lfl

jf>\ Wages, Plur. of^>-! C~o ii\a~A plur. of (Jl-o As- ,

kl-l iv.
f.

Tales.

Household
wealth.
*\)\

stuff,

anything which constitutes

of

tU.

q.v.
-*-

*\-&\

plur. of

v -->- see
Fern,

see

>!.

1>-1 One, any one;

i.

^is^,

see
.

S j
*

'

j! aor. o.

and

To

with ace. and

J&\
Traces,

relate ; to excite, raise (dust, S-* c_>). )\ trace, footstep ; Plur.

*Hl-* plur.

of

~"JJ-

and

*X- see Jj>-

^^-t

see ujj*-.

monuments of
IV.

antiquity.

ij\j\

-1 iv. f.

of

q.v.

A relicyT
and Jx.).

To

choose, prefer (with ace.

^j^l
jjj^t-1

plur. of ^oui- q.v.

A pit, from

Jc. q.v.

.xiJ

Jj\
Fern. ij&A Last, the last, the end, latter end;

isA

aor. o.

To
;

take, receive
to accept, take

(witli ace.

and also
afflict

with

t_->)

away, punish,

^ij^r

The last, the latest posterity iyiJ

;

(with ucc. of pers. and <_>,

J, or ^J*z); to
pers.

The next

(life)

as opposed to

CjJI .-^^m H.

make

a compact (with

ic of

or with

aor.^jj To do
thing
ace.
last,

a thing after another, do any-

ace); to seize upon, seize (with ace. or with *_-

of thing)
;

defer, leave

undone, put

off

(with

to take in

hand and arrange,

* 9 v
-

as

and ^s), as
"

<_l>\i*h

+^& 0^1
off their

^j

11

J* u-? ordered our

V*

^&~*
affairs

s0 "
-

We
j^l

had
n.a.

v. 11,

And
to

verily if

we put

punish-

beforehand."

ment;"
ace.

give a respite to any one (with

The

act of taking, punishment.

iteS noun

and ^J\).jsJj V. To remain behind,

after another.

of unity,

A punishment.

&&.\ part. act.

jo-1

One

come

who

takes.

AsM'or

ya-1L>\
iv.

X. To stay be-

aor. A^-'ji III.

hind, delay, wish to delay,

^rj-

1-^

part. act.

To punish
crime).VIII.
it

(with ace. of pers. and <_> of the

One who
c-L-oJi-1
,jjb>-l iv.

tarries behind.
f.

j^j for sti\

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

236,

2 pers. sing. pret.

f.

of ^jj>- q.v.

To

take, take to one's-self ;

to beget, as IjJj
<UJ1

with G1J
v. 110,

of

^ii.

q.v.
rt. J=i. q.v.

means

j^r\ 2

^ILi.! (2nd declension) plur. of J-l-

"God
make

hath begotten issue;" to receive, make,

for one's-self, as

<ui1 aor. cond.

1 pers.

sing, with * affixed,

from

c^idd cjyGJl Ji*

maketh
)

^q.v.
for j^-f
;

uIJ 29 v. 40, " Like the spider (who)

for herself a
is for *j>Aj

when

in connexion with a ^y*-\> &cc. ^-i

complement

house;"

at

38

v.

63 ^li.iarl

nom. jil, gen.

Dual,

brother;

iosr

the alif of union being sup!,

tj>')A> oblique

^.y^A, and

in construc-

pressed after the interrogative particle

D. 8.

tion \"^~\

and

isy>-*

',

Plur. *p.j and

^j^;
Plur.
see

Gr. T.

1, p.

71

to hold or reckon, as ,x=cu

the

latter

generally means companions or

for

&F Sic <f>l jaL' U

siders

v. 100,

"

He

con-

friends.

JLJU

iy>A

sister;

what he expends

as a

means of bringing

cyVji-1;

Dual ^^i-i, oblique ^laXf,

1,

him nigh unto God;"

kindness), as at 18 v.
<i\s?\

to act, behave (with

D. S. Gr. T.
J* aor. a.
i.

p'358.
s

85 (with

of person).

and

o.

7b /a// on, oppress.

&

Stu-

n.a.

Act of taking

to one's-self.

jJsx,

pendous, grievous.
ISfySl for pfjljiS 2 pers. plur. vi.
f.

part. act.

One who

takes.

of (,'J q.v.

j&.

No

verbal root, the verb not being used in the

CJj\l\
\j5T

vi.

f.

of

i^/o
;

q.v.

first

form

Latter, The last,

jA~ for JX \]

Cause

to

come

Imperat.

ii.

f.

of ,JS\ q.v.

(2nd declension)
Fern,

Another, other, the last;

8. Gr. T.
for
1, p.

*T5l see i^ji.

^i-1 D.

351

Plur.

jboi see^iJ.
tjpif Imperative plural of \j3 q.v.

uj^T;
form,

Fem.^i-i
8.

j&A,
1,

the

more usual

D.

Gr. T.

pp.

359 and 407;

*%s3\ plur. of

j% J An

adopted son,

rt.

Iaj q.v.

^,'i.l ^j* 3 v. 147, " In your rear."

^A,

Jfi

iv.

f.

of 3 J q.v.

ol
|.Jl aor. a.

>,1

To be tawny.
D. S. Gr. T.
vile, etc. fr.

>j

p'S\
1, p.
lJ

(2nd declension),
404.

Adam;

U J|
Plur.

n.

a.

Permission.

^j\ Fern. An ear;

declaration.

^JT.

^\j\

^Jl More
^jAJl

^oU I.
act.

j q.v.
jtj q.v.
i\j] for

To

cry aloud,

make

a proclamation (with "J

More
i.

grievous,

fr.

or with <_j of thing).

^jj4

part.

o'-M aor.

7b 6we

thick {milk).

^31

public crier, a

Muezzin.- ^jj

IV.

To make

Payment;
hamza after
lit

the final
\

^
to

being converted into

1
,

known
to

to,

proclaim to (with ace. of pers.);

quiescent; D.S.Gr. T.

p.

113.

assure.
to

^j\j

V.

To cause a proclama-

ijj\

II.

To cause

come,
^J\
)
;

to

pay back,
^yjlj as

tiort

be made, cause to be declared.

restore

(with ace. and

let

aor.

^.JUJ X. To ask

5pii " Then

permission (with

him

restore (it)."

^
at

or

with ace. of pers. and

vv. 44 and 45
it

of thing)

j\ and \j[ Behold,

\j>\

if,

when, then, at that time.

;

means

to

ask leave to be

Then, in that case

These words are

re^

excused, to ask a dispensation; see D. S. Gr.

T. 2, p. 467, where this ellipse
aor. a.
is

garded by the Arab grammarians as indeclinable

explained.
S. Gr.

nouns

They enter into composition with

other

^j\

To be hurt.
p.

^j\

for

Jjl D.

words, as a!L- and

j^"J Then,
so also
\ \

at that time,

T.

1,

Ill

n.a.

injury,

ill-treatment,

on that day when

terrogative particle

j[ after the init

offence,

annoyance, anything noxious, such as

as \jj\ Is

then?

etc.

illness or pollution.

^ S\
;

IV.

To
;

injure, vex,

For the various

ticles

effects

produced by these par-

annoy, offend,
v. 20,

afflict

aor.

^ jy' U^j Li
;

upon the

tenses of verbs the reader is

" Then punish them both

" properly,

referred to D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 171, et sea.,

also p.

and

"do them both some injury"; Commentators

differ as to
\

522

j^ and \j[ are constantly emto

what

this injury

should be; Pass.

ployed in the Koran

commence a sentence
J,\

without any antecedent; the words

U Jj1

Cf*} 29 v. 9, for Jjj] for J?Jtl, see 3 v.194; see also D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 95, 187.

"Remember what occurred," being then understood.

C&V)
'J} aor.

see

cT.
tight,

i.

To to (a knot)
i>J[
n.a.

and

il>/] aor. a.

^\jj\ plur. of ,jij

chin, see ^Jij.

iv.
f.

To

rcant.

want, a necessity, as

Li jl 1 pers. plur. pret.

of jlj q.v. See also

tuV^J?
(of

24

31, "

Who

have no need
plur.

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

24C.

women)."

cJ.'U (2nd declension)

hj\

plur. of

jJi,

rt.

Jj

q.v.
a.

of tij

u
f.

Necessities, necessary uses.

jj\ To give ear ; and JjJ! aor.

permission, permit (with
thing, also with

To

suffer,

grant

<^jL^T plur. of ilij q.v.

of pers. and t_j of

;

J\

of the verb)

to

hearken

to

(with J).

Note.

When

the Imperative of this

written
1,

J$iv. of U^ q.v. *^j\ viii. of (1>\j for LZJ q.v. *T>-jl plur. of \^-j A side, rt. U-J q.v.
f.

verb

is

preceded by <J
;

it is

u j\j

as at

*>-

IT

Put him
iv.
f.

off!

See U-j

v.

279

see D. S. Gr. T.

p. 232, note.

wf J/

of

tj'Sj q.v.

" ;

wJ
C,t
S
o

*->'

for

^J$
i.

iv.

f.

of l^J q.v.

c_A=cL>! i.

f.

of v-jI>- for <--y" q.v.

_} fem. The Earth, earth, land, a country,

fja^Jy x.
(a

f.

of <_>- q.v. of jl>- q.v.

clijl aor.

and

o.

7b feed on the tree

CJftfi

j^saJl^ x.

f.

camel).

ilxSTj* (2nd declension) plur. of &>j\

$yL\ x.
u
,%.

f.

of

Jj

q.v.

Thrones, couches.
V^t aor.
i.

lL^x.f.

of lq.v.
'

To

bite.

j\ (2nd declension) Irem, the

'kJ\ imperat. x.

f.

of jl* q.v.

city of the tribe of 'Ad.

tj^l 1 pers. sing. aor.

of ^j)j q.v.

Jm1>\

x.

f.

of

jl q.v.
x.
f.

j] aor.

o.

and

i.

Jfcjy 19 v.

To make a loud crash, incite ; 86, " That they may incite them

jjid^ imperat.

ofjj q.v.

J,&D
^i^-i

x.

f.

of

$
f.

q.v.
jjf^A q.v.

S pers. fem. sing. aor. after the broken plural

^ptllijp; for the use of the aorist indicative

pass. x.

of

CJ^jiJ fem. 3 pen.

jjji-j\ x.
f.

sing. x.

f.

of sj* q.v.

when

in dependance
1, p.

on another verb, see D. S.

of jjj q.v. of ^jy* q.v. of \jtuJ q.v. of

jjjij

Gr. T.

201.

jf n.a.
.

An

instigation.

,jrji^

viii. f.

^->j\ see

J\j

for jjj

(jmU5-)1 x. i.

jj] To be strong.

Jj)

n.a.

Back, loins.-jj\ IV.

^^s-4
JjT Azer (2nd declension),
to

x.

f.

q.v.

To make

strong.

The name given

Abraham's father Terah

jl*rM
JL\

plur. of

J-

The morning, rt.^i!

q.v.
v.

derived from the Chaldean

name

of the .planet

Journey by night
i.

Imperat.
prisoner.

iv.

f.

of >jj* q

Mars.
*

jJ\ aor.

To bind, make
joint.

i_jjl aor. a.

To draw

near.

*' Lij\

JJ> n.a.

A ligathe

The day of judg-

ment, a

"j~i\

prisoner, captive;
;

ment.

Plur. ufpil and (jrJCt

latter of these

(2nd declension)

forms

is restricted

by De Sacy

^T

plur. of

-jj

rt.

^j

q.v.

to

words of the form

1, p.

Jba
Israel

see bis

Grammar,

^i\ 7b cry It! Is! in driving sheep.

y^Ji

T.
II.
;

369, 863.
;

To found, lay foundations

the logical root being (jJ

(with acc.and^jlc)

jJTpl (2nd declension)

Hebrew word,

A foundation.

meaning Prince of God. See Genesis xxxii. 28.

IjjCJ (2nd declension) plur. probably of jUaLl

j
i->*

iv.

f.

of J;J*

q.v., see

also^J

from JlaJ q.v.

aor. a.

7b be grieved.
12
v.

>-i-i grief, as

j,C\

(2nd declension) plur. of j\j*

bracelet,

for

jL\
is

84,

"Oh my

grief! " or,

y^\ "How
\j

fr.jC.q.v. <4>C1 plur. of

^
A

great
,

my

grief! "

D. S. Gr. T.

2, p. 90,

rt. k.j^-1 q.v.

note.

l1a-A Indignant, or affected at the

same

5u!il-plur. of !oI-<

tribe, rt. la--j q.v.

;

time with grief and indignation. u-t-T IV.

possibly

j^Cl

Silk of a thick texture, brocade

To provoke
~Ll>\

to anger.
,

derived from

to glitter.

and *LL.l

see

U-

r
J-*I>\ (2nd declension) Islimael,

meaning

in the

jt

for

JcTl

interrogative,

and

viii.

f.

of

Hebrew God
!jll aor.
i.

shall hear.

^Sie q.v.

and

o.

To be putrid and stinking {water).

^-iT Corrupt, putrid:

^
iy>1

ffi\

iv.

f.

of

^u

quadriliteral, rt.

^& q.v.
rt.J\ q.v.

js* ** e/j 47 v. 16,

$j* Of
ms.\
iv.

different kinds; plur. of

f.

jf,

" Of incorruptible water."

of jcj; q.v.

Lt

aor. o.

To be healed.

pattern,

example

,_jj>!t\

viii. f. viii. f.

ofl^c
of

q.v.

worthy of imitation.
*-A aor.
a.

Sfs\

^
, ,

for ^e. q.v.

To be

sad, solicitous about (with ^jLj).

\j&) see jx.

*Tl!t\ plur. of jj&
rt. \jkc q.v.
rt. js- q.v. rt.

l5li* Separately; ace. plur. of iX-A rt.

i^Ji

q.v.

isrM plur. of ^je"-

rt.

q.v.

Sjc 1 plur. ofjjjfi

*Tli1 (2nd declension)

Ji.1 aor. o.

plur. of jj<x&, see.

.-.1

jUI A

whirlwind,

Jas. q.v.
f.

7b

cm?,

saw; and

aor. a.

To exult.

j^
lij*l

1 pers. sing. aor. iv.

of j\* q.v.
f.

_il Insolent, an insolent person.

1 pers. plur. pret. iv.

plur. of
IV.
f.

of

\jh.

q.v.

^JlAl

Most wretched
I

comp. form of ULi.

q.v.

Jicl
^Ja\

Ji A
^e.

collar, rt.

Ji

q.v.

\j&\

make

my

complaint;

1 pers. sing. aor.

Of

q.V.
q.v.

of lL q.v.

(jrjcl iv. f.

of

i^c

Jt 7b oy

u^

Fy

as Uij i_^1

cGil

plur. of fc-i, see sli. plur. of J-rfl,

rt.

According to the author of

are forty different

Fy on you both the Kamoos there

this

ways of spelling
*^j
q.v. q.v.

word.

JO"

J->1 q.v.

i^J*l 1 pers. sing. aor. cond. of

*Tj! iv.
q.v.

f.

of

*U

for

o^l To cover over {a pot).

iv. 'Jc\ aor.
f.

i**y fem. part. pass.

covenant, burthen.

Jilit

iv. f.

of Je\l for

Ja

jkCTCjl " Do they then (believe) in that which

vain?" 16
v.

is

Covered over, vaulted over.

To bind. J*\

74 and 29

v.

67

composed of

i.

the interrogative particle

c_j, the preposition <>
,

1,

the conjunction

je\

iv. f.

of^

q.v.

the article

and the

\J&>*\

viii. f.

of \Le q.v.
f.

word JtC Vanity, or anything

of

vain.

iUc^i\
JLI iv.
(

1 pers. fling, pret. viii.

f.

^Z*

q.v.

ljmj\

viii. f.

of tj^i q.v.

of uL* q.v.

J^t

plur. Jjrfl

The lowest
;

part,

bottom, root.
;

iJjR
\LJul

iv.

f.

ofl^J q.v.
then exhausted ?" composed of

J~** The evening

Plur.

Jil

Plur. of Plur.

"Were we

JUt.
cl>Cl plur. of kU- dorsal vertebra, rt.clX*q.v.
Ti1 iv.
f.

the interrogative particle 1, the conjunction wJ,

and the first pers. plur.

J3t
aor.
i.

pret. of ,^-i , rt.^c q.v.

of *\* for

1p

q.v.

To dress

leather.

^lai* 1 pers. sing. aor.

lti>\ iv. f.

viii. f.

of^*

q.v.

ijsffi Jffij

53, v. 7,

Jil The horizon " And he (appeared)

of sit q.v.

in the highest point of the horizon," viz., the

Angel Gabriel.

jlST plur. of j*\ Tracts or

j\i)l\

jSliv.

f.

ofloiq.v.
f.

regions of the earth;

ujul {*{->
in

*1^

41

v. 63,

"We

will

show them our signs

>J q.v. Imperat. of Ui la^lsl Clothe them

n.a. iv.
;

of

q.v.

the regions of the earth"; to wit,

quests of the true believers.

The con- Js!

aor. o.

To

eat,

devour, consume (with ace. or

with ^,,
or put on a
to turn aside

, or

^J);

to

make

use
.

of,

enjoy, as

dj*

aor.

i.

To

lie,

cause to

tell lies,
;

at 4 v. 3; Imperat. j, fem. act of eating, a devouring

j
;

ffi n.a. The

In a greedy,

false

appearance, as at 7 v. 114

SSI

(with ^e.); to frustrate, render Billy,

ulio^

A
as

devouring manner.

JSI Food, as fruit, or

falsehood, lying invention, lying, false;

whatever is eaten; uS\

'.Li

&T l&t
(viz.)

U^** fjj^h
which

v>

^2,

37

v. 84,

"Do

ye

"And

corn, the food from

;

(is)

various

choose a falsehood
is

gods, etc.

\s1j\

in kind

"

For the construction of this and

79

here put for l&jt.

viii.
f.

CJ$ A
is

great liar

similar sentences see D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp.

cJ^J>Y* part. net.

signification,

which has a passive

overthrown or
cities

and 270.

JS7

part. act.

One who

eats.

JIS1

That which

Greedy, a great eater.

Eaten.

JjSV* part- P&ss.

turned upside down;

cj\LijyA\ The
viz.

which were overthrown,

morrah.
jft aor.
i.

Sodom and Go-

*US1

plur. of l

bud,

rt.

^S q.v.
rt.

aM and J,l2! plurs. of J,

o.

q.v.

and

To
sets.
,

set (the sun).

JiT

part. act.

Jt The

definite article,

The ; when not

it is

at the be-

That which
Jui\ plur. of
t\y{ plur.

ginning of a sentence,
rt.

always written with

all

jj of "J A

q.v.
*\i for

mouth, see

*y.

a J-y thus jf; theT then loses becomes mute. D. S. Gr. T. 1,

sound and

p. 64.

yoyl

pers. sing. aor. of

,

^j q.v.
^y\
rt.

$\ aor.

o.

and

i.

To be shaken.

J^ ace. of

J[

ijjjf plur. of o\y

rt.

jU q.v.
plur. of

Consanguinity, relationship.

Freitag gives

JjjU* (2nd declension) plur. of

Jt

as the root of this word.

Is it

Jy A saying, discourse, see iJJft A definite time, for i^J

\jjs\ II. (no 1st form)

it from 1 interrogative and i not ;

not ?

JlS for
;

Jy

Are there not

? etc.

iXoj q.v.

Jffor^!,
*L7
1i\

rt.

JTfor JjTq.v.
,

To

fix

a certain time.

plur. of

jf

rt.
;

i] for '^ q.v.

as, that (I do) not, etc.

De

Sacy, quoting El Beidawee, says in his

for J
1, p.

Grammar, T.
ij-c3l
<

103, note, that the word

v. 11 is for d>sjj.

$ That not

It

governs the aorist in the subjunctive mood.

Jl for J

-In

'

which occurs at 77 ,'

.

Unless, except,

if

not; It

commonly

imj\

see ijj

governs the accusative.

ti*ii q.v.

For the rules of

2,

^Uf
lL>\$

fem. imperat. of

syntax connected with J| see D. S. Gr. T.

p. 403,
et seq.

plur. of

cy

Food,

rt.

til* q.y.

^Ot A fem.

form of

^ JJt q.v.

i\s! 1 pers. sing. aor.

of j\S for JjS q.v.

<4l?T plur. of Jp-J, see t-jJ

"

all

t^Ji aor.

i.

To diminish,

defraud (with ace. of pen.

_>UJ

see u_J
f.

l^U* ^ *\is Cij and ^y% of thing), as " j/l 52 v. 21, And we will not defraud them
i

^Ji\ iv.

of U) q.v.

c-AaM plur. of u!Ju

nickname.

of any of their works."

k_iil viii.
f.

^t
P*

iv.

f.

of ^iL) q.v.
Is
it

of uJJ q.v.
f.

Am I not?
J not
;

not?

etc.

from

interrogative

Ah n.a.
*>.

iv.

of ii! q.v.
^
f.

and

used also in conjunction with other

Jj\, Jjt, UJ>i,
etc.

_jlclt n.a. iv.

of _!*) q.v.

particles, as

-U*^
jjf

Join

me;

Imperat.

iv.

f.

of <_*! q.v.
fr.

Z5T Letters found at the commencement of the

second and several other chapters of the Koran.

(2nd declension) comparat. adjective

oJq.v.

Concerning the meaning of these and other

^jJ!

(He, the man) who, (him) whom, (the thing)

;

which

Fem. jiS\

Dual

^ jJ!

Plur.

^ JJi
see his

letters

found at the commencement of various

chapters, differences of opinion have always

existed

fem. plur.

^1)1 and ^UJi; De Sacy instead

<UT and ^Ll
;
1

among commentators

but

it is

held

of the last form gives

by many of the

ablest of the

Mussulman

Grammar,

T. 1, p.

446
1

According to the

Doctors that the true meaning has never been

rule given at 232, p.

13 of the same volume,

communicated
alone excepted.

to

any mortal,

Mohammad

*UJ

would seem
it
;

to be the

most correct way of

See Sale's
iii.

Koran, introducNote. These and

spelling

see also his observations on these

tory remarks, section

pronouns, or, as he calls them, conjunctive

adjectives, vol. 1, p. 443, et seq,,

similar letters are to be pronounced at full

and
is

vol. 2, p.

length, alif, lam, meem, etc.

343,

et seq.
;

The antecedent
28

frequently 'JS aor. a.

To

suffer (pain).

lJT

painful.

omitted

see an instance at

r. 14.

Jft
the

Letters at the
chapter, see

commencement of the

thirteenth

J\

Letters

placed at

the

commencement of

pT.

lOtlv-UtferiSth, 14th, and 15th chapters; J**lT Letters at the commencement of the seventh
see -J
I

JLJ\ plur. of
i_jj
1

^LJ

rt.

chapter, see 1JT.

q.v.
ifl

To adore.

IN

Dual oblique JZ}\

Pluri

JQT

aor. a.

To be accustomed
tLl!
the root

{to

a place),

to join

Deity, God.

2ft God, The God, The only

all the

together,

A
;

thousand; considered by

God ;

word which embraces

the

names

some as

Dual ^iSn , oblique

II.

^^

by which

Mussulmans designate the Deity.

Plur. JrfT and

)]. j3*

To

unite,

AJjtf and <!f

By God

&
2

To God,

be-

join together, reconcile (with

'J^);

aor. tiJjJ.
**3jrTTj

longing to God, as JLJ

ify

v. 151,

" Verily

ll\y> fem. part. pass. Reconciled, as

I^j^Jj

we

are God's."
(

J$\ A form
Ij

of invocation,
to compensate
;

9 v. CO, " And those whose hearts are re-

God
.the

The a being added

conciled : "
see

For the construction of this sentence

2, p.

omission of the particle

it

is said to

D. 8. Qr. T.

277. \lili[

n.a. iv.

f.

stand for JJ?

C]
I

3lT "

God

instruct us

compact, uniting together.

in righteousness

41

(9)
;

2>Ql

It has occupied
f.

you

iv. f.

of

Q q.v. and
fail

^S.

as *\LJ> and cff~- are both

Sinai.

names of Mount

p!ir.
Jl

of

q.v.

aor. o.

To be wanting in duty, to

(with ace.
v. 114,

* 1 Or

a conjunction generally used in the second

first

of pew. and thing), aa fai. "^>j\

1 3

of two alternative propositions, the

of

"They
plur. of

which
will

is

preceded by

1 ;

both

not
for

fail to

corrupt you."

may
i

frequently

*"V7
; be rendered " whether " see

Jt

^,
vow

Benefits.

-JT

IV. for

*] aor. o. To teek, intend, propose.

plur. part. act.

,Ju
,j*)

(possibly derived from an obsolete root

^\

oblique

Those who seek, or are intend*l

To

swear,

abstinence from (with

v.
.

^,), as J^jJ 8 pers. plur. aor. at 2

226.

ing

(to visit).

mother, Plur. cL>l^*

J&\ VIII. To swear,

v. 22,

as

\$

jft J 24

origin, principle, a capital, place of abode,

" Let not

foundation, as
tion (or

(the wealthy) swear that they

m&JT fl 3 v. 5, " The foundapart)

will no* give." Note.

is

The ellipse of the negative

;

fundamental

of the Book."
are classed
first,

usual after an oath

the oath itself implying

Note.

The

contents of the

Koran

a negation, unless there appear some precise

indication to the contrary
p. 474.
;

by Mohammad under two heads; the

which
is called

D. S. Gr. T. 2,

i>li$T

21 or the

fundamental

part, contains those passages

whose meaning

,$1

plur. of

^A

species, q.v.
;

is plain

and obvious
;

the other portions are

jti

.Jl To, towards, as far as (but not including)

For

metaphorical

the words i^lstff

at

13

v.

89

the difference between ^jin, on, or at, as

and

^J\

see ^j-;

and 43 v.
and refer

3 mean " The original of the Book,"

to the table
it

*L
;

^J\

*5j**8cy 4 v. 89,

on which God's decrees

" Verily he

will gather

you together on the day

are recorded;

is

also a

name sometimes
:

P$ Ji f?^ ^
own;"
" by adding
Until.

of resurrection " with, or in addition to, as,

given to the opening chapter

metropolis,

mjffp> The

* 4

Vt

2
'

"

Do not

Mecca

fl^iT? v. 149 for^l JjT

p. 91, note;

devour their substance in addition to your

in this and similar instances there

Son of my mother, D. S. Gr. T. 2,

in

some manuscripts the words

v.

^'^TV at
A
people,

appears to be an ellipse of the word

it," or of some

ly^WJ
;

20

95 are written in one word 1j, D. S.

l*\ Plur. ^,)

similarword

^1

^
130

Gr. T. 1, p. 99.

^J\ term or limit beyond which an action does not

extend.

As a general

rule

indicates the

nation, race, a party (especially of the

religion),

same

a fixed and definite term, a certain

time, a religion, as

^Js-

48

w.

21 and 22,

JjQ\

(2nd declension) Elias.

;

^~>Q\ 37

v.

" In the practice of a religion; " an Imam,

or model of religion.
v. 5,

Ilyaseen

this

word

is

supposed by some to

be the plur. of

JQ\ and to mean Elias and his

*Ul Before
is)

i^U* 75
i.e.

followers, but it is probable that the termina-

" (For that which

before him,"
plur.
;

tion

^i

is

only added for the sake of the rhyme,

"for the future."

Plur. of which
is

pH[ sing, and

the

and that both words designate the same person

J&1

leader in religion, a

10

J
will.

model, example, rule,

pattern,

or book for

y*\

serious matter, a strange thing.

guidance or instruction.

^*\ One who can

Pagan, one who

"j*\ part. act.

One who commands. JUl Prone.

neither read nor write, illiterate, an epithet of

yisj]
withj,

VIII.

To

take counsel together, de;

Mohammad,

ignorant,

is

liberate about (with u_')

j-*j\j.

Imperat.^*!;^, and

ignorant of the Scriptures.

sionally put for

Ul As

for

occa-

*l

Or

that which, or what.

j^X\ gen. u>/*\

A man,
An

rt.

\j* q.v.

U!

Either, or whether, in

which sense

it

re-

(jUii Yesterday, (no verbal root).

quires to be repeated before each of the alternative propositions of a sentence

p.
;

*UXl plur. of ^ji*

J^>1 aor. o.

intestine.

D. S. Gr, T.

1,

7b hope.
f.

jJil n.a.

Hope.

573

instances however occur where instead repeated, jl is substituted, thus,

1

^jL*! iv.

of

Ul being
j\

of JU q.v.
secure, trust (with ace. of pers.

U*)
24, "

Ufcj* jSJ\ CJjcs. ^pj-j

l*\ 17 v.

^y*\ aor.

a.
<-_>

To be

Whether one of them

:

and
attain old age with

of thing), put trust in (with ace. of

to

thee or both of them "

If (the

when standing for

U^
is

pers.
as

and ^Xs),

be secure from (with ace),

7 v. 97, " For (no one)
is

being expletive), no repetition

,_$

&Xj ^C U

necessary, thus

la jJL* (&~>)i Uli 2

secure from the stratagem of God."

v. 36,

^i

n.a.

"And if a direction shall come to you from me."

*

Security; at2 v.119

^y*\ part. act.

it

means a place of security.

or that which
Faithful,
iu is

U^

plur. of Z+\

A maid-servant,

One

secure,

see

Ul

for jJi*.
safe,

secure.

^*\
s'

trustworthy,

<Uul

deposit, rt.

^1

q.v.
rt.

secure.

Ul

Security.

Ui

A pledge, Cove-

^ji Ul plur.
1

of 1X1 Desires,

^jS% q.v.

nant, faith, a trust,

aor.

i.

7b determine,

to be curved.

l^i

^y U part. pass. Secured. ^u A place of security. ^1 IV. To make

;

/iO

curve, anything which shows ups and downs.

*\

sure or secure (with ace. of pers.)

faith in, believe (with

to
f r

have

maid-servant,
viii.
f.

rt.

Ui for^T

q.v.

u),

&\*t\

cA^l
n.a.

JlL!
I

ofjU
f.

q.v.

D. S. Gr. T.
believing,

1, p. 95,

185 and 187

see

J&*"\

viii.

of Jjir* q.v.

faith,

heartfelt belief,

/>].

* 7b Je finished, and ,1^1 7b Jc aw^ry.

tffy* part. act.

Pass, ^jijl VIII.

One who

believes.

<j*z>\

Anger, the term of existence, a space, term,

terminus.
'J2\

To be

entrusted with the

custody of anything.
order, enjoin (with Jl or

aor. o.

To command,

i-iXi Anything wished for,

rt.

^J**

q.v.

or with ace. of per3. and t_j of thing)

Ul

aor. o.

7b

mew

like

cat, to

become a maid-

\J>,}/&

"Yeorder me," 39 v.64,is

for^^l;;

servant.

<ul for

iy\ D.

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 358,"

Imperat.y* , when preceded by the conjunction

A maid-servant;
^,1

Plur. *U|.

it

ia

written

"JX 3

D. 8. Gr. T.
decree,
^jj*\

1, p.

232.

That, in order that, lest, that not;

when followed
is

"J$\

n.a.

A
;

command,
;

matter, thing,

by a verb

in the aorist, such verb

generally

business

Plur. jy*\

j* Of

my own

put in the subjunctive; when put before a

;;

J
noun or pronoun
tive,
it

11

i\

governs

it

in the accusa-

you

call

upon them they

will not hear

your

and

is

then written with the teshdeed

is

prayer, and if they heard they would not

^T.

This conjunction

frequently used after

answer you."

^t gives a future signification

JU

or some similar verb, with an ellipse of

to verbs in the preterite, unless

where

is

the word "toying," thus,

JJrtJUSfT jiylT

^>y
26

tl&j lSJw
"

interposed, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 181, et seq. ;

>)\j
it

cJf ^1

v. 9,

And
;

has sometimes a negative

fi

meaning,
11 v. 53,

as

(re-

member) when thy Lord

called unto

Moses

JP ^flrjl
me."
JyT and
is

Jj$
for

"My

(saying) go unto the wicked people "

when
or in

reward is not (due) except from him who created

used in the sense of

order that
sary as
(it

lest, for fear that,

^J

^1

and ^J.

may)

not, it is generally neces-

like ^1
prefix

used with almost every kind of

;

rule that the preceding proposition

it

and
it

affix

when without an

affixed pro:

should contain some word which carries with

noun

governs nouns in the accusative

it

the idea of prohibition, hindrance, or obstacle,

has an affirmative meaning, and may generally

as

*y$o

$ %1

flrf/*

I 8 55, ^J* l2wr fy

be rendered verily, or indeed;

it is

sometimes

"Verily we put veils over their hearts that they

should not understand
it

written without the teshdeed, and

must not

(the Koran)."

The

then be confounded with the conjunction

if.

above rule however

is

by no means without

UjI called by the Arabs ^ailf i-i/>-, or particle

of restriction, may frequently be rendered only
the Li is occasionally a simple expletive, and

exceptions, several of which occur in the Koran

must be rendered thus at 7 v. 171 \Jy2 "lest ye should say," where there is an entire

the word has then the force of ^\, but

it

no

ellipse

of the negative

a similar ellipse
see

is

com-

longer governs the accusative.

De Sacy gives
refer

the rules for all these particles in his usual

mon

in

case of an oath,

^J\,

rt. Si.

^l
not,

and

$4 That. ^' As though.

admirable manner, and to his Grammar

the reader for the fullest information
subject.

ft That

on the

forf ,*.
used with every kind of prefix and
affix,

is

In

personal pronoun.
plur. of
^J>\
for

and

may

be rendered that, since, because;

affixed

*UT
Ulft

when followed by the

pronouns as

ju

^J\
,

Hours,

rt.

^J\

q.v.

ace. plur. of

etc. it loses its influence

over the following

567.
is

^1

rt.

>SJ*

q.v.

noun; D. B. Gr. T.
yl
If,

1, p.

^tf*

plur. of

^j\,

ti. ijvjj q.v.

differs

from jf inasmuch as the former

if

f\51 (collective

noun) Creatures; no verbal root.

simply conditional, as

(^V) you are wise

is

J^tfl (2nd declension) plur. of *$* Finger-ends,

rt.

while the latter supposes what

as if (Jf)

not the ease,

clear by

j^j

q.v.

you were wise

this is
:

made

*Ul
ts-wi

plur. of
iv.
f.

XZ ,

rt.

\2 q.v.

the following example

\y*Zj,

i **je Ju

^u&ru^y;^

of ci-w q.v.
f.

ssv.ic, "if

\J>jpi>\ vii.

of

(Jtif: q-v.

'1

12

CJjl

O "'...*-<
prophet,
rt.

(find declension)

plur.

of

'
;

or

^JAl Jl '
^\
;

aor.

i.

To

arrive (the time, with

J);

to be

LJ

q.v

hmlinnhot. hot. boiling

Plur.

J for ,"j\ ^[ A J\
\

fitting time, con-

LjI Thou

personal pronoun masc.

venient opportunity, as

\i\ J>.)S>'j

33 v 53
-

Dual \>\.

"Without looking

to his convenience."
;

^T
Fern.
*

s\
"Jm\

viii.
viii.

f.

of

&>

q.v.

(water) for IgjS part. act. Boiling hot

f.

of^ii q.v.
ofJii q.v.

LT

S"CT plur. of

J\

for

D. S. Gr.

TA,
*UT

'J2>\
'Jau\

viii. viii.

f.

p. Ill,

fitting time,

a part of time;

f.

ofy-w q.v.
of 1a> q.v.
f.

Jl3jt20
iffi

v. 130,

"The

hours of the night."

Jsj\

Time.

viii. f.

&T plur. of *Tfy A vessel,

;

\j\ 3
j'1

pers. plur. viii.

.

of

q.v.

jl How, in
A female

what way, in what way soever, Where, D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. whence, from whence
185 and 205.

7b *e so/< (iron)
li

J$

Plur. iLli^

Oblique dual

^'i
An

Li&\ viii.

f.

of

U> q.v.

j\jj! plur. of Ja

Jjl aor. a.

or household; t-jhU) j*\ J1 People, a family The people of the Book, i.e. Jews and Christians, 7b befamiliar. ,JJ[ (collective noun)
idol, rt. *i q.v.

Mankind, human beings, man. ^JuJ\ common

also calledjjllt Ja\ or,

Those who have charge

Christians,

geuder,Man; Plur. JLti\ {.commonly contracted

into JLti).

of the oracles of

God

J-^jHitof
;

Cs*\
;

A man;

Plur. ^-tfl (2nd

the people
inhabitants
genitive).

of the of

Gospel

j&T ffi

The

declension)

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

402.-JJT

IV.

Hell-fire;

worthy of (with

7b render familiar, perceive (with ace. and

^).J^&Tk.
who
is familiar.

To be familiar, to ask perJLj u^ part.

act.

*lb\ plur. of Jxa,

New

moons,

rt.

Ji

q.v.

mission, beg pardon.

One

*Ty1 plur. of

Jjb A

desire, rt.

J"^

q.v.
1,

jl Or, either, whether,

rt.

unless

D. S. Gr. T.

il>\l$ plur. of i_I-J,

iSJj

q.v.

p.

571, and T. 2, p. 28.

I

U$ iv.
Jjl aor.

f.

of tJ q.v.
f.

*lj 1 see *l for Sj

\^^oj\ iv.
a.

of

ui-v-ai q.v.

j\1 for <J/,1 aor.

at, to go before.
is

o.

7b return.
c-^jl

tl>ty n.a.

The

7b turn up the nose

lately
:

act of returning,

sincere penitent,

&T Just now, A nose.

plur. of

the logical root

\^u\

one who frequently returns, one who turns <4>U A place of return. seriously to God.

Jil

rt.

Jw

q.v.

CQ

II.

To

sing the praises of

God by

saying

JJul

plur. of
vii. f.

JJu A

soul, rt.

JLiu q.v.

Jjf^Uu; ^jl
Joj\ plur. of^j,
rt. ji

fem. imperative.
}
q.v.

*i\

of Ja> q.v.

plur. of

3h A fetter,
*jl

rt.

JSj q.v.

jtfjjt plur.

of Sjj,
f.

rt. jJj q.v.

\ij^LjU
ij\

see

J^jl

imperative of

q.v.

pass. viii.
plur. of

of

^5

q.v.

^j An

idol.

e
yij!
jH
iv.
f.

13

o\\.

of

^J
jy

q.v.

who shows
D. S. Gr. T.
gravity.
rt. ,_yj,

for 5j]

aor.

for

^
its

pity

by frequently
I

sighing, an^.

1, p.

104,

saying ah
ijjl aor.
(jTjtf

or alas

To bend, oppress by
4i iij] plur.

(a verb hamzated and doubly imone's-self for rest or shelter,

of o\j
f.

valley,

q.v.

perfect),

To betake

i^J^l pass. iv.

of

^Jl
jjj

q.v. q.v.

have recourse
sing. aor.
fly !"

to (with

J|)

^TJ
;

1 pers.

j^jjt plur. ofjjj,

it.

with the prefix

J
and

\$& " Then

1,

k-y

see L-y
f.

2 pers. plur. imperat. D. S. Gr. T.

note.
<uf Plur.

u^iv.
^jl
Jjj 1 iv.
f.

of^Jq.v.
iv.
f.

p.

232

^T

cL>IjT

sign,

comparative and
of J^j q.v.

of

miracle, a
q.v.

name given
is

to the verses of the

Koran, each of which

t^j

held to be a miracle.

U A

place of abode,

mansion.

JT for

Jjl aor.

o.

7b

r<rtwr, to be before.

Jl A
First,

^\
;

IV.

To

care for, or receive as a guest, provide a

people, race, family,

ffi, Fem.
beginning
;

J^l

refuge or abode for (with ace. and

former, prior, the

first

J,^t

The
To

,Jp

Aor.

ancients, those of former

days. Jj]

II.

^\
S*
^j\

Yea, verily

used only in affirming by oath.

bring back, explain.

Jjjtf n.a. Interpretation,

pronoun of comm. gend. Whosoever, whichever,

explanation, determination (of a dispute).

Sj1

Who ?

which

What ?

UJf Whichever.

These; plur. of |j This; D. S. Gr. T.

1,

bj,

a particle prefixed to pronouns in the accus.

p. 439.

when "isolated" or
;

not affixed

it is

employed

CjS)^ Those
D.

plur. of cJl j or

c! J That

in cases

where a verb governs two or more

S. Gr. T. 1, p.

440

j&S J,1 Those of your's.

;

pronouns in the accus. one of which cannot be

conveniently affixed
also
;

\$

Oblique

J^J

Fem.

<l)ij\

a plural adjective

D. S. Gr. T.

2, p.

378

wanting the
it is to

sing., unless, according to

some,

where

it is

desired to place the pronoun

of,

be considered as a plural of Jj Possessed endued with, as c_>Cfilf Ijfjl Those gifted

;

before the verb, as

jSm

<JjC\ in the opening

chapter

occasionally

it is

used in addition to
u^jlj 2 v. 38,
;

with (understanding) hearts

in authority
;

j^iV\)Ji Those

the affixed pronoun, as

^fitj
me

J*i- il>i$

Women with child.

1

" And

I,

(or as for me), fear

" D. S. Gr.

Note.
ilijl
)

The
i_aJ

at the end of

\jij

is

what is

called

T. 1, p. 461.

or alif of precaution, to prevent

cLAj^ n.a.

of. <_jtf for t_l>jt q.v.

the final j being taken for the conjunction and.

^Jj]

comp. form of adj.

fr.

^j] plur. of pX rt.

ffi When?

fl! for

Z]

q.v.

q.v.

$&[
^\]
for J,jl aor. o.

n.a. iv.

f.

of Ji\ q.v.

To be

tranquil.

time,

Si] for

Xl

aor.

i.

To be firm.

Jj1 n.a. Strength.

(with aoc. and

moment;
fi

J,

J* adv.

Now,

at this present time.

x>l

II.
;

To strengthen
.

A*, or

AA/

alas !

jfljl

compassionate person, one

<__>)

aor. ajjj

*i\

14

J*
di} plur.
of

1^$
CjA and

Their hands;

oblique plur. of

m,

rt.

^ U^,

rt.

^ 1 q.v.

lJA> q.v.
iij\

^t
(noun of unity)
inhabitants of a

Where? whither?
soever
;

U2l Wherever,
1, ?

whither-

wood; c_Ai"!

D. S. Gr. T.

pp. 185, 194, and 205.

i&Yf The
to

wood near Midian,

was
sent.

JJh Xj\ Art thou verily

from

* interrogative,

whom

the prophet Sho'aib

iv.
f.

\ anddi'the
ijj or I^j!,

affixed personal

pronoun.

i^ih} n.a.
*\1 for

of ian q.v.

Fem.
etc.
;

1^1 an
it is

Interjection,

thou

aor.

i.

7b e unmarried.
\

declension) plur. of *j

^V.' ^nd An unmarried man or

^UjI

ye

followed by the substantive

with the definite article

as

woman, whether
J,U^
n.a. iv.
f.

single or widowed.

"
plur.

true believers
!

ij~\ q.v.
.

of

ye of the Caravan
l!>jj1

" "

J^fl^

c 12

#~j>yw
v.

<V.

70, "

see ^j^j

(2nd declension) Job.

L_>

i an inseparable preposition, prefixed to the

it

word jb

aor. a.

7b dig a
a. for

well.

j^> fem.

well.
;

governs, which
;

when a noun

is

put in the jjLJ aor.

ij*X

To be wretched, miserable

genitive

it

has divers significations, as In,

U**j for ij~>

is

To be

bad, miserable; the latter

by,

at,

with, to, into, upon, for, or

by reason of

one of those anomalous verbs, named by the

from, as

&'*

dZU U 82 v. 6, "What hath

It is

Arabs I JlTj -lilT Jlo * or " verbs of praise

seduced thee from thy Lord?" with

used

and blame," which are not conjugated, the

only inflexion taken by ^**j being the feminine

^]

*\>-, ISj

and

many
ti^Ji *

other verbs to

render them transitive, or join them to an indirect complement, thus

it

"

\j
the

" She was miserable "

;

the vowel of

He
it."

brought
first

radical letter is suppressed,

its place,

and that

"

literally,

" he came with

<_j is

of the second is put in

before the

see D. 8. Gr.

frequently an expletive,

when put

T.

1, p.

263, and T. 2, p. 221.

force.

complement of a negative proposition, as

vengeance, valour,

Jili
it is

3lTU

v. 69,

" God

is

not negligent "

jfr

Severity,

Grievous.

JLjTj part. act. Needy.

*Lft (Bodily) mis(with

also

an expletive in some other cases, as

fortune.

lou^i *3fl

Ji

13 v. 43, "

God

is

an

all

,J<&\

VIII.

To be grieved

c_>)

sufficient witness."
<_->

For the various usages of

J=j
aor. o.

JL5

i " Be not grieved," 11 v. 38.

tail.

see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 469, et seq.

7b cut off the

Jj] (2nd declension)

off. {JSsj
;

Childless.

3$ Babel (2nd declension, D.S.Gr.T.l,p.404).

j^\j

il&y

aor.

i.

and

o.

7b

cut, cut

II.

To

see^Sj forjjJ.
\j>
.

cat

off,

with the idea of repetition

^fcCl j

JfjC see

v. 118,

" Verily they shall cut

off,

off."

ib

Bee ^Ju

Jsj aor. o. 7b cut

separate. J~% n.a. II form,


15

life

of complete separation from the world

new creation.

\&\

VIII. To bring for-

and devotion to
self

God. C&J

V.

To devote

one's-

ward a novelty.
is> For a change. Jl' II.

To change. wholly to God's service (with J\), as at JjJ

v. 8.
i.

To

73

substitute, change one thing for another (with

ace. or with double ace.

aor.
ace.

and

o.

To

disperse, disseminate (with

and

<__).

JijV? n<a *

and ^i).

lLj Sorrow.

CJjV*

Scat-

An

exchange.

Jjli

part.

act.

One who

tered, spread
f.

abroad. \lS2^

part. pass. VII.

changes. Jjtf IV. To

exchange (with double

substitute, give in
ace.)
c_).

Scattered abroad.
o.

J^
d Ars~'\
;

V.

To

l^r aor. i. and

To burst

To

let

water flow . ^szlj VII.

j,

exchange (with

ace.

and

^* ^
to

forth (water),

see^s*}.

wish to exchange (with ace. and <_;)

put

iS^l

aor.

a.

To

scratch the ground like a hen

in the place of another (with ace. and^-c).

.

(with ^i).

Ujus-j\

An

exchange.

'Se To

slit

a camel" s
sea,

ears.

Plur. j\*r and

;

'

jj aor. o.

To be corpulent.

u jj A
Camels

body,

^jj
at

j$ The
dual,
fresh,

a large body of water

^/<.
among

plur. of

& jj

22

v. 37,

sacrificed

The two

bodies of water, viz., salt and

Mecca.
\Sj aor. o.

To

begin, to be manifest, to appear (with

;

i^s? Baheera, the

to a

name

given

the

Pagan Arabs

camel which they turned

or ^*)

to enter the
it

mind

^\\s>

^>

12

loose to feed, after slitting its ears.

v. 35,
is

" Then

occurred to them." JJu

A desert v

J.

aor. a.

To

diminish, withhold what

due

$d
Ill

for ij-jU part, act., see

;

D.

S. Gr. T. 1, p.

(with ace. of thing

and

of pers. or with

Plur. ^jjU

dweller in the country;

"

double ace).

trifling. J-^l A deficiency, small,

its

JjffiZs&
,_jSj1

At

fir8t

thcmg ht >" 11

v.

29.-

L, To

slaughter (a sheep) by cutting

throat,

IV.
>

To make

to appear,

show, manifest

to kill one's-self rcith grief.

J^Ij

part. act.

(with ( or with ace. and J).

part. act.

~*

for

*j$?*

One who
pers.

frets

himself to death (with ace. of

One who makes

II.

manifest.

and ^Js. or J\).

jS> aor.

a.

Tosow.jJj

To dissipate, squander.

Jar

aor. a.

To be
<_->).

covetous, avaricious, covetous

Cj>P

Profusely, ^jlipart. act.

A spendthrift.

of (with
foJ aor. a.
<__,)
;

J*?
"

Avarice.

% aor. a. To be pious, just,

and
also with

act justly towards (with

To

begin, create (with ace.

accus.

of pers.)

&jJ "&

~J>
;

Plur. j\j\ Beneficent,

as opposed to sea.

And they began (with) you 13.1$1

of
-

liberal, just,

kind

Dry land

(to assault

you)," 9 v.
1
;

IV.

To

create,

j Piety, kindness, that which is just and proper.

ijj plur. ofj\j part. act. Innocent, pious.

make anew
JjJ
aor. o.

Aorist ^jr>,

To make haste.

j> Bedr,

name

of a

place near Mecca;

The moon when full; Plur.

fj

aor. a.

To

create.

>jj>

Plur. ^y^j and tfZ

JjjJ

\j\a>

Hastily.

Sound,
jjj
as

free,

innocent; with

Clear, guilt-

e jj aor. a.

To produce something new.

New,

less of;

Ex.
I

^jJJ

\X*

uy ^\

6 v. 78,

new-fangled.

L > The Creator,

maker of

" Verily

am

innocent of that which ye asso-

&
ciate (with

16

kwJ

God)."

*\j

same

as

^
To
"
I

i*\j

Lightning, thunderbolt.

Js*~>\

Brocade, see

Immunity.

<uj

A creature.
God. \Jj

i_y.b
II.

part. act.

J.

5.

The Maker,

Creator,

absolve,

ijjjj aor. o.

To kneel down

like

a camel, standfirm.

acquit; Ex. ^jJsu ^jjj]

12

v. 53,

do not

!ij Plur.

J&j

Bkasings.-C^b HI.
and with

To

absolve

myself," (also with

ace.

and ^+).

bless (with ace.

or

Jx)

Pass.

jj^
heal.

part. pass.

Absolved. IJjT IV. To cure,

oae's-self, clear one's-

cL^jj

<Jjj4* part. pass. Blessed. iJJJ'Cj VI.

)j : j

V. To free
J^,)
;

To' be blessed;

2fl\jJCj

Literally,

"God
Pre-

self (with

cj\ tip

28

v. 63,

" We

was blessed," or " Blessed be God

terite

;" the

are free (from

them and turn)

being used for the Aorist in an optative

to thee."

~J

To eat and drink in large quantities.

plur. of

~ }ji
The
m

sense in the

same way

as

^JUj

q.v.

For
1, p.

this

use of the Preterite see D. S. Gr. T.

169.

Iji
.

tower, sign of the Zodiac.

jj V

To deck

j To twist. 'j\ IV. To

one's-self.

twist together

and make

jj
an

n.a.

ornamenting

one's-self

in

ostentatious
v. 33,

firm, to

fix,

settle

(a plan).

"*,+ part. act.

manner ; Ex. illb\^T^3 ^fr^S i 33

One who

fixes

upon a plan, 43
convince.

v. 79.

demonstrate, " Deck not yourselves with the ostentation of Jbj> To

proof.
(the time of) ignorance."

^>y. An evident
sun),

^j^*

P ar t act

iy

To insert a lancet,
part. act. Rising.

rise

(as the

cjy

Decking

one's-self out.
left,

Ij

To turn to the

as a deer, which
a.

was
.

lj aor. o. To drive gently, to crumble to dust.

iJLj n.a.

thought unlucky; and I^j aor.

leave
ij aor. o.
off,

To

cease,

crumbling

to dust;

jUJl

Hr****?

quit.

lw 56 v. 5, "The mountains shall

To be cold.
Oj\)

be crumbled

jJ>

n.a. Cold, cool, coolness.

into dust."

jy Hail.
refreshes.

part. act.

That which

cools,

^Z

To do anything out of season,

austere countenance.

to be of

an

^->b part. act. Austere

jj>

To go

forth, as
J

out upon a plain (with

^J\,

J,

and dismal-looking.
o.

or JI5)
act.

to

b e manifest (with J),

forth
;

jib part, liw aor.

In an

To expand,

extend, enlarge, stretch,

One who goes

ijj\i

18

v. 45,

or stretch forth (with ace. and J, ^J). Jty,

U.^.T n.a.

extended form, like a plain. j^j

manifest (with J).

II.

To make

Extension, expansion.

aWj

Excelcarpet.

lence, increase of stature.

;

U*j

l]j A

partition or interstice, a bar

spirits,

the abode of

Io-Aj

part.

act.

One

who

stretches

out

departed

Hades

No

verbal root.

Lj jujl \jLX
hands
;

6 v. 93, " Stretching forth their

y^j

aor. a.

To be leprous,

jy}

(2nd declension)

" Literally,
is

" Stretchers forth of

J^jL-iVj

their

Leprous.

hands;" UxAj
shine,

here put for

which

aor. o.

To

and j^j To be smitten with

j^j n.a. of

loses its

as being
is

antecedent to (*->

astonishment, to be dazzled,

J^

the Alif

added as an Alif of precaution or

17

J^
matter for contemplation. "^
to see, shew,
II.

i'tf^r Jb)J, the object of which

is

to prevent

To make To
see,

the conjunction the final } from being taken for and; for the construction see D. 8. Gr. T. 2,
p. 183.

make manifest.-j^A

IV.

of consider, cause to see (with ace. or with <^j

pers.)
:

J&^

v. 69,

part. pass.

fern,

For two

different

interpretations

of
f.

dual

" (His two hands are) stretched out."

^\

at

18
.

v. 25,

and 19

v.

39 see ^-XJ

iv.

jj
JJ

To

spit, to be tall.

jJ>

Tall (as a Palm-tree).

deliver over to

of L*l>

"J*!* part. act.

One who

sees, that

To look fierce.-^
perdition.

- To
V.

li; aor.

i.

To smile.

Same

as

^
y

which renders evident, or enables one to see, act % ^ ^ visible, manifest.^fuL*^ P art
-

clever and far-seeing person.

in a collective or

yj

ib peel
of

beings

andjX; A bringer J2> An onion, and when used Jj generic sense, Onions. good tidings. Jj A man, men, human a part. masc. and fem. sing, and plur. >jjLi IJi, To cut of

of

the bark.

^
;

part,

a small
4,

Good news;
you
;

fi\$

57

v. 12,
\

" Good news to

number (from 3
"

to 9 or to 5, or

from 1 to

"

is

replaced by

before the affixed

1,

or from 4 to 9), also seven

^~-?

12 v. 42,

pronoun, see D. S. Gr. T.

p. 118.

jL^'

few years;" j-^j

is

here put in the accus.

with bearer of good tidings.-^' II. (used

thing, or with accus. of person and t_> of the
^,1),

of time, see as indicating the circumstance

D. S. Gr. T.
goods,

2,

p. 69.

icLi

portion of

To announce good news

Ex. fjl

sometimes used
3
v.

ironically;

y^ *$

sum

of

money, merchandize.
II.

20,

To be

slow.%

To

retard

^2 p~* J^
is

" Then announce to them a painful punishS

^klj 4 v.
of

" And verily there 74,

(a portion)

ment."
joyful

part.

act.

One who announces

you who tarry

(or cause to tarry) behind."

X>1

news./.U HI. To go in uato(a wife). news IV. To receive pleasure from good

form of a verb Note. In cases where the 2nd Ellipse of a has a neuter signiBcation, the

(with c_> of
especially in

thing).-/^
good news (with

X. To
<y>).
i

rejoice,

complement may frequently be inferred

Gr. T.
1, p.

D. S.

j~z*

133.

part. act. fem.

One who

rejoices,
;

jC'aor.
understand.
sense of

o.

To

split; ') aor. a.

To be

insolent.

jjj To

see,

look at (with y)

to

*> Carelessness, insolence.

Plur.

seeing;

^ &
'

jCu\

Sight,

eye-sight,

J&

aor.
force,

i.

and

o.

To lay

hold, take or seize

by

16 v. 79,

"Like
it

the

make an onslaught upon

(with t-j).
Ij

;" In the plur. twinkling of an eye

generally
Seer,

J&
j

n.a. Force, violence, vengeance.

means " Eyes."

Beholder,

S j~ai,

Seeing,
or

or

Force, power, severity.

aor. o.

One who

sees

understands.

To be

in vain, perish.
is

Jtl? part.

act.
;

il*J Plur.yLaJ An evidence, evident argu'

That which

vain, false, falsehood, vanity

"

"

ment

or demonstration

ij~a>

^c- 12

v. 108,

r\c\

jkGfis

the opposite to
to

juM,

see 13 v.

18.

"By

a manifest demonstration."

i+a-j

/\* IV. To cause

be in vain, frustrate,
3

>
make
ineffectual.

18

L^
Ex.]^

o%J*

part. act.

One who

up Jfc2J t^STa
fern,

y. 34,

" Get ye

deals in vanities.

down, an enemy one

to another ;"

used for both

Joj

aor. o.

To enter

into the inmost parts

of anyBelly,
ia

masc. and

and

for all

numbers,

l^fj

thing, to lie hid.

interior part.

ffi

n.a. Plur.

^ja
5-,

gnat;

verbal root Ji*> To

be stung by

^kC

part. act.

That which

gnats.
aor. a.

bidden, inner part, inside, interior.

<Jto

An Am

To be in a married

state.

J*> Baal, a

inner vest

metaphorically,

An intimate friend,

husband; Plur. liyu

o aor. a.

v.

114; Plur.

J^b

(2nd declension) Inner

To come upon suddenly,

<fcau

On

linings,

55

v.

54.
(with ace. and
to

sudden, suddenly.

iUm

aor. a.

To send

J,

*-_>>

and

J>

aor.

o.

To hate.

Am

(2nd declension)

^J>,

also with

^Jjt.)',

make

Violent hatred.
manifest, raise

up, raise from sleep or from the dead (with

ace.

J A
,Ju

mule; Plur. Jl* Mules.

i.

aor.

To

transgress, pass

beyond bounds;

to

of pers.).

<-L*J n.a.

The

resurrection.

seek, desire (with double ace. or with ace.

^J>
,

and

<zjy~* part. pass. Sent, raised from the dead.

*iiu!) VII. To be
being sent.
sent.

Jc

or ^JS.)

to act unjustly or insolently

oU-fy

n.a.

The

towards (with ^Jl of pers. or

^i

of thing).

m
j*j

To

scatter abroad, turn upside

far
off,

down, tear forth.

off,

*X n.a. Injustice, injury, oppression, iniquity Uw In an insolent manner. U* A harlot.

i\Ju Fornication.

To be

go a long way
9 v.

perish;

iU

part. act. for ^i\j, see

i*U?Ll.
far to

efijjJc

42, " The way seemed

as an adverb
;

D. 8. Gr. T.

1, p.

Ill, Desiring, lusting.

fit

them."

jju

when used

Jwi VII. To be
easy, desirable,

and proper, becoming,

expedient (with

is indeclinable,

Afterwards, again
it is

when emsuitable,

ployed as a preposition

used in the

and
Accusative JJy, or in the genitive
if

preceded
1,

^). ^Jcj\
A

VIII.

To

desire, covet, seek,

by ^y,
p. 508,

as

Aw

^
;

seek for (with acc.and

After, see

D. S. Gr. T.

^, ^i, i*c, ^, or *^j).

collective noun,

and T.

2, p.

152.

jjo

distance;

i\*u\ n.a.

seeking, desire of.

ftu Away with

not
far
(said),
off,

jQ &u i*
with 'Ad
!

11 v. 63,
"

"Was it
Distant,

aor. a.

To slit open,

jj

Oxen.

Away

j*j

iju

comm. gend. An
into

ox, a cow.

remote, as Juxj w^-J 50 v. 3,

"A re- X
Ju

To go away
of ground.
aor. o.

any country.

av

A corner
generic

turn remote from the imagination, or from

possibility." Icb' III.

To cause a
34
v.

distance to

To appear, push forth.

Jv

intervene (with
part. pass. IV.
f.

^)

as at

18.-J***

noun, Herbs, pot-herbs.

Far removed.

^i' aor. a. To remain.

j\j part. act. for

jti D. S.

Jm

To become full grown (a camel).

gend.

*jM comm.

Gr. T.

1, p.

Ill, Remaining, that which re-

full-grown- camel.

mains, or survives, permanent, constant, the

rest;

Jjc A

portion of anything, some; one another;

.i\2CirwlrtClf 18

v. 44,

and 19

v.

L&
79,

19)
aor. a.
o.

"Pious works or words, which are per- LL'

ilfU

To swallow up.

manent."

relic,

that which

is

left;

'^j aor.

To

arrive at, reach, attain one's object,

Ex. *3lf vi4# 11

87

"

That which
letter

is leffc

obtain (with ace), as at 18 v. 75.

act.

^>j

part,

you by God."

Note.

The

o>
11

is

occa-

Arriving
its

at,

bringing to a conclusion,

sionally substituted for the i, see D. S. Gr.

attaining
<ijl;

end, excellent,
v. 5,

consummate ; Ex.

T.

1,

p.

276, note;

"&>

\J)/l

v.

118,

i^L>- 54

"Consummate wisdom;"
paramount
over, *j p\

"Endued

with prudence or virtue."

^Jul

also,

that which

is

(2nd declension) comp. form, More or most

lasting,

iiJb

CS1

^Cij* 68

v. 39,

" Have ye any oaths

enduring, permanent.

Ju

IV.

To
which

shall be binding

upon us?"
is

JU

leave remaining, leave alive, suffer to remain.

ij

warning, preaching, that which

sent, or

published,

'j.-"tl

see

jfmi
name of Mecca
;

brought to any one.

j_Jj Affecting,

(2nd declension) Becca, a

1, p.

see

eloquent.

j_L^
II.

goal, perfection, highest

to arrive, publish,

D. S. Gr. T.
^So aor. o.

404.

pitch. j3j

To make

To be early in the morning.

jL A virgin,
ijj In
n.a.

bring (with double ace.). ^bl IV. To cause

to reach, bring, deliver a

a young heifer; Plur.j&l Virgins,

the morning, early in the

message (with double

morning.j \Sj^

ace).

IV.
'Jj

f.

The morning.

To be dumb.

XT (2nd declension),

1j aor.
Plur. 1L'

o.

To
,

try, prove, experience (with ace.

and
be-

Dumb.
^1j
aor.
i.

c_> or

J), see note to

0;

,'Jj aor. a.

To

To weep, weep

for (witli ace. or

with
to

come worn with

trial.

age, to be

worn

out.

*h

Aa).
weep.

^j Weeping.^Jj\ IV. To cause

it,

^ij* IV. To try by experiment.

^Jjj\

VIII.

To prove by

trial

or examination,

Jj

A particle which affirms that which follows

thus
it

but

try either by prosperity or adversity (with

ace.
is

contradicts or corrects that which went before

and

t_>),

see

89 vv. 14 and 16, where

it

may be translated But, not so but, on the

nay
rather,
still

used in both senses.

1, p.

Js~

contrary, or rather,

more, &c.

Gr. T.

Ill, part act.

J&~* D. S. One who proves.

for
[

according to the context;

for the difference

^1> Yea, surely, verily, nay but verily, on the con1, p.

between Jj and jti see D. S. Gr. T.

565.
trary; this particle
is

used after a negative

jL To

stay or remain in

place.

jJj Plur. "Sii

proposition (interrogative or otherwise), and

region, country, territory.
JjSj

A country,
is

affirms the contrary of such proposition to be

territory.

^S) A man
JJj*

of desperate character; there

no

the truth;

hence

it

differs

from Ju which
;

verbal root of this

word

in the first

form.
be

assents to the preceding proposition

see D. S.

IV.

To be overcome with

grief, to

Gr. T.

1,

p. 514.

desperate, struck

dumb
The

with despair.

J*~*
(2nd

^Uj

collective noun,
1, p.

The

tips of the fingers, see

part. act. Seized with despair.

\J*>\

D. S. Gr. T.

381;

the verbal root

is

declension) Iblees,

Devil.

^\ To standfast.

"

20

<J*

jj aor.

i.

To

build, construct (with ace.

and

<_>,

dwelling,

provide a dwelling

for

ore's-self

J, or J^).
also

J\

for

yj

son

Plur. *\u\,

(with ace. of thing and

is

of pers.).

Note.

*\t

^j, ^p^
A

oblique

Jm,

and when in connexion

the same one of those verbs which are at

;

with a complement yj and

^
:

Dual

^^
,

time concave and hamzated

for the rules for

and

or in

connexion U>^ and

1, p.

jj\ JJ
see
Ij

of the the suppression (or otherwise)

see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 62, et seq.
;

hamza

and also the

My sons,
tive,

D. S. Gr. T.
son.

459

jj[ diminu-

letters. rules for the permutation of infirm

little

<LZ\ A

daughter,

Plur.

4->^
To

A.

door, gate.

tb; Plur.JbG; jZ[

two daughters, see
-words the prefixed

oblique dual,
Note. In
it

My
Jb
aor. o.
lost,

perish, to be in vain,

jy One who

is

jj
\,

all

these

wicked.

"/# Perdition.^
j\i Heart, mind,

when

does not begin a

J\J aor. o.

To make water.

sentence,
p. 66.

is

marked withawesla; D.S.Gr.T.l,

thought, intention, condition.

*TL

architect.

A ceiled roof. fj A builder, ^Gj A building, j^forjj-**

D. S. Gr. T.

(i\J aor.

i.

and

a.

To

pass the night.

iLj!j

house, abode, family.

II.

d)C A night
night, attack

Plur.

part. pass. Built,

J^
p'

aor. a.

To confound.

1, p.

108.
;

attack uJj
by night.
To be

To meditate by

Slander, calumny be

the root of this

word

is said to

jG

aor.

i.

perish. To go away (from one s friends),

i.

accustomed.
aor. a.
"f*#.

jt
iitf Beauty, delight.
'

aor.

To excel
;

in whiteness.

j>. collective
381.

To make joyful.

noun, Eggs
Fern.

D. S. Gr. T.
Plur.

Beautiful, delicious.

*US;

aor. a.

To leave one at liberty.

&>\

VIII.
1, p.

1, p.

JQ\

for J^>.

D.

S. Gr. T.

360, White, clear .-JQ\ IX.

To become

To

of God). invoke, imprecate (the wrath

white (with

^).

form is wanting To mean lambs.or kids; the first An animal ,Uftf &* Brute beast8

$
'

aor.

i.

To

sell.

n.a. Interchange

by

sale,

JL^

selling,

merchandizing, barter.

cattle

the logical root

ia

^ Lambs
to

or kids.

JL

Churches.-

plur. of

III.

To make

a contract

*y' "U aor. o. for

To briny back, bring down, take

with, properly,

by striking hands (with accus.

;

upon
self;

one's-self (with

u)

draw upon

one's-

of person or *-j of thing

pers.

also with ace.

ol

Ex.^r^^^^8v.l6,"He
draw down on himself the wrath of God
;

and^ J^.-^tf

VI. Toeell toon,

will

another.
'

with a future significathe preterite being used preT. p. 158.-*; II. To

tion
;

Between, aor. i. To be distinct and separate. Jj

as

D. B, Gr.

1,

4j& JJ.

" Between his

;

two hands,"

i.e.

pare a dwelling
ace. also with
ace. of pers.

for, locate

any one (with double

before him, in his presence

This word, though

of pers. and ace. of place, or

commonly used
noun

properly as a preposition, is

and

in.

J).

t A place for dwelling

of,

in the accus.

meaning an
;

interval,

and

V. To take possession

occupy a

sometimes a connexion

when

preceded by a

uV
preposition
p. 498.
it is

21

declined, see D. 8. Gr. T. 1,

faculty

of

clearly

explaining,

explanation.

^Manifest, evident. AiL An evident

exposition, explanation. ^o II.

^,+J* part. act. That which is manifest, open,

testimony or demonstration, evidence, proof.

perspicuous.
fest,

^~5 V. To be or become maniJ

or ^1 or with

U UJ An
show,
explain,

To

clear (with

and ^1

);

make

manifest,

make known,
ace.

declare,

to be distinct (with

^)

to be

made known

become manifest (with

of pers. and ^,1).

and

or

(with

J);

to perceive, as

^1

^JT
;

u.^2"
also,

with

"Jp-*

part., act. to

34

v.

13, " The Genii perceived that "

manifest.

^ul

IV.

To make manifest, 43 v. 52.

to use discernment, or discrimination, vid.

v. 96,
test.

articulate distinctly, see

^Lt

n.a.

and 49

v.

6. J>\ X. To
same

be mani-

An

argument, clear demonstration, eloquence,

tjt~"+" P&"- act.

as ^j*~*

cl>

By

preposition prefixed as a form of oath to

To

follow, follow up,

;

make

to

follow (with

the
cyylj'

word

ffil, as

<& U

" By God."

double ace.)

to pursue, prosecute, continue

An

ark.
ii. f.

Ex.
of Jl q.v.

CZ

"^j\j

18 v. 83,

"Then he
f.

con-

l.J\j n.a.

tinued his
cessive.
c\li'|

way." jLj*
VIII.

part. act. VI.

Sucup.

]^\j v.

f.

of jA q.v.

ui
A
is

To

follow, follow

^j\j

v.

f.

of

,o ol q.v.

n.a.

following

after,

^-i*

part. pass.

U*\i 2 pers. sing. aor. cond. of ^jJ] q.v.

Jjj'd n.a.
ii. f.

One who

pursued.

of

jf

for

Jy

q.v.

ytJ

v.
,-.,'

f.

of fjo q.v.
i.

i_^J To cut
II.
f.

off,

perish.

tl>C5 Loss.

Ll~."" n.a.

t_ rr
\ju

n.a. n.

ot k_^j q.v.

loss,

detriment.

or i_^J fem.

One

after another

said to be
1, p.

yjj

see j-J.

derived fromjfj q.v. see D. S. Gr. T.

f.

293.

^ju^i 2
J^J aor.
i.

pers. sing. aor. cond. viii.

of JL-j q.v.

t^-^.1) n.a.

ii. f.

of ti--j q.v.

To break, destroy.

jC5 Destruction.

^SUr
1

vi.

f.

of u>- q.v.
traffic.

J*J

II.

To break

in pieces.

J^~3 n.a. Utter des- js^

aor. o.

To

ij\ser

Merchandize,

traffic,

truction. ^-i* part, pass. Destroyed, broken up.

\J^i v.
v.
f.

bargain, merchandizing.
'j (^.m*"P v.
'

of

\jj q.v.

,
i.

'

ot

u&-

q.v.

f.

of

tlj

q- v -

^J&*
^lac*

v.

f.

of
f.

Jb-

q.v.

\yj v.

f.

of

*\i q.v.

vi.

of ^^a- q.v.
f.

^J

aor. a.

To

follow,

^J

and

^b' A

follower,

Jjlas n.a. vi.

r

ofJU- q.v.
is

one who follows, or attends upon any one.

That which

below, the lower part; This

is

^J Name and title of the king of the Hirayarites. j-~i A helper, protector. ^3 T IV.

word, which

is

properly a substantive,

used

{.though not in the

Koran) as an adverb, and

"

22

JwaXI

is

then indeclinable, as

JUs? Down,
it is

below;

Endowed with and hence, enjoyingthe good

things of this
life.

When employed
the accus.

as a preposition

put in

ijx^
by

Beneath, as
is

u^l t^a^ U
;"

cZji

aor. 0.

To

leave, leave alone,

,

abandon (with
;

20

v. 5,

"That which

beneath the earth

ace.

and

^ji, ^Js.

Aaii

^
left

or x~t)

i^.-**

If preceded
\'

^ " From beneath

1, p.
f.

it is

put in the genitive, as

it," see

\}&
i.e.

J 4*
it

u1
is

J&X 29
enough

*'

"

Do mSn

D. 8. Gr.

think that they shall be

alone in saying?

T.

509, and T. 2, p. 152.

of Jj>- q.v.

"That

for

them

to

say;"

J~ v.

f& &jij
ellipse of

etc.

37 v. 76, "

And we

left (these

jar n.a.
^^J^xf- v.

ii. f.

of

^~

q.v.

words, or this blessing) upon him

I

;" with

an

f.

of
.

^^

q.v.

**jT ii or similar words.

Cjjo

part. act.

One who

leaves, or leaves out;

ilac5 see J&JjjflKT n.a.

ii. f.

of Jl>- q.v.

^JJ5

for

^j\s

11 v. 56,

as

being ante-

cedent to the word \IsJT,

"We will

not leave

jl-sc' see j_j>-

our Gods," D. S. Gr. T.

q.v.

2, p. 183.

iXj\ir vi.

f.

of ti

jj\y ioTj)\ju

see j\j

J^k*

v.

f.

offe- q.v.

iJjS? 2 pers. sing, aor.

j^jj v.
f.

viii. f.

of

\jj

q.v.

i_>jar see i_ji-

,

of Jlj for i>y q.v. of JVj for Jij q.v.

!jj v.

f.

of ft q.v. jjjj v.
f. ii. f.

Jj jj

n.a.

of

JJ

q.v.
1

*';
j.M
I

tLO' From
p. 293.

^Ltjj q.v.

See also D.S. Qr. T.

see
see cj.

1,

1' fS ..ua.gr>>y.i

i.

'jX)

ace. plur. of

*$) A

breast-bone

It

seems

LI4 The number

nine

For observations on the

doubtful whether this word ought not to be

derived from 'jfa q.v.
in the hand. tl5 To have much earth, to hold earth

numerals, seeyu*.

^j**^ ninety,
ii. f.

^jll; 2 pers. sing. aor. pass.

'^r. Tasneem,

of

U-

q.v.

name

of a fountain in Paradise,

\j
the

Earth, dust.

4$t

plur. of

Of

said to be bo called, because conveyed to the

same age.

declension) plur. v-H-T/ (2nd

highest part of heaven

(a oamel).

from

^>

To be

tall

of

Lj A breast-bone.
90
* **

Poverty ;

iLCi

pt\l
$*'*'
-

v. 16,

"A

poor

man

intimately

jymS v.

f.

ofjU

for jy* q.v.

acquainted with bis mother Earth."

JL5 3 pers. fern. sing. aor. cond. of

>U

q.v.

jj^

v.

f.

of J; q.v.
".'

'jilSJ 2 pers. plur. aor. act.

iii. f.

of JnS q.v.

us"*

N.B. There
and
passive,

is

no

difference

between the active

Jiji To enjoy the good thing* of thu Ufe.~-%Jfi

'

IV.
aco.

To bestow the good things of this life (with

Ms** 9

^jlfij see Jli

of pers. and Jt).

-*

part.

P*.

t^u

n.a.

ii.

f.oftiiq.v.

J.OJ

23)
'V.-

tXai

n.a.

ii. f.

of j^Ls q.v.
viii. f.

^jOj

n.a.

of

>

^yj

q.v.

^Ikltfj see

<J<>\

of

JL*
f.

viyj n.a.
of ^U? q.v.

ii. f.

of *li q.v.

i_kJ 2 pers. sing. aor. cond. iv.

&

aor.

i.

To fear.

^*j1 (2nd declension) comp.

^li5 2

pers. sing. aor. iv.

f.

of

^Ut

quadri-

form, Greatly fearing, most pious.

fearing,

^5 God-

literal verb, rt. ^j*!? q.v.

devout.

These words seem to owe

f.

'< v.

f.

of c\ q.v. ofjl forj^' q- v

-

their derivation to the viii.

of Jij q.v.
q.v.

J!lri v.

f.

dio
j^J
;

for

jjj

2 pers. sing. aor. cond. of ^S

ofJ\S q.v.

juw
ijjJu

pers. sing. aor. cond. ofl*x& q.v.

n.a.

ii. f.

To perish.
47
v. 9,
vi.
f.

Destruction u**> n.a. " May perdition seize them."

of Ua q.v.
f.

^ wJ

pers. and J). Jj To lay prostrate (with ace. of

jJJ

n.a. vi.
f.

f.

of JjAJ q.v.

^1*5

JiL"v.
q.v.

of

J^q.v.
^aJ

i_q<iv n.a. v.

of i_ac q.v.
of

*lilj n.a.

of (jiJ q.v.
of
q.v.

^j\*5 n.a. vi.

f.

^^i

^u

3 pers.

fern, sing. aor.

energ. off. q.v.

J&
^

v.

f.

CSli

fem. of ilJi q.v.

v n.a. v. f.

of
f.

isle q.v.

^"seeQ.
L" aor. o. q.v.

^s*uu

n.a. vi.

oi^ir
f.

q.v.

To

follow, rehearse, read, declare, medi-

cj>j\a5 n.a. vi.

of

cju

tate (with ace.

of thing and ^Js. of perB,, also

Mote.

.Utt 7b perform
to

the sacred rites at

Mecca;

also,

with ace. and ^j).

The

called u-ill

ckanse.

tXif Two interpretations are given

;

ajIjjT^ or Alif of precaution, is

sometimes found
,

of this

word

according to one

it

means

filth,

added to the words

pj

and jbi

though proit

and according to the other, the observance

of certain rites

perly only added to servile } to distinguish

and ceremonies imposed upon

from \ and, D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

109.

1)<J$S
who
read."

the Pilgrims at Mecca,

among which were

Thus the
30 may mean, " Let

fem. plur. of J\5 part. act. "Those

ifjJu

cleansing the person, shaving, etc.

phrase "(&

^iiQ

n.a.

reading.

22

v.

\jjj them put an end to their want of cleanliness,' *J aor. or, "Let them complete the rites" above

see tjj)
i.

To be

entire, complete, perfect, fulfilled

mentioned.

(with

JS

of pers.). ^il IV.

^J\

To complete

^2 see
J2
jrutf

iti.
.

(with ace. and

ace.

or t-> of thing, also with

see

^J}

and ^Jl, ^fj, or

fulfil,

of pers.)

to perfect,
n.a.

see (jjj.

accomplish,

perform.

fUi

Someli-jT

jjJiJj seeyefij

thing complete, perfect; ET.il>&)\

IV.

^j*y

jb

Nature,

mud. 'Js\
is

To

establish 6rmly.

UU5

v. 155,

"

We

gave Moses the Book, a

pJ> part.
act.

This verb
JJSJ v.
f.

not found in the primitive form.

perfect

Law,"
perfect.

etc.

One who

of Jtf q.v.

makes

Uj

24

w^
aor. o.

JyUi
,J^Uj
J,.Jiij'

plur. of ^li^i, see

Vi.
f.

Ji^.

<_jl5

Of

cf;- 1- v viii.
f.

to

To repent towards God (with jV) to turn one's-self in a repentant manner

;

relent towards

men, as God, (with

<S-4^

^js.).

2 pers. plur. aor.

f.

of

^jy

q.v.

tOJy and iSf Repentance.

part. act.
re-

\~*H
,Ja*J

v.
v.

of

^ji- q.v.

One who
lenting.
t_s\Li

repents.

ilt\p Very repentant,

penitent conversion
;

f.

of ULi q.v.
of

d>li
v.

aJ^

JL5

v.

f.

JJ*
.

q.v.

13

29, " Unto him must be

my

ju^j' see
jjj^j"

jU

conversion;"

c_>lL. is here put for ^jS^

1, p.

iorj^tcj, 6eejl.
vi. f.

D. S. Gr. T.

459.

jjlli

ofj-i q.v.
f.

^j^see^ol.
j6 forJ^J To go
i'O The
q.v.

ji-lli vi.

of

lac' q.v.

round.

'ij5

time.

cjllj' vi. f.

of tjJ q.v.
f.

Pentateuch.
.

,Jy&'

n.a. vi.

of

^tf

ui

y see ^sJ}
n.a.

Jjjlj' n.a. ii. f.

of JjJ q.v.

J^jji see

^
.

U*U

v.

f.

01
ii.

fjuM q.v.
f.

i&j
liy'
foreign origin)
it

see (ji}
ii.

JjL-J n.a.

of

jS

f.

of SSj q.v.

q.v.
;

of jfi An oven means a place whence waters gush

(a

word

also

J?y v.f.of i&'q.v.

forth.

Jy

v.f.of JJq.v.

Ci5

see^.
see
c?*J
f.

(jjp see ,jj *

\ff

r*
*-j

v.
fig

f.

of
r>

q- v -

,jrj^

vi.
vi.

of Jj] q.v.

no verbal

root.

J.\j

f.

of

^J q.v.

s\5 aor. i.

To wander about

distractedly (with

l1~$ To be firm, steadfast, constant:

act.

tl^U

part,

:3 To keep back, hinder.

j

II.

To make
4
v.

slothful.

Remaining firmly

fixed, firm,

steadfast.

To

collect,

congregate.

cpU

72,

" In

cLv
n.a.

Steadfast, fixing. lLw II.

To

confirm,

for bodies; " accus. plur. of V> the fern, of ^-5

set fast, establish (with ace.

and

c_>).

t^~-&J
IV.

*Jo

A company or body of men.

is

Note.

Many

A confirmation, establishment.c^-Jl
;

nouns in the

fern. sing, lose their third

Radical

To confirm

to keep in bonds,

v. 30.

when

it

s, ,, or

^;

where they take the

is

CJU
"J>

see

^i
lose, perish.

regular form of Plural this Radical

t

some;

aor. o.

To keep back,

j^> Destrucia lost.

times omitted, and sometimes retained

see

tion.

JyU

part. pass.

One who

D. S.Gr.T.

1, p.

358.

i
.'

25)
tion
lilJ

LS^

^ aor.

o.

To flora.

^ wf* Pouring forth abundantly.

rfo

and

J&

Two-thirds, D. S. Gr. T. 1,

J^k* 7b i thick. ^j&\ IV. 7b

something great,

p. 415.

JJU Fem. &U Third.

1,

d Three by

make a

great slaughter (with ^^j); slay in

three, in threes, or three pairs; Ex.*u-1 ^yJjl

frl^j

great numbers (with ace. of pers.).

liJoJ JZJ> 35 v.

" Having two and

;

CJj

aor.

i.

To blame.

Li-o^J' n.a.

II.

f.

Blame.
^sj> for

three and four pairs of wings "

At 4

v.

3 CjHj

Csy To be moist, as the earth after rain.

may
is

be rendered "

By

threes ;" This

it

word

of the second declension,

;

answers to the
426.

i^j and _^j, and with the

l

article

^JJ\ The

Latin Ternus

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

Earth.
iS^iu To cause to flow.

^Gu A

J
serpent.

aor. o.

To

tread.

There, in that direction.

J
Ll-oU
jj-w

Then

(after

an interval).
tribe of

\^m

aor. o.

To perforate, penetrate, shine.

Shining;
t-j-ouM

Thamood, name of an ancient

part. act.

*sul 86

Pagan
This

v. 3,

Arabians, destroyed for their impiety.

" The

star of piercing brightness,"

by some

word

in the
;

Koran

is

always of the 2nd de-

supposed to be Saturn, which is called t__JliJT

i_i*5 aor. a.

clension

see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 405.

To

find, catch, take,

gain the mastery

y*5 To bear fruit.

ijAJ

Jaj Fruit, wealth, possessions.

over (with accus. of pers.).

Jiu

fruit

noun of unity or

individuality

To be heavy, grievous;
matter (with^).
to
{

to

be a grievous

see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
fruit.

300.-^1

IV.

To bear

J&\ generally interpreted

genii," as at

mean "men and

55

v. 31,

uj*j

aor. o.

To take the eighth part.

dual of Jiu Baggage.

burden.

JUu\
Plur.

plur* of

Jiu

^
^Uj

j l:r

price.

One part out of eight,

(for

^b The eighth.
.

Jju Heavy;
1

JUu.

JwL

J^Uj) fem. and jUj masc. Eight;

weight. Jiu IV. To grow heavy, oppress,

see^Lc, see also

ylL, tI.^jj
To bend,
;

^y U5

Eighty.
^15

weigh down.

JiL Fem. SSh^ !&

c i5

part. pass.

Burdened

35

v.

19, " If a

^Jj

aor. a.

and

i.

'fold,

double.

for ^jli

The second
22 v.
9,

also part. act. Turning,

his side,"

burdened (soul) cry out;" the word ^jJu

being understood. Jil^ for JjliJ
VI. To be

as Ala* JjiU

" One who turns

i.e.

or

'

turner of his Bide,"

Proud.

^Li^

borne down heavily, incline h'eavily down-

masc. and ij>[ fem., and in the oblique

cases j^>\
{

wards (with ,J[); For the employment of those formB which take teschdeed on the first
Radical, see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220.

and ,j~\ Two. yLe Q\ masc.

fem., and in the oblique cases
i

and
'jLs.

tjtLc. lili|

Jj To

perish.
o.

15

A crowd, a number of people.

^p^

and ijuS

J^\ Twelve

These forms

which admit only the above inflexions are

considered as adverbial expressions;

tXJj aor.

To take a third part of anything.

D. S>

ilij and iL3 Three (see

j
;

%* ). ^J& Thirty.

Gr. T.

1, p.

420.

JL$ By

twos, in pairs,
this

One third part Dual JuL and in conjunc-

two and two; another form of

numeral

o"
(but not found in the Koran)
ia

26

&r*r

*&

These

is affixed,

but in the accus. Cs

is

retained with-

forms are equivalent

AJj.
^,lL

to the

Latin Binus; see

article

out tanween."

For an explanation of the

see

and with the

^3 \L*S A
1

passage at 39 v. 24

ajIIu^,

rt.

a-~>-

name given
some

either to the

whole Koran, or

to

Note. Other singulars have also been assigned

to ^li*, as

those passages which are frequently repeated

interpret

^L-,, ^j*, or ^i,. . ^j^->\ A.

exception, as

as at 15 v. 87,

J&2? ^ ^ CJ&'
;

it

to

mean

the

first

chapter,

To make an

^y-^

>.

^j

6$

v. 18,

"

We

" And they did not make an exception

saying AJjf*Ii. J^).

"

(by

have given thee seven (verses) of those which

are to be
terpret
it

frequently repeated
to

"

others in-

mean

the seven long chapters.

CJk

aor. o.

To return.

iLAy

reward.

c-^Lj

yli-* for
i.i), is

^iLi

without the nunnation (Sing.

plur. of tliy

Raiment.

.L'lLi

A place of resort.
__uj II.

one of those irregular plurals which

ijjL* Areward,recompense.

To repay

are of the second declension, with this peculiarity,

(with

double ace.). tl>til

IV.

To reward

that in the nominative and genitive

with, give as a recompense (with double ace).

they preserve the tanween, as ^JL* , but reject

it

jU

aor. o.

To bestirred up

(,as

dust).J!>\ IV.

To

in the accusative, as
v.

^li-*
it

the latter

word

plough, break up the earth, excite, raise (as

dust, clouds, etc.).
(_y2 aor.
act.
i.

occurs at 39

24, where

may
;

be rendered

" double or repeated portions " see D. 8. Qr.

T.
1,

To abide in a place.
dweller.

tf

for ,jr)U part,

pp. 410 and 111 226.

The

rule as
is

>j*

dwelling,

abode;

given by the grammarian Motarrezee

as
i\'fS

^1* 12 v. 21, " Make his abode honour1, p.

follows: Speaking of those irregular plurals

able;" seeD. S. Gr.T.

118.

which are of the second declension he says,

" If the second of the two
*

letters

which follow

(no

first

form) To home connexion, as a husband

Alif quiescent happen to be a

it is

sup-

and

wife.

\L^ A woman who

has

left

her

pressed in the nom. and gen. and the tanween

husband

after the first interview.

j\p?-

aor. a.

To low, supplicate

God with groaning Jj^sf The Angel

jlaj- aor.
i.

Gabriel.
o.

(with
d>_jJlr>-

of pers.).

and
a

To form,

create.

Jij- Plur.

(2nd declension) Goliath.

off.

JCs*g
'

A mountain, and especially Mount Sinai.

*p

_- To cut
ti-4?- Jibt,

cr A

"

well, cistern.

ye

X-

and L-

crowd, multitude;

L*M

An

idol, false deity.

To bind, make fast.

jLa* Strong, powerful,

a

^jPf26 v. 184, "The former generations;"

see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 268.

gigantic, having absolute power, proud, perverse.

jCifThe Mighty One,

name

cowardly. of the J,I>- To be

I

^J?

Cowardly; the temple,

Deity.

side of the forehead.

ii>-

27

^/r
<*Z *
\

' *

<u>- aor. a.
of <ty>-

7b

*n>fe

on theforehead.

L>- plur.

ace. of pers.), as

f>)4^

6 v. 121, "That

A forehead.
a.

they should dispute with you;"

i.

^Jjl^l
"ijj\^~

C>-

for Us*- aor.

tribute,

and

To

collect or gather

7 v. 69, " Will ye dispute with

part. act. fem.

me?"

or as tribute (with
licence for
l

Jfy

of place).
plur. of s>see also

One who

disputes.
;

y-iS^ks Poet,
L>\>-

~>\'^\

To hasten.
fragments.

j\s>-

broken piece
part. pass.

\o\Jj>-

In

J^J^*

Broken

;^i

cistern, see j^s>-, rt. ^jj>-

J.Jlst* Uninterrupted.

^jli^,
ace.

rt.

Jj. ^f^r\ VIII. To choose (with

or ^1}).
tear up, root

c jc-

7b ecp without food, amputate.

c,jj-

cjc- Plur.

and

^t

The trunk of a Palm-tree.

7b stand firm.
ij.x>-

lL>- To cut of. iJU^VIII. To

up (with
*is- aor. i.

ss>- aor. o.

burning coal

ace.
o.

and
To

jy
lie

^j*).

or firebrand.
o.

and

with the breast on the j^- aor.

act.

To draw, drag

(with ace. and

^J]).

ground.
breast.
\iJ>-

IjV>-

part.

One lying on

his

_p- 7b wound, gain, acquire

plur. of

for one's- self.

^ifr

lj>-

A wound,

-r-^^r (2nd declen-

aor.

i.

and

o.

To

kneel.
;

4pU- Fem. jU8

is

sion) plur. of *-il>- Beasts of prey.

rj&r\
jjJJJl

part. act.

Kneeling

The Plur.

^jj>- for

VIII.

To

endeavour

to

acquire

^sJJr, D. S. Qr. T.
jkirT

1,

pp. 108 and 362.'

<_.).

tij'GjTlj^i-T45
to do evil."

v. 20,

"Those who seek

To deny,
aor. a.
hell-fire,

refuse, reject (with

l*?r

To light a fire.

Lr*- fem. Hell,

fire.

To tear
species,

off.

ol/i-

coram, gend. noun of

any

fiercely
o/*

burning

locust.
off.

y
A9>- aor.
i.

7b 6e

yrai wealth or dignity.

JjJtf-

Ae>-

jj>- aor.

o.

7b cut

jj>-

Dry (ground)

bare

Majeety, glory.

New.

j!>- plur. of

of herbage. cj>- 7b drink (water).

>j&-

track or

way on a

hill-side.

\f? V.

To

sip.

cjj*- Plur. cJdk>-*

root. jjc>-

sepulchre;

no verbal
fence in.
fitting

<m-fr aor. o. i_J^-

7b carry off

the whole

of anything.

A water-worn

bank of earth.

7b 4 covered with pustules,

j|j*- Plur. Ji*-

to

*j>- aor.
sin,

i.

7b commit a crime, to drive one (into

wall.

ji>- 1 More

with

of following verb).
!

*j>-

sin

or easier,

compar.
1, p.

form (2nd declension),

+j>- 1

No

doubt
1, p.

An

adverbial expression,

D. S. Gr. T.
Jis- aor.
i.

403.
fa>tl

D. S. Or. T.
firmly.
ijk>-

521. jyjf-1
-

IV.

To

be guilty

and

o.

7b

In a

of sin.
sinner.
lSj>- aor.
i.

f[?r\

n>a

Sin.

jc*

part. act.

contentious
T. 58,

manner ; fji>-

1^

dJ

U 45

" They .only propounded

this to thee in

To

flow, run,

happen (with J, also with

P art ac *
'
;

the hope of a dispute."

,,, joU-

Jli>-

III.

To

L A

dispute.

l5*

or iJ\)'
;

u-j-

"

k* Running,
Plur.

dispute (with t_j of

;

means and

a vessel

The Ark, 69

v.
,

11

/-, and

or ^e. of subject)

to dispute with (with

with the article

^j\y?V

for

which by Poetic

cf^r

(28

f^
To cast scum andfoam upon the bank (a
i\jJr Froth,
as
*!=>-

licence is substituted j\Jb\ both in the no- lo>-

river).

minative and genitive cases, see note on ^Jr&s*,

rt.

ul^Jo 13

v.

18, " It

Jo;

see also

D. S. Gr. T.
D. S. Gr. T.
1,

2,

p. 497.

passes off like froth."

serve

JjX

for

p. Ill,

The "^- To

up camel's flesh
tU-

in

a large

dish.

course of a ship, as la^^s* 11 v. 43, " During

t,\jb>-

plur. of

A large

dish, trencher.

her course;" D. S. Gr. T.

!> aor.
a.

1, p.

118.
^j>-

&-

aor. o.

and

i.

To treat harshly ,^j\=f VI. To

To take a part of anything.

A part,
word J>-

be removed from (with cf.).

aor.
Lsji.

portion, individuality;

At 43
to

v. 14 the

To be glorious.
i.

J&>- Majesty.

\*>ej>-

is

by some taken
over,

mean "Daughters."
aor.

and

o.

To drag, excite. k^AkA IV.

^J*).

To pass

and

ejsj-

To be

impatient.

To

attack, assault (with

Ui>\j- aor. o.

Impatiently.

1- To put on a clAX>-. ^L~&=r (2nd declen^jj>- aor.

i.

To subdue, and

To satisfy,

re-

sion) plur. of

CjQj>-

large outer covering

compense for good or evil, give as a reward (with

double ace. or with ace. or <__> of thing for which
"reward, etc.
is

worn by women.
jL>- aor.
*

i.

given)

to give

an equivalent,
or with double

To wound

the skin, scourge,

or make satisfaction for (with

flogging,

blow with a rod.

hides.

i jL^- n.a. S jl=r Plur.

ace).

j\&- for isj\- part. act.

One who makes

?\y>-

o^U- Skins,
sit

satisfaction for another (with ^jt).

Com- JS^- To

in

Eastern fashion, in which respect

pensation, satisfaction, equivalent, retribution,

it differs

from jJo.

J^S** ( 2nd
manifest.

declension)

reward

that J>J>- Tribute, especially

exacted

plur. of ,^11*=*

A place of sitting
and

or assembly.
*!=>-

from Jews and Christians. ,_yjU- III.

reward.
,jl>- aor. o.

To

isf aor. o. To be clear

Banish;

ment. JUTo handle. Ju^sf V. To inquire

Ij>!^it

II.

To make
91
v. 3,

manifest, reveal

\i\$ft)

"

By

the day

when

curiously into (by handling, etc.).

1*J>-

reveals her (the Sun) in all her splendour."

To

stick to

the body (blood),

iw>-

n.a.

^Jer V.
Isj- aor. i.

To appear

in glory (with J).

1>"

body;

\a!^

C*

7 v. 146, "

A calf in a bodily

and

o.

To abound.
refractory.
to be

Much.

shape."
lul>-

^**r
**>-

aor. a.
o.

To be

To have a large body.

A body,

Plur,

ju^- aOr.

To congeal,
is

firm.

ij^lsj-part.

fU^I;
J*4- aor.
a.

"flf&Jtf 83 v.

4,

"Their Persons."
act.

That which

firmly fixed.

To

place, put, impose,

make, appoint,

constitute, ordain, attribute (with

of pers.

%J*sr aor. a.

To

collect,

gather together, assemble,

unite; to have connexion with,

marry (with
4 v. 27, "
(It

and
ace.

ace. of thing or with double ace. also with

and

^J J*,
,

or
;

^)

to hold, regard or

),
is

as

JZAV'JZ \f^ 3j
;

esteem, as at 29 v. 9

Used with ^1 of

follow-

forbidden you) to take two sisters to wife,"

ing verb at 56

v. 81.

J*U>- P ar *- ac *

He

or "intermarry " to gather together against,

who

places, etc.

with ace. and

J ; at,

with ace. of pers. and

29

or
,

j^
Xc

of time;

it

is

also used with

ace.

spirits, as

opposed

to

men.

<us-

Plur

and

as at 6 v. 35,

and with

^
-

of pern.a.

garden, Paradise.

tJr A
;

covering, cloak.

sons assembled as at 34 v. 25.

i=

^r

a1- Madness, frenzy

used also in a collec-

An

together, assembly, multitude, a gathering

;

tive sense, or as plur. of

^fr Genii
plr- of

see D. S.

crowd

Urjitf 28 v. 78, "

more abundantly;

Who haveamassed
"

Gr. T.
thing
genius,

1, p.

382.

"t^}
a foetus.

(wealth)

Literally,"
;

abundant in amassing (wealth) " tf. of 149, " The day of the meeting
\

covered,

&&A

Any-

serpent,

demon;

$l\

15 v. 27, for

1*1

^Ulif 3
the

v.

"The Father

the of Devils; " or the part for

two hosts;"

'**

&

?5 v 17
-

>

whole, Jinn or Genii.

possessed of the Devil.

^L* part. pass. Mad,

" Upon us devolves the collection (of its scatproper method of tered sentences), and the
reading it."
together, etc.

UJ-

aor.

i.

and

0.

To

turn aside, cause to turn

ace.
;

^U- part. act. One who gathers

iilp-

from or avoid (with

Plur.
40,

and J\

lest).

congregation, as

4*jL^

side

^J^
friend;"

jU5fThe day

of the congregation, Friday.

all,

''The familiar
v. 57,

^^ ^
One
v. 10,

v-^r
4 v

(i-ly

LjJ.
At 36

Collected, assembled,
v.

an army

.Ujf l_J^- 39
(of

"

What

have neglected

32 ^+s>r
1, p.

is

used for fj*?*, see

.-

my

duty)

towards

God."
afar,

C^r

D. S. Gr. T.

540, note

Altogether, wholly.

&** adverbially, ^A Plur. ^f^A All,

place of meeting topass.

stranger,

coming from

suffering

from pollution;
afar off."

^^28
-

"From

The whole.
gether,

J-mb

J^V*A

side, tract

of country;
a8ide '"-

yj?*
IV.

part.

Assembled.

&&JS
j_JUII.

85

"
-

He drew

IJ^A

To

agree together, concert a plan

To cause

to turn

aside,

remove

or design (with

of following verb)

to
;

away from
turn

(with double ace.). <~^=? V.

To

agree upon (with

aec.).-^-^
J)
;

VIII.

To be

away

(with or withdraw ones-self from

gathered together (with

J).

conspire (with

ace.).
avoid.
aor. a.

CJ^\
i.

VIII.

To turn

aside from,

Irf*

part. act. Gathered together.

J^'

aor. 0. To collect,

'A^ and jJr To be handsome.

and

0.

To

incline (with J),

^r
"
'

,,

J^-A
jU^
you."
able,

camel,

j^r

Grace,

elegance;

coram, gend. Plur.

arm-pit;

**l A

hand, wing, arm,

" They are a credit to \^J jjj 16 v. 6, Becoming, decorous, honour-

C^r J*^>
&>- A
crime.
;

15

88

And

behave with humility;"

thy wing."

Literally,

"Lower
a host,

J-~r

gracious.

& An
jXsr

aggregate, some- 5

"^Plur. 5fJr An army,

companions
'

troops,
root.

forces,

i\\.^ <a*sr' thing complete, as a sentence; "As one complete and perfect whole."

no verbal

25 v. 34,

r aor.

i.

To decline; and <Jupt

truth).

aor.

a.

7b

"iX^r

plur. of

camel,
aor. 0.

"dmafe (from the

aor.i. 7b be covered;
i).

To

cover (with

ing from the right

VI.
f.

A *-*frpart, *fyaa* way.

swerv
ac

Ifr

collective noun, Genii,

demons,

Inclining to evil (with J).

J*r
JJ~
'

30

aor.

i.

To gather
a3

{fruit).

J^r
v. 54,

for

Ijfr
fruit

sacrifices

were made by
its

fire to

Moloch

This

Fruit

j^f J^r ^
diligent.

" The

word on account of
feminine gender
^ is

foreign origin

and

110. of the two'gardens," D. S, Gr. T. 1, p.

of the second declension

^- Fresh
^r aor.
at
a.

(dates) ready gathered.

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

404.

To be

*^r

*.

with might and main; The words

^ }^ ^Uj*
k
v

j^- Air,

The Firmament.

Z^r

<_jLsj- see Us.us*-

v.

58 and elsewhere

may

be translated

see uArT

"Their most binding oaths."

ability;
find

l^r

Power,

JK
(to

1\

^fJ

9 v. 80,

"They

Cjcr aor.

o.

To

split, cleave,

cut out.

<-T*"

>\&-

An

nothing

give) but the fruit of their

strive,

answer, see

iv.

i.-CJ^\

IV.

To return an

labour."jv III. To

contend with,

pers. answer, hence, to hearken to (with ace. of

Islam fight especially against the enemies of

(with

ace. of pers.

and

or thing) .

<4~e=* part.

act.

One who returns

v. 73,

^Ja, as at 31 v. 14,

also with

J,,

y,

or J).

Xfr

n.a.

con-

an answer, as
verily

'jj& p& 37
verily they

"And
the

we returned a

gracious

answer;"

fight (in tending, striving, a going forth to

One who the Holy War). Ifcl*^ part. act. in the fight strives, one who goes forth to
cause of Islam.

" Literally,

And

who gave

reanswer were gracious." <-A*L^ X. To

spond (with

of pers. and

$),

to answer,

ZJ-

aor. a.

To be

manifest, publish abroad, speak

hearken to (with

of pers. ox

y).

aloud (with <-> of thing and

of pers.).

&f aor. o.
Mount

To be good.

5&r

plur. of

o-

Swift
of

* That
open and
publicly.

which

is

manifest, loud speaking,

coursers,

ts^

"El'-rudee,"

A name
who

public

speaking.

\J-

Openly,

Ararat.

*r -k- in n \y^r
aor. a.' To rush
to

Openly, visibly, manifestly.

fc

aor. o.

To turn

aside,

"j^- Near, one

art - act -

is

f-

In P ublic ' P enV-

near, a neighbour,

^r P
To

0ne who

j^r

on a wounded

man

with intent
things
fit

turns aside.-Jj\^ III.

be a neighbour,

slay him.

necessary for

j^VT Paraphernalia, a journey.^- II. To

to dwell near (with ace.

out

To

protect,

and J?).J*^ IV. deliver from punishment, etc.

ace. with provisions or other necessaries (with

of pers. and

<_->

of thing).
Jftl^- part. act.

23 (with ace. of pers. and c^? ) ; i*j*?.h protected of any;" v. 90, "Neither is he
Literally,

J^

aor. a.

To be

ignorant.

One

" Neither

is it

protected over him,"

:

who

is ignorant,

j^r

Very ignorant and

or

" is any protection (thrown) over him

D. 8. Gr. T.
2, p.

" for

foolish.

*X?r

Ignorance.

Q#\*r

State of

an impersonal the use of Passive Verbs in

ignorance, condition of the

Pagan Araba before

manner
at

Bee

129; see also

f.

s^.-j^, part. act. VI.

Near

to

one

the time of

Mohammad.
Gehenna,

'Zr fem.

Hell,

from

the

Hebrew

D3H N*3 The Valley of Hinnom, where human

another.-j&l^ X. To ask for protection. To pass on or over, aor. o. Togo.-&r HI.

31

J*times written

to cause to pass
ace. of

oyer (with t_> of pers. and

^- for *^-, aa ^ZJiXj

^>-j

thing).'$ VI. To pass by or over

39

v. 69,

" And the prophets shall be brought."

(with Ija).

Note. In the above form of construction the

search, explore.

U*\?r aor.

o.

To

verb

is

impersonal,

KkeVentum

est in Latin;

f\a? aor. o.

To hunger.

Hunger.
to be hollow.

see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.
to

129. *Xs^t IV. To make

<_l>- aor. o. <-Jy>-

To penetrate inwardly,
belly, the interior.
to,

come

hence, to lead or drive (with ace. of

^J^).

The

pers.

and
i.

*\pt aor.

i.

To come, come

arrive at (with ace.

<>U- aor.
S
C '

or with J,

J\

\, or
with,
i.e.

Jl);

with

cj

it

i_-~>-

To cut out a garment at the neck. S ) Til Plur. t_tjfj^ The bosom of a shirt or

means
it

to

come

to bring;

Like^'l

vest.

may sometimes

be rendered to
;

do or commit oU-

for

3^-

aor. a.

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

243, To have

(an action), as at 18 v. 70

Pass. *s>- some-

a long and beautiful neck.

jL-

neck.

t-^9- aor.

i.

To

love.

(J1X

Grain, corn.

<u>-

47

v. 34, aor. with

] and

Ji, prefixed,

"And

noun of unity, One

grain.

JLJ* Love;

he shall make (their works) of no avail."

i.

*^Ljl2v.
i.e.

172,

"Out

of love for him," lLXo- aor.

i_>-

and

a.

To weave well (a garment).

"for God."

(_-*.! comparative adjective

plur.

of

Ciu-

way or

track;

of the

2nd

declension, D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp.

324

especially, the paths of the Stars.

and 403, More beloved, more pleasing, preferable.

j<--'
i

J^
fo~

To take a wild beast with a snare or JIn.a. Plur.

halter.

*L.
the

and with the

affixed

pronoun

j.

rope, vein, compact,

hamza being changed

into j with

or covenant.
aor.
i.

damma
T.
1,

in the middle of a word, D. S. Gr.

p.

To
to,

inspire.

"1L

n.a.
to,

decree.

118,

plur.

of
II.

Jl~~^.

Beloved. j***- Even

lovely

up
;

to,

down

as far as, until, in

<u* Love.
(with
ace.

of

t^.-v.rv,

To render

order that

This particle

is

used in four

dif-

thing and

^\

of pers.).

ferent ways.
1st.

Cj-^-1
ace. or

IV.

To

love, will, desire, like (with

It is

used as a preposition to indicate a

withal of following verb). ij~*fcl X.

and
le.).

certain term, and

when thus employed governs

To

love, prefer (with ace.

the genitive case,

as^fjjLi

JLi. 97

v. 5,

- aor. o.

To make

beautiful, delight,
*J*>.

make joyful.

" Until the

tinie of the rising of the

dawn."

%>]
{j*?~ aor.

plur. of_^X. or

(Jewish) Priest

2ndly. As a conjunction or adverb, meaning

or Doctor.
l.

"and
restrain, hinder, shut up.

even," or thus

"up
it

to

an extreme point
from
far as,

To

inclusive;"
signifies

differs

k^-

aor. a.

To be

J^, which
but not in-

vain, fruitless, to "perish (with

"Up

to," or

"As

ijt at ^J).)blaA IV.

To render

vain;

&JeCJ

cluding;"

Ex.^' j liZfi^L&V'l ate

32

the

fish,

head and

all

;" if

we say

\^>\j

J\ we
^e-

To cover, shut out.

tlA*?"

A veil,
J*?-

curtain.

mean "as

far as the head,

and no further:"

j^F*
aor. o.

part. pass.

Shut out (with

[

^s.).

No

instance of this use of

J*~

occurs in the

To hinder (with J1).

n.a.

Any-

Koran.
Srdly.

thing forbidden, unlawful, a wall

to connect
it

or dam,

As a conjunction serving

understanding; Plur Jjif

ship
;

A bosom, guardian.

it a proposition with that which precedes ;

then

JsfT^Ji

means "until," and has grammatically no

;

effect

149, on the succeeding proposition thus at 6 v.

intelligence."

vAj^w one gifted with Jif^he country inhabited

89

ci:
"In

\& j }p ^
like

i*jrvtf

^*
before

by

the tribe of

Thamood

The words
;

\^

manner did they who went

Note.^ In the

\j** occur

twice in the 25th chap.

''

in the

them accuse

(the prophets) of falsehood, until

they tasted our severity."

it

Koran

is

frequently followed

by

\3\;

D. 8. Gr.

it 24th verse they appear to mean Far be " Ne licitum sit;" In the from us," like " for55th verse they mean a wall which it is

bidden them (the two Seas) to pass."

ss *

jM?~

T. 1, pp. 175 and 202, note.

subjunctive Lastly. It governs a verb in the
Plur.

ir.W*-

rock,

stone.

-'^ ' i/*^~

rluT.
part,

mood, when that verb has a future signification

it

<l>\jf~

private

chamber,

j^

that;" then means "until," or "in order

pass. Forbidden.
aor. o.

Ex.
80,

^
"I

J, 'Ji

J^ JSKZfi'Ji
;

12 y.

To make a camel He down; to restrain

will

on no account quit the country,

It

(with ace. and "Jt).

hinders, a bar,

Jr
to

part. act.

One who
t f

until

my Father give me permission ;"

may

dam

keep back water.

sometimes bear either interpretation

thus at

IL

aor. o.

To sharpen,

limit, define.

J,^

plur.

of J*.

prescribed limit, ordinance.

i$-

" Then

fight against (that party)

which

is in

Iron, Plur.

ftl^ Sbarp.-SC
iSj^-

III.

To hinder,

they return to the wrong, until (or so that)

obedience to God."

stand in the waj of, oppose.

jkf To be humpbacked.
the ground
at 21 v. 96
:

An elevation of

J~ To excite. &fr~ Quickly. > To contend with, go on- a pilgrimage to (with

ace).

Instead of this word which occurs

copies have

some
to

if>ir signifying

If-

n.a.

The pilgrimage

to

Mecca.
per-

"Agrave."
To be new,
event
;

fc same as ^-.

|C

part. act.

One who
of

happen.

<-i-i- A. novelty,

forms the pilgrimage,

^f^plur.

i*C A

something which has lately happened,

discourse;

angle pilgrimage, a year.

*"A disputing, &#?&?) cause of dispute, argument; as

6 v. 150,
*

a story, history, narrative,

<

J,lf 31

v. 5,

"The

ludicrous

tale."

cLjoCI
"

(2nd declension) plur. of

;

" The

conclusive

argument."
Tales, sayings
,12 v. 6,

U.

III.

To

pute with

dispute about (with J>) ; to disor *). (with ace. of pew. and

g^CYTj^V &

S^a^ ^4*4

He

shall teach thee the interpreta-

^J

* 12* (with^j). VI. To dispute with one another

tion of (dark) sayings;" ii-tfU-1

J&&T S3

"
;

33)
"*~

v. 46,

"

We

have made them

is

(idle) tales," or

aor.

i.

To perforate, intend.

J^

n.a.

pur-

"like a tale that

told." JJaL

II.

To

pose.

declare, narrate, acquaint (with ace. of pers. iJmjL

To guard.
i.

<jJ-

collective noun, Guards.

and t_j of the thing). iSil^A IV. To cause to (je^ aor.

happen, bring about, produce (with ace. and
of pers.).

To

desire ardently (with

^Js.).

^J^).

Clf~

J
is

Greedy, eager (with

form, Most greedy.

\j>j^ superlative

cjlaf

part. pass.

That which

newly produced or revealed.

\jS- aor.
i.

Jp^- To milk
(2nd declension)
trees.

dry, to corrupt one's-self.

Jo,*-

At

To surround.

^Ta*-

the last extremity from disease. ^o^- II.

instigate, excite (with ace.
1.

To

plur. of &> Jlj ik- aor. a.

garden planted with

take heed
verb).
of, fear

and ^c).

To beware,

(with ace. t-jj- aor.

To change.
^Jx.

<>j-

verge, margin,

also with

^1 of the

jj>- Precaution,

manner; ^S^~
or upon the

22

v. 11,

" After a way,

jju*- n.a. Fear.

j$C-

part. act.

One who
mi

verge as it were (of religion)."

is

cautious, provident,

jjss^* part. pass. That

uJ^-

II.

To

pervert (with ace. and ^e.).

f.

uXiu
j^- aor.
i.

part. act. V.

One who

turns aside

which

is to

be feared./&*- II. To caution

(with J).

against (with double ace).

and

0.

To gnash the
II.

teeth,

to burn.

J>-

aor. a.

i.

and

o.

To become free,
free-man.

to be hot.
fern.

~^~ n.a. Heat.

JL A

j^
*jj>-

A
the

jijL Burning. Ji^VIII. To be burnt.

To burn. f>-\

hot wind blowing by night.

VJ- II.

Silk.
to

To free from slavery, devote

God.

c- To refuse what is due, and cJf~ To be moved.

service of

jjn.&. The giving freedom,

9,

CJ%-

II.

To move (with

ace.

and

c_>).

as

"Q>'j

j.J*?

5 v.

prohibit. " The freeing of a neck j^>. aor. i. To plur. of asylum.

^
*\j>-

holy place,

(from the yoke of slavery)."

\sf

Prohibited, un-

part. pass.

"J>-

ace. " Dedicated to God's service," 3 v. 31.

aor. o.

lawful, sacred, sanctified, as believers during

To spoil one's goods.

-

<-r^~

fem. n.a.

the Pilgrimage.

eyU^f The
f^e*
word seems
to

Sacred Ordi-

War.

4->C*? Pl ur

^ij^ (2nd declension)

the nail

nances of God.

part. pass.

Forbidden
Pre;

private

chamber ; a niche in

of a

At 51

v.

19

this

mean "

mosque marking the direction of Mecca.

vented by shame, or a sense of decorum

at

tl/JC
pers.).

III.

To

fight

against (with ace. of

SG v. 66 and 68

v. 27,

" Hindered from

pj>- II.

enjoying the fruits of our labour."

CjX

aor.

i.

and

0.

To

till

the ground,

sow

seed.

To
ace.

forbid,

make

or declare unlawful (with

JSi>- n.a.

field,

cultivated ground, produce

of the

thing and

^Ja of the

pers.).

of the same, fruits of the earth, tillage.

L^a* n.a.

Prohibition.

*,*?* part. pass.

That

-1~ aor. a.

To be oppressed by closeness or difficulty.

restriction,
difficulty,

which is forbidden or unlawful, declared sacred.

lj~ n.a. Narrow, a

crime.

^JL

aor.

i.

To decrease. ^jjoc- V. To seek.

lS- Plur.
tL>]j.l A.

CJ>- To

touch.

company,

"

34

cT***"

troop, party, sect,

Those who side with any

pronoun
as
is

one

JJV Q 18 v. 11, " Which of the two

;

is

here written and pronounced Cs,>

frequently the case;

> u-. -*

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

parties

"

Meaning probably The Companions

or the

459.

One who

takes an account.

of the Cave

Companions of **ij\
<_>^-JI!

The word ^Lla.

i__>L. is also

besides being the plural of

mentioned in the 8th verse;

The
a

used as a collective noun meanit is in this

confederates mentioned in chap. 33 were

ing Darts or lightning, and

that
it is

sense
III.
*

body of
against

Infidels,

who were leagued

in the

together
;

employed at 18

v.

38. iJ^U.

Mohammad
v.

War

of the Ditch

To call
*
* '
** ::.

to

account for (with ace. of pers. and <__>).

calculate upon, expect,

Those at 40

31 are the People of Noah,

etc.

ir . rJ VIII. To
aor.
i.

who appear

in the next verse,

and who were

and

o.

To envy
Envy.

(with ace. of pers. and

in league against the prophets of their day.

^Js. of
to

thing).

,L>U. part. act.

One who

Lij-

aor. o.

To

grieve

^>.

aor. a.

To be sad

envies.
aor.
i.

Ju.

be grieved about (with ^Js. of pers. or thing).

^jj*.

To lay bare,

to be
1, p.
Ij

weary.

*jm- Plur.

and ^j>~

ns.a. liner, sorrow.

Jb/tjLL D. S. Gr. T.
of sighing

355, Sighing, cause

v.

fj^a- aor. o.

To parch up, utterly destroy.

& s %
(sc.

yu.

y!-

JfjLL

39

57, "

Ah my
!

A sound
find,

sighing, (ah

hissing).IJmj>~] IV. To perceive,

of,

me

)"
!

Expressions of this kind

be aware

are spelt and pronounced in a variety of ways,

feel (with

and ,j^).y-.ac' V.
(with ^y*).

J^, or with ace. To make inquiry after

D. S. Gr. T.
jy*?*
j*Jjs\J[
part.

2,

p.

90.

%^.

Fatigued.

pass.

Stripped,

destitute.

X. To be worn out with

To
cut.
is

fatigue.

aor. o.

To reckon;

^-^-

aor. a.

and

i.

To

***- aor.

l.

py~ The usual acceptation

;

think, imagine, to

be of opinion, calculate

of this word

A succession of unlucky nights

(with ace. of thing, also with or without

before following verb)
;

At 69

v.

see D. S. Qr. T. 2, pp.

7 the phrase iXjla. *CTf XjUj

may

74, 296, and 580, also 127, note.

JJ^. n.a.

be interpreted " For eight days in miserable

succession

One who
one
is

suffices,

a sufficiency, or that which

fjtu*-

obliged to regard as sufficient; Ex.

and yjw*. To be good or beautiful

forms the verb
is

in the

'
is

latter of these

'iilxt

v.

202,

"And

employed in a

Hell shall be his

9
v. 59,

manner similar to
pu,

the verbs of praise and

blame

sufficient

reward ;"

2jf llCLi.

"God

and

JLj

Ex. iLjJ

CjSl^

^LL 4 v. 71,
company;"
forms of

all-sufficient for us."

v--~-l- part. act.

"They

are excellent (in point of)

One who

reckons, or takes an account,

c->L. Plur. ^,--n~
;

an

At 18 vv. 28 and 30 two

construction occur in the

different

accomptant.
ing,

A reckon1m
2
v.

computation, account

t,_

C^
*

same

sentence, as

\tff^

^X^.Jtl>^fjUi" How delightful is

and how delicious their couch ;
2, p.

208, "Without measure;"

Aoll*. 69 v. 20,

their reward,

"My account," for ^11^.

of this word
is called

The
*\&
;

at the end

D. S. Gr. T.

223

et seq.

*-'$

The

Goodness,
Beautiful,

affixed

beauty, excellence, kindness.

^1~

J^-

35

good,

fair,

gracious, handsome.

A good
^llBeautiful;

o- aor.
L-l^aa.

i.

To scatter gravel, cast into the fire.

is

thing, a benefit, good, a

good work.

That which

cast into the

fire, fuel.

masc.

and

fern.

plur.
v.

of ^.^o-

t_-~*U-

violent wind bringing with

it

^L.*. <S>\p- 55

70, " (Damsels) exquisite

shower of 6tones.
s C *

and beautiful."

jj--*-!

(2nd declension) comp.

\s!

as~ To become manifest,

and
i.

form, not used adjectively in conjunction with

aor. o.

To

reap.

jLo. n.a.

a substantive,

as ,j**-i J^rj> but

;

with

the

harvesting.

V. Harvest,

A reaping, mown down,

substantive understood

Better, best,

more or

utterly destroyed.

most excellent.
declension

Note.
in

Words of

the second

fO&. aor.

o.

To bring into

difficulty,

besiege;

when

connexion with a comple-

ment take
7
v.

the three inflexions, thus

\y~-

aor. a.

To be

restricted,

hindered (with ^i of
Chaste.

the

following verb).
IV.

142, where the pronoun refers to -\ffiV.

jr3*To

A rrison.-^a^l
from a

prevent, keep back

^ji*-^ fern, of

cr

>.l,

when used substantively

good thing, happy
}

journey, etc. (with ^j).

to

means a good
happy end
cases
lent
;

action,

state,

J-w
ll

To be over and above,

be manifest.

Dual Jl-.I^.

and

in the oblique

J-o II.

To make

manifest.

J1V 9 v.

52, " The two most excel-

^a- To be strongly fortified, and ^3- To keep at home,

things," viz. Victory and

Martyrdom;

^ya^-

plur. of ^^a*f.

fortress.

For the Rules which govern adjectives in the

comparative form D. S. Gr. T.
2, p.
I

J^sr"

part. pass. II.

Fenced

in, fortified.

must
et

refer the reader to

^paa-i IV.

To keep

safe (with ace.

and

^),

301

seq.-^}

IV.

To

or in safe custody, to marry,

^sf part. act.

<Lisr* part,
is

do well, act uprightly, act with kindness (with

<-->,

One who
pass.

is

chaste or continent.

or with

J^

or

of the'pers.); to render

fem.

married woman, one who

agreeable,

make

beautiful (with ace. of thing

chaste and modest.

^aer n.a. V. f.
rcith

Chastity.

and

of pers.).

^Ljll

n.a.

doing good,
^. ^*
l

^a>-

aor.

i.

To strike

a pebble.

^] for
;

a kind action, kindness, well-doing.

part. act.

^fo*-] comparat. form, Clever in calculating

One who does

well, acts righteously,

(with

of the thing calculated)

IV.

D. S. Gr.

a righteous man.
aor. o. to raise

T. 2, p.

310. ^^.t

To number, calculate,
of,

and

i.

To gather together, and hence,

to banish (with ace.

compute, take an account

aor. o.

know,

from the dead,

or ^Js.
,

To incite any one,

instigate (with ^ie).

and

used in the Pass, with

or

^ja\s VI. To urge one another (with

aor. o.

ic).

^JY).

jZj>~- n.a.
;

An
v.

assembly, banishment,

To be

present

to,

or present

at,

stand

emigration

at

59

2 the words lilf jj'j _/

in presence of (with ace. of pers. or thing) to

refer to certain

Jews who were banished by

hurt,

as

at

23

v.

100,

U^Jsr
/

^}

(for

Mohammad.
assembles,
gether.

_^,C

part.

act.

One

who
to-

J>^>
T.
1, p.

"Lest they hurt me;" D.

8. Gr.
is

jyisi*

part. pass.

Gathered

570.

y*U.

part.

act.

One who

present

at, present, close

upon, v&JieiX ij*l-

36

o3
D. S. Gr. T.
Of AiU..
1, p.

v.

163, (The town) "close upon the sea,"

fable is
to at

Daughters, Grandchildren

The town of Elath, about which a here told, and which is also referred
viz.

a collective noun
it

382

or

may

be a plural

v.

61.-^1
of,

IV.

To

present, bring into the jk=*

To

dig.

iJkL

pit.

ij\L

beginning,

presence

cause to be present, put forward

(with double
v. 127,

ace);

*^T J\T cl>^\

to Lit.
:

" (Men's) souls are prone

be present

original state, former condition.

aor. a.

To

keep, guard (with ace. and

of.

^,);
a

are

to take

care

&*. n.a.

guarding,

made
Dc

to

with covetousness

" see

keeping; IkL. As a guard.

&Ll
;

part. act.

Sacy's observations on the construction of

One who guards, keeps watch

keeper (with ace. or with
irregular plur. of

a guardian,
ij. an

the Fassive Voice, Gr.T. 2, p. 123.

pass.

j^'part.
brought

One who

is

made

J).

to be present,

forward, given over to (punishment). "

Made

present, part. pass. VIII.

occurs at 54 v. 28,

j^'

sage

is

rather obscure, but'it seems to

^
;

f.

r This word

^i
pas-

&U.

Guardian (Angels),

la-i^

same

as

&U-,

used with ^Jl in the

;

sense of watching over evil doings

at

Jj

The

50

v.

31

it

is

used in the sense of one who keeps

&yiJr* part. pass.

imply

(God's commandments).

that each portion of water should be divided

among

those

who were

Kept, well-guarded. &U- III. To

strictly (with

observe
to

present

viz.

The Shealternate

Camel and
days
!*- aor.
;

the Tribe of

Thamood on

j).Jaj&C} X. To commit
memory.
barefoot, honour greatly.
;

see also

26

one's keeping, or one's

v. 155.

0.

To put down.

lL? A

^^
putting down,
;

aor. a.

To go

*aL

remission (of sins), forgiveness

Thoroughly acquainted (with ^c)

kind (with

gracious,

word by

some thought
S&TCl
c_Ja- aor.
i'l
i.

to signify the profession of faith

^.J^)
To be
due

IV.

To be importunate

j.

towards any one (with

ace.).

To abound in nood.

JL&L

JUFire

aor.
of,

i.

and

0.

right, just or fitting,

to (with

worthy

wood,

fuel.
i.

to be justly

JS)

J^J-if
punish-

(&~

aor.

To break

into small pieces.

llC

ilA&Tgl 22 v. 18, "Many deserve

ment;"
Literally,

That which crumbles away through dryness.

<ui*!f A
b*. aor.
a.

"Many
its

(a

man), punish-

name
in

of Hell.

ment

is

justly his

due;" At 84 vv. 2 and 5

passive form

To be

good circumstances.

A
JL

the verb appears in

n .a.

JiXL

part, portion, a fortune,

prohibit^,

(pret. for fut.),

which

good fortune.
part>
f.

may mean "It

shall be

To

hinder.

j~
act.

treated according to its deserts," or "shall be

pa88

Hindered.-J?^' P^t.
builds a fold for cattle.
aor.
i.

verified

VIII.

One who

and certainly known; " the active voice

significations as well as those

having these
above given.

To surround

(with ace. and i_>).

,J^

That which

is

right and

part. act.
aor.
i.

One who goes round

To run
hastily,

proper, just, true, justice, a right, just due,

about,

need, duty, such as

payment of a debt; Ex.

minister.

o2?j& ^jjf2 v. 282,

"He

upon

whom

37

is

the duty (of

payment of the

debt)

" it also

Sale renders
tion."

it

" Are guarded against corrup-

means Truth, The Truth, One of the Names of

God.
sion)

^ssr* part. pass. This word also admits

;

jJu.
The

Fitting, just.

J^.1 (2nd declenjust, truer.

of divers interpretations

a chapter

is

said to

compar. More worthy, more

I

be <u*r* when

it is

not abrogated by any

it

<uLs!

Inevitable, the

day of Judgment.
t_j).

subsequent revelation;

also

means
;

clear

J>-l IV. To justify, verify (with ace. and

and perspicuous, void of ambiguity

the verses
called

at

v.

J**->[ X. To

be worthy, adjudge worthy; to

cbUiir cLbT,

or

those

be guilty of (with ace. of thing), or think

guilty (with ^Jx. of pers.), in both which senses
it

which are clear and are to be taken in their

literal

sense,

are

distinguished

from those
;

occurs at 5 v. 106.

which are allegorical

_li^;

and
{

figurative

To suffer from a retention of urine, to be

withheld {rain,
etc.).

the

former are said to be <-> QTp)

"The mother

long space of

or ground-work of
To go

time, space of eighty years

the

Plur.

<lj$
sands.
aor. o. of a pro- J.

Book." 'Jte VI.

To

lie
l

among crooked or winding

;

together to judgment (with A\).

cJUaL J The winding sands

name

To untie a knot (with

and
o.

ace.

and ^,);

vince of Arabia, formerly inhabited

tribe of 'Ad
;

by the

aor.

i.

To

fulfil

the rites and ceremonies

plur. of t_JuU.

required of a pilgrim, to become JiLl after

*- aor. o.

To exercise authority (with

As)

judge, judge between (with

^
:

to

being ij^l
(.1

to
;

be lawful (with

of pers. and

of pers. and t_>

J\ of verb)
to settle in

to

descend, alight (with

AS)

of thing)

to give
<-_

judgment
of thing)

in favour of (with

a place.

J. Anything lawful, an

of pers. and

when
it

it

means

to give

an adverse judgment

takes

As.

of

J)U. Lawful, One who has performed all the rites and ceremonies of a pilgrim.
J55U- plur. of J-!*of a vow.

inhabitant.

pers.

li*. judgment, wisdom;

il^QT2J^]
i.e.

A wife.

iL%r Dissolution

^jjLj 5 v. 55, "

Do

they then desire the judg-

J*^ Place

of sacrifice. jll* IV.

ment of the days of iguorance?"

To be

To render

lawful, allow, allow to be lawful,

judged according to the laws of Paganism

a rule of judgment, as
37,
t/js.

allow to be violated (with ace. of thing and

of pers.)
;

&L- t\2y] 13

v.

to violate

to cause to descend or

"We

have sent it the

Koran down
l

as a

settle (with

double ace).

J*<J

part. act.

One

rule of

judgment

in Arabic."

judge.

who

considers lawful that which

God

has de-

^U- Plur. jilLl and J^Ujudges, a judge.

part. act.

One who

clared to
*,-

be unlawful

Ex. j2df

i*^ 21

&*. Wisdom.

"LLL Wise,

fj\}

v. 1,

Not

violating the prohibi-

knowing.

l^J, comp. and super. More or

tion

against
:

the chase while ye are on a

most knowing or wise.

JL

II.

To take

as

pilgrimage "

Jls"

being in conjunction with

judge (with ace. of pers. and ^J).JJL* IV.

JuJ

is
i.

here put for

^j**.

To confirm ; The

Passive

Cz.*\

occurs at

aor.

To swear

(with

of pers. and t_j of

11 v. 1, and has been variously interpreted;

object of the oath, also followed

by ^\ or

Ij

of

U?,\.>-

38

verb,

or

by

J*

of

tlie

thing sworn); Ex. J*>- aor.

i.

To

carry, bear, bear away, load, charge

cjjiifjl J,^ic68
a falsehood."
vjft>-

v. 15,

"They swear

to

with, impose a burthen (with ace. of thing

^jiic or ^ji)
;

and

great swearer.
part. act. II.
f.

to attack any one (with ^Js. of

j^.

aor.

i.

To shave. JLs.-*

One

pers.)
(a

to conceive, be with child,

undertake
other
v.

who

duty),

provide with carriage and

of

shaves.

IaU- To cut the throat.

Xy&. The throat.

necessaries

a journey, as at 9

93.
in
in

A>- To dream,

ll*;

dream

Plur. *1>-1
.

J-

J**, n.a. Plur. JU-1 A burthen, foetus the womb, time during which the foetus is
the

Understanding

Plur. *!*]

*!>- Puberty.

womb,

as at

46

v. 14.
act.

JX*.

burthen,
carries

lAo- Kind, gracious, intelligent.

A>. aor.
i.

load.
'il>-

J-U-

part.

One who

To adorn with ornaments.

This word
is

Orna-

" \y} cjljls-Li

load,"
i.e.

And by

those which bear a

of rain,

ments, trinkets;

used in the

The clouds bearing a load

Koran as a

collective noun, or it

may

be an

or

women

bearing a burthen in their wombs,

irregular Plur. of
I).

J^*-,
p.

which

also takes
II.

^>-,

or the winds which bear the clouds, 51 v. 2.

S. Gr. T.

1,

382. JU-

same as

iJW-

A woman who
II.

carries

much

or fre-

iL
jX

(with ace. of thing, or with

^).

quently, a portress.

iiy*>-

A beast of burthen.

Letters prefixed to the 40th and six following

J^
To
lJ

To impose a burthen on (with double

chapters of the Koran, see *3T.

1^. aor. o. To heat.

ace), charge one with (a duty).

Ja-^ VIII.
a.

l~*a- Boiling hot water, a

take a burthen on one's- self, bear a burthen.

i.

near relative or friend.

*.

a^- aor.
hot.

To defend; and ^s>- aor.

To be

To clean out

mud from
{j*>-

well.

W*
of

Mud.
mud.

*U- Hamee, name

of a camel concern-

L*o- fem. of
X*>- aor.
a.

Muddy, composed
<x*a~ n.a. Praise.

ing which certain superstitious usages were

observed by the Pagan Arabs.
part. act.

To

praise.

i*U-

*~;l- fem. of

part. act. praise.

One who

praises.

*V*- Worthy of

That which

is

burning hot.
IV.

<u*>-

+s-\

A name

of

Mohammad, Most
Note.

Affectation,

cant.

^sA

praiseworthy, renowned.
version of the Gospel, the

By

a per-

Qix

^j*3t? 9 v. 35, " It

To make hot; i.e. the money

Mussulman Doctors

JjliSiMj

f^J^

shall be made hot;" Lite-

teach that the Comforter promised under the

rally, It shall be

made hot upon

it,

D. 8. Gr.

name

irapdKkrrros

was the irepuckvrbs or Resee Gr. Test. S.

T. 2, p. 129.
aor.
i.

nowned Mohammad;
xvi. v. 7.

John ^.

To emit a sound as a she-camel towards

to be

3j1kt* part. pass. Praised, lauded.

II.
f.

&*si* part. pass.

lauded,

her young ;

moved with pity.

u u-

Much-praised, highly

Mercy.

\j~&- Honein,

Name

of a valley

Mohammad.
To pare a thong of leather.

near Mecca, where a battle was fought by

J*^.

aor. o.

jU- An

Mohammad.
a.

ass;

Plur. ,*>.
\

and

*&>-.

j*>- plur. of <Si- aor.

ness.

To break

one's oath.

tXu- .Wicked-

J^

Red.

tr
r^>~ To cut the throat.
plur. of *j&s>~

39

J^
large eyes," see

j>&>~ (2nd

declension)

^c.
(

\jj>i>is
;

Disciples or

throat.
j>.v>-

Apostles of Christ ; This word

by some supit is

-u- aor.
<_.av--

i.

7!? roast.
i.

Roasted.
Plur. *\L*. (2nd

posed to be of foreign origin

by others

aor.

To

incline.

cjL^-

derived from JU-, one of the meanings of which

is

declension) Inclining to the right Religion,

to whiten clothes

by washing, tbe Arab

orthodox.

commentators pretending that the Apostles

o.

cJca-

aor.

i.

and

To put a

bit

upon a

horse.

I
;

were Fullers by trade.^jUin

III.

To

reply to
f.

C&>-\
destroy;

VIII.

To bring

into subjection, utterly

an argument (with ace.)jjlatr

or
to

n.a. VI.

Sjj

*J4^

17 v

64 > "Verily

An argument between two

j\s- aor. o. To

more persons.

will bring his posterity

or,

under

my

authority

g at her together

one's-self.j*si+
f.

"I

will destroy

them utterly"

(as locusts

for Jpti D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 105, part. act. V.

destroy everything where they alight).

One who goes

aside or retreats (with

^1).

c_A>- aor.

o.

To

sin.

tl>^- n.a.

sin.

^U;

aor. o.

To beat for game;

J^~ in the Koran

it,

(ijl*. aor. o.

To fly around.

JLy>-

A fish

Plur.

is

used adverbially, and means far be

as

JJ,

JiU.

" Far be

it

from God," or " God

_l>- aor.

o.

To be in want

of.

l^\L Something

forbid," D. S. Gr. T. 1, p7532~;

necessary, a necessity, a thing, matter, wish, l*- aor. o. To

guard.-le-lewl IV. To surround, en-

a want

C'^V. \j&
for the

^J,

*r^- *\ 12

v.

68,

compass, comprehend (knowledge), and hence

to

" Except

sake of a wish (or to gratify

know

(with <_> of thing)

"Ai

\Z?

$ f[ 12

a wish) in Jacob's mind."

v. 66,

" Unless ye be prevented," or " com;

dU.

aor. o.

To drive quickly.
Lj

JysL:!
Note.
j

X. To get

passed about (by some hindrance) " The verb

is

the better of (with

Ic).
is

Some

verbs

here impersonal with an ellipse of the sub-

whose second Radical

may

be conjugated

ject,

common

construction both in Arabic

2, p. 129.

either regularly or irregularly in the 10th form.

and Latin, D. 8. Gr. T.

act.

Lsr*

part,

JUL

aor. o.

To

return.

jj. plur. of tfj?** fem. of

One who encompasses,

To be changed,
;

or comprehends.

jja-1 both

nouns of the 2nd declension, D. S. Jl-

aor. o.

to pass by,

go between 34 v. 53,

Gr. T.

1, p.

360

Houris, a

name given

to the

Pass. J~-

^y^i v* \j*>)

f^rsi Jn^-i

Maids of Paradise on account of the splendour

of their black eyes
;

"

It (a bar) shall

be passed between them and

is

the

word

is

derived from
1, p.

what they long for;" The verb

here used

j^-

a form ofjJU- D. S. Gr. T.

is

246, *be

impersonally, D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 129.

$^.
and

exact meaning of which

somewhat a matter

and

Jp- ^*

adverbial expressions

meaning

of dispute, but which

is

properly applied to the

round about, and from around, see

^J

blackness of eye seen in a gazelle ;

{

The words

cy^drJ*
change.
n.a. II.
f.

J>>- n.a- Po' a year.

JJ- A

jSajj>- which
;

occur several times are gene-

*Lo~

plan, contrivance. JjJk*

off,

rally translated " (Damsels) having large black

change, a turning

or turning

eyes " Literally,

" Black-eyed (damsels) with

away.

"

w*^

40

r^
manner which;
although
able,

J~

aor.
^~"

i.

To

collect,

b'^

<

2nd declensionHor
plur. of

U dJU- Wheresoever;
speaking a noun,
is

lL^~

S j\'J~ D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill,

'

strictly
is

indeclin-

Intestines,

^^

"

Dark-coloured, from >jy>~

and

always found as an adverb and as

another form of

J^i.

To he dark-coloured as

antecedent to some complement either nominal

or verbal, D. B. Gr. T. 2, p. 146.
j\^- aor. j\^- for
i.

" Feuille morte." dead herbage; Fr.

To

avert (with
-

^).

*L or [J*- for ^- aor.

aor.

a doubly imperfect verb,

live (with ^i).

fe

for jlir

To

^-

1^
i.

aor a

To be astonished.

J^
(a

(2nd

declension) Distracted.

Plur. *t#-1 Living,

alive.

He

or that which liveth,

J\Z~

aor.

To turn aside.

Ja+sS

A place or way
woman).

X?~ a serpent.

*C- or i^~, or more

of escape.

correctly

l^-

Life.

^^
J*

Life (eternal).
for

J^-

aor.

i.

To have her

courses

jZr. John.

C^'
life,

for

*
1,

Life

^\1^ My
1^.
II.

D. S. Gr. T.

p.

111.n.a.

of a woman. Jn-<^* The monthly courses uJU-aor. i. To be unjust (with ^M).

aor.
i.

To

salute (with i^j). or

Car
To
life

A jU',J&-

To surround, hem

in,

compass about

(with t_ of pers.).

Balutation.-J^l
one's
life,

C^l
life,

'iV.

preserve
aor.
i.

To arrive (the time).

v" l> "
v. 14,

^- Time,
spftCe

as
"

restore to

give

(with ace.

and <> or with double ace);

^pif^l

for

j 26 v.

81, "

He will

restore

me

to life."

>^~cr? Irt- 76 'pf .^ JS 28

of him.

f time;

" In a time of negli-

mindful gence," i.e.When the people were not

^*>.

J^i for jUi-*

part. act.

One who
;

restores to

When,

at the time of; throughin this sense

2, p.

life." J*~>\ X(with

To save alive

to be ashamed

out the Koran

indeclinable,
v.

when used

^^
;

is

^y of thing or with ^ of verb).

;

*\

Bashfulness.

5 the words

S^

Where, wherever, whither

d^~ & From

next verse.

whence, or of whence soever, from the place time when, in a place where, from the
the

pounded of
p. 521.

^ ^

D. S. Gr. T.
f\

149

At 11

belong properly to the

at that time.,
\j\,

L- Then,
and j[ or

com1,

D. S. Gr. T.

(LU.

ace. part. act. of

LX q-v.

LjTui. plur. of

~i;

Impurities, filthy or
sc.

t^
'

fem. of jl*- for

Os^, we JyL.

wicked things or actions

jutl.
jt**. n.a.

That which is hidden. XS.'To hide. -^- n.a. i^Tohumbleone>8-sel/{be/oreGod),toW[meBce.

To prove,

and^-

aor. o.

To know.

Understanding, knowledge.

jjX

Plur. jUi-*

u^l IV. same as ^L (with J\ or J).

News,

tidings, report.

^J*

Knowing, One

j&
SUL

part. act.

One who humbles

himself.

who knows,
aor.
i.

or

is

acquainted with.

To be

bad.

<i~-^ Bad,

evil,

wicked.

To make bread.

]* Bread.

i3^hS*

'

41

^>
Tribute, maintenance.

--L aor.

i.

To stamp with the /ore-feet.

k^ V.

properly, To strike with the fore-feet ; at 2

t.

n.a.

getting

276

it

means

to drive one

mad,

strike with

or going forth;
surrection.

_^T*#
issue,

The Day of Be-

confusion, to infect, or simply, to destroy.

Jli

To distract.
as

J&iS

A.

hindrance, corruption,

>te- P ar t- act.

One who comes

of

fCi j#/t[

v. 114,

" They

will not fail

forth.

^Jsz

An

place

exit.

in corrupting you."

IJii-l IV.

To bring

out, drive out, bring forth,

Ci- aor.
^ti- aor.

o.
i.

To be
and
o.

extinct,

produce, stretch forth, cast forth (with ace. and

jl*-

To

deceive.

perfidious

^y*,

J,

t_j,

and

LJ

i,

also with

^,1

for

^Irof

man.
IsS- aor.
i.

following verb).

V^-\

n a
-

driving out,
act.

To

seal (with ^Xe).

is

*^ A
*lir>-

seal

at

expulsion, bringing forth,

-^j^* part.

33 r. 40

Mohammad

said to be ,.,

*J'U-

" The seal of the prophets."

A sealing

One who One who

brings forth, etc.

is

^j3^
;

part. pass.

brought

forth, etc.

also

The place
is

the wax, clay, or other substance used in seal-

from whence, or time at which anything

ing.

art P ass Sealed. ff~^* P

-

jtX aor. o. To make an impression.

OjAi-1

&.

brought forth
cheek.

ji* l^L" J^rJ-^

17

v. 82,

pit or trench;
v. 4,

The

Jj JcL iT tL>ls**l

" Bring me

forth

(from the grave) with a

-*

spoken of at 85

"The makers or Lords

1

favourable exit."
take forth.

_,^u<]

X. To take

out,

of the pit of fire " were the servants of (jJj2 j j

Jewish tyrant who caused a number of

Jj^i-

quadriliteral,

To chop up meat.

Jj/-

Mustard-seed.
Christians to be burnt alive.
c<ii. aor. a.
act.

To cover over, deceive,

deceives.

e jU- part,

u/- aor.

o.

To guess, To

to tell lies,

^o]/^
nose.

liar.

One who

*jU-

III.

To

en-

Jyi-

quadriliteral,

strike

on the

p>/>-

deavour
^Jkrf. Plur.

to deceive.

A
friends,
lovers;

proboscis or nose.
i.

^J^-i Equals,

no

J^~L aor.

and

o.

To

rend,

make a

bole in, feign,

verbal root.

falsely attribute.

J jX

aor. o.

To

disappoint, leave without assisthis friends, a

^i. To

lay

up

in

a storehouse, barn, or treasury.

ajj^i.

ance.
Traitor.

J. j^ One who deserts

^ui

(2nd declension) plur. of

treaIm-

j~

aor.

i.

J> jJc* part. pass. Destitute. and o. To make a noise in flying (an
fall

sury, treasure, storehouse, magazine.

part, act.

^J

One who

lays in a store, or keeps a

eagle); to

down

(with

^,'iXz,
to

or J).

store of anything (with

hj=>~ Keepers.

of thing);

Plur.

*> To strike or pierce the ear,

i-j\j>-

lay rcaste.
desolate

A laying

waste, a

making

and ^y>.

aor. a.

To

be disgraced.
^jji-\ for

^jj>. n.a.

Shame,
]
,

ruinous. <-j/*-i IV. To lay waste (with ace.

disgrace.

i$y3 D.

S. Gr. T.

pp.
dis-

and t>).
L'j. aor. o.

110 and 403, comparative form, More

out,

To go

go

forth,

come

forth (with

graceful. sj>-\ IV. To cover with shame,

6

l=-

42

Ua^

disgrace (with

ace.

of pers. and
(

J).

Jje* ^ai- To distinguish as particular; Pass. To be in

and in connexion with a complement lJ}^4

part. act.

want.
n.a.

Z*\- Particularly, peculiarly.

<uUi

One who puts

to

shame.

Poverty. (j-aisS-1 VIII. To bestow upon

to

Hi

aor. a.

To drive away,

to be

dull the semes;

as \y*&.\

any one in a peculiar manner, appropriate

(with <_> of thing and ace. of pers.).
aor. ace.
i.

to be driven

away (with

Jt),

23

v.

110, "

Be ye driven away,"
the

imperat. plur. for

into j in

To sew togetherprop, a sole (with

IjHXT^

hamza being changed

and ,Jx).
i.

consequence of the damma, and the servile j being dropped, D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 95 and 104.
,->U- part. act.

>^S- aor.

To have the best in an altercation.

Note. This word
is

l*x-

An

adversary.

used for
-

both singular, dual, and plural, though the dual

That which

is dull,

also that

which

is

driven

away (from

society).

u Ua=i.
t. 21,

is

also found in the Koran, as at

is

38

where there
^n~>-

an

ellipse of the

pronoun
..aS.

j^S-

aor. a.

To wander from

the right way, to be

^rsr.
"jm.-**-

contentious person.
III.
f.
f.

deceived, suffer loss, lose, perish,

n.a.

disputer.

Loss, a losing

concern.

j\L->- and ^j/*.-^

(*l^>- n.a.
n.a. VI.

Contention, dis-

ns.a, Perdition, loss.

"V-li- part. act.

One who
t

pute. Itflar

Mutual disputing and

and ~a~ VIII. The

s ^ *

recrimination.

wanders from the right way, a

loser.

j>uA

...tr.-M

comparative form, The greatest loser, one who

errs

reason for the latter form, which occurs at 36

v. 49, is given

exceedingly. ^osr n.a.

IV.

II.

f.

by De Sacy

in his

Grammar,

loss.

j^>A

To diminish

(a quantity), give short

act.

T.

1, p.

223,

To

dispute, strive together

.*-*,

by
or

measure,

j*^*

part.

One who gives

x<L<

way
aor.

of dispute or litigation (with ^i,

short measure.
i.

To break wood, cut

off

the thorns from

*JM *,<

aor.

i.

To bury one beneath the earth, cause

up (with
<_> of the person

tree,

o^isr* part. pass. Deprived of thorns,

the earth to swallow

aor. a.

To be green.

^j^>-

Green herbs,

and ace. of

^J0

to be eclipsed (the
t_>).

moon).

fem. plur. of jasA

part.

Green. ijlss^ fem.

green.

ilJLi

aor.

i.

To mix together (with

t_lv^

IX.

f.

That which

is

plur. of Ll-i^>w.*i-< aor. a.

Rough wood,

timber.

^-ai
*-&U.

aor. a.

To be humble and lowly

(with

<__>).

To be low or humble, to humble one'sfyS*=>- n.a.

_^ Li. part. act.

las*,

One who is submissive (with J).

lines, to

self(withj).
part. act.

Humility.
himself,

aor. o.

To draw

write (with c_>).

One who humbles

at

or is uarL To cast out

dejected;

41

v.

39 the passage JojlV ,Jy

seest

wrong.

scum a pot ; ^J^- aor. a. To do *Ua=t. Ua. n.a. An error, fault, sin.
<uLi. same as
1, p.
lias;

idU-

must be rendered "Thou

the

By mistake.
of

UUas- plur.
final

earth barren and desolate;" Plur. j_ic.

and

Ski

D. 8. Gr. T.
\

370, the

being changed into

because preceded by an1, p.

Jj4^.

aor. a.

To

fear (with ace. or with

in the

other
act.

D. S. Gr. T.
sins,

111.

Jl

part,

sense of lest).

L,1^

Fear.

One who

a sinner, sinful. llai-1 IV.

ILL
To be
to

43

U^L*
i.

in error, to sin (with c_>).

;

iU.
or
it

said

c<5

is^ aor.

To make manifest, and "Ui

aor. a.

be a n.a. Habitual sinfulness

may be

To

be hidden (with ^Jx. of pers.).

regarded as the fem. of

^U-

and agree with

Note.

Hidden, as ^ji.

c^ ^ 42

l.

v. 44,

"Askance,

J &jf understood,
i is

as at 69 v. 9.

The

or with a stealthy glance;" Qsi- In secret.

^yi^-l for
iji^-i

not unfrequently added to nouns to give

comparative

form,

More

intensity; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 322, note (3)

see also T. 2, p. 279, note.
aor. o.

hidden.

&U. A
' o *
I

secret action,

alii. In

secret.^^As^

IV.

To

hide, conceal (with ace.

To offer up the State Prayer called

and

^ji or

f- ri-i

L-.*

ks

n.a.

A matter,

J)

The words

^-a=L1 olS* at 20 v.
I

thing, business.
in

15 are by some translated "

of concealing
it

<Uai. n.a.

The demanding a woman

to,

mar-

it,"

want but little and by others " of making

iv.
f.

riage. ulJU. III. To speak

ace. of pers.

address (with
<* >W^- n.a.
19,

manifest;" The

being used in both

lie

and ^J of

subject).

senses. ,jia=u>\

X. To

hid (with

^).

A discourse; ujUajr Jii 38-v.

judgment
(-%aor.
a.

"A sound

lyikw*
self.

part. act.

One who

tries to

hide him-

in legal matters."

To march quickly (a camet), To

away.
aIU^.

Ji

aor.

i.

and

a.

To be lean (meat).

JU- Plur.
;

snatch,

snatch

Something
V.

Jk*also

camel entering his second year

iii. f.

see

snatched

away

by

stealth.

(^^r

To

under

il>- Friendship,

Jsfei

snatch away, carry

Iki. aor. o.

off,

despoil.

friend,

an epithet of Abraham, the friend of

%

To make a step forward.

tl>l2Li-

God;
T.

Plur.

*L. (2nd
\

declension), D. S. Gr.

plur. of i'j&L
i-

step,
light.

1, p.

368. JjU-

III.

To be friendly towards
;

aor.

i.

To be

i_qnj~-

Plur. (_>l/U-

any

one.

J&f

n.a. Friendship

JiU.

is

also

Light.iaAsL
easier (with

II.

To make light, make

things

plur. of JJj-, in

which sense

it

means the

^
An

of pers. and ace. of thing).

alleviation. uJa=u\

middle or inner parts, *&jJ3iX JJU. The inner

apartments.

cjuixkr n.a.
1

X. To

think or find light and easy, induce levity in jli. aor. o.

To be

eternal, live for ever,

remain

for

any one (with

ace. of pers.).

ever in a place (with ^J).

SLL and
part. act.
f.

J^lsi-

To be quiet or silent.\U\- III.

in,a

To speak
To
con-

Eternity, eternal
for ever,

life.

jJU

Living

low voice (with *).

iSJ^ VI.

etc. jlr

part. pass. II.

Made

verse in a low tone.

aor.
i.

immortal, or eternal. jjjL* IV.

to

To render

To remain in a place;

lower

immortal
^^L*- aor.
o.

To

incline towards (with

jl ).

(with ace. of thing and

of pers.), as Ji-\

To be pure and
80, "

sincere, to arrive at;

&s2y&, CSi&^r
true believers."

15 v. 88, " Behave with

Ua^ \ys~ 12 v.
ference."

They held a
act.

secret conis

humility, Literally, lower thy

wing to

the

JJJU-

part.

That which

Jii\L

part. act.

That which

pure; proper and peculiar.

4^)U- Peculiarly.

humbles.

J&*A

IV.

To

purify (with ace. of pers. and

u^>c_>),

44

cM
ti^Z-

show

sincerity in religion (with ace. of

A successor,

lieutenant, vicar

name

thing and

of pers.).
;

j&L\

n.a. Faith

pure

also given to sovereigns as Vicegerents of God,

to the successors

and undefined
which
is

The name of

the 1 12th chapter,

of Mohammad ; The termina-

held in especial veneration.

^4*^

tion

adds energy or intensity to the expression,

part. act.

One who

exhibits the sincerity and

D. S.Gr.T.l,p.322; Plur.

iJuli and *\aUleave behind.

III.

purity of his faith.

sincerely
religious.

Jls* part. pass. Purified,

Jt&kLi^
acjj.

both words of the 2nd declension, D. S. Gr.

T.
1, p.

X.

To

take

402.t_sLi-

II.

To

entirely to one's-self (with

of thing and

cj&s^

part. pass. Left

behind.uJ-SU-

of pers.).
i.

To oppose

(with ^k), accede to (with ace. of

fii. aor.

To mix.

*iX
up

plur. of

LLi- Those

pers.

and

who

are

mixed up
ones-self

(in business). ialU- III.

& "JQ*
in

J\),

as

U J\ j&JU-^

"J *>J

" I will not accede to you 11 v. 90,

forbid you."

To mix

in the affairs of others

what

<_>- n.a. v. suprd. the promise given to

(with ace.).
(with t_>).
'mSJ- aor. a.

&\ VIII.
off,

To be mixed with

uJ&il IV.
any one (with
v.

To break

ace. of pers.

and thing)
;

At 34
In the

To draw

put

off.

38

it

means

to restore (with ace.)

y _'til

aor. o.

To be behind, come after

;

to succeed

Passive

*& "J

20 v. 97, " It-the

promise-

(with ^i)

to

do a thing behind one's back

shall not be

broken for thee;" For the conthe

(with ace. of pers. and thing), as at 7 v. 149

struction

of doubly transitive verbs in

To

act as deputy (with ace. of pers.

and ^j),

passive (or objective) voice, the learner

may
part,

as jjiSU-1

7 v. 138,

"Do

thou act as

my
suc-

consult D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 123.

act.

J&&
;

deputy."

\J$<-

succeeding generation;
after,

One who breaks

his promise

for the con-

lJ&. ^,
ceeding
;

Behind, from behind,

struction '&>

i^i

"-^ u
n.a.

Vl

48

8ee

"

j^ili

^f ^Tat 3 v.
after

164,

"Those

Gr. T.
(with
(with

who
for

are

coming

them," refers to those

187. J&& V. To remain behind ).-%jia&-\ VIII. To disagree, differ

2, p.

whom

the honour of
iftl-=>-

martyrdom
;

is

yet

j).

i_ji=^

Diversity, vicissiact. Differdif-

reserved.
v. 256,

After,
is

behind

^>-

U2

tude, contradiction.

iJ-. t* part.

"That which

yet to come upon

ine one with another, various, diverse,

ferent
;

them."
sits

tJLjU- part. act. One

who

stays, or
;

For the construction

food
is

<0i

Ubj=.-*

6 v.

behind another.

lJI*. The contrary

;

142,

"Whose

of various kinds," see

ty i. ^ On
tion to.

opposite sides

uJlf
;

In opposi-

i&&-

difference

i&&. 25 v. 63,

270.D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 79, 197, and _JiikQ X. To make a successor, cause to
succeed (with ace. and ^J). i-ibsv^ part, (with pass. Made a successor, or inheritor J>)

" For a distinction, or to follow one another;"

see

the

corresponding
i-iJVji.

passage

in

Genesis

ch. 1, v. 14.

(2nd declension) plur.

jLL

aor. o.

To measure accurately, and define the

" of iaJU-, generally translated

being thoBe

Women,"

as

dimensions of anything, to create, produce (with

ace.

who

stay behind in case of war.

and^i,

y^
,

or J).

J&.

n.a. collect.

45

J\
To subside {a
To be empty {the

noun, Creatures, created things, especially

swelling),

mankind, a creation, lying device ;

dlX iil
y.

belly).

La**:* Hunger. To half-roast {meat). To

stink,

37

y. 1 1,

" Stronger by nature " At 36

;

68

)a+. aor.

i.

<. n.a. Bitter.

the word j&i. would seem to stand for j&i.

jJ~

aor. a.

jJL-

pig ; Plur. jj6-

"Old

age."

JlL A

natural

disposition,

(2nd declension) Swine.

aor.
i.

manner or
creates;

habit.

JJ.U. part. act.

One who ,jm^-

and

o.

To remain behind, hide away.

of God.
ness.

^Usl The Creator, one of the names j)U- A portion, full share of happifem.

^>~ K&r

The

Stars in general, or, according to

five

some, the

Planets Saturn, Jupiter, Mars,

JiarfThe Great Creator. <&!*"

f.

Venus, and Mercury, because they have a retrograde as well as a direct motion.
(J*\uL

part. pass. II.

Well and perfectly formed.

f.

jlii.^
aor. o.

n.a. VIII.

lying device,
free, alone,

The

Devil, because he hides himself at the

To be empty, clear (with J),

^J\)
;

name
to

of God.

alone with (with

to pass

away,

have

JL>. To strangle.
which

&k&

part. act. VII.

f.

That

is strangled.

been in existence or in force in former times

j\X
in

aor. o.

the latter sense

To low

like

an ox.

it

appears at 48 v. 23,
;

Jy>*

lowing.

J- ^k* cuJLi- jj belong

to

To be proper
;

^/iU- aor. o. To plunge into, wade, enter into

to

or

discourse, engage
(with J, also with J>)
;

in a discussion, or vanity,
is fre-

to light

on

(with
or the pre-

a vacant place (with ^J)

this

Lj

i).

Note. After JL\k. there

quently an ellipse of the complement.

n.a.

ceding would seem to be the literal meaning

of the passage^, JJ l^J

Jey~

wading, engaging in (vain discourse).

part. act.

ii

f^

35 v. 22. <U U.
That which

4^ojU-

One who engages

in vain

fem. of

JU.

for

^lU.

part. act.
II.

discourse.
for
1,

has passed
clear;

away. jLi.

To empty, make i_jU-

uJyi- aor. i_U^ for uJptr, D. S. Gr.

pp. 113 and 115,
ace.

ljU. 9 v. 5, "Dismiss them," "fi~Z*

T.

To

fear, dread,

appre-

Literally,

" Clear

their

road." JLi* V. To

hend (with

and with ^Sl of pers. in sense

be clear and empty.

aor. o.
die.

oifor; or with ^e. or

to faint

in sense offrom;

it

To yet low {afire),

away and

is

likewise found with ace. of pers. and t_j of

;

IjUi.

part. act. Extinct, dead,

o.

thing
t*.
ace.

also with ^\ of following verb, or with

aor.

and

To cover over, ferment.

plur. of jl*4-

and ^V).

i_Jp- n.a. Pear, uieui. _1j li.

fears, afraid.
-II.

fem. Wine.

J*.

covering,.veil.

part. act.

One who
of fear.

<JjLs-

Fear

and especially a woman's head and face

\j*u>~ aor. o.

Ai-S-

Out

i_Jp-

To cause

to fear,

To take a fifth part.

<LULi. masc.

frighten, terrify.

cju^ n.a.

Terror; &>rk*

and JLaJ. fem. Five, see iyLe.

Oblique {j~~Z Fifty.

^yLl.,
fifth

In order to

terrify

(them). i_jj^ V. To be

JUi

part.

frightened, to diminish by taking

away a part.

JLU- The

fifth.

ujjsr

n.a.

<-

rp^

iM

16 v. 49

may

be

"

J^
rendered "

46

<_>J

By

taking away a portion of their

according to Sale's ver-

J*L

aor.

i.

a doubly imperfect verb, To be tumbled

house). jLi- for lyjU-,
is

goods or
sion,

profits," or

down (a
part. act.

Fem. aj,U.

"By

a gradual destruction."

That which
;

utterly ruinous, waste,

JU-

aor. o.

To keep.
ll\L

JU. Plur.

jl1 A maternal
II.

and tumble-down

fallen

down (with ^U). One

Uncle.

A maternal Aunt. J^a-

To

Cj\L

aor.

i.

To be

disappointed, frustrated, to be

bestow favours on (with double ace).

'

in a hopeless state.

c^Li-

part. act.

Li. aor. o.

To

deceive, be unfaithful to (with ace. of

<_->)
;

who
jU.
aor.

is
i.

in a hopeless state.

pers.

and

to violate (an
v.

engagement), as
violate

To be in good circumstances,
to.

to

be

JutfUl ly^rj 8
covenants."
particle.

27,
is

" Nor
here

your
favourable
able, Plur.

^L,

Fem.

t^L

Good, agreeforJjLl,

N.B. J

a disjunctive
;

jCriU; also Better,

best,

<o%>- n.a.

A
;

deceiving, treachery
-

LioCf
put

^jZl)
verb;
act.

8 v

72

"
>

the

being omitted on account of the frequent

And

if the y

use of the word; N.B.

significations it is

With

these comparative

desire to deceive thee " the n.a. being here

for the

common

to all

genders and

D. S. Gr. T.

2,

p. 163.

numbers.
sZ^.

^Ji

part,

One who
Li-

deceives, a cheat,
i

tl>]^f Good things, good works. Choice, selection. ^ir V. To choose

;

treacherous.

with
1, p.

added
;

for sake of

at 68 v.
p.

38

energy, D. S. Gr. T.
as ^y Li.
;

322

same meaning

'J& is for ^Ja2

D. S. Gr. T.

or

it

may

agree with ^hAi or JaJ

221.ft\ VIII. To choose, choose from

and yjs).

out of (with double ace, also with ace. of pers.

or thing chosen li- aor.
i.

understood, thus,
Literally,

Jl\&

U.

JJju

40

v. 20,
;

"

He knoweth the deceitful of eyes

To sew.

^J- A thread. hC. A needle.

D. S. Gr. T.
1,

For the construction of the Participle (verbal

adjective) with the genitive, see D. S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 183.

jlX

for

jj*

aor. a.

p. 243,

To

f^**-

imagine.
perfidious person, a traitor.

Jli- a collective noun, Horses,

II.

Horse, Cavalry. jlideceive, defraud; Jjj.jJT

To make

to

appear

J,Q-1
"J^Jft

VIII.
m

To

\fi& 4

v. 107, "

Those who defraud

(with

J^
f.

of pers. and

$).$

a verbal

one

another;"

Literally, "

who

adjective with the form of the passive part, of

mutually
VIII.

Proud, arrogant.

defraud themselves;" the eighth form being

here put for the sixth, which
this verb,
is

not used in *U. aor.

i.

To act the coward.

pavilion.

|>- plur. of

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

138.

*\j

aor. a.

and

o.

To be

diligent.

Cj\S and lImJ 4jJ

aor.

i.

To go gently, crawl.

*jb

Plur

\jj

state,

custom, manner, wont:

i

Cm

Accord-

Whatsoever moveth on the

beasts of burden
;

earth, especially

A miraculous Beast is spoken

is to

ing to custom.

j~oTj oblique dual

part. act.

of at 27 v. 84, which
of the last Day.

be one of the Signs

Both

of

whom

diligently perform their work.

" ;
;

J*

47

VJ
a.

j$

To be behind.

Jj'j

The

back,

hinder part; j-3 aor.

To be small,

vile,

and of no

value.

JS ^ From
after
;

behind.

jUji plur. of^jJ The

y>-\<i part. act.

vile, or

That which

is

or becomes small,

back, the last, extremity, that which comes

Ia,Ijj1

of no account.

As. Iaj/J 4

v.

50,

"

And we

J^i-J aor.

o.

To
;

enter (with ace. also with

^,

or

render them after the manner of their hinder

parts,"
i.e.

with

J)

to

go

in

unto (with ace. of place and

smooth
v. 39,

and without

features
;

j^
(

of pers.); to join one's-self in

<_>),

company

L^fJU'jl 50
which

" At the end of prayers

with (with

as at 5 v. G6;yiLll> ly^J-J

alluding to certain supererogatory observances

"They
fidelity
;

entered into your society with in" with c_>

in
it

may

be

made

or not after the evening

last

also

signifies
it

to

have

Prayer.

^jIj

The extreme,
II.

remnant,

connexion with,

which sense

occurs at

uttermost part.jS
govern,

To

dispose,

manage,
etc.

v. 27.
;

J^i-J Vice, corruption of either

iLi-J Falsely, fraudulently.

mind

"y 1* part. act.

One who governs,

or body

J*-^
IV.

Xm
of the

part. act.

One who

enters in.

IV.

To turn

the back, retreat.

Jj j\

n.a.

J^i-Jl

To

introduce, cause to enter, lead into (with ace.

of pers. and

Ays^l] j\jj\ 52

v. 49, Literally,

"At

the waning
to

J, or with double ace).

Js. *
place of

Stars;"

the words

refer

certain

part. pass. Introduced, also

Time or
305;

observances after

morning Frayer, seejbjt.

his

entering in

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

J&3\
-r^*-

'jx, part.

act.

One who turns

back and
1, p.

jXf ji

j~* 17 v. 82, " Cause

me

to enter (the

retreats. yJJ and JJjJ V.

D. S. Gr. T.

grave) with a favourable entrance,' see

220,
315

To

meditate upon, understand, consider.

part. act. V.
;

jJ

Ji-j^ noun of place VIII.

J^t-x* supra.
o.

f.

place of

To put forth leaves."Ji^*

f.

One

retreat, see

who wraps himself up in

by

a garment

The name ^i-j

is

aor. a.
i.

and
o.

To smoke.

^S- J Smoke.
to

of the 74th chapter, in which

addressed
this

Mohammad
is

aor.

and

To give much milk (a camel),

Shining.

name

He

said to have

shine,
rain.

isj^i

j^x An

abundant

been thus wrapped up

when

accosted by the

Angel Gabriel.

\jj aor. a.

To

drive

off,

put

off,

avert (with ^jt).

1, p.

Jao

aor. a.

To drive away.

jf-J
drive

n.a.

A repelling

\}\
strive

VI. for Xj\jS D. S. Gr. T.

220, To

\jjJLj

37

v.

9,

"To

(them) away."

one with another (with

l

J).

j>-x part. pass. Driven away, rejected.

_Ljj aor.

o.

To walk, go.
it

>~jJ

step
step

in the

^^0 aor. a.
no
force.

To examine

into, slip, to be

weak (an

Koran

frequently

means a
;

in

rank,

argument).

J*>-\>i part. act.

That which has

nullify
<_>).

honour, or authority
happiness
;

a degree of honour or

uas-^\ IV.
pa."3.

To weaken or
ace.

=-jO

and epl^-jJ

By

degrees (of

by an argument, condemn (with

i^s^Jc* part.

and

honour)

Z^-jd le! 9 v.

20, " Of higher

One who

is

condemned or

degree," Literally, " Superior as to degree."

~-j*^>\

worthy of condemnation.
\>-i aor. a.

X. To move gradually; consign

to a

and o. To spread out, expand,

transitive.

gradual punishment.

U"J J
To be obliterated;
to study, read

48

J^jS

aor. o.

with j*$ aor.

o.

To ram

in.

plur. of

jUo Oakum
ships

attention

(with ace. also with ^ji).

study.

LAjJ
called
in

or Palm-tree

fibres

with which

are

Attentive

J^>j^\ Enoch, so
;

caulked

according to others, Nails.

from his great learning

this

word

is

found

1>$ aor.

a.

To pet no increase.^j-o

II.

To

corrupt.

the Koran of the 2nd declension, D. S. Gr. T.

it

tj

aor. o. ace.

To

push, drive

away with

violence (with

1, p.

404; Freitag

in his Dictionary spells

with the tanween.

Cjjj Tofolloro up, overtake.

following
art in

CSjA
J

n.a.

The

act of

Uj

aor.

and ^J\). cJ n.a. A thrusting. to o. To call out, call, call upon

;

call for,

up ;

tfjj

d&
(of

20

v. 80,

" Thou
(by the

invoke (with ace. of pers., c-> of thing, and

J
means the lowest

of place)
also with

to
,

pray

to,

invite (with ace.

and
;

no

fear of being overtaken

;

Egyptians) "
bottom,
sc.

CJ>jS also

^J\

or with ace. and

"Dregs"'

HelD.-Cpl

IV.

attribute (with ace.

and

of pers.)
to

u ul*J
\)

to
for

To

overtake, reach, attain unto, comprehend.

part.

J&3 2 v.
T.
1, p.

182, "

He

prays

me," D. S. Gr.

iJJSJIJ*

pass.

Overtaken. 0,IjJ and

1, p.

459;

\f& "I

invite," 1 pers. sing,

aor. for

CJj\j\ VI. D. S. Gr. T.

take,

220,

To

overto

Jt$, the

final Alif

being an <_jLM
1,

aAjjlfor Alif of precaution, D. S. Gr. T.

p.

^J); reach, comprehend; The passage at 27 v. 68

i'^'iT'^J

follow

one

another

(with

109

\y- J,

and when followed by Wesla, or

fY*^ <-^ J S>

^

li reft d

m various
it

Alif of union, \y.3 3 pers. plur. pret. D. S.

Gr: T.

1,
;

pp. 69

and 112.

J$

n.a.
it is

cry,

ways and admits

of several interpretations;

prayer

with an affixed pronoun

1, p.

written prayer,

may

either be rendered "

But

their

knowledge
life to

j j
or
for.

D. S. Gr. T.

118.

*"Ui

has comprehended (somewhat) of the

supplication, invoking, asking

irjfiJ

for, calling

upon

come," or "
etc.," see

Still less
.

have they comprehended,

tion,

A
;

supplication, prayer, invoca-

Jj

summons

iy-3 30

v. 24,

"

By

a sum-

j>} Plur.
jj,

**^

(2nd declension) from the Pers.

a Bilver coin, the value of which

mons."

*TLcJ* plur. of

^cJ An

adopted or
act.

Money ;

spurious Son.

z\3 for ^clj part.

One

has varied considerably at different times and

in different places; the weight of the legal

who

prays, invites,

summons,

etc.

a Preacher;

dirhem

is fixed at

50 barleycorns,
;

at 2 v. 182 i\ jjfis a poetic license for

^IjJ

^j aor.
111,

i.

To know
I

^Jli\

^ j 21

vv. 109
this

and

D. S. Gr. T^2,
T.
1, p.

p.

497.-^^
desire'

VIII. D. S. Gr.

"And
u[

do not know;" for

negative
the

222,

To claim,

(with ace. or <_>).

use of

see D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

520;

^j j

for

\J
;

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p. 97, aor. a.

To be

hot.

yerb is used with ace, also with *

,j^ji IV.

whether.

ijj
hair

Warmth, warm

clothing

made of camel's

To make
<>).

to

know, teach (with ace.

The food, milk and raiment derived from

all classed

of pers. and

camels are
J<S aor.
a.

under the head of *i_J J.

to (with ace.

JL*

aor. o.

To

hide (with ace. anil ^Ji).

To push, pay over

of

49

lij

thing and

^J\)

to

repel, drive

away, avert
act of pro-

rate,

destroy (with ^Js. of pers. and c_>)

(with ace. and i_>).

hibiting,

^jj
;

n.a.

The

Original root *J To plaster.

prevention
v.

^Ul

*j\\

jjJ

JjJ

y*$ aor.

o.

To destroy.-J*3

II.

same as^J (with

n.a. Destruction
;

^iyo 1^*j 2

252, " Unless

God

(had set)

ace. also with ^Jl).

^~?X

men

to
is

hinder one another;" The noun of

here used instead of the verb, and

^jjJ UlT^Ai
it

17

v. 17,

"Then we

destroyed

action

with an utter destruction."

a.

governs the subject in the gen. and the object ^J*S aor.
in

To shed

tears.

jL<J

n.a.

tear

used

the accus. case;

part. act.

D. S. Qr. T.

2, p. 166.

with a plural signification, Tears.

Jlj
(with

One who averts. jJta

III.

w*J

aor. a.

and

o.

To wound

the brain; hence, to

^)

To
i.

defend.

destroy.

Jjj

aor. o.

and

To pour forth (water),

forth or is

jilo * J
poured

for

jX J

Plur.

*Uj

Blood
,

the

hamza here

part. act.
forth.

That which pours

takes the place of final }

the word therefore

retains the tanween; D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 113

Cii

aor. o.

To pound

into dust.
;

CJJ Powder,
powder,

and 402

j^lo ^,/iw

v. 78,

"

Ye

shall

level

bank of sand

ITj Into

ii J

not shed your blood," meaning " the blood of

Level sand.
T.
1, p.

*TfJ (2nd declension)

D. S. Gr.

one another."
jlijj from the Persian Ju J, or

402,

A
s

flat

mound

of earth or dust.

more probably

JSJ

teejl.-pl VIII.
T. 1, p. 222.
aor. o.

f.

ofJSo forjL"j\ D. S. Gr.

part. act. see

from the Greek B^vdpwv,

[}j aor. o.

gold coin, a ducat.

jV*

J3
proof, a

To be near or low, to draw near.

w 1j
is

for 'j\j, Fern. ilj\3 part. act.

That which

JJ

To show, point

out, guide (with ace. of

pers.

and ^Js. of thing).

LJ

JJj A

near at hand or low, like fruit hanging low and near at hand, as at 69 v. 22.
)

jj!
1,

for^yjl.
pp. 110,

means of showing (with

c), as

fJJLsA

Qjv>-

Fem.

CJ

for

LJj auU 25
means

v. 47,

"
it

We made

^j
;

D. S. Gr. T.

the sun to be a

of showing rub,
to

the shadow."
downwards from the
cljfa n.a. The declining

111, and 403, comp. and superl. form, Viler,

worse, less, easier

as

it

were,

more ready

to

djjj To

incline

hand, nearer, nearest; UioJl *>~^1

"The

pre-

meridian (the sun),

sent life," as being nearer or perhaps viler;

of the sun from the meridian.

IS aor.

o.

To

let

down a

bucket into a well.

II.

JJ 3

l/0 ^iV^

i<?

v. 2,

" In the nearest parts

not decided, Lut
it

of the earth;" where

is

comm. gend.
a
fall

bucket. JlS

To'occasion

seems probable that the Victory spoken of in

the text took place either in Syria or the

(with ace. of pers. and <>). ^Jl IV.

Holy

To

let

down,

offer as

a bribe (with

c-.*

of thing

offered

and^ of pers.). ,JdJ V. To approach

^
v.

Land, possibly at Jerusalem ; at 33 v. 59 " More convenient or ji may be rendered

;

closely.

suitable

" at

58

v. 8,

* J foTy^S v. infra.
*jJj quadriliteral verb, To plaster over, oblite-

20, " very near," or

"fewer;" and at 73 v. " somewhat less;" at 7

ellipse of the

168

it

is

used with an

word

Uj

50

,lj

'(JLlI, thus ^jJJlM \jJ6

u<i/: uJ J^-l>.

The y

especially of bad
(business).
aor. o.

luck.'/S\ IV. To transact

take the goods of this baser thing (viz. the world)."

Qj

as a feminine substantive,

The Jlj
IV.

To change as the times, to undergo

aJ, J

world, this world, this world's gear.

To bring near
in

at

33

v.

59

it

^J means to

j!

vicissitudes.

A change of time or fortune

To

fetch

iJjj 59 v.

" In one circuit." III. 7, JJ\ 3

order to put on (with _jlc of pers.)

;
\

cause to interchange good and bad fortune

Jaj To happen. Jio Time J^

"
(JjkJ

^ ^> *Uj^

7G

v. 1,

(with ace. of thing and

of persons).
continue,

space of time."
fill

*\j aor.

a.

and
;

o.

To endure,

remain
(4^

To cut in pieces,
cup,

a cup.

jIa^ Full

(with ^Jt)
part.
act.

to

persevere (with ^Js).

a bumper.
To come suddenly upon.
tint.

That which endures perpetually,

perseveres.

*aj

aor. a.

XI. To
.!j

One who
aor.
o.

To be inferior.

be of a blackish

~*dt>x* part. act.

That
preposition
it is

uJ J and

^J
;

is

which

is

of a dark green colour inclining to

properly a noun, signifying inferiority

as a

black, as gardens

from being much watered.

employed in a variety of

^ykJ aor. o. To anoint, dissimulate.

leather,
oil
;

J,Uj Red

senses, Besides, except, beneath, to the exclu-

also plur. of

^J

Butter, anointing

sion of, in preference to, contrary to, different

to, in

at
;

55

v.

37

it

may

opposition to, without; at 16 v. 37

we

be taken in either
it

sense

if in

the latter,

means

that

find

it

used with two different meanings in the

the

heavens shall melt away and become like

same
oil.

verse, as

*^

*jjt>

u.uc

we

^*jl IV. To
One who

use dissimulation, in modern

phrase, to be a

humbug.

^^*

part. act.

glosses over or holds in low estimac/ L'oi " f 'XT *'' <\ tion (with t_j), as yj>j^ ^j\ v^oJue! I ia^ji

had not served anything besides him," and " Nor had we dei l^> (Ir? &/* Ir* &*f~% clared anything unlawful without him," i.e.
without his permission
express
;

Lastly,

it is

used

to

anything

interposed

between

two
lo v.

5G

v.

80,

"Will ye

therefore gloss over this

objects,

new revelation?"

thus \jfc yjtJ

i.e.

the Koran.

^ *$ o*sf J

89, "

We

have given them nothing to act as a

it

^j aor.

i.

75?

happen

to,

injuriously affect

any

one.

covering against
referred
to in

(the

sun);" The people

^Jl

for JjikJl (see^yol)

compar. form, More

this

passage having neither

grievous.
jjlj or if written with the

house nor clothing, but living in holes in the

hamza

dj\j for

Jylj
1,

ground

like the

Earthmen of South Africa;

v.

(2nd declension) David, D. S. Gr. T.

pp.

So again at 19
\jli^-

17,

J^jji

^
1, p.

<li

JirG

104 and 404.

j\3 aor.
o.

"And

she took a veil to cover herself

To go round.

j\ 3 fem. gender

Plur.
;

from them
^,13 aor.
i.

;" see

D. 8. Gr. T.
to

496.

j\jJ

A house,

dwelling, mansion, abode

;

j\ jJ 1

To be indebted,

judge, profess the

A name
59
v. 9.

of Paradise
j\jj Any.

also of

Medina, as at

true faith (with ace).

*j J

A debt,

that which

i'J\J Plur.

JiTy (2nd

one owes.

wO Custom,

institution, religion,
i

declension)

change of fortune, turn of luck,

the true faith, obedience, judgment ; ^,jj

py

"

^
The day
24
v. 25,

51

\j*

of judgment;

<_*>!

*^jJ

.UjI

(*v*?.#

^jil; VI. To become debtors one

(with
<_)).

to

another

"God

will

pay them

their just due."

^jcX^

One who

receives

payment

of a

debt. ^ILj

for jIJj, v. suprd.

J Plur. *Yj| demonstrative pronoun, called also

demonstrative article
;

part. pass.

Moved
;

about, wavering to and fro

This, that,

He

to this

(with Jli)

Original root cl> J q-v.

pronoun the particle

fixed,
ljjk,

or li

is

frequently pre-

aor. a.

To select./~j\ VIII. To store up for

^J,).

and

it is

then written \j& or

Plur. JjJk q.v.
of,

commonly

future use (with ace. and

Fern. *Afc,

is

fre-

jO

imperat. ofj^j q-v.

quently used with an ellipse

,_yjjf,

or instead of

*,i aor. o.

To scatter, strew,
single
ant.
;

ij J

noun of unity,
offspring,
is

and must then be translated "that

One

bjt Progeny,

which," or

"he who,"

as

^} 'Jj
?

\J

U 7 v.

107,

children, race

The following passage

rather

"
is

What

then do ye order

"

Literally, " What

obscure,
v. 83,

fy

^y* Ifjj i\ \j*y*}, eT*'

that which ye order?"

According to the

"And none

believed on Moses, save

;

system of the Arab grammarians these demonstratives are

totally
all

(certain) children of his people

"

Some have
re-

indeclinable nouns, and

imagined that Pharaoh's people are those

ferred to.

independent of each other; D. S. Gr.

T.

1, p.

441. N.B.

\3

is

likewise the ace. of

\j J aor. a.

To

create, produce, multiply

as

j^oj
;

,j

q.v.
a.

<J 42 v. 9, " He multiplies you by this means

To
collect.

cJi i aor.

k_oJ A

wolf.
it is

also used with the ace.

cubit.

and J.
jj J

cjU
1o aor.

fem. of ji q.v,

cjj To measure with a

act. of \jj q.v.

stretching

cjI^J
a.

fem. plur. part.

forth

of the hand, strength, power;

^j jjU

To
;

despise.

"f

3 *

for

"{$** part. pass.

\T)J 11 v. 79,

"He

was weak

in

power conto protect

Despised
cl J aor. o.

D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 104.
to

cerning them,"

To prohibit, wander

and fro. cjUJ

them

&Ji

^
i.e.

He

had no power

Ci

69
is

v.

32,

"

The

generic noun,

fly.

extensionlength of which
cfji

seventy cubits."

m^o

aor. a. To split, cut the throat, Blay, sacrifice

comm. gend. A

cubit, length of the

arm

(with

ace.

and

^Js.).

<J That which

II.

is

from the elbow to the extremity of the middle

finger.

sacrificed,

a victim

Irj

To

slay in large

" ilcVj j 18 v. 17, oblique dual,

;

His

numbers.

two fore-legs " properly, down to the knees. To be moved

to

Cj Jj J

quadriliteral verb,

and fro,
(_>jjj^.

\j

aor. o.

and

i.

To

snatch away, scatter.

.L*

n.a.

as anything suspended in the air.

The

act of scattering abroad.

forj^j

" "

\jj

52

il&
reminding, warning.

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

109, part. act.

Fern. Plur.
1,

J,

+ part.

act.

One who

iLtJj,

as

j ^yllf;

51 v.

"

By

the

winds which scatter (the dust) in every direc" By the tion ; " or, by another interpretation,

warns or admonishes. f'& or j> >i\ V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220, To be admonished, to 'be

reminded
v. 34,

women who

scatter abroad (their offspring)."

part. act. IV.
f.

JjJ ^* ^J>^. ^ fj*^ ?y J0 "And did we not give you (a sufficient)

;

To obey.^'s* rf.3
submissive (with
'J>is

One who

is

length of day s, that whoso would be admonished

^Jp.

might be admonished therein ? "j>j\ VIII.

To strike sn the chin.

chin
;

^Ujl
it

plur.of ^ij

D. S. Gr. T.
one's-self.

1, p.

222,

To remember, remind
One who remembers

at 17 vv.

108 and 109

maybe rendered

" Faces."

J. J^

part act.

or reminds himself, hence,

who

is

reminded or

J3

aor. o.
to

To strike a

man on
ace.

the private parts,

admonished.

remember (with

and
of,

{Ji);

to

com-

memorate, make mention

(with ace. and

bear in

mind

\j aor. o.

To burn furiously. ^JJ

II.

To cause

^i

or

^J).

}<*

remem-

to burn, to slay.

brance, record, commemoration, memoir,

morial,

me- Jj

aor.

i.

To be

abject,

humbled.
Ji5\

JJ

n.a.

making mention, an
admonition
;

exposition (of
is

Humility, abasement;
"

j^>- 17

v. 25,

religion),

The Koran

fre-

The wing

of humility," see

At 17

v.

quently called {j~*l\Qj!>J

"An

admonition,
;

Ill the words Jji\

or

or exposition of religion for all creatures

^ ^J] SJ/i
;

J3J

bear one

two

interpretations

they

may mean

Jlllf JaI 16
as

v. 45,

The Jews and

Christians,

"Neither has he any

;

friend,

on account of

" Keepers of the oracles of

report, as

God

"

'"}

J also

;" or they the vileness (of all created things)

means fame, good

94
s

CSj*

CJ^ \m J3
?

may
one).

be translated, " Neither has he any to

v. 4,

"

And have we

not exalted thy fame

protect

him from ignominy,"

f*
.

(as requiring
.

no

Jj
act.

Plur.

j/J

One who

A male. tyj part, remembers (God). J}$ (2nd

and ^fjo
;

Jo Abasement, ignominy,

.,

vileness.

J^jWell-trained,tractable(abeostofburthen);

declension) D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 402,

ing,

admonition
to

J&VJJ J
mind
79
the
v. 43,
it

A remember38 v. 46, " By

to

commodious or
of the earth)
;

easy, (the earth, or the paths

Plur.

their calling

life

come

JJJ.

Ji1 plur. of JJ

Humble, submissive, mean, low-spirited, weakhearted.

\k\)j
of (or
Note.

\^j\

'pi

"What

record

JJ! comp. form (2nd

II.

declension),

means of knowing)

do you possess?"
Viler,

most vile. JJ J

To humble,
;

render

Li
i'S Jj

is

here put for U-i " In what? " see

submissive (with acc. and J)

to bring low.

A warning,
II.

admonition, that which

j'>* part. .pass.

Jj jj n.a. A bringing low. J Jl

C&)>
Fern.

IV.

To abase.
;

brings to one's recollection.

^Sh

Plur.

CJ$ }

That, those

all

Remembered. /i
acc.

To remind, warn (with

of which are considered by Arab grammarians

as

and t->);

to

admonish.

^JJ

n.a.

indeclinable nouns,

entirely

distinct

one

tlfli

53

*U
most usual acceptation
of, is

from the other

they take

as

affixes

the

Possessed

of,

Lord

personal pronouns of the second person, as

lj j,
to

endowed with, or having; The

follow-

UiJi, y/Jj,

*&

and Uuy, according

of the persons

ing are a few of the instances where they

the

number and gender

;

may

be paraphrased with advantage

v.

Ex.

addressed

they are also found with the usual

;

-J. } j 2

280,

"Under a
to

difficulty;'"

prefixes, as CX! i Thus, in that way

tlXJ JJ
1,

flikJTjJ 3 v. 3,

"Mighty
51,

avenge;" jii
is

For that reason,

p. 440.

etc.

See D. S. Qr. T.

u&je. *Icj 41

v.

"Then

he given to

*j

aor. o.

To

revile.

<ui

treaty,

good

faith.

much prayer; ^J/^\ cfj*> 2 v. 172, "Relatives ;'" tj ijj^ $ 14 v. 40, " In an unfruitful

lyj^
c-J j

part. pass. Abused, disgraced.

valley;"

jUilf il)\ jj y^JfcA)

;

aor. o.

and

i.

To follow

closely.

i_l~j

j Plur.
portion,

18 v. 17,
jLjj

"To

the right and left "

cylj JJ.

t_jyj
lot.

A
a.

crime, fault, sin.

t_jyJ

Jpt

54 v. 13, "

On

(a vessel) built with

nails,

planks
l1** j aor.
(with

and oakum" or

To go
;

see^j; jj

(with

^J\)

go away, depart

^js.)

take away, or go

away with (with

^j^r " The Lord

on
his coins, or

of the two horns," either

is

Alexander the Great, who

<_>); D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 121. f s gend. Gold, ~&b part. act.
t

thus represented

tlij
away.

coram.

an older Hero who lived in the

One who

goes.

time of Abraham;
elAikJ n.a.

^T\6
^y.
to ,j,

21

v.

87,

The

The

act of taking

*&j\

IV.

To

prophet Jonah, see

take away, remove (with ace. and
take,

In addition to the

^),
meanings assigned
significations, it

also to

receive, as at

40

v. 19,

where

ub\j has

special

there

is

an

ellipse

of the words ~j J'^;.

.S).
\j;

may

sometimes be rendered

Jij
3

aor. a.

To

forget (with

The essence
Dual ^ji,
itself;

of,

the very identical, the thing

v. 148,

J Fem. cjIJ, Gen. ^i, Ace.

oblique
\jj

j/a&TcL)^ 3

"The

very in-

j,

and in constr. with a complement

;

most thoughts of your

breasts."
}

For the

and

4,/jJ

Fein.

Dual
Ij'^.i

u >J'lJJ,

oblique
;

rules of syntax which affect

j see D. S. Gr.

J5\jj,

and

in constr.

and ^y 'ji

Plur.
,jr.i

T. 2, p. 145.

Note.

Instead of

^j j

it

is

usual to employ

u .jj, oblique ^j j
Fem. Plur.
cL*\j J

and
;

in constr. .jj

and

the irregular Plural Jiy,

'-

written

\T-1

q.v.
-

These words are never

j\j aor. o.
it

To
28

drive
v. 23,

away

^\ J, JJ 2 pers. fem.
drove away (their

used but in connexion with a complement,

is

dual,

"They

therefore only in their abbreviated forms as

flocks)."
1j\j J,
;

ijjj,

etc.

that they are to be found in

'.

aor. o.

To

taste,

experience (with ace. and

part. act.

^J

the Koran

their proper rendering

depends
or i->).
ilil

jSTJ

One who tastes.

double ace).

very frequently upon the sense of the words

in

connexion with which they occur

their

IV.

To cause

to taste (with

Jj
il&ji Those two;
written tiiCJJ q.v.
yjii see j j
.

54

*J
i.

dual

of

cJU,

generally

cio aor.

To become known.

1\ Jl

IV.

To divulge

(with <_).

J
<wll DOC see b, Wl
(jwT, aor. a.

ij*\j III.
of.
(JlAj Plur.

To deceive by
;

hypocritically assum-

7b ie the head

J^
\yLL>

ing a false appearance

plur. aor.

^jTj, for ^tf&j, 3 pers.

1,

A
"

head, capital sum, as (S$)y\

u*d 2
;

v. 279,

D. S. Gr. T.

p. 112,

230.-

The

capital of

your money " ^Js.

fell

u^jT IV. for ^yVj!

To cause

to see,
;

show,

make
l

J^.jJ

21 v. 66, " They

back into idolatry,"

upside

to appear (with double ace.)

U i\

Jjj

Literally,

"They were turned

down

ijj I
I

40 v. 30, "

only point out to you what

upon

their heads."
rt.

think (to be right)."

^*\J

VI. To see one

;

izSCJij plur. of Z~\j,

t_jt> aor. a.

CJ

another,
q.v.
tiY,

come

in sight of one another

*\J>

This

and

o.

To be compassionate.

Com-

word

is

written

at
it

26 v. 61, the only place

occurs, but this seems
its

passion.
if], aor. a.

Jjy
see,

in the

Koran where

Compassionate, merciful.
to

To

be a license, having for

object to avoid
;

look (with /)\

),

behold, perthe concurrence of two quiescent letters the

ceive, think (with

u \)

to

know (with

or with-

out

ul)

with an
for ijVj

affix i\j is for A\j,

1,

which

following word

^UiJ! commencing

with a

again

is

D. 8. Gr. T.

pp. 118 and

i

Wesla.
r*J

98

in the aorist

and imperat. the

is

gene-

aor. o. To be

a lord and master,

;

c_/J Plur.

rally omitted, thus

l&Uc Hi

lSj~>j 9 v. 95,

CJCj

Lord

iLj for

^jj My Lord.

J^J,

" And God

v.

will see

your works;" <JS2Aj) 17

v.

plur. of

^ij Myriads.

u_\\ij (2nd declen.Juj

64, and *jijl 6

40 ; the personal pro-

sion) plur. of <u*jj

daughter-in-law.

noun CJ

in these instances is purely a pleo-

A
p.

Rabbi, a Doctor or one learned in Divine

nasm, and adds nothing to the meaning;

Law.
500.

\Zj Frequently, often, D. S. Gr. T.

1,

"What
18 v. 37
>J\j

thinkest thou?"
1, p.
is for

"What

think ye?"
;

D. S. Gr. T.

544, and T. 2, p. 479

At *rj To be

profitable (a trade or traffic).

Jj

JJ D. 8. Gr. T.
;

1, p.

459. ,jcij To expect.

^iji V. To wait, wait

befall
<-->

for,

expect,

Judgment, opinion
first

^I^J

^j\j 11
3

t. 29,
v. 11,

watch for something to

aefc.

any one (with

"Upon

thoughts;"
sight."
for

JSiV J\j

of thing and

of pers.).

J^J

n.a.

The

"Judging by
the eye.
\j\j

.J. That which pleases

act of waiting, a period of waiting.

part. act.

u^J^

^j

(2nd declension) D. S.

One who
o.

waits.

Gr. T.
night.

1,

pp. Ill and 402,

i\jj
v.

vision of the
;

&j

aor.

i.

and
as

To

tie,

confirm, strengthen (with

Hypocrisy,
266,

ostentation

*\>j

Jl),

fLJi

JS

EJ

8 v. 11, "That he
III.

YCjf 2

"To

be seen of

men."

might strengthen your hearts."&[,

To

 "

&J
be firm and constant,

55

JfJ
repeat (the Koran) with a slow and distinct
enunciation.

h^j

body of horse,

consisting of five or more.

J-Jy

n.a.

The

act of repeating

JJ To be rcatered every fourth day (a camel)

a.
i.

aor.
'j

the

Koran

in a slow

and distinct manner.

and
I

o.
*6j

To be the fourth.

*j| The fourth

aor. o.

To move,

shake,

^j

n.a.

shaking,

part.

Four by four

c b,

By

fours (2nd
Js^-J

shock.

declension), see C.0LJ.

^>j\ fern, and &*ij\

To compose a particular kind of verse called

js~j
.

masc. Four,
fourth.
\jj

see^c.

^?yj< Forty.

^>\j

Js>-j

andj>-j Impurity, a plague, punish-

ment, any abomination, especially Idolatry.

aor. o.

To

increase, grow, swell,

i

mount up ; at
,

ij^Jrj aor. o.
tion,

lb bellow loudly.

\J+?rj

An abomina-

30
\

v.

38 Vy^J. and \y Ji are for

ijlijl
1

^J and yj_
S

the

punishment, indignation, doubt.

i.

being an

wJj 1 or Alif of precaution,

c_>1j for y\j
;

%^>y

aor.

To return,

turn back, turn off blame

^J\
),

D. S. Gr. T.'l, p. 109.

Fem.
\ij

upon any one (with

as

^f-^-j,

J] (cyi*
it

uilj part. act. That which mounts up

i\j 13 v. 18, "

21 v. 59, " Perhaps they might turn

off

The scum
;

floating

on the sursevere, as
inflicted

upon him;"

or,

according

to

another version,
;

face (of the water)

"

it

also

means

"That they might return unto God

back,

" to

come
they
;

Lj\j ijJL\ ijL>-ti G9 v. 10, "

And he

j^Jut

J[

\^-'} 21

v. 65,

"Then

on them a severe punishment.

form,
Ij
,

^jl
more

comp.

came to themselves returned

to bring back, give

to their senses
;

back (with ace. and ^JV)

\

More numerous.

\yj or

correctly
to turn again, as^-aJ

" j-^ryLi G7 v. 3,

Turn

Usury, the three cases being alike, D.S.Gr.

again thine eyes (unto Heaven);
1, p.

T.

10G
,

with the Article

\

it is

sometimes
v. 101,

"Restore me

(to life

^^rj' 23 again)," A rare

2,

spelt

\JQ>\

the

at the

end being an Alif of

instance in the Koran of the plural for the

precaution, v. suprd.

t^j or sjj

mil, an

6ingukr, used out of respect; D. S. Gr. T.

S

elevated part of the Earth. ^J, II.

To nourish,
p.
;

237, note.

f-J rj and ^J&rj

ns.a.

return.
^-frj-*

nurse, educate (with ace. and

v.

^J>)

^J\^j

l?
IV.

*-?r\) part. act.

One who

returns, etc.

25,

"They

two nourished

me. ^^,1
to.

noun of time and place,

A return. j-=r]/

VI.

To
Ljj

cause to increase, grant

an increase

To

return to one another.

aor. a.

To/eedin abundant pastures, pass time

k_jL>-J aor. o.

To be

in violent motion, to
<Lib^j

shako
a

pleasantly, enjoy one's-self.

violently, tremble.
the broken

An Earthquake,
of the
first

rh\

aor. o. To

mend anything by joining

n.a.

mighty
solid,

blast.

ia-^

Name
is

blast

parts.

<jjj
;

Anything

close,

imof the trumpet which

to precede the general
act.

pervious
it is

The word occurs

at 21 v. 31,

where

said that the

Heavens and

the Earth were

Resurrection. i-JU^* part.

IV.

f.

One

originally <Jjj,

i.e.

united together in one solid

who makes
Jj-J
aor.
o.

commotion.
j^-j
n.a.

mass.

To hurt one in the foot,

JJj To be well and fairly arranged. JJj

II.

To

collective

noun, Foot, Foot-soldiers.

Jsrj

" ;

Jtj
fem.; Plur. Js^i

(56)
foot;

J J

y&tf
v. 12,

&&

'j

A
(in

journey, travelling;

*\z2ST^~j Xvify

uy^r% c^.^

drr'

**0"J 60

"And do

w_1J 1 j 106 v. 2, " For their joining together

fitting

not bring a calumny which they have invented

out) the Caravan in winter and

between their hands and their feet;" The

summer."

words are interpreted to mean, " Shall not lay

their illegitimate offspring to their husbands."
Js>-j Plur.

^j

aor. a.

To be merciful, have mercy upon

In the passive ^y**-j
"

(with

ace. of pers.);

"Ye

j\>-j
\

man, as opposed
v.
6,

to

shall be treated with

mercy," or "shall receive

woman

^J

JU- j 72

" With

mercy."

i*9~j,

sometimes spelt ul-v*J, D.

certain of the Jinn."

ls*-j aor. o.

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 276, note,

Mercy, kindness.

To

stone.

"*o?j

doubt, conjecture

*-ji

compar. form, Most merciful,

gender, plur. of
as

i__JUlU Us--. 18 v. 21, " Doubtfully guessing S 9 9 ; at that which is secret " Plur. is>-j Things

comm.

L*J

or l-j

womb,

relationship,

/U.^jfl^l Blood

relations.

which are thrown.

driven
$
9
l.

1j>-j Stoned, pelted or

;

Is^j Kindness, affection.

1-V^ part. act.

One
S.

away with stones

an Epithet of Satan.

who shows mercy.

Gr. T.
1, p.
1

&\**-j or

^J^-j D.

Cfry*
\>-j aor. o.

part. pass. Stoned.

404 (with the

article usually spelt

To hope

(with ace. or with ^i)

;

to

hope
[:

j^>-J

),

and ++^-j Merciful and compassionate

are constantly found together,

for (with ace.

and ^.y or J)
it

sometimes also
is

The two words

to fear, but in this sense

always found
^ 'jj

as if to add intensity one to the other, but the

with a negative, thus \jy*> &??/

v. 42,

25

former conveys the more comprehensive meaning.

" They did not dread the Resurrection."

*U&-j (2nd declension) plur. of

kindness.

*-_;

*U>-ji plur. of \>-j

The sides.
IV.

"f>ry*
off,

part. pass.

i*>y* Mercy,

Hoped for.^jsjyi

To put

postpone
off;

^j>-j aor. a. To be soft

and flabby.

*Uy A

gentle

at 7 v. 108 i*rj\ is for

^J\
*^o

" Put him

plur. of
t,

wind.
jj aor. o.

D. S. Gr. T.
s
**

1, p.

460.
"ji

o 9

"J^* c1 s

for y*-j* part. pass. ajJl

^j

> o f

^J*
107,

To

drive back, avert (with ace. and

;

^,

also with jjic)

to

restore, give back, bring

&fr/* 9

v.

" Held in suspense (awaiting) the decree of

back, refer, give again (with ace. and J, ^J[,

God

or
"

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

354.
v. 25,

rf*ffi J>, *{^.$ \y*f "Then they put their hands up

Jl);

14
to

v. 10,

their

(_^J To be ample, spacious; ^~+f-j Uj 9

" For
all it

mouths," either biting their own fingers in

anger
;

was so spacious."

\-a~J* a
I

form

or

it

may
;

be, to close the

v. 72,

mouths of
v.

of salutation equivalent to
ISj "

Welcome

aa ua-/

the prophets

At 16

and 22
;

5
v.

it

You

are welcome."
;

means
root.

to

keep back (with

^)

at

41
v.

47

<

Jt>/J Pure Wine

a.

no verbal

to reserve; (also with ^J\)

and at 5

107,
act of

J-j aor.

To place saddle-bags on a camel.

To

take (an oath).

Oj n.a. 21 v. 41,

The

JJlJ n.a.

saddle-bag;

Plur.

jUy.

<&>-^

averting, bringing back, etc.

j^

part. act.

57

d~>J

One who

averts,

restores,

etc.;

jii\ Us
those

V. bring to destruction.-^"
long.

To

fall

headfalls

y-j

Jj\y>

\pS

16

v.

73, "

Nor do

%}'

fem. part. act. That which

slain

who have been made

superior (to others) give

headlong, or

is

by a

fall.

back their wealth, etc."

participle-or [j}\j>, the
being' antecedent
genitive
;

Here Jjfy

is

for

J jj

aor. o.

To be base.

J# Plur. 'J# and

J\
"

noun of agency-

jj\y comp.

form, Vilest, most abject;

-

to

a complement in the
;

jjivS$
life,"
i.e.

16 v 72,

To

the wor8t part of

D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 183
after

y
we

being

To a

Madidi decrepit old age; the

an expletive

the negative
or to which

U,

see i^>.

in/antia nasi.

j^ A
"SJ, is

place

by which

return

jj;

aor. o.

besides being
also a

anoun of time and

noun of

place as above,

of life, To supply with the necessaries double ace.) provide for, bestow upon (with
to sustain
;

action, D. S. Gr. T. 1,

*)tff
to

ftf

Ut^ i 12

"

v.

37,
shall

No
be

p. 291,

and then means the

act of averting,

food shall

come

you with which ye

restoring, etc.

5,Jj^ part. pass. Kestored,

supplied;" For

in the this use of the verb

averted, as

*&'^ H v. 78,
be agitated,
to

" Inevitable."
to

complement see D. S. Gr. passive voice with a

T. 2, p. 124.

To jj>J V.
jjjl

moved

and fro.
turn

ojj

A P rovision

maintenance,
>

VIII. To be rendered,

return,

anything granted to bounty, fortune, income,

derives benefit. another from which he
part. act.

j)\j

again (with

JS),

as tyfi J^ 1&p 18 v.

G3

" And they retraced their steps ;" or with

44,

One who

provides for, or supplies

i,as^>^*14v.

being fixed eight shall not return to them,"

as Providence. one of the names of God, a well. J$\ Er-Rass supJLj aor. o. To dig expression same the 40 v. 27 with horror; at well near Midian, posed to be the name of a " In the twinkling of an translated may be near Antioch. or according to others " Before thou canst fix thine^ eye
;

"Their

with necessaries.

j1 The Great Provider,

eye," or

upon any

object,

and remove

it

" with

^
-

it

'^',

To be firm.
established;

means
\Sj To prop

to apostatize.

wall.

&, A

helper.

who

learning." are well grounded in

^
?)j
;

part. act.

One who

is

firmly

^^v.ieO/'Th^
$> An aP 08tle
v.
'

J/, To come behind (with J).

JMJ P art

act

aor. o.

To send a messenger.

act. IV. f. That which follows.-*-*^' part. mean at 8 v. 9 it may either B ame as

a messenger i
'*'

Plur. j:j; at 33

66 we

find

J$

Vfor

^)\,

for the sake of the

rhyme, by

(the believers) following one another, or causing to follow one another.

a license
T. 2, p.

_n.j ?t'\ saturation; s/t/wr/x/9/in D. S. Gr. called

\&\

.*

497; At 26

v.

15 the word jj-J

\i[

IjJ aor.

i.

To shut (a

(fate).

'$ n.a. A

strong

signification thus used with a plural

etc. as

J^

though

it

were" Verily we are a

de-

wall.

yS,

aor.

i.

To trample
is4j aor
-

the earth with his feet (a

a>

horse).

To P erish -**$

IV#

To

are assigned for putation;" several reasons Kamoos, that Freitag says, quoting the
this;

J-JJ

58

J^i

words of the form

plur.
;

JyJ

are both sing, and

lying in wait

also as a collective

noun,

An

JjLj

is

by

others considered to be a
adjectively, for this con-

ambush, band of watchers.

ambush,

Juy.

place of

noun of

action used

^U^ A place
3u>j\ n.a. IV.

of observation, or of
f.

struction see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 280.

aJC,

ambush.

means

of pre-

message, commission.

J-^i
and

IV.
^J\

To send
or ^Js.)
;

paration or fitting out.

(with

^1

also with ace.

v. 45, for

f-fj aor.

a.

and

i.

To suck the mother's milk.

act of sucking

uyLjli 12
p.

J^ft,
* ii

D. S. Gr. T.

1.

is\jj n.a,

The
4

milk

Jb\js>.\

459.

oij* P ar ^ ac
J

One who sends

" There
after
is

iilipf^
g-f

v.

27,

"Your

foster sisters."

JjJ

^
it."

J-^*

1j

35

v. 2,
it,

no one

who can send

held

or bestow

he has withis sent,

**j\
J

^ (2nd
IV.

declension) plur. of i-*/*

A breast.

To
;

suckle (with ace. of child and

to give suck to.
**-/* fem.

J-y-* part. pass.

One who

of father)

legate;

cl>l^ill 77 v.

1,

Angels, winds, or

part. act.

One who

gives suck.

^-e^i

X.

the verses of the Koran, according to different

interpretations.
\Lj aor. o.

To seek a nurse

for (a child).

^j aor.
^'^
^J,
(2nd declenfor
<_-,

a.

To be

content, pleased (with

;

^., with

To be or stand firm.

or with ace.)

to choose (with <_>, also

sion) plur. of
'jj\jl
act.

LJ'j

fern, of
1,

^\j

for

with ace. of thing and

Agreeable, acceptable.
act.,

of pers.).
for

^jj
part,

D. 8. Gr. T.

pp. 330 and 3G6, part,

/US

^J>\j
is

^i \j

Things which are firmly and immovably

fix

Fem.

Lj>\j

One who

content, well
<l>Vt>
is

fixed mountains. ^>J\ IV. To

firmly.
is

pleased;

also

pleasant,

agreeable.

^f% noun
fixed

of time and place, That which

Grace, acceptance, favour, that which

ing.
l

pleas-

with regard to time or place, as ^bl

v.

\kCJ* 7

180,

"When

is

its

fixed

time?";
v*]/*?

V^/*

part. pass. Accepted, well pleased

a Port, harbour, or roadstead, as

UL^j

or contented, T.
1, p.

ouj^ n.a. for irU,*

The
act

D. S. Gr.

11 v. 43, " Both whilst

it is

it is

moving, and whilst

276, note;

of pleasing.

at anchor, or at rest."

,-ijl IV.

To

content, please (with ace. of pers.

jkJij

aor. o.

To walk

in

the right way, to be well

and

<_>).

J>\'ji

VI.

To be

pleased with one

directed.

Siij, otij,

and Ixiy nouns of action,

another, to be mutually agreed (with

<_>).

JZ

or

A going
is

in the right

way, true direction, cor&>\j part. act.

ijXj

n.a. for

^4]/

for

^j^} D.

3. Gr.

rect rule of action.

One who
way.

T.

1, p.

Ill,

Mutual consent.^j-iij^ VIII.

well directed, or

who walks

in the right

To be
_lJsiJ

pleased with, pleasing to (with J).

{.dates).

,y- fiy ;

person of discernment, a guide to the

part. aot. IV.
f.

To be fresh and ripe

is

\-Jbj

n.a.

right

way.Ai^.

One who

That which

green.

iSj

collective noun,

directs aright, a guide.

Fresh ripe dates.

\j>y>j*

yoj

aor. o.

To cement or join together.

ulJjJ aor.

a.

To frighten, fear.

<-~*j n.a. Fear,

part. pass.
jLeJ aor. o.

Firmly and compactly united.

lie

terror.

To observe,

in wait.

x*j n.a.

S*J

aor. a.

and

o.

To thunder,

j&j Thunder.

K&
lj
aor. a.

59

^J
Plur. ji\f* (2nd declension)

on account of the guttural

p. 250,

D. 8. Gr.
to

Elbows.j^*

T,

1,

To

pasture,

feed

(cattle),

A
f.

couch, noun

of place derived from the VIII.

recline

observe aright, as at 57 v. 27.

right observance.
part. act.

i'l*^ n.a.

which means To
be thin,

on the elbow.
scroll,

*Tc, plur. of

^j

for ^jt\j

JJ To
clJJ

jj

volume or

generally

of parchment.

One who

feeds flocks,
III.

a shepherd.
aor. o.

To

observe, respect, regard (with ace.

1^

Pasture. ^JSj

To

observe, respect,
;

look at (with ace

;

with
to

J)

Lclj 2 v. 98,

and

J).

lL~3)

watcher,

an observer.
;

" Look at us " a word

had a great objection,
it

which

Mohammad
it

1) Plur. tl;bj 4
v.

neck,

a slave

*J, jjttr

having been derisively

in

94, "

The

freeing of a

neck (from the

employed by some Jews,

whose language

yoke of BlaveryV'-il^ V. To look about

had an uncomplimentary meaning.

one. ilJ&} VIII. Toobserve, watch. c--&>

part. act.

cl^J

aor. a.

To

desire (with
^,1),

^0

also to be unlJ

One who watches,

$, n.a. Sleeping. Si^'Abed.
pJJJ
l

willing (with

or to dislike (with

a)

jjjaor.o. To sleep.
"Jj

The passage

at

4 v. 126

may be rendered either

\r*rf

To write, mark with diacritical points.

way

fJ

^ (>^j\
to
act.

9 v 121 "
-

The y

Er-Rakeem, a word, the meaning of which

in dispute
;

is
it

should prefer themselves before him;" With

according to one interpretation

plate,

A\

it

means

supplicate.

^-r^j

Love.

was the name of a leaden

inscribed

on which were
sleepers.

c^cU'part.
(with

One who
one who

supplicates earnestly
is

the

names of the Beven

jl )

also

averse from (with

'J',

Lf^

part. pass. Written.

aor. a.

To mount a ladder
^Jj
n.a.

(with

J>)

to

abound in good things. j^J To

1*, aor.
a.

\sLj Abundantly.

enchant.
part. act.

An

ascent.

gsb for

LS*l>

To

dislike,

abhor. pS^ noun of place

of refuge.

An

enchanter
said,

Jj
is

Jtr*j W

v.

III. form,

A place
i.

27,

" And

it is

who

the magician (to

i^Jij aor. o. and

To break in pieces.

iL>% Dust,
drive

away

his

agony)?"
;

jfe

ace. plur.

anything broken small.

of

iX? A

breast-bone

see this

word under
VIII<

dSf

aor. o. To be obscene.

lUJ

Carnal interii>,

see also

jS&,

rt.

course. jij aor.

i.

J$>Jj\
;

To

To

give.

Jjj,

gift.

5ji^

part. pass.

Given.
fcJ/J To spread the wings.
i_J/j

A pillow.

IjJ

aor. a.
fl ).

To

raise up, exalt, lift

act.

up (with ace. and

ascend (with ^J). to be carried, (with ace.) $j aor. a. To ride go on board a ship (with J>). Z^j A company of 10 or more mounted on camels, a
small caravan.

Lilj part.

Exalting, one who raises

part. pass.

^2j plnr. of ZjSj

mounted.

part. act.

up.

^ij
help,

High,

\fj

Raised on

One who

rides,

tl^

collective

noun, Camels,

iltfr Use of a camel in riding.

part,

hiirh, exalted.

JiJ To

companion, friend, jj^ chij A ^ fow, /'%, comfort ; tiu^ Comfortably

JjJ
act.

II.
f.

To put together. \L$j*

in heaps.

VI.

Lying

 "
;

60

&
with c_j of thing)
;

** S

**

jSj To be
/

still,

osly (2nd declension)

is still.

fern. plur.

to cast aspersions

upon any

of $\j part. act. That which

s*
s

one (with ace. of pers.), as at 24 vv. 4, 6, and 23

jStj aor. o. IS
i

and

i.

To fix a spear in the ground.

At 8

v.

17 allusion
at

is

made

to a miracle

which

low sound, a whisper.

was wrought

Bedr in favour of Mohammad,

J>Sj To invert. Jjij] IV.

fjlSj aor. o.
fly

To

overturn, upset.
;

who, by throwing a handful of gravel into the

faces of the Koreish,

To move thefeet, stamp on the ground to

brought about a victory

(with

^)
41

Before the words

CS^j.
<*J

in his favour.

\jj\
i_^aJ aor.
a.

To

fear (with ace. or with

i~ibj

at

38

v.

we must understand
first

JJ, and
iJ1~a>,

of pers.). \J>
<L*>

cl**). and

ns.a.

Fear;

between the

and

last parts of the verse,

*j^Ju>

59

v.

13,

"On

account of the fear

we have

to

imagine the springing up of a

inspired in their breasts

fountain, or two, according to the fancy of the

by God."

^V*;

plur.

Commentators,
jij
aor. a.

of
bent, to

<l^j A monk.
IV.

JuJu&j Monasticism.

To have the back

^J\j Plur.

bow down

in

fc_^fc,\

To

frighten, cause terror (with ace.

prayer.

^fQj

and

^JSj part. act.

of pers. and
terrify.

(_->

of thing). (J^i-1 X.

To

One who bows down.

jSj aor. o.

To gather
;

together in

a heap.

/\Sj

hjtj

To take large mouthfuls.

kaj

ha>j n.a.

family;
;

heap

UlSj In heaps.
in a heap.

+/

part. pass.

Lj 27

v. 49,

" Nine
p.

men

of a family
is

Gathered

D. S. Gr. T. 2,
^J\).

316; This word

not
are

jQ

aor. a.

To

incline one'is-self (with

;

j*j

generally used

when more than 10 men

a stay, support, prop

hence, Princes or chiefs

spoken

of,

but in any case they must be the

of the people.
j aor. o. and
i.

sons of one man.

i.

To repair ; also aor.

;

To be rotten.

fja>j aor. a.

To

follow closely, cover

;

aor.

i.

To

*~j Rotten

adjective of common gender.

oppress, cause to suffer

to

be given to evil

J,Uj generic noun, Pomegranates.

practices towards (with double ace).

j&> n.a.

.fj

aor. a.

To pierce with a
lance.

lance.

~\*j plur. of

Folly,
difficult

oppression.(JJ$ IV.
task on any one,
afflict

To impose a
with troubles

^*j

J^
y*j

and and
i.

difficulties

(with double ace).

aor. o.

To invade an enemy's country.

jVj Ashes.
aor. o.

^*J To

give in pledge,

^^j
pledge.

Given in pledge.

and

i.

To nod, wink.

y*j

n.a.

^Jjbj plur. of Ja>j

sign,
\*J

aor. o.

Togo softly.

such as a wink or nod.

ij*j aor.
i.

y>j n.a.

A ditch or furrow.
at sun-

To bake a sheep in

(2nd declension)
of the Arabian

,J^*j Ramadan, the ninth month \j

its skin.

^JseeCJ.
aor. o.
set.

To do anything in the evening or

jj n.a. Rest, mercy,
soul;

year, said to be so named,

in the

jj

comm.

gend.

because

it

originally fell

height of

spirit,

^Jjfrf^
Gabriel,

16

v. 104,

"The

summer.

Spirit of Holiness,"

or "the

Holy
is

Spirit,"

^%j

aor.

i.

To

throw, cast, throw out (with ace. or

viz.

The Angel

who

alone

intended

cb
by
this

61

j*rj

name

At 16

v.

it

may

be translated i\j aor. o. To frighten.

i\j aor. o.

c^J n.a. Fear, timidity.

the Inspiration or Revelation, viz. the Korau.

To turn
jl

furtively from one thing to an)

;

fTj fem.,Plur. lij

power.
IXjj

A wind,

smell, prosperity,
as

other (with
+\j aor. o.

to turn

upon (with

.<*).

The evening,

"^L

^v

5*"!?;

34

To seek.

*jj] collective noun,

The

v. 11, "(It blew) for a

month

in the evening."
this verse

Greeks, as being subject to the

Note.

Roman Empire.
at the

Note.

At

the

commencement of
lj

we

The events mentioned

beginning

must understand the word

Victuals,

/s~ q.v.

^^j
life.

of the 30th chapter relate to the wars between the Greeks and Persians under Heraclius and

things necessary to support

\j]
>i\j

IV.

To

drive

home

(flocks) in the evening.

is

Chosroes.

aor. o.

To

seek.

Iju^ Gently; lijj

said to
;

l-Aj aor.

i.

To make uncertain.
as

<~>j n.a.
jJ

A
30,

be equivalent to

J^l

Grant a
v.

respite

D. S.

doubt, calamity,

uy-ill

52

v.

Gr. T.

1,

p.

546; at 86

17 the words are

"Adverse fortune,"
of the time."

literally,

"the calamity
uncertainty.

found in conjunction Ijo^ **Vi " Grant them

a gentle respite," or " respite

ijj Suspicion,

them

for a while."

\-^ij part.

act.

IV.

f.

Disquieting, he or that
;

<ijj III.

To long

after, desire to
;

have

inter-

which inspires doubt or suspicion

also

one

course with (with ace. and ^ji)

thus ,-> Jjjj

to lie with to solicit.

who
in

is

guilty of a
<-1>Ij^

crime. <_>l5j^ VIII. To be

part.
act.

^Ju
me
;

12

v.
v.

26, " She desired

doubt.

One who

is

in

"

At 12

61

it

means simply

doubt, a sceptic.

3\j 1

IV.

To be

willing, wish, desire, intend,

;

^\j
c

aor.

i.

To

Jit feathers to
;

an arrow,

^j

mean
36
v.

(with ace. and <_>, also with ^1)

Jij,

generic noun, Feathers

\j

fine clothing.
hill.

22

for

^wy

aor. conditional

and
colt.

^J

aor.

i.

To grow,

^j A high

uo\j aor. o. To exercise, or break in a

<L^J ^\j aor.

i.

To take possession of

the

Kearl (with

A rich

and well-watered meadow.

J*-

J
A)j aor. o.

To give anyone cream

to eat.

jJj Froth,

<&Uj

plur. of

L^j, or wanting the

singular,

scum.
Jjj
aor. o.

Rebels (against God), Praetorian Guards; at

To pelt with

stones.

jy>j

book, The
writings,
ijij

96

v.

18

it

appears to refer to the Angels

who

Book of Psalms; Plur.yj Books,

Scriptures;

keep guard over Hell.

jj va^jj

are also Plurals of

aor. o.

To pierce with the ferule of a spear ;

lump

or large piece of iron, a divided por-

-ls-j

noun of unity,

thing

made

of glass,

tion, sect;

jj

occurs with the

first

of these
last, at

as a glass vessel,
^sf-jaor. o.

meanings

at Id v. 95, and

jj

with the

To prohibit, drive away.

jp-j n.a.

The act

23

v. 55.
i.

of driving or prohibiting.
sell dates

cy|^-Jp 1
J^sj-j

fern. plur.

'jj aor.

To

on the

tree

by guess.,

part. act.

Those who drive;

cy^J^lLi

"

J*)
87 v.
2,

62

Jj
to suppose, think, imagine,
{

"And the Angels who drive

away

forward the

doubtful matters

clouds, or drive

evil spirits, or

keep

men

fancy, to be of opinion (with ace. or with

J).

from
S

sin."

i^-j

Bingle

cry.-yf J>j\ VIII.

cries,
reject.
*h\

l*j n.a. Fancy, imagination.

Irfj

surety,

for^i^l To

drive

away with

one who vouches for or guarantees another.

aor. o.

j*r^\* part. pass. Forbidden.

Is^j aor. o.

To carry home

tie bride in procession ;

To be easy.^j\ IV. To propel, drive

aor.

i.

To

hasten, go with hurried steps.

forward (with ace. and

of

or ^Ji).

*\*rj* fem.

jj

aor.

i.

To sendforth a deep breath. Jjj

properly, the
first

A deep

^jr

Few, small.
S
"

sob
't

part of the braying of

1J To remove far from a

part. act.

place (with ^e).

an

ass, as

j-j*
these

One who removes, aa tt*-p-jM j* Vy lJ\'&X^ 2 v. 90, " But he shall not free
himself from the punishment."

J^i- is the second; at 11 v. 108 words may be rendered " Bobbing and

; sighing " at 26

. 13 the term \^ij is applied

growing in pffi A tree
which
this infernal pro-

to the roaring of flames.

Derived from

Jj To swallow
uJw-j
n.a.

speedily,

1J

which has the Bame meaning.

To proceed towards.
in a hostile

the midst of Hell, for a description see ch. 37

a>-j aor. a.

An
v.

60

The

tree after

army marching

manner.
duction was
bitter

named

bears a kind of intensely

Jj/iJ Anything highly ing, decoration by

ment, either

embellished, as with gildgilding, gold, embellish-

almond.

real, as the flowers of the earth,

VJj

Zacharias.

10 v. 25 ; or figurative, as a flowery discourse,

ij or

more properly

ISJ

aor. o.

To grow, to be

v.

112

verbal

rt.

t-Jy^-j

To

gild.

pure, or purified.

ifjSj

pronounced, and some-

il,\ aor. o.

To construct a pen or fold for sheep.

times written

stij

or ifj like *jL or fiU, D.

*_jVj (2nd declension) plur. of Lj,)

carpet.

rich

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 36, Purity, a portion of one's

substance given in order to purify the rest,

seed, give increase to, as *=iu
i.e.

cj\ aor. a.

To sow
^

Alms

'if) &L*

18 v. 80, " One more

u&y
it its

J*^

*ftJ

ye glve
*

" Better as to righteous than he," literally,

purity."
'ijl

'

increase, or are

We

the givers of

it ?

3j Pious, righteous.

J>$

for

c Vj Plur. \*jj Seed, corn, land

c\*j plur.

sown with
sower.
;

corn.

comp. form, Purer, more righteous;

18
v. 18,

of cj\j part. act.

i.

A
\

UUE Jfy
to have

" The purest and best

X\

aor. o.

and

To drop dung (a bird)

food." [Jj

II.

To

purify, justify (with ace.

blue eyes,

j^ plur; of jj

One who has blue

of pers. and c_> of thing). JijJ and ^Jj\ V.

eyes

an enemy, such as the Greeks, whose

To endeavour

to be pure

and holy,

to give

eyes were frequently of that colour.

part ot one's substance in alms, as at 92 v. 18.

,1; aor.
i.

Jjj

aor.

i.

To abuse.JjSj\ VIII. for J)j\ D. S.

1, p.

To slip. -1 jt IV. To cause

to slip or fall

Gr. T.
IftJ

222,

To

despise.
assert, generally

(with ace. and

^e). djp-\ X. same

as Jji,

aor. o.

To speak,

used in

but with ace. of pers. and <-j.

A)
Jjlj To shake, shake to and fro. of shaking;

63

&
eye),

JVpj

n.a.
lit,

The act
99
t. 1,

jY*j To flash with anger {an

sive cold,

"jij^'j Exces-

l$5j

JjiT ^JJj
is

by some

interpreted to

mean

the

"

When

the earth
literally,

shaken by an earthits

Moon

original root 4*j

To be

violent.

quake ; "

" by

shaking."

<Uj3J

0~=?j Ginger, with which the water

a fountain

of Salsabeel,

shock of aa earthquake.
i_JJj

in Paradise, is to be flavoured.

To draw mar.
near approach;

iaj Nearness, proximity, a

Jj no verbal ofgoats.
aor.
i.

root,

An

excrescence behind the hoofs

illegitimate.
tfj

Z2j Near at hand;

Plur.

*Jj Spurious,

cJjj

The phnae

j2f^

l3j at 11 v. 116 ^Jj

To be

guilty of fornication,

n.a.

signifies those

hours of the night which com-

Fornication.

^Vj and with the article

act.

^jffl

mence

at the close of day,

and those of the

and &\ji

part.

One who

is

guilty of

day which commence

at the close of night

fornication.
JJkj aor. a.

There are other ways of spelling this word,

such as &j, l3j and the last being a noun ^Jj, in the singular, haying the same signification
as X2j,

To abstain;

aor.

i.

To have in low

estimation.

j*1j part. act.

One who esteems

lightly, or holds in

low estimation (with

and of the second declension, D.

402.

S. Gr.

of thing).

T.

1, p.

cjLJjl IV.

To bring

near, cause

jtj aor.

a.

To be resplendent,

ijbj

floner,

to approach (with ace.

and J).
place in which the feet

splendour.

Jjj aor.

o.

To

slip,

jdj

j*j

aor. a.

To be full of marrow (a bone)

to

are liable to slip.

fall

^^Jji IV.

To

cause to

slip

or

vanish, disappear, perish.

J^j part. act. That

perishable.

(with ace. of pers. and h_;).

which vanishes away,

*5lji

jykj Vain,

Jj To wander about.

Jj Plur.

Headless

jAj aor.

o.

To

stir

up

strife.

Ijj

Plur. l\jj\

arrows used by the ancient Arabs for purposes

of divination, a superstition forbidden by the

companion, mate, spouse, husband or wife, an

individual
in

when consorting with another

are' united,

that

Koran;

for a curious illustration of this

custom

which individuals

as a kind,

see Ezekiel ch. xxi. v. 21.

species, class, or sex, also a pair, a couple

J*j

aor.

i.

To play upon a wind instrument.

Examples,

J^j

^J

J~/j

J*

t^i li-Qtl 31

v. 9,

plur. of ij*j

A crowd
o.

of

men

\j*j In crowds.
act.

"And we
up in
it

have caused (vegetables) to spring

;

J*ij aor.

i.

and

To limp.J^j+ part.
-

of
'

of every generous species

v.

"

^ UyJ
it

jijl

for

fi? Y

s Qr T:
-

1>

p-

220

w U-jj
may

i^li j 55

52, " In each (garden)

To wrap
J^ill

one's-self in a

garment.

The

epithet

there shall be two kinds of every fruit," or

is

applied to

Mohammad
it

in the

73rd

be "

Two

pairs of every kind

,j-i;!

" thus at

ch. because at the

moment

was communiin a

11 v. 42 the words

iy?Tii

<J*

u? ma7

cated to

him he was wrapped

;

mantle

either be rendered two, or two pair, of every

either asleep or at prayers

so say the com-

kind, so also at 13 v. 3, 6 v, 144 and elsewhere

for the use of

mentators.

,j\ with the dual see D. S. Gr.

^
T.
"
2, p.

64

Jj
(Tj^jJ collective

315, where he translates

^^1

ctt^j
is

noun, The

olive, olives.

&&J

Two

individuals," a reading which

sup*\\

noun of
aor.
i.

unity,

An

olive,

an

olive-tree,

ported by the passages at 51 v. 49, where

fjrPrjj

To be increased,

to increase,

cause to

increase, give an increase to (with ace. of pers.

must of necessity have the meaning of

and
v.

J
;

or with double ace.)

'

to exceed in

two individuals paired together, and at 15

88, where l=r\jj'

number
more
in

means simply "individuals,"

^^Jf, j 37 v. number;" to make an

">,j

147, " Or there were addition to

or

certain
v. 58,

of

them;"

~\,)\ <dLi

ctf^'-J

(with ,<i).

Zeid,

Mohammad's freedman
see ch.

38

"

And

other (matters) of a similar

and adopted son, whose wife Zeinab Mohammad

married after her divorce from Zeid
33.
3\jj
;

kind shall be in conjunction with it;" In this

passage there appears
'jA\ in virtue of
its

to

be an ellipse,^-! for
accession,
2, p.

An

increase,

addition.

IjJ*
for

An

comparative form being

increase, addition.
1,

^j\
To

*>\5j\

put in the singular, D. S. Gr. T.

it is

304;

also

written^',

see 3 v. 5.

_jj
;

VIII. D. S. Gr. T.
suffer

p. 222,

increase,

II.

To
ace.)
;

an increase, or be increased by (with

as 1*1;
\

give in marriage (with double ace.)

to (with ace.

to
;

wed
\j\)

j\ jjTJ

18

v.

24,

" And they

and

<_>)

to join together

suffered an increase of nine (years)."

JL^-lj ij*>)&\ 81

v. 7,

"And when
;

the souls
v.

&

aor.

i.

To be

inclined downwards, to

become

shall be joined (to their

it

bodies) " At 42

49

dim

(the sight), turn aside, deviate (with ^a).

n.a.

incans to

make

of two kinds, to

make

or give

LjJ
J'J aor.

Perversity.

i\j]

IV.

To cause

to

conjointly.
i\j aor. o.

deviate, render perverse,

j'j

To take provisions,

Provision for
one's-self for a

i.

and

a.

To

cease (with
y
(

<i).

*'

^^

Jj
"'4'*'*

II.

To

a journey. S.JJ V. To provide

make

a separation (with ^^j).

Jjj; V.

To be

journey.

separated one from the other.

visit.

})

aor.

o.

To To

Jj

False,

a
;

falsehood.
'jfj 18 v. 10

Jj aor.

i.

To adorn.

aLj An ornament, aa apparel

j]\Ji VI.

decline (with

^)

at 7 v. 29, or trinkets, etc.,

pomp

sometimes

is for jjjjsj'

3 pers. fem. sing.

aor.

used collectively for ornaments, as at 20 v. 90

J\j

aor. o.

To

cease, cease to be in

a place,

fail,
;

and elsewhere; At 20

v.

61 *~>jJl

/>jt

means

perish, as jjjf
to decline,

35 v. 39, " Lest they

fail

the day of the solemn feast,

when

the temples
in olden

as

JUjsM <u< JijJ **/*

and other buildings were decked out

S

$S

14

v. 47,

" Even though their craftiness were

times. ^j
and t_j or

II.

To
to

adorn, prepare (with ace.

such that the mountains should be

;

moved by
in their

J);

deck a thing out (with

it

" literally,

"should cease

to

remain

specious arguments, or otherwise), to

j

make

it

places, or incline

downwards

(like the

Sun)."

j\.j n.a.

A declining,

declination as of the sun

it is

appear pleasing (with ace. and J); *yJ ^j-iji " Veril l5 v 39 7 l wiI1 make (^ eir

jffivj

"

'

from the meridian, in which sense

tively
cIj'
i

figura-

disobedience) appear pleasing to them on the

employed
To dress

at 14 v. 46.

Euth."Jj\
oil.

for

Jj

V. D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

aor.

i.

food with

t-^o

Oil.

220,

To be adorned.

60

f\~>

Lr
,w an adverb
prefixed to the aorist tense of verbs,
;

to

an end, a cause; U-~j

v.

->

JS

^
v. 9,

*u-i'lj

and giving them a future signification

*
K.

it is

LIj Lj'l) 18

83, "

And we gave him

38

considered as an abbreviation of
thus

i_Jj~ q.v.

means
his

to

accomplish every end, so he followed

S^r J' ijX>

1 1

v. 45,

"

will betake
;

way;" <_>C3f

tytfjli

" Let

myself to a mountain," see

,_j_jl

it is

like-

them then ascend

*U- Saba', v. .j-f"-slj aor. 0.

into the tracts (of

Heaven)."

wise used in conjunction with other prefixes,

as

Sfl^LiLli

v.

131,

"And God

will

and

i.

To

rest, celebrate the

;

Sabbath.

suffice thee (as

a protection against) them,"

iULl The Sabbath

reference
is

at 7

v.

163 and elsewhere

see !_&.

made

to the story of certain

Jews

JU

aor. a.

To

ask, interrogate, ask for,

demand

who

resided at Elath on the

Red Sea in

the time

(with ace. of pers. and ^T, also with double

ace. or with ace. of pers.

of David, and

who were turned

into apes for

and

c_j or ^jt)

to

catching
-<u aor. a.

fish

on the Sabbath day.

<iyU-> Rest.

pray

to (with ace), as at

55

v.

29

Imperat.

To

srvim, roll

onwards, perforin a daily

JL^

and

JJ

Note. Verbs

whose second

course (with

j).

rr
in

n.a.

The

act of

swim-

radical is
after the

hamzated are frequently declined

ming, occupation
part. act.

worldly
or

affairs.

^L

manner of concave
Jlj-. n.a.

verbs.

Jj-i

One who swims

moves with a

request, petition.

The

act of deasks, dej <

swimming motion,
v. 3, or,

applied to Angels at 79
to

manding.

JS

C part. act.
is

One who

according

another of several inter-

manda,

etc.,

a beggar, as at 93

v. 10.

J^*-^

pretations, to ships.

u v*ij Praise

AJJi

^w^

part. pass.

That which

demanded or inquired
it

into; at 17 vv. 36
tilings

and 38

refers to those

and iilsLi are adverbial expressions in which there is an ellipse of the verb JLS, as " The
praise of God," or " by praising him," for "
celebrate the Praise of Gcd," etc., hence
I

which

shall be inquired into at the

day

of

judgment. J*T15 VI. To ask

" About

or

make

it is

inquiries of one another (with ^t), as ,_yjj1

<o
jy_y

that the

word ^j\*L> appears

1,

in the accus., see

2,

\Lj 4

v. 1,

whom ye

have

dis-

D. S. Gr. T.

p.

502, and T.
v.

p.

82;

cussions one with another, or in whose

name

^yLw CU AjjT^Uui 37
an
ellipse of the verb

159; In this and

ye beseech one another;" ^J\Cj which

also be spelt

may

similar passages there would appear to be also

^LJ
1, p.

is

here put for

^J\\^5,
or

jfc

At 28

v.

68

this

D. S. Gr. T.
lli aor.
a.

220.
{J\,

deficiency is supplied, and the passage then

To

disdain, dislike, scorn (with

reads thus, "

celebrate the Praise of God,

far exalted

with

of thing).
cut, revile.

and

may He

be

above that which

aor. 0.

To

il^S

Plur.

cLC-f

A
is

they impute to

Him."

'Ji^ II.

To

sing praises

rope, cord, lien or that

by which one thing

(with *J of pers.), celebrate praises (with c_>),

connected with another, aa a path, way, means

laud and magnify (with ace).

^-*"? n >&*

; ;

L
The
act of praise.

66

Jl^-

iw<
{hair).

part. act.

One who

Sale translates this word "prevented," a mean-

celebrates praises.
)a~l aor. a.

ing

it

may
it

well bear in the two instances in

To be lank

kL> Plur. b\ZA

which

occurs.

^C

III.

To

strive to excel
1\).
[

tribe (of the children of Israel).

_-> aor. a.

or reach before another (with

to seven.
.

J-i-4
(com.

and

i.

To make a number up
masc. Seven, seeJ^Lc

VIII.
to

To

strive

one with another in a race, or

reach a goal (with ace).

verbal root.
4

jL-~) fem., it*.*

cJj*f>

Seventy.

jlj Rain, no
gend.)

wild-beast.

3~-' Plur. J-w

4-~j aor. o. To be long

(a garment).

and

trailing

on the ground
IV.

way, road

a cause or reason, as at
it

9 vv. 92 and 94, where

means " a cause of

ajJI

uC A coat of mail. j-l-l

ace.

To cause
ij*~t aor.
i.

reproach;" J--**]!^
to

A traveller;
;

J-
to

abound (with
o.

and Jx of pere.).

The path of duty

to

God

it

frequently

means

and

To be J)
;

in

advance of (with ace);

an expedition or war made by believers

propagate the
as
is

precede (with

to

go before (with

ace.

and

Mohammadan

faith;

a necessity,

,J\ or c_>) ; pass before, go forth previously,

as a sentence of condemnation (with
pers.
t lS of

J-J. ^ZJfUV^J i*

J
*Uj

v. 69,

" There

no necessity incumbent upon us

(to

pay or

and

^),
;

with which meaning

it

appears

observe justice) towards the Heathen."

at 11 v.

42

or a promise of eternal happiness

^JLj

aor.

i.

To take

captive.

Saba', called in

(with

of pers. and

^),

as at 21 v. 101

to

Scripture " Sheba," a city of

Yeman destroyed

happen previously, pass by, surpass, get the

better of (with ace.)
;

by the inundation of El

'A rem; it took its

With

<-_? it

may

someas

name from
or Joctan.
ii~->

Saba', the great

grandson of Kahtan

times be rendered to do

previously,

U
No

^-fcjUr^; ail ^*
you

\^>

liZ

7 v. 78, "

for

^Ju)
To

fem. Six

masc. &~>,

jee^c.

^jL, Oblique
created being has committed this (crime) before
;" to prevent, in the old sense of to be

^L,

Sixty.

T"

aor. o.

cover.

veil,

covering.
veil.

jf*~>*

beforehand with (with ace. of pers. and t_>)

thus at 21 v. 27

part. pass.

Spread over as a

"\

VIII.

$$$ <^w J " They do'not

jl^n.a. The

To hide
jkjH aor.
o.

one's-self.

To be humble, submit

one's-self,

bow

prevent him in their .speech."

act of preceding.

down

in adoration with the forehead touching

JjC

part. act.
;

One who
v.

the ground,

to

worship (with J).

ssr>

precedes or outstrips in a race

At 56

10

Adoration.
act.

ls-C Plur. Jyc-1 and Jus-1 part,

we

find the

word

J^yuUr repeated, probably

be rendered " The leaders on

One who bows down,

a**** Plur.

j**- \L*

to give force and dignity to the expression,

(2nd declension)

A place of adoration, mosque;

l,

which

may there
first to

J&r*f*Tj[ 2X*f*T^ 17 v.
"From
further

earth and in Heaven," viz. those

who having
shall

the sacred temple at

Mecca

to the

been the
the
first

embrace the Faith,

be

mosque
it,

at Jerusalem," or as

Beidawee
at

in
is

Paradise.

Jj~Z** part. pass.

explains

to the

One who

surpassed or beaten in a race

that time there

Holy House there ; for was no mosque behind it.

67

aor. o.

To utter a cry, as a camel to her foal;

with water, to bornCwith^).

great magician,

jy^*

part. pass.

One

be-

to pourforth, Jill

witched,
II.
f.

deluded by sorcery.j*""

part. pass.

jg*
"

part. pass.

j^rj^Tj

52

v.

6,

Bewitched.

By

the ocean poured forth over the earth."

II.

&>

To beat small, and

n.a.

J^ To beftraff.

Jie

*>

To

swell and
S
Jjsr;

become turgid (the

ocean).

The act of being far off; tAje*** 67 v. 11, " Far then be (pardon) from them;" an ellipso
'^rijis^ti " God has removed them
ia respect of pardon."

J*r To pour forth.

which

is

spelt in various
;

for Oue* far

ways, has also sundry significations

it is

by some

away

J-*- Far
1

supposed to

mean

the Angel

who inscribes
it

distant

(j*?\ I<w&c (2nd declension) D. S.

1, p.

men's actions in a book, rolling

death
scribe
;

up

at their

Gr. T.

404.

may be of Mohammad,
or
it

the

name of a

certain
;

J*-

To strip off the barh.

or sea.

J*C

Shore of a river

or a written scroll

for

theconstructionofthewordsiriiJ

Jm^\ J^S
;

.or* aor. a.

To

ridicule (with

^
31

of pers.).

j*-^>

21
his

v.

104, see D. 8. Gr. T. 2,'p. 164

see also
part. act.
.

One who turns

;

to ridicule.
it

lSj^.

Chrestomathie Arabe, T. 3, p. 23 1
of

J-*?

A jeer, ridicule
is

at

43

v.

means One who

Baked clay

which the stones were formed

compelled to serve without

II.

payment.
and J);
to

which were said to have been rained down

'js?>

To

subject (with ace.

to

from Heaven upon Sodom, and also upon the " Companions of the Elephant" mentioned in
chap. 105.
y '

compel any one

at

work without payment;

69

v.

it is

8
o.

9**"
-

pers.

and

may

used with the ace. and ^Js. of there be rendered " He caused
S4
* 9

^jb* aor.

To

imprison,

^y^*"* Prk P*88

prison,

Imprisoned,
register in

^irf

it to assail

them."

Jsr-^ part. pass. Subjected,

^-ir; The

which the actions of the wicked are

it is

compelled to serve or work.-^i**1*- ^ X. To

turn anything to ridicule.

recorded, or the place where

\jtr>

kept.

aor. o. (also written

^Je*) To be qniet, tranquil

ki^
jJ

aor. a.

To be angry
IV.

(with

1**~M
aor. o.

^J*).

k*-' Wrath.

To

incense.

or dark (the night).

l

l~r' aor. a.
(_L)li-J

To drag along
noun.

the ground (with

To obstruct, stop up.

Ju

n.a. or

Ju

^).
a

cloud, clouds, sometimes used as

mountain, an obstacle, rampart, bar; ^.-vJ)

collective
\J.~m?'

18
iJ^ss-1

v.

92 oblique dual, " The two mountains,"

To destroy

utterly, eradicate.

Un-

supposed to be situated in Armenia, or on the

borders of Turkistan.
jj*1> Well-directed,

lawful, forbidden

by law.

ls-^btM IV.

same as
<-_>).

primitive form (with ace. of pers. and

convenient or opportune.

jM?> aor.

a.

To

gild, enchant,

bewitch (with ace.

J*-
Plur.
jlsr*

JU

To

let

down

the hair.
JjL>

JJL. generic noun, The

and

<_>).

js^

Sorcery, enchantment.
early dawn.
j*-\l>

Lote-tree.
tree;
tree,

noun of unity,

A single Lote-

Plur. j\jkA

The

(J

^si*lT'ij.L>53 vv. 14 and 16, The Lote-

jyer* part. act.

magician, sorcerer,

beyond which no creature can pass

^J

68

ufr>

allusion

is

made

to

it

in

Moore's

Lalla
s *

A lamp,
**

or rather a candle, the receptacle being

Rookh.
"Farewell, ye vanishing flowers, th
.c

called Jjcxi
shone,
brief;

In

my

fairy wreath, so bright

and

CJ~>

aor. a.

To

let

(a flock)

go free

to pasture at

Oh

what

are the brightest that e'er have blown,

liberty ; to lead out to pasture in the

morning.
freely,

To the Lote tree springing by Allah's throne, Whose flowers have a soul in every leaf."
(jh~> aor. o.

~^j* Dismissal.

^J

II.

To dismiss

divorce (with ace. of pers. and <_>).

Dismissal, divorce.
J,-- aor. o.

-S^in.a.

To take a sixth part.

sixth.

(ji.v->

A sixth

part.

J!jSC The

To perforate.

n.a.

Work made

of

\x* aor.

o.

To stretch out the hand towards any one.

Neglected, uncared
for.

rings

woven

together, as chain armour.

,_yju-

j-> aor. o.

To cut the navel string, to make glad,

j^-. n.a. Joy.
in private.
ilJJ>
_,-.

Jjj* To cover with an awning. JjL- 18 v. 28, Smoke which surrounds and covers after the
manner of a
tent.

rejoice,

secret;

\j*

c^

To be quick.
hastening;

Secretly,

jJL

plur. of

^2

"-^J*

Plur. clj^ Swift, prompt,

yllJf^j^
l*\j-,

Swift

at

taking

couch, throne.

Joy, joyful state. of

J3T^
secret.

account;

(2nd

declension)

plur.

ij^ A
IV.

Suddenly, hastily.

cjj
1,

(2nd declension, comp. form) D. S. Gr. T.

j*j~<* part. pass. Rejoiced.-jj\

ceal,

To

conp.

403, Very swift,

swiftest.-^

III.

To

and

also

to

reveal or manifest (with

v.

hasten emulously, or in
(with

company with

others

ace); At 10 v. 55 and 34

32
is

it

seems

or ^Jt of pers. or thing, also with

A\ ).

doubtful which of these meanings

to

intended

uJp)

aor. o.

To eat away {the leaves of a tree).

to

be conveyed

to

entrust a

secret (with

uJrfl IV. To be prodigal, extravagant,

^JV), hold a secret conversation (with ace. or

exceed bounds, transgress (with

1c or

J).

with

of pers.).
o.

yj*\

n.a.

secret.

uJy[

n.a.

The

act

of exceeding bounds,

cyj

aor.
i~jj~>

To enjoy free pasture (a camel).

pipe
for

extravagance,
act.

transgression.
is

^ijU

part,

the conveyance of water;

One who

guilty of excess, extravagant,

\jj~i

18

v.

60

may

be translated

"as

it

were

a transgressor.
jj~> aor.
i.

in a tunnel ;" the fish there

mentioned being

To

steal.

j^L
To

part.

act.

One who
stealth,

supposed
the sea.

to

have

swum

in that

manner under

steals.
as

t-l*'^

mirage, deceitful appear^>j\~> part,

jj^

VIII.

take

away by

anoe, as of water in the desert.

act.

JLjf Jif

15 v. 18,

"

He

listened

by

stealth," as the Genii to the conversation of

One who goes

the

forth freely

and

carelessly.

the angels.

J^

To put on

garment

(2nd declension) plur.

called^. of Jl^-, A garment,

;

J^ j^
|

Perpetual;

1x
travel

Perpetually, a word appa-

rently of mixed Persian and

aor.
i.

Arab

either generally, or a coat of mail

at 16 v. --J^,

To
''

by night;

origin,
iji
it

J3lTJ
passetli

83

it is

used

in

both senses.
_.^-)

89 To
shine.
T^j**

v.
;

3,

By
is

the

night when

%r aor.

o.

To saddle; and

away

"

j*j

hero written by poetic licence

**s*

69

JL.
noun of action being added
energy
to the
o.

for

i_y -uj

on account of the pause *Jjj at

;

to the

verb to give

the end of the verse

D. S. Gr. T.

2, p. 496.

expression JuJ'UlJ

^sj*

rivulet.
it

^^ IV. To travel by night

transitive,

L. aor.
<u-u.

To suffer from hunger and want.

with c_>

becomes

To cause

to

r amine.

travel, thus at

20

v.

79

^jLu ^\

$ "(sayby night,"

jj** aor.

a.

To pour forth.

-yLu*
act.

part. pass.
III.
f.

ing)
see

Take
\.

my servants
spread out.
write.

for a journey

Poured forth. ^Uli

part.

One

who commits To
To
JaJ
idle tales; aor.
i.

fornication.

iif

>*" aor.

a.

To sweep (a house), go on a journey.

XI

aor.

o.

J-tCl Fables,

JiJ Plur. j\t\

plur.
plur.

journey

jUJ
or

is also

the
ij^>

This word, a plural of the 2nd declension,

of /-*

large

Book

Tome.

seems to be derived from the Greek Urropla,

but the sing,
Written.
is

of^jC A scribe.'fil

IV.

To

shine,

doubtful.
8P e

J^lw*

part. pass. wll

brighten (the dawn).

"JlL* part. act. Shining.

%1"*' a^ 80

^ v^-^ ne

1JL aor.

a.

To strike with the wings (a bird when

<__),

presides over, a
part. pass. VIII.

manager of
f.

affairs.^k.i

fighting), to drag along (with

15, <*\ilU llslj "Verily

as at 96 v.

Written.
<_->

we

will

drag him by

UaJ aor.

o.

To

attack with violence (with

of

the forelock;" where instead of the

of the

pers.).
<u~> see j-^j-

second energetic form of

the fatha
\

aorist, the

tanween of

is

used, see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 150.

(blood).

jJo

aor. a. 75? be fortunate (a

day)

and

Ji*->

To be CSsu

aor.

i.

To shed

happy (a man).
aor. a.

Jw~-

Happy,
fem.

blessed.

Jsu, aor. o. To be low.

JiC

part. act.

One who

ia

To

light afire.

J-^

A burning fire,
to

low, vile, abject; l^IiC

side

Qli

11 v. 84, "

Up-

Hell. "ju>
fiercely.

Madness.fS> II. To cause

burn

down."

JjQ Fem. ^Jll

comp. form,

Very low, lower, lowest.

<^,

X-

aor. a.

on account of the guttural

To go ^L>

aor.

i.

To scrape off the skin.

at

&--

bark,

hastily

(with^N);

to run, be diligent, pur-

ship

29

v.

14 The Ark.
fool of

pose, to endeavour labour or strive after (with

acc. also

with

or ^i)
for

*j CJ*\sr lJ

^ Hj
to thee

and lil To make a

foolish, as illi

(any one), render

v. 124,

ijl

"

He who
Folly
;

80

v. 8,

" But as

him who comes

{J>
n.a.

has

made a

fool of himself."

aju* n.a.

striving after (good)."

The

act of
;

l^iS Foolishly.
sion)

<-i- Plur. *\^s (2nd declensilly,

going quickly or hastily, an endeavour

Uii

fool,

foolish,

ignorant; l^-ius,''

J&T'iZi
in his

jJj 37 v. 100,

"And when

he had

72

v. 4,

" The foolish individual amongst

or a rebellious
spirit.

attained such an age that he could assist

him

viz. Iblees,

ii&S

Folly.

work

"

< $ J^J
it

diligently strives after

17 v 20 " And Jiu 7b injure by heat (the sun). Ju fem. Hell-fire (2nd declension), supposed to be of foreign it;" Literally, "And
-

'

endeavours after

with

its

endeavour " the

origin,

D. S. Gr. T. l,p. 405.

kLi

70

aor. o.

&L>

aor. o.

To

fall

(with

J>)

Lj jj* J til

7 v.

To be

silent,

appeased anger (with

148, an instance of a >uf or vague expression

substituted for another, and

^f.
aor.

of person).
i.

meaning "They jL
act. Falling.

To

Jill

vessel;

and^Cl

aor. a.

To be

grievously repented."

sU part.

drtmk.

C III. To
fiLl IV.
(*JLj aor.
roof.
o.

J~> Intoxicating
jf2_

drink,

especially

let fall (with ace.

and

j).
(

Date-wine.
stupefaction;

properly,

Drunkenness,
v.

To cause

to fall (with ace.

and

ic). _J

izj^VijLi 50
^jj^

18,

"The

To roof over.

t t*J Plur. i_q*-i

agonies of death."

plur.

of &]/*
;

Drunken.^J
7b 6e
etf.

II.

To make drunken

uL^J>

jUl aor.
^i-i aor.

a.

Liu. Sick,

ill.

tf^Wj 15
i.e.

v. 15,

" Oar eyes are iatoxicated,"

i.

To

water, give drink to (with double

Ii

bewildered.

ace.)

In the Pass, to be given (water, etc.)

aor. o.

To be

quiet, rest, dwell (with

^J)

to drink, see

D. 8. Qr. T. 2,

p.

123;

When

dwell with (with

meaning simply

to be watered, as at 13 v. 4,

^L Any means

inhabit (with ace). ; ^fy) of rest or quiet, a habitation.

the Passive verb governs its

complement by
aJJ *u ,JLj,
an impersonal

hieans of the preposition

or the verb

t__>,

as

U L part. act. That which remain* quiet ; at 25 r. 47 speaking of the Shadow at daybreak
it

may here be taken

in

means "
rise,

fixed," either

by

the Sun's neglect-

sense " Rigatura est," with an ellipse of l^ic

ing to

or rising always in the

same

place.

by some however
at 14 v. 19,

it is

written

.JLJ

so again

yjJL.comm. gend. A knife. *Li Tranquillity,

security;

and similar passages,

^*

a word variously interpreted, but

iX^i)
probably referring to the Hebrew Sckechinah

jjJuo

*U "And

he shall be given to drink of

a putrid liquid," where we

ellipse of the

may
iliL

understand an
n.a.

tO'3P The Divine

presence which appeared

'j>)SJ*

word

on the Mercy seat of the Ark.

UJli.

The

(2nd

act of

giving drink
^,-a-i

to, also

a drinking cup.
final

CL<

declension) plur. of jLL*

for

A habitation.

ilLL*

(2nd declension),

^ when preceded
alif,

Poverty, misery.
habited.
sion)

&?***" P*r*'. pass. InPlur. IjSSUt (2nd declenIV.

by i^ being changed
T.
1, p.

into short

D. 8. Qr.

y^Xl*

Ill,

watering; At 91 v. 13 where
is

Poor.^3

To make

to dwell,

cause
,

this

word occurs there

a considerable

ellipse,

to abide (with double ace. also with <_> or

uo:; #xbs <ir j^;

apostle of
\

$ jig "And
them
(let

the

of place); to quiet.

Qod

said unto

alone

jj

aor. o.

To bring

out.

ilvL Ait extract

v 3)

God's she-camel and (do not hinder) her

{

JW V. To withdraw
ij^ii see (JuJui.
aor. o.

one's-self privately.

drinking."

J^ IV. To give drink

(Jila^J

to, to water

(with double ace.).

X. To aak any kliJ

To

snatch

away from (with

ace. of

one for drink (with ace. of pent}."

pen. and thing).

To pour

forth.

ujjtl*

part. pass.

Poured

'J~* aor. a.

To void excrement.

4*^*1 plur. of

fortb, flowing.

^L* eomm.

gend. Arms, weapons.

!-

71

'J- aor. o. To Jlay, pluck

1

off,

withdraw (with ace.

pass

ILi

comm. gend. Obedience to

the doctrines of

and ^.).
(with ^y).

'*\ VII. To pass away,

by

El Islam.
S

pJ A

treaty of peace or submis-

sion, a captive.

1)C

part. act.

One who

is

J ..'X.*
JjJ

Salsabeel,

name

of a fountain in Paradise.
to

safe.

pL> Peace,

safety, a greeting of peace,

security; *!jf One of the

names of God;
;

To join chaintiise one thing

another.

iLX\A1 aor.
a.

Plur. J-jLI (2nd declension)

AlSfyj
chain.
v.

Paradise, the abode of peace

at

21

69

it
;

may

be interpreted " a means of

To be hard,

j^&l comm. gend. Power,

security
v.

" the fire into

which Abraham had

left

authority, demonstration, argument, convinc-

ing proof;

&lL' 69
is

29

for

J&L " My
for
II.

been thrown by Nimrod not only having

the former uninjured, but also destroyed his

power;" the final*

called
1, p.

^^1*1*,
make

enemies.

llJ comm. gend.

sincere.
II.

ladder.

^L>

which see D. 8. Or. T.

459.^L

To
Perfect,

give power or authority, to

(with ace. and ^Js.).

victorious

IfQ*
To

(2nd

declension)

Solomon. X>
deliver,

preserve, give salvation,

ace.

hand over (with

to

and

or

^J\

of

t_iU

aor. o.

To harrow,

to pass or
;

be past, to go
pers.)
;

or happen previously

i_iLi U. <di 2 v. 276,

Jl);
is

submit to a judgment, salute (with Ijifcj 24 v. 61, " Salute ]J&!

"Then
to

shall that

which

past be (forgiven)

J^

the people of the

House"

(as being of

your

him," or no account shall be required of

i_1,Lj

him.

n.a.

precedent.

t-JJ-1

own
LLLj
tion.

people),
n.a.

literally,

" Salute yourselves."

IV.

salutation, submission, resignafern. part. pass.

properly, to
the Koran
it

pay for goods

which

beforehand, but in

<uLJ

Handed

over,

must be understood of ihe actions

are, as it were, sent

sound.X*1 IV. To submit, commit (with

ace.

done in

this life,

and .JU; to resign one's

self (with

before us.

J)

ji*

aor.

i.

To throw on the back, throw down backc->).

to

profess El Islam.

*ffc\ n.a.

The

act of

wards, to abuse (with ace. and

resignation to

God

^Of El Islam, the only

the Prophets from

CJ&S aor.
in it

o.

To cause

to

go or walk, as pLi iiL>J

true Religion which according to

ill \^J 20 v. 55, "

And has made you to walk

of place, or with

was professed

by

all

Mohammad Adam

by

paths ;" to cause to enter (with ace.

downwards
v.

from the words of the Koran 49

to be rather the pro-

of pers. or thing, and

^j

14

it

would appear

double ace.) caused

it to

ili&i 26 v. 200, "

We

have

fession of faith than the faith itself; the latter,

enter ;" both here and at 15 v.

which

is

from the heart,

is

called {jCujndifferences

12 the
stood
;

wordj&r" unbelief" must

uiXD
also

be under-

upon

this point

however there are

the Moslems.

means simply

ace. of place), thus \*r\*?

t. 19,

to

walk (with

of opinion
act.

among

*w

part,

\122 71

One who resigns himself to God, a Moslem,

"That ye may walk

in its spacious

one

who

professes the faith of El

f.

Islam.
to

paths."

j,\*.-~-

l part. act. X.

One who submits

*i aor. a. To be safe and sound.

*X^ Peace.

judgment.

;;

L.

72

\jr>

aor. o.
,_$y~

To be careless about a thing,

^ILi

for

(God)

to hear." to hear,

j--w

part. act.

One who One who

is

(2nd declension) generic noun, Quails.

makes

u^
g_wJ

part. pass.

aor. o.

7b poison, penetrate.
1

Li n.a.
;

hole;
is

made

to

hear;

Jli j-l^Tj 4 v. 48,

tUs:

*-

Tbe eye of a needle

this

name

"And

hear without being

made

to (hear or)

given in the East to the small doorway for

foot passengers at the side of a large

understand;" out of numerous explanations

of this passage none seem quite satisfactory
possibly the words being used
;

gateway

see S.

Matthew chap.

xix. v. 24.

lyw

fern,

by Jews to

generic

noun, The Simoom;

it is

pestilential

annoy Mohammad conveyed a double entendre.

scorching wind, which

into the bodies of the
fire

said shall penetrate

;

**uJ' or *~^
D. S. Gr. T.
listen,
1, p.

V.

To

listen to (with

^J\

),

damned

it

was from the

220.--^

VIII. To hear,
to

of this wind that the Jinn or daemons were

hearken to (with
j_4s*u part.
act.

J or^);
One who

over

created, see 15 v. 27.

hear.

hears or

To stand
act.

in astonishment, to idle.

.xjC

part,

listens.

One who
o.

passes his time in vanities,

CXL,
j+*

To raise on high.

CSXS,

roof, or the

s~

aor.

To pass the night in conversation.

highest part of the interior of a building.

aor. a.
liT*"
{

j*XL> part. act.

One who converses by

night.

To be fat.

Plur.

^IL, Fat.

ijfjlJ] or ijj?C>

The Samaritan, a name

>1
o.

IV.

To

fatten.
lofty.

given to an individual

who is

said to

have made

U> aor.

To be

i\*l

comm.

gend., Plur.

the Golden Calf for the Children of Israel.

i

cij\^-i Heaven, of which the Koran says there

are seven, vide 2 v. 27.
L!

aor. a.

To hear (with
listen,

ace.)

bear of (with
.

(-_;);

Plur. i\+3i

A
is

to

hearken,
for

hearken to (with
v. 24,

J)

name; when following another word 1^1

U,**->LJ
me;" D.
act
hears.

^yfc^Li 36
Qr.T.
1, p.

" Then bear

always written with the J&J thus llf; In the

formula
ajJ!
>**j,

S.

459.

JjLin.a. The

when

commencing

of hearing,

hearing.
is ], p.

%-*+* One
in

who

sentence, and not following a verb, tbeTis

tL> One who

the

habit of

omitted on account of
other instances
it

its

frequent use, in all

;

hearkening, D. S. Gr. T.

322. _2if IV.

is

retained
in

thus

when

at

To make

to

hear (with double ace); at 19 v.

is

11 v. 43
sentence,
the

we

find JLj

the middle of a
is

39 ^j ^~j*

by some understood as a verb

we know
;

that there

an

ellipse of

of admiration,

"How

sharp shall be their

;

word ^JiTs

see

De

Sacy's Anthologie
(

hearing," viz. that of the Infidels

D. S. Gr.

Grammaticale Arabe,

p. 112.

v^ A nameby name.
appellation.

T. 2, p. 585

according to another interpretaf.

sake.

^1

II.

To name,

call

tjon 4~ji is here the imperative of the iv.

<U4-uJ n.a.

The

act of naming,

an

"Do

thou cause them to hear;" the same

applies to

JaZJ*
pass.
(j-.

for

1j>U D.
fixed,

S. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill, part,

remark

18

v. 25,

where however the

Named,

determined.
&~> some-

expression, if understood in the imperative,

aor. o.

To form.

^-.fem. Atootb.

must be taken

as ironical, "

Do thou

cause

times spelt illL,

D.S.Gr.T.

1,

j>.27G,note;

cr*

73

Plur.

j^i-i

law, ordinance, line of conduct, *L aor.

o.

To do

evil,

be

evil

wretched or grievous;

mode

of

life,

punishment,

^-u**

part. pass.

very frequently used with the ace. as L~-> *L

Formed, made into shape.

3-L) Plur.
<U-i.

"

It is

an

evil
;

way," Literally, "

It is evil as

Jjli~

(2nd declension)

An

ear of corn.
;

to its

way "

to grieve, afflict (with ace), as

7,

noun of unity, One ear of corn

is

this

liiifrj \jj*^4 17 v.

"To vex you,"

is

literally,

word
<L-)

by some derived from Juj

rt.

" your faces

"

The language
;

here

more

Drowsiness,

^-y

q.v.

than usually obscure

pass. II.
f.

x~>

aor. o.

To lean upon.

j^~+ part.

according to the comis

mentators the sense of the passage

somethe
for

Propped up.
j^jc-j

what

as follows,

"And when

there

came

a word of Persian origin, meaning Fine

punishment with which ye were threatened

your
latter offence

silk.

(we sent against you certain

etc.

see

wj.

foes) to

vex you,"

There are numerous

i^> To be full of years, 'i^lj V.

To be musty,

readings and interpretations of the above, from

all

mouldy through
lL aor. o.

age.

which

it

appears that while

Mohammad

To water the ground with a Persian

lL for "L

himself was not very strong on ancient history,

his

wheel, to shine.
p. 106,

D. S. Gr. T.

1,

commentators have only " made that darker

;

Splendour.

hl> Plur.

uji~> or

l^y-*,

which was dark enough before

" Pass.

*-> or

Oblique ^i-i
ness,

year, a barren year, barren-

\^ for *j* To
(with
<__>).

be

made

sad, to be vexed for

dearth

for the use of the masculine

iyl n.a. and *^> Evil.

^LH Bad,

form of plur. with certain feminine nouns see

D. S. Gr. T.
derived from
1, p.

wicked, evil,
adjective.

used both as substantive and

i*j~

358

this

word

is

by some

Ll~i Evil, a sin, evil action.

*JJl

LI>;

in either case the last

Plur. cjTj~> Shame, secret parts.

comp.
evil.

radical is dropped,
place, see

and the
1,
*

taken in

its

form, Worse,

worst. *0

IV.

To do

D. 8. Gr. T.

pp. 358 and 317.*

l^fy* part.
jt{* aor. a.

act.

An

evil doer.

To be watchful.

j>U The

face of the

ZslC
Earth, or according to another interpretation,
the place of the last

A courtyard open to the sky, no verbal root.

o.

Judgment

it is

also one

jC

aor.

To be Lord; and

J-<

To be

black.

of the

names of Hell.
level.

Ju-> Plur. i'jL

A Lord,

a person of distinction.

Jy- To

be smooth,

Jy^l

plur. of

J^J A

ji1 Plur. Jj-i Black;

Words

expressive of

plain.

colour although in the comparative form are

1^ aor. a.
l^ aor.
o.

To be

lean.Sd
neglect.

III.

To

cast lots.

generally used with a positive meaning, D. 8.

S.

To forget,
1, p.

*C

for

^yjC D.

Gr. T.

1, p.

324. jZ\ IX. To become

Become
black.

black.

Gr. T.

330, part.

act.

Neglecting, negli-

i'Jln part. act.

gent (with ^e).

* At page 368 in the second
edition, { 838, there ii

j\l
misprint in
ii.

aor. o.

To mount a wall,

jy*

wall,

ijj*

Plur.JJj-*

degree of rank, a sign, a chapter

C
j\'y*

the teeond line of the paragraph, where I should be read for

of the Koran.

A bracelet

Plur. ijft and

10

" ;

74

t_fj~>

J^LJ (2nd declension).-jyj V. To climb over a wall (with

aco.)
;

task or punishment upon (with double ace.).

cl>i^fVjl5 38

v. 20,

U-~> T.
to

sign,

mark (2nd
Note.

declension) D. S. Gr.
this

" They climbed over the wall of the private

apartment."
l> aor.
o.

1, p.

402.

Some suppose
*~>j q.v.

word

be derived from
f.

fy*-*

part. act.

To mingle.
;

t^-j

n.a.

mixture, a

II.

One who makes a mark of distinction,

scourge

at

89

v.

12 tbe words c->\a

tjJmay

person of

mark

or distinction

at 3 v. 121 the
part. pass.

be rendered "

mixture of various punish-

word

is

sometimes read

cjr

*y*n

ments resembling a scourge."

eUi aor.
o.

" (Angels) distinguished by their appearance ;

To

let

(camels) run free.

h\L An hour,

at

v.

12

it

means " marked with a iX~* or

to graze (with

time; <uLJl The hour of Resurrection, the

last
c\^_,

brand." jQ IV. To turn out

Day

<ull adverbially,

By a single hour.
a.

Soowa',

name

aor. of an idol said to have been ,j^->

To intend.

^jy*

Equal,

middle.

worshipped by the Antediluvians, and again

after the

" In an equal place, or ,jj* \j\L 20 v. 60,

in

Flood by certain tribes of Arabs.

a place in the midst,"

us.

i.e.

half

way between
UlL^

cL

aor. o.

To pass easily and pleasantly dorcn the

you and

Note. In Fluegel's Koran, edition

is

throat.

^jC
IV.

part.

act.

That which passes

of 1834, there
for UlL
.

a misprint in this place,

pleasantly

down

the throat, agreeable to drink.

to pass easily

*Tj->

Equal, the same, even, equality,

cllA
throat.

To cause

down

the

correctness, rectitude, the middle, the midst

J~*Jl
To try by smelling.
<_Jj~i

*lj-i

The

right

way

^UJJ

* |j->

41

i_C

aor. o.

a particle

v. 9,

" Correctly

(fixing the time) for those

prefixed to the Indicative and Energetic

Moods

who

inquire about it."

;

isy* Even,
IJ^I

right,

of the Aorist tense in order to give them a

future signification, occasionally joined to other
prefixes as i_yJJ,

sound in mind and body

in

19v.ll, "Being

sound health,"
II.

i.e.

although not being dumb.

fashion,
perfect,

and sometimes contracted

,j^
make
14,

To

proportion,

into (jm q.v.

level or equal (with

c_0

li^U

91 v.

JU

aor. o.

To

drive

Pass,

^-j
j^L

(with ace. and

"And

(God) sent an equal destruction

is

^).
J)1
place.

JC

fem.,

Plur.

leg,

stalk.

upon them all;" the word Juo^i

understood.

here

plur. of Jjl>

comm. gend. A market-

^C

part. act.

A driver;
man

Ou-f&j

J^T-

^j). ijjr^\ VIII.

,_yjL>

III.

To make
equal,

level (with
to ascend,
;

To be

50 v. 20,

"A driver and a witness," Two Angels

at the last day.

intend, set one's -self to do a thing (with ^jVl

to sit firm

who

shall attend every

and square upon (with .1c)

to

(jll* n.a. The act of driving.

attain maturity as at

JC

for

JU
and
o.

aor. a.

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

236, To ash.

,j;ylj

is

28 v. 13 ; At 53 by some rendered " And he

v. 6

(the

Jr>
ace.

II.

To

contrive, suggest, prepare (with

Angel Gabriel) stood erect in bis proper form,"

in

of pen.).
afflict,

which he had appeared to none of the

*C aor.

To go to pasture,

impose a hard

Prophets before

Mohammad.

" ;

75

yri.

tl>C

aor.

i.

To flow.

j \J Sa-iba, name of a she-

JC aor.
see

To

flow,

jl-i n.a.

brook, torrent.

camel concerning which the Pagan Arabs held

certain superstitions,

*,*if J1I> 34 v. 15, The inundation of El 'Arem,

among

others the right

j^c. JCl IV. To cause

to flow (with ace.

of free pasture.

and
;

of pers.).

_C

aor.

i.

To flow over the ground (rvater)

to

run *L-J or *lL-. (2nd declension)

Mount

Sinai.

backwards and forwards (with ^j),

/U One

cr

~.->

A synonym
its.

of Sinai (2nd declension, on

who wanders about

in the cause of religion,

fasts,

account of
origin);

feminine gender and foreign

and especially one who

j\l> aor.
i.

hence, devout.

*lL->jjl?, *\~r' jfc>

&nd \j~~r* j$

To go, travel, journey (with ^). JL> n.a.

act of going, a journey.

are all different

names

of the mountain which

;

stands in the territory of Sinai

some have
for

The

ij~* State, con-

supposed these words to be derived from L-

Splendour, or i\L>
termination

dition.

ijL-

company of

travellers.

An eminence;

the

j~t

II.

To make

to go,

cause to pass away.

see (jwUI

U*
lt
aor. a.
left

To be unlucky,
;

sinister.

il~ The
v.
9,

the cows appear to us to have a resemblance

hand

i3lif4Ai^
left

56
i.e.

" The

one to another " to be figurative or allegorical.

companions of the
either

hand,"

The damned
their

<uliLI* part. act.

Mutually resembling

because the Books containing

one another;

lj*

lyjlii*

V& 39 v. 24, " A

(or as to its)
qualities,"

actions in life will be given into their left hands,

Book conformable

to itself in

or because they will be companions in misfortune,

repeated portions," or " twofold

viz.

ffjUL*
J&
A
matter,

those mentioned at 3 v. 5, where

aly)U&

J,U

aor. a.

To know, care for.

may

be rendered open to conjecture, meta-

business, thing.

phorical or ambiguous, see ul.'ULc*, rt. -.

iijl
<li

see tLi

IcLLJ
in the primisimilar.
aor.
i.

part.

act.

VIII.

f.

That which

is

likeness.

The verb is not used

II.

tive

form.'&
like;

To

liken

Pass. <lL

To u^w
;

To separate.
tflilt

vJL~ n.a. Plur. cj\LiT

v. 6,

be made

+$ <ui 4 v. 156,

"A
for

likeness

Separate;
classes."

99

"Divided

into

or similitude (of Christ) was

it

made

them

^jl> indeclinable, sing, and plur.

divided
; ;

being believed by the

Mohammedans

that

Separate,

in

an

adverbial

form,

Judas or some other person was substituted

for

Separately

It is said

by Beidawee

to be a

our Blessed Lord, and crucified

t>\JLj

'in

his

plur. of c^-i-i.

stead.

VI. To have a mutual resem- lii aor. o. To winter.

'*&* Winter.

blance to each other, used with

thus at 2 v. 65,

le of pers., \&1 Vliij&Q " Verily

mA To

avert, to be a matter of controversy (with

*' K

generic noun,

plant having a

 "
;

(76
trunk or stem, a
tree,

or'
c-yi t-yl
n.a. n.a.

trees

^ JJ
is

Jf-

A portion of water, time of drinking,

!>'^X^r^r36v.
fire

80,

"He

giveth you

drinking.

t_^Li> part.

act.

One

out of the green tree;" Fire

obtained

who

drinks.

tl^i> Drink, a beverage, potion.

;

by rubbing together the wood of the j* and

j\iA, even

L^yL*
action,

A
;

drinking place

it is

also a

noun of

when

green.

jx?>

noun of

unity,

meaning simply the

act of drinking,

A
J*

tree,

a plant.

or drink

Plur. c-^li** (2nd declension).

to drink,

aor. o.

and

i.

To be avaricious.

**

Avarice.

h-j^l IV. To give

make

to drink

**; I plur. of

a*^

Avaricious, covetous.
to
eat. ^y*-~'

jit^/i

J^A'

2 v. 87,

"And

they
;

lac- aqr. a. To
plur. of

gwe any one fat

Fat.

were made to drink the calf into their hearts

for the construction

liA
To

see D. 8. Gr. T. 2, pp.

y^r

aor. a.

fill.

&i*^~* P art * P a88,

Filled,

124 and 453.

loaded (a ship).

ly*

aor. a.

To open,

enlarge, expand (with ace.

yLc-

aor. a.

To be raised up, to be fixed (the eyes)

Je.\jL part. act. That which
is

and

or c_>).

in horror.

JjJ* aor. o.

To become a fugitive.

J^

II.

To

dis-

fixed in horror, as the sight of the eyes. j-i aor. o.

perse (with <_j).

t**>ijJ*

To run, establish, bind firmly, strengthen

<-_>)
;

small band of

men

possibly derived

(with ace. and

88, "

JLj^j ^Jx. JjLjiTj 10 v.

&)jJL Plur.

from

jfi. for

3,1.

Harden

their hearts."

5li-

aor. o.

and

i.

To impose a
sign.

condition.

\>\jL\

and ^fjLii (2nd declension) Vehement, strong,

violent, severe, grievous.

plur. of bjs>

Note. Adjectives of

kjk

aor. a.

To lay down a

law, appoint a religion

the forms J-x* and Jl*i are used indifferently

for
for both

any one (with

ace.

and

masc. and

fern.,

thus at IS v. 48 beplur. of tj\! part.

act.

of pers.).

c^i
(their

fore the

words j\&~> JLi we must understand

;

Holding up

the fern. plur. ^j~>

so also at 72 v. 12, where

13.T for
etc.,

heads), or appearing manifestly; both of which

i>^J

is

the word to be supplied.

meanings belong to the verb;

for the story

tit Jit

JXil comp. form, more or most strong,

as

alluded to at 7 v. 163 see iS^>. s ' .i*iji>

and

i^J

jkiil

v. 69,

lit.

" More strong in

1,

A law

or institution prescribed
action
;

by God,

hardness," for
p. 325.

^31

Harder, D. S. Gr. T.
full

the right

way or mode of

fclAiU*- *

ill The age of

strength, viz.

J2l\^ faji
you
(of faith)."

J^ 45 v. 17,

"Then we put
the matter

from 18 to30.2^ VIII. Toactwith violence

against (with c_>).

in the right

way concerning

JL

aor. o.

and

i.

To do

evil.

bad, wicked.
fire.

J!ii

Plur. ji1\Evil,

JjL

aor. 6.

To

split, rise

(at the sun).

Jji.

Of

collective noun,

Sparks of

or pertaining to the East, Eastern.

j/**

The place of

sunrise, the East.

JSJ&\

(-ly- aor. a.

To drink

(with ace. or with c_>)

oblique dual, Literally,

The

two Easts, or the

0^
two places where the sun
rises in winter

(77
and

J*
in exchange (with ace.

andc^);

it

is

also

summer;
are

at

43

v.

87 the words
to

^12Tu
the distance

found at 2 t. 84 with the sense of

give in exchange (with ace. and
v. Iff

to sell or
;

by some interpreted

mean

-_>)

at

from East to West; Plur. J,liu (2nd declension)

and elsewhere the word

\>jJ*\ is written
}

The Eastern

parts, the different points of

with a Datnma instead of Jezm over the

account of the Wesla which follows
Gr. T.
aor. o.
1, p. 69.

on

sunrise. J^i! IV.

To

shine, rise (the sun),

it;

D. S.

j]^
on

n.a.

The

susrlBO.

J^iLi part.

act.

One

whom

the sun has risen, or

who does any- ki

and

i.

To be far

off.

UL& An

extrava-

thing at sunrise.
Cijit aor. a. To be

gant lie. llil IV. To act unjustly.

sharer.

a companion or
;

CJj~>

Uaii aor. a.

To walk on the bank of a

^Je\l

river,

till

A
15,

share, participation

at 31 v.
;

12

it

means
*5 v.

The

stalk of a plant.

Bank of a

river

polytheism or idolatry

l^^J

or valley.

oii^i

"They will

disclaim your having associated

jal> aor. o. To part in two.

JaJi>

"jaJ*

n.a.

side.

them with God." il&^A An associate, partner,

sharer; Plur.*lSyi (2nd declension) a3j *l^
All those to

In the direction
o.

of.

,jk- aor.

To be

obstinate, perverse.

w llali>
A

whom

Plur. ,^-klli (2nd declension) Satan, a Devil. the idolaters rendered a

\~.,nJi,

To

collect.

share of Divine honours, such as Angels, Qenii,

Devils, idols, etc.,
is
it is

<_>;* plur. of i_.* n.a.

to these that allusion

large tribe, a nation.

iJ^Li

plur. of <uL-

made

at 6 v.

137 and elsewhere.

Note.

forked branch.

JJjiJ* Sho'aib, name of a

Nouns of the second declension when followed

by the
affixed

prophet sent to the Midianites.

it

pronouns take the three

aor. o.
verses.

in-

To know,

perceive, understand, to

make

flexions; thus Ifejl^ii,

IS&sL, &ni

"Jb*\Sjl>.

j&

n.a. Poetry,

the art of Poetry.

*Tjii,

CJj\l
and

III.

To

share with (with ace. of pers.

yLi Plur.jUit

Hair,

^cli Plur.

(2nd

i).cl^il IV. To make a sharer or Lj associate (with ace. of pers. and <_> or ,_J) ; to
give

declension) part. act.

Poet.

S/-*

Sirius,

the Dog-star, which was worshipped

by the

companions to
<_>)
;

God (with

Arabs in Pagan times.

ace. of' pers.

^3Ui> (2nd declensign, rite,

and

to

be a

sion) plur. of i'JjLL

ceremony

polytheist or idolater

w^jil
Gr. T.

performed by the pilgrims- at Mecca, one of

14 v. 27,
459.

"Ye

associated me," D. S.
part. act.

which was the offering of victims

understand the words
33, "

hence some
v.

1, p.

CJyLJ

One who

aJJT^U^ l&u 22
offerings

gives associates to God, an idolater.

part. act. VIII.
f.

ily*-?
shares

Holds in honour the

viz.

made

to

One who partakes or

God,"

by choosing

for slaughter victims

(with

J,).

of great value.
sell,

ycLi A
1

place appointed for

Jjii aor.

i.

To buy,

barter (with ace. of thing

<-_>

sacred rites

*l^*)

j*jL2\

mountain called
Mecca.
(with

sold or' bartered and

of thing taken iu
barter, take

Kuzah
j*\ IV.

in

the neighbourhood of

exchange). Sp*\ VIII. To buy,

To make any one understand

(78)
ace. of pers.
<__

J*
*a

and ^t)

to

make known

to (with
ace. of

distance, a tract,

a long way.

jA\

of pers. or thing

made known, and

is

comp. form (2nd declension' for j*l) More

troublesome, more
difficult

pers. to

whom

the discovery

made).
be lighted,

to

be borne.
resist,

J*A To
to

light

a fire.$el\ VIII. to

Jli

III.

To contend

with,

oppose,
;

become shining.

separate one's-self from (with ace.)

^ JJ
whom

u-iii. aor. a.

To

affect in

the heart's core, inspire

Lj ^ylii *&
JIa
n.a.

16

v. 29,

"Concerning

with violent love.

Jii aor.
a.

ye used to contend (with the believers)."

J*J plur. of

To employ, occupy.

The

act of separating one's-self,

Jibl n.a. Work, occupation, employment.

schism, heresy, dissent, contention

v. 91,

j_Li aor.

a.

To make even that which mas odd, to

11 ; " Your contending with me."Jaij, or

^U^

intercede, be
to
is

an intercessor (with Jo* of

pers.

JIL"

V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220,
;

To be
at

split
v.

whom, and
made).

J of pers. for whom intercession

A
pair,

open, cleft asunder (with i_>)

25

27

^_Ll n.a.
2,

double; jJLijTj

jlli
the

is for

JSia;, D. S. Gr.T.
is

1, p.

221, and

meaning of the passage

that the

Heavens

J)Xj
to

89 v.

"

By

the double

and the single

shall be cloven asunder

by the clouds on which

(J^j\ VII. To be

numerous interpretations are given ; according

one of the most plausible
it

the Angels shall descend.

may mean,

All
cloven asunder
;

created things, which are said to have been

J&fj\}

54

v. 1,

" And

made

in pairs,

and The Creator, who

P ar-^ ac '>

the
is

moon bath been

;

(or shall

be) cloven

One

and Single.
cedes,

m^

O ne wno

asunder " the former meaning having referinter-

^ii Plur. *Uii. (2nd declension) An

iclii Intercession.
JjljL

ence to a miracle said to have been wrought

by Mohammad, and the

signs of the last day.

latter to

one of the

intercessor,

jIa-JI n.a. The act of

jaL

To fear, pity.

Redness of the sky after

afraid (with
part. act.

sunset.(jkit] IV.
with
,t,l

To be
&&-*

cleaving asunder.

or UL& aor.
o.

To make miserable; and

^ii
it

aor. a.

of verb).

One who

To be

miserable, wretched, unhappy.

;

-JlL

is afraid

or in terror.

Miserable

at

19 vv. 4 and 49

may

be

dii

aor. a.

To strike any one on the

rt.

lip.

<uii for

rendered "disappointed."

.JLil comp. form,

v. 12,

lyii (see aL,

Oblique
lli aor.
aor.
o.
i.

uJ),

A lip

Dual ^lili and

Most wretched
wretch

UOLi* 91

"The greatest
j\jo

^sii The

two lips.
;

among them," whose name was

ij> see 54 v.
*

To be near setting (the sun)

and ^JlL
*lli

vyiiL.

29.

Ja

Misery,

To

heal,

cure,

lii

brisk.

wretchedness.

Medicine, remedy, means of cure.

ui
,JJ*

To doubt.

lJI A doubt.
to

jl

aor. o.

To

split, cleave,

place under a difficulty,

JLi. aor. o.

To give thanks,

be grateful (with J)

or impose a hard condition (with ^Jx).

n.a.

*JQ JLaJ
or
feel

\2\j 27 v. 40,

"He is only grateful

;

The

act of splitting,
S

fissure, difficulty,

to the benefit of his

own soul

" to thank,
ace.)
;

show

labour,

trouble.

<jJ*

Difficulty,

trouble.

gratitude for (with

jLi] '^

"

**
CSc^i 27
v.

(79
"That
I

&*f*

19,

may show my
jfil n.a.
jQJL

JiUii (2nd

declension)

The

left

hand; for an

gratitude for thy favour."

"jLl Plur.

explanation of 56 v. 40 see

*U. Jm1\ VIII.

and ^JS), as
6 v. 144,

The giving thanks,

part. act.

gratitude, thanks.
is

To

contain, conceive (with ace.

One who gives thanks or

to

grateful;

^s-ftiJl

(\*j\ fit

^Us^\

"Or

God is said
rewards
to

be grateful in the sense of giving

for

that which the

wombs

of the two females have

men

their
is

obedience.

jfl
this

conceived."
Alii aor.. a.

Thankful ; a distinction

made between
is

To
for

hate.

^\^i> for

^lll

n.a. Hatred.

word and *jj*

person who
is

the former

said to denote a

*\i

i\l, D.
hates.

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 97, part. act.

thankful for little or for nothing,

One who
>--**{<*

the latter grateful for large favours; in the

aor.

a.

To burn, scorch.
fire.

<-j^4 Plur.

Koran we

find

both epithets applied to Qod.

t-^-Vdky-J.

flaming

jjl>*
able.

part. pass. Gratefully accepted, acceptaor. a.

To be

present

at, in,

or with (with ace.)

to bear witness that (with

\JJLl To be cross-grained and ill-tempered (a man).

J\ or ^U), against
;

Jjfilk* part.
jLi
aor. o.

(with
act.

VI.

f.

Quarrelling, or at
to

^M), or of (with
;

<_>)

to bear

testimony

variance with each other.

i fact (with ^\)

as .dlT

J^J

CSu\ s^LS

63 v. 1, "
To shackle, fasten by a
tether.

We

bear testimony to the fact that

;

JsLi

thou art indeed the apostle of God

to bear

A similitude, likeness.
iittli

a&li> Likeness,

mode
witness by an oath (with ace. and c_0, as

^Jl 17

v. 86,

" According

to his

own

way.
iLi aor.
o.
;

allT^jl^i ^jj J^if

and
she

24.

v.

8,
;

"That
" It is

To

utter a complaint (with ace.

make

four asseverations by

God

Jp

at 12 v.

86 we

find

an aUf of precaution
1,

also found with the simple ace, as

^^Xj 1

added to the word 11*, see D. S. Qr. T.

p. 109.

j,jlT 25

v. 72,

"They
v.

bear no false witness,"

iflLL*

niche in a wall.
(

and again
J^-i>l

at

22

29 "1^
the

\3& \ji^J, "That

benefits accruing
to

VIII.

To make a complaint
.

(with ,jp.

they

may

witness

them."

itoll Plur.
is

J^i and
who

jl^ii part. act.

bears witness, a
is

\1~a1

aor. a

To rejoice at the misfortunes of others.

u-vCI IV. To cause to rejoice over another's

misfortunes (with ace. and t_j of pers.).
s

One who

present, or

witness; at 11 v. 20 the word

generally

supposed
part. act.

to

mean

the

Koran

Jj-V^J 2^5
;

***> To be lofty

and

long.

**\l

That

85

v. 3,

"

By a witness and

a thing witnessed

which

is lofty.
f.

a vague and indefinite expression, of which a

of
great

'*& To be seized with horror.y*l\ IV.

number

of explanations have been sug;

Jui
form,

a quadriliteral verb not found in the 1st

gested by the commentators

it

according to one
Creation, or vice

To
i.

creep or contract with horror.

means the Creator and

;

iIaI

aor.

and

o.

To be bright with sunshine.

versd

several
i

others

are

given in

Sale's

JL*1

fern.

The Sun.
Ju-i. Plur.

Koran; \*J^1
maining

j&j

74

v. 13,

"And

sons re-

JaI

aor. o.

To comprehend, contain.

in his presence (at Mecca)."

j^i

" ;

J^-i

(80) A
witness;

<__>li

Plar. >fj^i

(2nd

declension)

marians

call *Ua?)l\>

if/*

fios-*! put in the

;

ju^j J*Li 50

v. 20, vide

JC

One who bears

martyrdom,
wl^i.

nominative case as being an inchoative

see

witness to the truth

by

suffering

D. 8. Gr. T.

2, p.

594.

a martyr, as at 4 v. 71 and 39 v. 69.

n.a. of J^i

J^i

aor. a.

and

i.

To draw in the breath in sighing.

To

testify,

the act of bearing wit-

^Jit

properly, The drawing in

in braying,

of the breath

ness, evidence, a taking of evidence, testimony

of an ass

A sigh,

see

jJj

at 67

<3JU izA Jl^i

^$ 24

v. 6,

" Evidence given

; 1

v. 7 it is applied to the roaring of Hell-fire.

ty^St n.a. Plur. aor. o. To desire, long for. by swearing four times by God " t--*l jJl l^& <h\y Lust, desire.j\ VIII. same as ildl^I) 9 v. 95, " He who knoweth that which

ye keep secret, and that which ye make known."

Ly.

mixture ; <Lt* n.a. tlili aor. o. To mingle. a^J Time or place of being present, or of " A mixture of boiling ***. ^y l3 37 v. 65, giving or hearing evidence ; the word occurs
at

19

v. 38,

and

is

susceptible of

any of the
pass.

water and other delicacies," with which

doers are to be allowed to wash

evil-

above meanings.

<*y^*

part.

That

down

the fruit

which

is

witnessed; jjyiL*

11 y n

v. 105,

"A

of the infernal tree

Ez-Zakkoom.

day on which evidence shall be given," or it j\A aor. o. To gather honey from the comb, ijjy* may be " a day which shall be witnessed by (2nd declension) A consultation ; ^Jjyi> /**/*<
all," or

" of which testimony has been given ;

:ji

lyl^ 42 v. 36, "And

of) consultation

their business is (a

matter
III.

\j^l;
witness

j?\$}
(by
the

' l\ 17 v - 80 "

Veril y

among them."^li,
To make
f.

To
of

the prayer (or reading) at daybreak is borne

consult.ylil IV.

signs (with

to"

guardian

angels).

pers.).jjJ n.a. VI.

Consultation with

Jl^iI IV.

To

take as witness, call to witness

;

one another.
;

(with ace. and ^le)

to call

upon any one to &tj Flame without smoke

no verbal
i$y*

root.

be present at or to witness (with ace. of pers.

Cil!

aor. o.

To prick.

single thorn,

and thing)

to cause evidence to be taken of

weapons, arms.

or against (wit'

^JS).^!^
ls).

X. To

call as

,j'S aor.

j|L'

a doubly imperfect verb,

To

roast,

witness (with ace. and

J^ii aor. a.

scald.

ijfU plur. of i\j& The scalp.

or ijJL, aor. *Ij

To publish abroad.
;

^ Plur.^yAl and
A
moon, either new,

l for

To

will,

be willing,

f^ii

A month

originally

wish (with ace. or

$ of verb).
all.

*^ n.a. Plur.
1, p.

or according to others, a full

moonij^ ^*M
the) pilgrim-

<TLl(2nd declension, see D. S. Gr. T.

364, note)
bially,
<_j\i. aor.

cjUjLU2v.
age
is

193,

"The (time for

A thing, matter, affair

{the head).

Uli, adver-

(the)

known months," viz.

Shawal, Dhu'l

In any way, at

Ka'da, and part of DhuT Hajja; The word *Sj

i.

To be hoary

JL~L and

must here be understood ; Lit." The pilgrimage

(Us time) is,"
etc.,

*2-i ns.a. Hoariness.

JL~
this

plur. ot<SJ,\

i*t

being what the gram-

Hoary, grey-headed

word

may

be re-

l_>li

81

garded as a contracted form of t_-4-- or

like

Vs***
^ll

to

El Beidawee

it

may
II.

also be rendered lofty.

f.

Jj

for

J!>, or

Jl-

for

Jli, B\ S. Gr.

oJL. part. pass.

aor.
it is
i.

Built
;

up on high,

T.

1, p.

360.

To be published abroad

with

of pers.

*~* see
^lii aor.

^j.
To be
old.

used in a bad sense, as

-

if..^\'*tf

^.y

i.

pJ+

Plur. yJ

An

'/*! ui^uji 24 v 18 " T1>t fi^hy rumours

old

should be spread abroad about the true believers."

man.
jlii aor.
i.

iLj, Plur.

%1l and %C1\ A

sect,

7b plaster a nail.

Jww
;

part. pass.

party

*yxLi) Those of a

like persuasion, or

properly, Plastered with

gypsum

according

of their party.

U
Jo The name and
see "J\.
initial letter

of the 33th chapter,

who

does anything

in,

or enters upon, the

morning.

l_

aor. o.

To pour

(with ace. and ^js.)

S

at

44

aor.

i.

To bind,

to be patient or constant,

to

v.

48
v.

it is

used with

j J, " Pour over," and at

t_l* n.a.

endure patiently or be constant towards (with

ace.

22

20 with

jy ^.

The

act of

or with

^t).
is

Jl^

n.a. Patience.

j[S

pouring.
\1 aor. a. To rise (a star).

part. act.

One who

patient or constant, perpatient,

^y^S* The Sabeans,

followers

severing.

jL- Very

constant.

who thought themselves

of

the

j\*

III.

To

excel in patience.'^L>\ IV.

To
v.

religion of Noah, and worshipped the heavenly

bodies.

suffer

misfortune; jlllf^Jx 1&^J>

Ui 2

170, "

How

great will be their sufferings in

^y

aor. a.

To give one a morning draught.

l*u>

the Fire."

For the construction of verbs of

D. S. Gr. T.
1,

lX~e and

1L| The

morning.

~l~4* Plur.
II.

admiration see

2,

p.

218.

-<ola^ (2nd declension)

A lamp. Jw
in

To

J^

VIII. D. S. Gr. T.

p. 222, To be

come

to or

come upon

the morning.

patient or constant (with

or .ii).

^**\ IV.

To

be, become, happen, or do any;

j_~o aor. a. To point the finger at any one.

*jUi

thing in the morning

This word

is

one of the

(2nd declension) comm. gend. plur. of jLlit

finger.

^Ji ej\y-i or sistera of ^IS,

which govern

their attributes in the ace, D. S. Or. T. 2, p.

aor. a. o.

and

i.

To dye.

_- Sauce.

*ir r

60 ; V*\ may frequently be rendered simply

Baptism;
expression

ijll <t*L>

v.

132, an elliptical

"he

was, or became," and sometimes

"he

meaning " God has baptized us with

"his religion;" the
visible

began," as i^Mj.

yU

18

v.

40, " And he

part. act.

his baptism," or

began

to

turn down."

1\J^

One

signs of which appear in the believer, a9 water

(82
is

JJu

seen on the person of one baptized

is

the

word

<>l^ plur. of aas*

isuje*

dish,

kjue" plur. of
a book; Uss*

Aiw

said to be put in the ace. as being the

\

A leaf or page of a book,

v. 52,

corroborative, jj*]

of liUT v. 130, and the

i^H* 74
in

"Open Books" from Heaven,

substitute or equivalent,

JJJl

of jtJy\

&*
^

which should be written each man's name,

D. S. Gr. T.

2, p. 526, see also p.

85 of the

with an order to follow

aor. o.

Mohammad.
solid.

same volume.

To

strike anything

L>-\*

A
A

Co

aor. o.

To be puerile,

to

feel

a youthful pro-

deafening noise.

pensity towards (with Ji\).

child,

^gJe

male

jX*

generic noun, Rocks,

i^as"

noun of unity,

a boy.

rock

no verbal

root.

<~*"" Toflay an animal; and v_~s.* aor. a. To be a

Jw> aor. o.

To

turn

away

the face (with

^)

turn
aor.

companion

to

any

one.

Li>-\* Plur. il .,<,

away, divert, hinder (with ace. and JU&)

o.

Plur. of Plur.

4ii1

and

i.

To cry aloud (with

57
;

D. 8. Gr. T.
;

1, p.

376,
at

of object), as

43

v.

the words in the text refer to a

is

companion, associate
of,
;

it

frequently

means

Lord
thing

passage at 21 v. 98, where judgment

or the possessor of any quality or

de-

nounced against
one in intimate relation with anything,
ship
as if*j*1
;

all objects

of idolatrous wor-

but the Meccans contending that Jesus

the rest, the blunder
>x* n.a.

\^j>\* Jonah

as

it
;

were,

"He

of

the fish or the

man

of the fish

"

j&T'l!Ak*\

must be included with

"The men,
Damned;"

was corrected by the 101st verse.

or companions of the fire, the

The

^^wlAsM and Z?\jL2Vi1&s?A

9,

act of hindering, diverting, or turning

away
the

from.
face.

jjJue n.a.

The

act of turning

away

56 vv. 8 and

"The companions of the Right

viz.

JojJ Boiling

(water), the

serum in a

and Left hands,"

The Righteous and the

wound, purulent matter, see <>j.

Wicked, so called because they shall receive the

jX*

aor. o.

and

i.

To return from watering, to proJou* n.a. Plur.jj.Xrf

Books containing a register of their

former
in their right hands,

actions, the
latter in

ceed,

go forward.

comm.

and the
12
v.

gend. The bosom, breast.JS-m IV.

back, as

To bring

their left;

^s^T\J^> b
"
"
:

39 oblique
fellow

AQTjX^ JJ~
split,

28

v. 23, "Till the

dual, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 415,

my two

shepherds have brought away (their flocks)."

prisoners

as in the case of ji, the proper

cU aor. a.
<__>).

To

expound, profess openly (with

rendering of this word

may

best be gathered
v. 59,

cJul

fissure. cjj II. Pass. six* or

Buffer

To
To

from the context, thus at 51

j^yjU?6 refers to " Those
!

Where

oppress with,

from

headache.
1, p. .220,

who resembled them

Z\
be
act.

for

gi2 V.
is

D. S. Gr. T.
in two.

in former days."

<L-L>

consort, wife.

split

up or divided

ei^U

part,

i^>-l*

III.

To bear company with

(with

That which
i.

cloven or splits itself in two.

ace.). r-JBfi IV. To preserve, hinder, keep cJjus aor.

To turn

aside (with

c^).

ujl* The

from (with

^^j).

steep side of a mountain.

o.

fcas To dig nit A an instrument called &*?*?. jjue aor.

To be

truthful, true or sincere, to speak

,?J^

83

*-r*

the truth, to establish or confirm the truth of 1.x* aor. o.

To clap the hands. ijs^5

n.a. II.

f.

what another has

ace), as

said, to verify (with

v. 27,

double

clapping of hands. ^jxaH V.

To
is

receive

QT^J ilTjjJ 48

"God

with honour; at 80 v. 6 this word

put for

hath confirmed for his Apostle the truth of the vision ;" to keep faith (with ace); observe a

Jxl>.
j*
aor. o.

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 221.

To

tie

up a purse;

aor.

i.

To cry aloud.
ij-e

promise faithfully (with double ace).

Jl*

"yo Excessive cold that scorches plants.

Truth, veracity, sincerity, soundness, excellence in a variety of different objects; thus

loud cry.^\ IV.

To be

obstinate,

persist

jx<>

\y~*

10

v. 93,
;

" A Balubrious and agree17

v. 82,

obstinately (with .ie).

-j* To make

manifest.

*j* n.a.

palace, a high

able dwelling

"

jl* Ji-ju

" With

tower, or other lofty structure.

a favourable entrance (into the grave) ;" IjLJ

Qc

j* To cry

aloud,

jJuj 19
;

v. 51, Literally,

" A lofty tongue

foe One who

f.

brings help.

-yJU

part. act. IV.

same

of veracity " meaning that they should receive the highest praise ; a similar phrase occurs at

as "foe

(^

'

^*i

^^j^tj
for

14 v. 27, " Neither can ye help me,"

pro-

26

v.

84.
is

J jU
true,

part. act.

One who, or That

-j^-j^* oblique plural with personal

1, p.
1, p.

which
truth.

sincere,

one who speaks the

is

noun J, D. S. Gr. T.
for

459.-y^[
222,

VIII.
aloud.

>Xe Whatever

given and sanctified

'o\ D. S.

Gr. T.

To cry

to God's service, as alms or tithes, etc.

<ujJ

r/as-1

X. To implore assistance of any one

dowry given by the husband

to his wife.

(with ace. of pers.).

jjjX* comm. gend. Asincere friend. JxJ\ (2nd joj* quadriliteral verb, derived from Ji q.v. To
declension)

comp. form, More

true.

&*-*

make a chattering noise (.as a green woodpecker).

J

Very

truthful, a

man

of veracity.ja* II.
to verify, to

Jj*

loud roaring and furious wind, or

To be very

sincere
of,

and truthful,

according to another interpretation, a blast of

cold wind.

prove the truth

v. 19,

as '<d

JL\

lyli*

" Iblees proved the

;

S s truth of his opinion \s\jf

jl*

34

comm.
way;

gend.
the

way, and especially an open

bridge ooer I/ell; no

of them

" to give credit to, or believe in the

name of a

truth of (with c_>).

jj aJj

n.a.

A verification,
tf*

verbal root.
aor.
a.

(jju** part. act.

One who

verifies, confirms, or

To prostrate,

^-j*

pl ur - of \-\/*

bears witness to the truth. JlSu or

JX<1

V.

Lying
i.

prostrate.

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

220,

To

give alms (with t-Jj* aor.

v. 49,

To

turn, turn away, divert, avert (with

;

^Jx. of pers.);

& Jla5 ^*J'5

it

"And
found
v. 94.

ace.

and

^)

to turn towards (with ncc.

and

whosoever remits
taliation)

(the penalty, or the reis also

Jj\J',

1!^ lii^3v.
them."

14C,

"He
n.a.

put you to

as

alms;" the word

flight before

uJ^e

The
to,

act of

with

this signification at

v.

280 and 4

averting.

^^* A place to
part.

turn

a refuge.
II.

jjuas.* and jiA3r part. act.

One who

gives

uJ^JU

pass.

Averted. eye

To

alms.

explain, give an explanation of (with ^.i); at

C-Jy-tf

84

c^*>
and i. To
incline,

25

v.

52 the words

"^j &^S may

either

U* aor. o.
To

swerve ; and 'jyo

J)1).

aor. a.

refer to the water,

and must then be rendered

flow

incline towards (with

"We
"We

cause

it

to

amongst them (by

it

aor. o.

To

set,

different channels)," or

may

arrange in a row or rank,

to

be translated

extend the

have explained the matter to them

tilings in flying.

^Ji A row, rank;

;

(in

the Koran)." (JS^Jij n.a.

Change (of wind).

U*

In order, in line of battle

J,

CU

<" lw-*l Tj

iyiij VII. To turn aside. fj*

aor.
i.

37^v.

"By

(the Angels) standing in rank."

To cut off dates (from a

One who
whose

uJl*
tree).

part. act.

Extending

its

wings.

+.\J

uJilJ
for

part. act.

cuts or gathers fruit.

L -^

for(_ji|^* (2nd declension) plur.

ofjU

A garden
also a

iiiU

camel standing with

its fore-feet in

fruit

has

all

been gathered
it

line, or

dark night, as though

with three feet on the ground and one

were burnt up

and black ; both meanings have been assigned

at (58 v. 20.

fore-foot tied up.

uJjaJU part.

pass.

Arranged

in order.

Ja+
>

see jk-

**
(a ladder)
;

aor. a.

To turn

one's-self

away from,
;

repel;
this

aor. a.

To mount

to pardon, forgive (with

ascend (with

^)

at

64 v. 14
liu

,Jp.

i**A

word
the

is

found in combination with

all three is

severe torment.

andyl,

Ju*i Earth,
torment,
>,

sand, or dust.

5j*i

meaning of

nearly identical,

calamity,
fire

name
\

but a slight distinction

may

of a mountain of
v. 17,

be made by con-

in Hell

'**$*
sulting the primary signification of each

Jyli 74

"

I will afflict

him with
to

word

tor-

ment," or "

I will
;

compel him

a somewhat similar passage occurs in the 51st

climb a

peak of

fire

" the words

may

Psalm, "Turn thy face from

put out
all

my

sins,

and

be taken in

either sense. jkiwl IV.

for

To mount up.jJwl
1, p.

my

misdeeds."

{*"
;

n.a. Pardon,

a^3

V. D. 8. Qr. T.

220,

To climb

the act of repelling a suitor

with the latter

up (with

meaning
^J).

it is

found at 43 v. 4.
5tf2l Fetters, plur. of

j*i To have
wry

the face distorted.

j II. To make a
of pers.).

Aw aor.
aor.

i.

To

bind.

oii

face at (with ace.

and

A present,
i.
'~s

and hence an obligation.

j**

aor. a.

To

strike with lightning;

and

J<w To
,

To whistle.

AjZ (2nd declension) fem.

Plur.

swoon, expire.
Plur.

'

<jm* One in a swoon.

&eU

of jLA Yellow;

jJe comm. gend.

is

^ye (2nd declension) A stunning noise

J*a*

part.

IX.

f.

That which

or becomes

as of a thunderbolt, a punishment from Heaven,

yellow.
quadriliteral,

a thunderbolt.j\ IV. To cause to swoon.

To pass alone over a levelplain.

plain.

J*,

aor. o.

To he younger than another; &aiJiS

aa*
* * *

A level

To be small.
vile,

_^iU

part. act.

One who is

small,

tj*

aor.

i.

To stand on three feet as a horse

contemptible.

J1^>

Small.

'j&
Jl*i

(2nd
Vile-

with the toe of one of the hind feet just touching the ground.
act.

__

declension) comp. form, Smaller.

ness, contempt.

cl?liiLaIl

ibm. plur. part,

;

Horses standing as above

at

38

v.

30

u^*
the word

(85

i>
righteousness, reconciliation,

J^fis

to

be understood, D. 8. Gr.

amendment,

re-

T. 2, pp. 238 and 267.

formation.
right,

**

part. act.

One who

is

up-

u*

aor. o.

To be clear.

lUf Name of a mountain

hard stone.^JLLi

righteous, a

person of integrity, a
it

near Mecca.
part. pass. II.
f.

^\y A
to,

reformer; at 28 v. 18

may

be translated

Clarified.

^1 IV. To choose
iU
VIII.
for

" Peacemaker."
aor.
i.

in preference

or grant to another a prefer-

To be hard.
sound.
aor.
i.

Su

Hard.

ence in the choice of anything (with ace. of

pers.

J^ii To
from

and

y
;

JQi

Dry

clay.

Derived

of

thing).-^^
1, p.

Jj
for

To sound.

J\
and

D. S. Or. T.

222,

To

choose,

h>

aor. o.

To hurt in the email of the bach; and

select; to choose in preference to (with ace.

,jL

jU aor,
in,

a.

To have the centre of the

Ja)

at

87

v.

153 we

find

Jffi

for

back bent

at a mare before foaling,

ill

J&3\
p. 71.
tl->

"Hath he chosen?" D.
iJkft*

S. Gr. T. 1,

part. pass. Chosen.

pronounced, and sometimes written iiS D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 36; Plur. cj$u A prayer;
*fj

To

strike violently.
i.

^ di\JJ
;

2 v. 152, " Mercies from their

41
it

CZ aor.
loins
;

To

crucify.

JJ& The back-bone or

II.

Lord

" at 22 v.

means " Synagogues."

Plur.

J^L^.JiX^
right, good,

To

cause to be

crucified.

properly, by bending the knees and whole body in adoration, or generally, to offer
j_,J* it

Ju

II.

To pray,

aor. a.

To be

honest, upright.

prayer to

God

(with

J); with

Peace, reconciliation;

liP

Peaceably.
is

means to pray for,

also to bless, as in the

^L part. act. One who or that which

righteous, a

good,

formula jij
keep him."

& ilfJU
JLli
for

"God

bleu and

sound, free from blemish, perfect, upright,

^iii

part. act.

One

man

of integrity
to

also a proper

who

prays.
i.

name, Saleh, a prophet said

to the tribe of

^J^i A
fire

have been sent

Thamood; ejUJl^f* Good

J^ aor.
of

To roast; and

place of prayer.
aor. a.

To undergo
;

roatjng in the

works. ^Al IV. To make whole and sound,

amend, reconcile ;
peace (with
to

(with ace. of

fire)

Instead
is
f.

>J*k another reading

etc.

of several passages

make a

reconciliation or

^i

in the Pass, or

JZ)

to dispose aright (with ace.

fit,

JUJ

in the

ii.

and

and they must then be translated

be burnt" or " roasted."

of pers.); to render

"He shall

as at 21 v. 90,
his

fcf-jj 'A
fit

iMJ

" And we rendered

wife

JU part. act. One who suffers the pain of being roasted jlSjflJU
;

(for child-bearing);" instances occur, as at

for

27 v. 49, where
very closely

WJfU as antecedent to the complementer

v. 39, Literally,
fire,"

the

meaning seems

to

approach

38

to that of the primitive form, to

" Sufferers of the roasting

of the

be upright, or act with integrity ; at 46 v. 14 it means to show kindness (with J of pers.

or "entering Hell-fire to be roasted

therein."

ft .

Roasting.-JU

II.

To

and ^i of

thing).

*C}

n.a. Uprightness,

cause to be burnt, submit to the action of fire (with ace. of pers. and of the fire), thus

>
*jL

86

(~xf\

*j

69

v. 31,

"Then

cause

him

to

|_jU aor.

o.

To pour forth,
is

hit the

mark.
rain-cloud.

be burnt in Hell."
j^jL^V IV.

aQJij n.a.

A burning.
be burnt
VIII.
at the

That which
c->Ul IV.

right.

C~<* A

To

thrust into the

fire to

To

overtake, happen to, befall, fall

;

(with double ace.).

J&\

for

Ja^

upon (with

ace.)

To To

will, as at

38

v.

35

to

D. S. Gr. T.
fire.

1, p.

222,

To be warmed
To become

happen, 57 v. 22

affect injuriously, as at

3 v. 113 i>j^ JiJl3, "It strikes (or ina.

*-

To cork a bottle; aor.

deaf.

1*

jures) the corn

"
i,

To meet

with, as at 3 v.

Deaf, plur. of *JA (2nd declension).!^ IV.

159 lylli* lilel

"Ye had already met with

it,"

To make
aor. o.

deaf.

two pieces of good fortune equivalent to

silent.

To be

*^~Xe

part. act.

One

viz. at

Bedr, where the forces under Mohammad

slain seventy of the Eoreish, but

who

holds his peace.

had not only

<x**>

aor. o.

To wish

to

approach any one.

is

had

also taken

an equal number prisoners

of

Lord, one to whom reference

of importance
;

made in matters
it

this they are

reminded when murmuring at

at

as an adjective

means sub-

the loss they sustained

Ohod

To send

lime, everlasting.

down, pour down upon,

j-*\y* (2nd
ace.

afflict

or punish (with
98,

*w

aor. a.

To beat with a cudgel.

and

*>), as

declension) plur. of

^*y>
;

A monastery.
to

^j><* **C^t 7 v.
12

"We

**> aor.

a.

To make, do
is

could punish them for their sins;" vL^J.

chiefly used in things

;

*Hu

where art

employed

nourish or bring
part.

"J*

Ua^

v. 56,

"We

poar dowi

" J^. Jl '**& 20 v. 40, And that thou mightest be brought up under my eye;" a

our mercy upon

aot.

up

whom we

please."
*

{Z-,n

That which happens.

At

accident, misfortune, calamity.

similar

meaning

also pertains to the IV.

f.

j_^> n.a.

An

act, that

which

is

done
at

For the

cyU aor. o. and a. To emit a sound. A sound, voice; Plur. cb\jT.

aor. o.

iJl* n.a

elliptical expression

<3jT^Lp

27

v.

90 see jl

To

incline or
;

turna thing toward)

ilfj; see also a similar ellipse at

<<c-p

4 v. 121.

(with

^)

To

divide, dissect,

j^ A trumpet
II.

An

art.

jJt-o* (2nd declension) plur.

tjy

Plur. "Jye

form.^J

To

form,

of g_^a*

cistern, also

a palace, citadel or

fashion (with aco. and

^).

"Jy&t part. act.

other fine building,\~**\ for

t^*i ^'^
as agent

One who

forms.

Jj^lif The Fashioner, a

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

222,

To appoint

name

of God.

(with ace. and J).

U aor.
+\A
plur.

o.

To measure with a
clj<

*~* To be foul (a smelt).

idol.
Si*
ffv,

of 11*

An

four pints.

cU containing about A drinking cup.

uJ\'y\ plur. of i_JjJ

iU

aor. o.

To bear wool.
fleece,

or v->

palm or other
;

tree springing

from the

Wool, a
jili aor. o.

same root as others

root.

Plur. ,*,->

no verbal

To

fast;

U.ali 2

v. 181,

"Let him
2, p.

fast (during) it," for tj>,

its

'j^> aor. a. To injure by

solve,

heat (the sun), to

dis-

389.

D. S. Gr. T.

and ^ L?

ns.a.

fast,

the act of
fasta.

y^f

Relationship by marriage.

fasting.

JL>

part. act.

One who

; ; ;

(87

^j*
the place to which any one goes, or at which

_U
jU

aor.

i.

To shout.

*y

n.a.

shout, a blast,

a terrible and mighty noise, also a punishment

one arrives

at

25

v.

16

it

may

be rendered

from Heaven.
aor.
i.

"a
<x-

retreat."
i.

and

a.

To hunt.

Qame,

the produce
<S\s-|

of the chase, including

fish.

5lk^ for
To hunt.

yoLo

aor.
tree).

To produce imperfect dates (a palm,jsC* for

VIII. D. 8. Gr. T.

1, p.

222,

^C* P^ur

**fl

s*2

or hr*~e

JU aor.

i.

To become

to go, tend towards (with

(Jp.

j~&*
;

n.a.

The

act of going, a journey,

place,

A castle, or defensive work. uiU aor. To pass the summer.

i.

n.a.

The

departure

also as a

noun of time and

summer.

U
^5U
-w
Plur. ^,te Sheep; no verbal root.
hurts.
*"\JJ fem.

(2nd leclension) D. S. Or.

aor. a.

To breathe hard in running.

l^S

n.a.

T.

1,

p. 402, Adversity, loss, tribulation.

The act of panting.

{Jk?
aor.
a.

jU
side.

III.

To

hurt,

annoy;

to

put to incon-

To

lie

on the

s-Ui* (2nd
sleeping place,
alludes to the

venience on account of (with ace. of pers. and

declension) plur. of
resting place
;

j-*^*
v.

A
it

>).
is

Note. In Surd verbs of this form there

difference

at

148

no

between the

act.

and
;

pass, in
\j\ji

sleep of death.

the Aorist tense.

at,

j\j* n.a. Injury

By

CJjb*

aor. a.

To laugh, laugh
part. act.

ridicule (with

violence.

jLi

part. act. Injuring. Jeu>\ for

1, p.

^j*).

ilx-U

Laughing, one who

jJ[

VIII. D. S. Gr. T.

222,

To compel
;

laughs.

to drive forcibly (with ace.

and Jrt)

Pass.

le

aor. o. aor. a.
*
'.

To appear conspicuously;

and J^s*

Ja^\ To be
L5
I[).

driven

by

necessity (with

^J

or

To
*

suffer
'.

from the heat of the sun.

to be

Jk2*

part. act. or pass.

One compelled
"

\s? or ^Jk comm. gend. said by some

the plur. of i^*s* Those hours of the

by necessity ;
God).

^utf 27

v. 63,

Him who

is

morning
v. 1

compelled by his necessities" (to ask relief of

which follow shortly after sunrise; at 91

i-jj* aor.

i.

To

beat, strike (with ace.

and

t_>)

and 79

v.

29

it

means the

full

brightness of

This
the sun.
Jki aor. o.

is

the primary meaning, but the verb

admits of a great variety of interpretations,

To gain a law-suit.

\*

Contrary, an

thus lL* '&VtlSj* 14 v. 29, "

God propounds

adversary.
as an example," or "puts forth a parable" (with

ji

aor. o.

To

hurt, harm, injure,

jo

n.a.

Harm,

jj); thus also at 43 v. 16

hurt, injury, affliction,

evil,

ji Harm,

,^4 <4^i U,
consid-

affliction,

" That which they pass

off

upon the Merciful

adversity, famine, as at 12 v. 88.

as being his similitude," viz. female children

in allusion to the angels,

Hurt, inconvenience.

Jli

part. act.

One who

who were

"

M>
ered to be the daughters of God ;

(88

JD. S. Gr. T.-2, p. 279

ijtM-f
;

J^jiT^ \jfjl

Dual

J&*

Oblique
(_>liu>

v. 150,

"They

travelled in the earth ;" here

Two

equal portions, twofold.

we may

suppose an ellipse of *^>-j^ or some

plur. of i_jyh*

comm, gend. Weak,

declension)

^^

-r

similar word; so likewise in the expression

Plur.

*\mJ (2nd
To

Weak,

infirm.

<3dfJ-J Jt, ")ji )6[ 4 v. 96,

"When ye

are
;

ii**l (2nd declension)

comp. form, Weaker.

on the march in the cause of God's religion

fc_i*U
ace.

III.

double, give double (with

i*?

i[

<3$ i2
;

43

v. 58,

" They have

sake

and J).

_All part. pass. Doubled.

IV.
f.

only set

this question before thee for the

w.a .fl^ part. act. ;

One who makes

of disputation "

^j^r
let

24

v. 31,

"And

<J* l&j**?. \j.JQ) them draw their veils over

double. ujuuiL^ X. To think, repute, or

esteem weak, and hence to
ill-treat

a person

their

bosoms ;" jj&Tlte*

<Ltf&

43

v.

4,

as if he were weak, to take advantage of his

"Shall we then turn away from you our

weakness, thus at 7 v. 149.

pass.

iJsxJLL part,

admonition;" jyL> *yiJ (--yoi 57

v.

13,

One who

is

found or held to be weak.

in

"And a separation shall be made between them

by a wall;"

aor. a.

To repeat
ci-oLj

a confused andjumbled

3$T'L1

uLojij 2

manner.
v.

58,

handful of green and dry

Plur. k!>Uit Things
;

"And

vileness

was stamped upon

grass or other herbs;

them."
v. 44,
is

confusedly mixed together

L-jj* n.a.

The

A&A cU<w*
plur. of

12

act of striking, a blow, a going

at

from place to place;

ellipse of

47

v.

4 there
2, p.

" Confused dreams."

a.

an

a verb, see D. S. Gr. T.

^j*J aor.
460.

To

dislike.

^\*3

^i
;

Ill-

jo

aor. a.

To be humble.

>/*

A plant growing
more

feeling, hatred.

in Hell, said to be more bitter than aloes,

fetid

jJL

A frog

Plur. jyl*i (2nd declension)

is

The

grammatical root
than a putrid corpse, and more burning
(toater).

cSXi To contain frogs

than fire.'^j and

222, V.

'%J*\

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

To humble one's-self, submit

to

J-b aor.
one's-self

i.

To

err (with

c^O ;

to

wander away, go
;

humbly
i

God.

^af n.a.

astray from (with ace. or with ^e.)

to err

Humility.
against (with ^JS)
;

to

go from the thoughts

;

and iJU*

aor. o.

To be weak.

hJi*i and

or be forgotten, as at 17 v. 69

to leave in the

iju ns.a. Weakness, infirmity.

cJIjuj! Like,

tJU*

Plur.

lurch (with ^J)

at

to lie hidden (with

J), as
errs or

an equal portion, a portion equal

32

v. 9.

'

jU part. act. One who

Jli and titi
;

to

another, or as

much

again, double; \j\

goes astray.

Error, mistake,

iZJUM) i^uLfj 5j-*h i_*j c&Jjj 17. t. " Then we should verily have caused thee 77^
to taste

jil (2nd

declension) comp. form,

One who

goes more astray

For tie Rules of Syntax

and superlative forms
n.a.
II.
f.

an equal share (of the punishment) of

affecting the comparative

this life,

and an equal share (of the punishi.e.

see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.

301.J-Li"

ment) of death,"

a double punishment, the

Error. Ji* IV. To cause to

astray from

err, seduce, lead

word

<_>! ji

being in both cases understood

(with double ace. or ace. and

J->

(89)
"And
;

>

"J.\ as LJjftfJLft 33 v. 67,

they
I

(the

primitive form

\i
is

is

not found),
Note.

To
The
and

hare seduced us from the right path " The

is

resemble, D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 236.

here added to J-JLiFto assist the

2, p.

rhyme
r. 1,

word Ju-l^> 9 y. 30

also spelt

^l^j,

D. 8. Gr. T.

497 ;

$U# Jit 47
part.
act.

JijaI^) without the hamza.

"He

has made their (good) works to be of

aor. o.

To

shine.

fLi
JLi

Light.li1 IV. To

none effect;" to seduce through or by means

of (with CpO.
seduces.

'

enlighten, illuminate.
aor.
aor.
i.

J**

One who j\j

To

injure.

n.a.

Harm,
for

injury.

JU
(with tec. and

i.

To defraud.
p.

Jj~*

JJ D.
An

8. Gr.

jU aor. o. To draw close, to hug

^)

T.
;

1,

112 (2nd

declension),

unfair

CU^r J\^Z*^
thine

20

y. 28,

"Draw
That

apportionment.

hand close under thine arm."

To be slender.
is slender,
i.

jU aor.i.
uJli
aor.

To perish.

Q& IV. To suffer to perish,

sJsuJ n.a. sing,

^i.aor.

o.

^\J

part. act.

neglect, be unmindful of.

i.

which

or tucked up in the belly.

To become a guest.

^ji aor. a. and

ur

To be tenacious or grasping.
;

and plur.

A guest, guests.<JLi II. To enterstraitened; I*} J

^i

Greedy, avaricious, grudging

[

UJ

tain a guest.
i.

y~2t imJ3X Jl 81
the secrets;"

t. 24,

"And

he does Jl aor.

To be narrow,

Lj jlij
(protect)

not act grudgingly in the communication of

11 t. 79,

"And he

was powerless to

some copies have

secrets."
n.a.

^6;, "He

them;"

J^lV'^l

iJJ\J 9

v, 119,

"The

had no suspicion of the

earth became straitened for them."

J!?! n.a.

CsLi To

be narrow.

CSU

comtn. gend.

Trouble, grief.
part.
J

* Strait,

narrow.

jiU
(with

Narrow, wretch'ed.
yj^i To be without breasts and barren {a woman),

act.

That which

becomes narrow or

straitened.Jui II.

To reduce to straits

and

therefore like

a man.^JhS IIL'fortkUj

^JS

of pers.).

eyj!l (2nd declension) Saul, king of Israel. 'fS& aor.

a.

'^Jb aor. a.

To

cast forth (with double ace), as

To

seal, seal

up (with ^Jx).

&$
condition.
'<ije

Jji.^'f 12 v. 9, "Cast

him

forth into a

JJb

aor.

i.

To

cover.

JX

state,

(distant or
aor. o.

unknown

part of the) earth."

;

jt plur.
another,

of i&>

The order of

the Heavens,

To drive away

the word ''Sjjk&i

is

put

one ahove another; liCt In order one above

in the subjunctive at 6 v.

52 as being what the

for this use
2,

grammarians

call

^t

^^aJTiL*^- ;

3rd pers. fem. plur. of cl>l for

^J^>

q.v.

of the subjunctive after _j see D. S. Gr. T.

p. 26, where the above-named passage
is

aor. a.

D. S. Gr. T.

1,

p.

250,

To expand,

quoted.

'Spread out.

ojie part. act.

One who

drives away.
-,2

j>
uJ'S
aor.
i.

90

J&
speak
ill

To avert.

Jjfc

n.a.

An

eye, a glance,

of (with

of per3.).

"jAo n.a. Evil

sight of the eyes.

The Hifi Plur. ,JU1

border;

speaking.

extremity,

extreme part or verge,

v. 116,

l&

aor. o.

and
all

or

^J&>

aor. a.

To
;

transgress,
to

jQX Ji 11
JX
aor.
o.

"The two

extremities

exceed

bounds

(in wickedness)

wander

from
sight
jj;U>

its
;

orbit; applied at

53

v.

17 to the eye-

of the day," morning and evening.

to overflow, as at

69

v. 11.

^V*k

n>a

To come by night.

part.

act.

Transgression, the being exceedingly wicked.

ill for ^ills part. act.

That which appears by night.

gend.

ije comm.

One who

is

excessively

A way,

a road.

&_f

Plur. JjTJL' (2nd

impious, a transgressor.

<Lcll>

storm of

declension)
&>Jtt

path, line of conduct, behaviour;

v.

thunder and lightning of extreme severity.

l^tl

20

104, " Those most eminent

v. 17,

^if comp. form

for

{J&\

(2nd declension)
s/Aa Excess

for their

good conduct;" Jj)J -- 23

tracts,"

Most

extravagant in wickedness.

" Seven

meaning

the seven

Heavens

of impiety, as

Wyikj

Jj-*j

u^oJk 91 v. 11,
(Saleh) of

&Jo
\Jo aor. o.

is

also used with a plur. signification for

;

"The
ness."

tribe of

Thamood accused
The names of Arab
Taghoot,

Chiefs, Princes

thus at 20 v. 6G.
;

falsehood
aor. a.

by reason

of their extreme wickedtribes are

To come from afar

Csjo Fresh.

and ^Je

To

Note.

be recent.

feminine,

tiy^cllj

a word which

J&
LJS

Initial letters of the

27th chapter, pronounced

with the sing, form has sometimes a plur.

signification,

Ta' Seen, see "J\.

Initial letters of the

and then means

is

Idols,

dcemons,

26th and 28th chapters,

or whatever

worshipped besides God, and

particularly the two Idols worshipped

see ijje.
11j aor. a.

by the

To

eat, taste
is

l^Ut

UJ

^r J~A

people of Mecca

at

4 v. 63

it is

used in the

5
sing.,

and

is

there 6aid to refer to a certain

\Z**S, either

v. 94,.

" There

no

sin in that they

have

Jew named i-J^l ^j

from

his

tasted" (that which had not at that time been

exceeding wickedness, or because a judgment given by him would be prompted by the Devil.

forbidden them).
eats.

ltl part. act.

One who
Food, the

jU

n.a. Taste,

and

*U

n.a.

j& 1

T
.

To cause

to transgress, to

make

act of eating, as at

v.

97.^1
;

IV.

To

feed,

one a transgressor.
Jji To be

give food to (with double ace.)

> 106 v.3,

*y**B)

near. iLila5

n.a. II.

f.

The giving

"Who

liath

provided them with

l*^ n.a.

short measure.

u.pVi< part. act.

One who

food against hunger."

f feeding; At 2 v. 180 and 5 v. 96

appears to bear this meaning,

The

act of

gives short measure.

aor.
a.

j& also ^i and may then

J$
Jil

To be extinguished. \J&o\ IV. To

extinguish (with ace. and t_>).

aor. a.

be considered as another noun of action of the

IV. f.'J&\ X.

To

begin.

To ask for food (with double

To be of a tender age.
though we also
find

J2t

sing,

and

plur.,

ace).

the plur.

J^ls! Very

^*

aor.

a.

and o. To pierce with a

spear",

to

young

children, infants.

"

JJ-

&
aor. o.

Jl To moisten the

ground (dew).
at

J Dew.
it

%
for.

and

i.

To be much.
v.

'<L*h

calamity

i^J&

aor. o.

To seek;
n.a.

v.

52

means

to follow

Jgtf'&Vl9
calamity,"
viz.
i.

34,

"The

very great

up.

i_^

The

act of searching

The

last

Judgment.

lIJ11 part. act.

petitioner.

<-->}&+ part,

iS&

aor. o.
o.

and

To To

deflower a virgin.

paste Petitioned.

jl*l aor.

and
v.

i.

obliterate,
v.

put out (the eyes),

^ aor.

a.

To be weary,
tree,

p*

n.a.

Plantain or

as at

54

37
;

At 4

50

it

means

to deface

Banana _&

according to some the Acacia or

the features

to destroy utterly (with ^Js.).

Egyptian thorn.
aor. a.

'^Ae aor.
ascend, rise the sun,

a.

To

desire (with

$).
;

\S&

n.a. Desire,

and

o.

To
The

(with
which
S

a hoping or longing for

at 13 v. 13 l**l
full of

Jx).

Ji

spathe or sheath in

means "causing you

rain)."

to

be

hope

(for

the flowers of the date-palm are enclosed, also

the fruit

when

it first

appears, or simply fruit,

asat37v. 63.

L& n.a. The rising.

J&

Quiet; whence comes ^,Ui (quadriliteral) To

^J^Un.a.
~j-^ n.a.

re$t.JSSo\ IV. To be
or satisfied with (with
104,

quiet, rest securely in,

;

The time of
Place

rising (of the dawn).

<-_>)

^3Uisl

lili

v.

of the

sun's rising."jj\ IV.

To make

"And when ye are secure (from

One who

danger);
1,

manifest to any one, cause one to understand

(with ace.

2 pers. plur. pret. D. S. Gr. T.

it^aJ* part.
act.

p. 231.

of pers. ani ^Jl of thing). 't&\ for

1,

rests securely, or

\52H\ VIII. D. S. Gr. T.

p. 223, To mount
<

enjoys peace and quiet.

Initial letters

up (with ,Ji )

to penetrate (with ace.) as at

19 v. 81, where we have ^jt " Has he penetrated?" for

and name of the 20th chapter,

pronounced Ta' Ha', see ^jT.

'!)*>

jTl, the

of
]

union

being

To remove;

aor. o.

To be

-pure, free

from her

omitted after the interrogative

p. 7 1
;

D. S. Qr. T.
is

1,

courses (a woman),

jy^a

n.a.

Pure.

j^a\

At 37 v. 52 is a passage which

read and

(2nd declension) comp. form,

More
IT.

pure, see
purify,

interpreted in various ways, see D. S. Gr. T. 2,

D, S. Gr. T. 2,
p. 185, but adopting the reading given

p.

304.

by Flugel
cleanse.
act.

To

IjJeCi ^jQtL* Isj 1 J&, the meaning will be " Will ye look down (upon the inhabitants of

*J "*
frees

Purification.

J^i** part,

One who

from impurity,

j]**

Hell)? and he
fut.)
;

shall look

down,"

(pret. for
its
it

part. pass. Purified, freed

from impurity, clean,

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220,

in this sense the verb governs

le.
;

com-

pure.-j^Z

or^ V. D.
9,

plement with
to

so likewise

when

means

To

purify one's-self,

keep one's-self pure;

mount above, come upon,

or meet with.

U^&Cs5v.
or^lL'part.

imperat.

"Then

purify your-

j-U* part. act.

One who looks down upon.

jll
n.a.

selves" (by washing the entire body),

act.

$* aor. o.
j3A II.

To be divorced.

Divorce.

jf^-* Those who purify themselves,

j> A jUs aor. o. To be firm and immoveable, divorced. J&aJ^ VII. To demountain. part, go one's way, to be free or loose, as at )io aor. o. To approach. j^> A mountain;^ 20 v, 12.

To

divorce.
is

<u11m fem. part. pass.

or are clean, pure.

woman who

>
'i_^or ^^.^j^e Mount Sinai;
it is

U2

&
aor. o.

also called

JNe

To go round
to

about, encompass (with

circulate

U ;>

l
.

j\^\

plur. of

J.^=>

condition or state;

^M

go

about,

(with

^).
or

V,'^

(^-^

71

v. 1.3,

"

He

created

you

after

u U part. act.

One who goes round about

68
v.

a variety of states or

stages of existence;"

encompasses

at

19

it

means a common
see also uJll? for

banning
:i"r. o.
1

with the formation of

a.

Adam.
hearken to

destruction surrounding all

and

To be obedient

to

>cJe.
a

iM^o

part,

some, a party, a people,

to 1000,

intercession), as at

40

v. 19.

V.k Obedient;
<uUs Obedience.

company or band of men from 2

\*zf>

With willing obedience.

according to different authorities.

*\s The

U? part. act.
i

One who

is

obedient, obedient.
to (with ace.

Deluge, a

common
all.

destruction or calamity

ic II.

To permit, consent

which embraces
about
T.
(to serve

<_^ One who

goes

and
ptirt.

of pers.). \? IV.

To

obey,

cllii

another). (_jj& V. D. S. Gr.

(with t_>).

pass.

Obeyed.^'

V.

To give one's-self

1, p.

220,

To go round about

"bedicntly or willingly to

perform (a good jUs aor.

1, p.

o.

To be able.

ti\ Power, strength.

At

work).

".', part. act.

D. S. Gr. T.
to

327,

j^o

II.

To

twist a collar;

\s?

One who gives himself willingly

U ^ffi'"

perform (a

3 v. 176,

"They shall have

good or charitable action). cld and e

lQ
1, p.

that which they have

covetously withheld twisted as a collar about

their necks,"
lit.

a., though some have considered

be a variation of the IV.
2','4, To be able,
f.,

the latter to

" they shall be bound with

IV.

it

D. S. Gr. T.

for a collar."

Jl$

To be

able (to do a

have power, be capable of

thing, with ace).

(with ace. or ace.

\j~e to

18

v. 81,

bear patiently;" It

and^), as &jj. i-^15 ''J jUe aor. o. To be long, to last long, or be pro " That which thou wast not able longed (with of pers.). Plenty ol

is also

used with

$ or
it

Jl

with ace. and

wealth, a sufficiency of means, Power, as at

instances of both occur at

^J\

40

v. 3.

18

v.

9G

or with ace. and

in

as at 3 v. 91

Jf

n.a.

Height,

^f

Long.

At several places

the 18th chapter

;

Jjlk; VI.
is

To be prolonged (with ^Js. of pers.).

roll up.

found with JL of pers. and ace. of thing

in the

thus

J$>

aor.

i.

To

n.a.

The

act of rolling

66th verse

1^ J*^
to

^JLili'

" Thou

upSinai.

ijji

Toowa, name of a valleynear Mount

wilt not

be able

have patience. with me;"

it is

,_jkU part. pass. Rolled up.

i.

In translating such sentences as the above

->l aor.

frequently necessary to supply a verb according

to the context, thus

SLJ

To

be good, pleasing (with

J)

^li

'*~i

'^A Jp j# JL
lit.

v. 3,

"And if they
it

'
.

V.!

li 17 v. 51,

kindly give you up any portion of

of their

" But they were not able (to find) a ground of

own

free will,"

"

if

they are good to you

etc.

reproach (against thee)."

of

A note explanatory
Grammar, T.
2,

concerning any portion,"

declension)

some of the above modes of construction

bo found in

^
clean,

(2nd

Good

fortune, happiness.

JL2b
happy,

will

De

Sacy's

Good, agreeable, sweet

favourable.

and

p. 170.

.It

93

J*
oneJ*"
To augur
or

Jit aor.

i.

To

fly.

Jlle generic

noun, Birds.

Note.

"J[

V.

D. S. Gr. T.
evil

1, p.

220,

Verbs having for subject a noun of

tion
p.

this descrip-

evil,

draw an
part.

augury from (with X.

f.

may
;

be put in the fern. D. S. Gr. T. 2,

<).^.L-L.*

act.

That which

233

According to some there are two words

spreads itself far and wide.

(_U? aor.
act.
i.

of this form, one in the sing,

meaning a

bird,

To appear

(<z

spectre),

isilt part,

as at 3 v. 43, and the other an irregular plur.

A
i.

spectral appearance of the Devil, an

;

of^SU*, meaning Birds.

flying thing, an

*%

part.

act.

A
^Uo

instigation of the Devil

aor.

see i__U? for _jjL

omen, and especially an

evil

To plaster with clay.

^Jo Clay.

fe

& To
As aor.

migrate.
i.

^J&b n.a. Migration.

nails.
is

~*t]e

Very

unjust.

IJUi part. act.

One who

To claw with the

;

j^>

A
it

nail or

treats unjustly (with J).

M\ J&

(2nd declen-

claw

J&>

^3

6 v. 147

translated

by Sale

sion)

comp. form, More unjust.

IV.

{$&*
To

part,

" having an undivided hoof," but

may

be
in-

pass. Unjustly treated.

to be

injure;

doubted whether the words will bear this

terpretation
to be
;

dark (with

Lj

Li).

lilL* part. act.

One

a better translation would seem

who
Lf

is in a.

the dark.

" having claws or nails," as wild beasts

*k

aor.

To

thirst,

uii n.a. Thirst.

1, p.

u Uk'

or camels.Jskl IV.

To give the

victory to

(2nd declension) D. S. Gr. T.

thirsty.

403, Very

(with ace. of pers. and ,jic).

jH> aor. a.
;

2nd

pers. sing. pret. uLlfe or tilJk for

1, p.

^Jo aor.
ace.

o.

To

think, be of opinion, imagine (with

;

uu3&
Jb

D. S. Gr. T.

228,

To continue

all

or <_>, or with ^1)

for the construction

v. 48,

day, become (with aor. of verb

following).

v****^

Shade.

ij& Plur.

J& A

p U \j
^Ui

41

"They

shall

covering, roof.

perceive that there is no

way

of escape for *J>

Plur.

J% sing,

and plur. Shadows, shady groves.

II.

them," see D. S. Gr. T.

2, p.

297.

JJJi Shady. JJis

clouds (with
Ji? aor.
i.

To overshadow with
and
(

ace. of thing

lc of pers.).

u}iii

Opinion.

part. act.

One who forms

an opinion.
\^e aor. a. and
to help,
i.

To wrong,
or

injure; to be unjust, oppres-

To

appear, be manifest (with ^J)

ace. or

sive,

tyrannical
t__>,

towards any one (with

mount, ascend (with

of,

It)

to

ace. also with

-_)
;

or with ace. of pers. and

get the better

know, distinguish (with ^JS).

to

bo

guilty

of

injustice,

to

act

wickedly; to be wanting

in, or fail, as llkj'

fail

jT

y^> Plur.J^Ja The back. JaIIj part. act. One who is manifest, that which is apparent, outward (speech), as
spicuous,
at

1
of

'iL*

18

v. 31,

" Nor did they

tyranny,

in

any

13

v.

33;

clear,
v.

con17,

it."

1&

Injustice,

obscurity.

victorious;
cities,"

'iyt\\s

^Jj 34
cities

<uH? Plur. ti-'Ulb

Darkness,

.yll?

Unjust.

" Conspicuous

or "

connected

>
one with
another

(94)

}
make one acquainted with
and
(with ace. of pers.

by a track called^;

ij&

Outwardly.
heat.

^
III.

A
To

helper,

i^

Jl of thing)
40
v.

to
;

cause to appear (with

Mid-day

U^b Thrown behind the back,

assist (with ace.

i), as at

27

to enter

on the period of

noon, as at 30 v. 17
ace.

to render superior (with

assist

with neglect.'fi&

and

JS)

to divorce

a wife, with the words

and j*)."J^ VI. To

>.).

one another

J&jfi

*J

*J\,

see

58

v.

.-j#

IV.

To

against (with ^Js. and

t
XI
aor. a.

To mix scents;
<__>).

to

be

solicitous

about &. aor.

o.

To be

proud, insolent, to offer an insolent

all

(with

opposition, to exceed
a.

boundsin impiety

iS~S

nor.

To amuse

one's-self.

C^-*

n.a.

(with^).
for

pride. "fl n.a. Insolence,

cyU

Sport, jest.

*j)l,

Fem.

iLjX*

part.

act.

Exceeding,

jlS aor.

o.

To
;

adore, worship.

oLs.

Plur.

A
X;

violent,
rebel.
aor. o.

^t A decrepit old man, an obstinate

to perceive (with ,_Le).

servant
of God.

and Plur. ollc Servants, especially

Jj\c part. aot.

A
II.

worship'per.

i 3Cx

7b stumble;

lei IV. To make one acquainted with a thing,

Service,
'-!c

worship. J?i

To

enslave.

or cause one to understand (with ^Js. of pers.).

aor. o.

To pass over;

to interpret (with J).

*C* An instructive warning.

oblique plur. of

^U

for

^.^

\Ls aor. a.

i.

and

o.

To do

evil (with

J>).

over.

y\*

part. act.

One who passes

f- aor. a.
''

To wonder

VIII.

To take warning.
<^*ir*

following verb).
Austere,

k-~s^, <-r^ and

(with ^>, or with ^l of S - S ' ' i j s

i

-r-^

Wonderful. iJ-^t IV. To

'?
aor.
i.

delight, please.

/1+L

aor.

i.

7b 5e austere, to frown,

dismal.

7b be weak,

jys? An old woman

act.

'JLk 7b

^/ftter

&&e the mrage.

^jj-* sing, and

jl*1 Roots of palm-trees.js^-U part.

III.
f.

plur.

kind of rich carpet.

One who
IV.

baffles, or

makes of none

effect.

CJz*

aor. o.
f.

IV.

and i. To be angry ,ZJ^* part. pass. Received into favour. \-^x~>\ X- To

3*^1
v. 61,

To

weaken, to be unable, to frus*'

trate, find

one to be weak; 'Jfis&

fVi

beg

for favour, receive into favour, invite

any

"Verily they shall not find (God) to be

;

one to make himself acceptable.

" frustrate (his decree) " weak," or

IV.

for the

to
Js*
X-l

7b be prepared.

&& Ready.iici
j*i* Ancient.

To

ellipse of the

complement
j

see D. S. Gr. T.

2,

prepare (with ace. of pers. and J).

aor. o.
aor.
i.

pp. 121 and 454

ace.

it is

also found with th(

7b be

old.

and ^i.

Jg* for
act.

and

o.

To drag

violently (with ace.

and

of

%M part

^^

oblique plur

One who -weakens or

frus

Jp.

Ji

Violent, cruel.

trates.

Do

is~ aor.
*lis.r

i.

and

o.

To emaciate.

<

sUr

plur. of

thing against the future.-lei IV.

To prepare,
8 v. 62,

fern, of u-iLsrl

(2nd declension)
ui-'Lij

un

arrange (with ace. and J)

" Prepare
!

!jAcl

at 12 v.

43 the word agrees with

under-

ye
p.

!" for \j-Acl imperat. see

D. S.
or

stood.
\sf- aor. a.
;

Gr. T.
fulfil

1,

230.-1^

VIII.

To reckon

To
to

hasten, accelerate (with ace, or with

a term.
i.

^J\)
to

be hasty or act hastily (with ^ii)

i_>), as i>

^At
Jac

aor.

To minister,

^ac-

generic noun,

hurry over (with

J^~
it,"

75

v. 16,

Lentil?.
!

" That thou mayest hurry over

receiving of the

aor.

i.

viz.

the

To

deal justly (with l-j or

{

-j)
v.

to

Koran from the Angel Gabriel.

JLsf

establish justice (with

to

ir

j),

as

at

42

14
;

Jjsf Precipitation.
act.

calf.

J^lcpart.

swerve from

justice,

as at 4 v. 134

to
1,

That which hastens

away, transitory.
,

hold as equal (with ace. and i_>), as at 6 v.

Jjjet Hasty.

JJ=f

II.

To cause

where the
is

first

complement "other Deities"

to hasten,

give beforehand (with ace. and

J). J^l

understood; to pay as an equivalent, as at

;

IV.

6 v. 69

to

dispose aright, as at 82 v. 7.

To cause

to

hasten (with ace. of pers. and ^c).

in a

Js"

V.

To be

hurry.

J^H

J Ac
lent,

n.a. Justice,

recompense, ransom, equiva-

X. To

compensation; i^_&i

Jac

5 v. 96, " In-

seek or desire to hasten (with

of thing), as l^J

of pers. and <_>

v. 34,

stead thereof."

J^*^'

ij

46

" Neither

Ac

aor.

i.

and

o.

To abide constantly.

^a=
<i)

n.a.

desire to hasten (their

punishment)

for

them;"

perpetual abode, Eden, Paradise.

the

first

complement c-^aJU being under- ^ac

2, p.

aor. o.

To pass by;
aside

to transgress (with

to

stood

D. S. Gr. T.

454

to

urge one

to

turn

(with

ace.

and
for

,s).

^ac

n.a.

make
pers.

haste in doing anything (with ace. of

Malice, wickedness.
transgressor.

jU

jjL

part. act.

and
of

<_> of thing).

jLs*M

n.a.
v.

The
12,

tuUolc Swift mares,

The
side of a valley.

ij^~

desire

hastening
to

*^)Lk*t-1

10

F.nmity.
Injustice,

ijA-c

u \>a=
An

"According

their

desire of hastening;"

hostility.

3AC

Plur. *|Acl

D. S. Gr. T. l,p. 503.

enemy
+?] (2nd declension)

The

sing. }ac is
v.

sometimes put for

***

aor. o.

To try by

biting.

the plur., thus at 18

48 jac

JJ

l&j

"And

A barbarian,
imperfectly.

a foreigner, one
I

who speaks Arabic

they are your enemies." ,_jjl III. To be at

\*^\
Si

Barbarous, foreign.
(with ace.

enmity with.

,_jS*J'

V.

To transgress.
to

ac

aor. o.

To number, reckon, reckon up

of pers.).
n.a.

^j^l\

VII,I.

To be wicked,
or with

transgress

and

A number,

computa-

(with ace. or
part. act.
aor.
i.

J.t

of pers.).

au**

tion,

determined number,

jac A number.
j'ac

Wicked, a transgressor.

Ac

number, prescribed term,

Jlc
part.
act.

pro-

To hinder,

ljw

n.a. Fresh, sweet.

vision.

One who keeps an

com-

tl^Ac Punishment, torment.

i_jj^
;

II.

To

account.
puted.

JjAjc. part. pass. Determined,

II.

punish (with ace. of pers. and k of instru-

jjkc

To

prepare, or lay

up any-

ment, as also of crime, or with

^)

it

is

<_JJ>;

96

^
J&.j-

sometimes found with the double

ace. thus
I

Much, many.
II.

JbJ* A cloud traversing

offer

\1L] 'Zl^\ i C\ji Zz\ 5

v.

115, "

will
I

the

sky. J^c
IV.

To make an
aside,

(with <_>).
to

punisli liim with a punishment, with

will

which

Jo\
A

To turn
it

decline

do a

punish no one

(else)

" to afflict, as at

20

thing, leave

undone (with ^a).

<J>\jz\ n.a.

v. 49.

tjjj<-i part. act.

One who punishes.

to

turning away, aversion.

<^j*- part. act.

<_l>jj^ part. pass.

Doomed
j'z n.a.

punishment.
excuse.

One who turns away from,

i.

averse.

j jrf

aor.

i.

To excuse.

An

tjA** u_Kc aor.

^Ji);
is

To know,
The

discern (with ace. and t_> or

An

excuse.

j\.$** (2nd declension) plur. of

part. act. II.
f.

difference

between ^JjC and

Ac

j\ jJU

Excuses.j Jj^

Uttering
one's-self

that the former refers to distinct and specific

is

Jjici VIII. To excuses.

(with
(

excuse

knowledge, while the latter

hence the opposite
to

more general

J\

of pers.).

t-i^

isJiJi

To deny, and to

j.

aor.

i.

7b 6e scabby.
VIII.
f.

a* A crime.-ji**

part,

act.

One who does not

beg, though

J^>- To be ignorant, Jjf. Known, just, a benefit le 77 v. 1, " In a continual series,"

"As.,
;

poor.

or according to another reading, "Conferring

i.

Cij.

aor.

To eat ; and cl^c 7b be pure Arabic

benefits;"

Plur. with

the article _Vji^

awrf yree

yrom faults

(a speech).

<-->/*

Be-

The walls which

c^'lLe

divide Paradise from Hell.

loved wives, plur. of C^j/^

vj^r*

Arabic,

Name

of a mountain near Mecca, said

the recognition

an Arabian.
of the desert.

CJ(f.\ plur. no sing.

The Arabs

to be so

named because of

which there took place between

(with

Adam

and

jt

aor. o.

To mount, ascend

or ^jt).
'-ry*-*

Eve, after a separation of 200 years.

part.

(_jyn

'JA (2nd declension)

Lame from birth,

pass.

Known,

recognized,

honourable,

(2nd declension) plur. of l.j%*

of ascending,
'^frSstairs.

ladder, place

good,
s

befitting,
II.

a kindness; the opposite to

pJ*.-i-JyC

To

acquaint,

make known
VI.

To stamp cloth with the figure of date-stalks.

(with ace. of thing and

J of pers.). uJ^UJ

^)frf
t*jZ
aor.
i.

dry date-stalk.
o.

and

To
;

construct,

build houses,

To know one another (with J**)- <ij-e\ VIII. To confess, acknowledge (with t_>).

ji^c

n.a.

A throne

Plur.

^tf

To strip meat Foundations, jA aor. o.

plur.

from of a

bone.

jc

props, supports,

</Ji/t* P ar ^

P*88, Supported

no sing. Mounds or dams for banking in

*ji>\

on ijtl

trellis-work.
i.

a body of water ;
to propose,
\js.

Name
i^c.

of an inunda-

aor.

To happen, come against ;

and

tion

which destroyed the city of Saba*.

set before (with ace.

J or ^Ja). y^e n.a.

or

aor. o.

To come upon.

A handle.
afflict

ijj^\

Breadth, extent

l^c

In an extended manner.

VIII.

To come down Upon,

(with ace.

Js^

Temporal

goods

advantage,

this

of pers. and <_>).

world's gear.

"Lije.

v. 224, Object, butt, or

>jl

aor.

i.

To come upon; and

*Tjc

,j^e. aor. a.

To be

impediment, according to different renderings.

naked.

bare place.

"

J*
To be rare, precious

97

S^
the
particle

jr.

aor.

i.

to get the better of

jc. n.a.

^\ gives the
D. S. Gr. T.

preterite a future
1, p.

(with ace. of pers. and

glory,
s
it

i).

Power,

signification;

1S1
;

ilc Power, honour, pride,

jjjs. Plur.

i^t'.

To come on by night
keep match.

(as a wolf)

quad-

riliteral

jj-cl

Mighty, excellent, troublesome; grievous,

by night

verb derived from J*.x To go round

to

as at
sion)

v.

129 (with

JS).

yj?\ (2nd declen-

2 preceded by

Initial

letters

at the

com-

More

excellent, mightier, worthier,

most

mencement
J*lx aor.
i.

of the 42nd chapter, see *JI

o.

powerful; Fem.,_jy: (2nd declension); ^jjM

and

To mix food with honey.

El 'Uzza,

name

of an idol of the

Pagan Arabs.

jLc
1

II.

To give

additional power, to corro-

comm. gend. Honey. *!= It may be, perhaps (with ^),

imity used only
T. 2, p. 213;
in

a verb of proxI).

borate (with l_>). j_cl IV.

<_j}c aor. o.

To render powerful.

the preterite;

S. Gr.
it

and

i.

To be away from, be hidden

jli

>
?

2 v. 247, "Will "

(with ^e').
jjs. aor.
i.

come

to

pass that ye

"

Would

it

have

To reprehend,
honour.

y^c

happened that ye?" 47

v. 24.
;

Ezra.Jle

II.

To
J^l aor.
set
o.

To take away a tenth part

ten

aor.

i.

To

assist,

make
Ajz aor.
i.

by adding one
;

to

nine.

fS+z n.a.

To remove from a
Jj*

place or

office,

aside.

and
place separate from the rest.

J^r. fein.

ijZs-

and

ijz
to

masc, Ten, a
ten inclusive

decade.

Note.

From
i,

throe
is

j)j*<* part. pass.

Removed. Jjixt
remove

VIII.

To

the termination

which

generally the sign

separate one's-self from,

one's-self from

of the feminine, marks the masculine; These

(with ace. of pers.).

"jc.

numerals usually agree in gender with the

resolve, purpose
;

aor.

i.

To determine,

to

be

noun of which they express

the number, but

determined on or decreed, as at 47 v. 23.

j^fc

instances occur where this does not appear to

n.a.

Fixed

determination;

jy*^

p\z

be the case

thus at 6 v. 1G1
aii

<

.,

t)

\j

* U-

.^y

God's fixed resol ve concerning

\je aor. o.

human affairs.

liX\

ILc
shall

" Whoever shall bring a good

To bring one back.

^Jc. oblique plur.

1, p.

action

have ten (good actions) equiva-

of
,

'ijc.

crowd, company, D. S. Qr. T.

lents of that

which he has wrought

is

" Here,
is fern,

358.
^ *
-*

although the noun Jli*l

i.

masc.^Lc

j**& aor.
>

and

o.

To demand with harshness the

to be difficult.

because

it

really refers to iJLjU***. understood

;

repayment of a loan,
Difficulty,

^Ix. n.a.

D.

S.

Gr. T. 2, p. 329

so also at 2 v. 234,

where

"j^s. Difficult,

unlucky, grievous.

\jLs. agrees in

gender with

^iU

understood.

ij^c Difficulty, distress;

iyli^i 2

v.

280,

^^Lc
young.

Twenty.

yjLc

plur.

of Ayi^. (2nd

" One who

i

finds a difficulty in
dire,

paying a debt."
lj^-x (2nd
VI.

declension)

Camels ten months

gone with

jmA

Difficult,

grievous,

jJ^e.

companion.
side.

^-J^c Kindred

declension) Wretchedness. JJiU5

difficult; to
v. 6,

To be
"

on

the

father's

JiJU A company.
To
live with,
i__-).

be in a difficulty; ^jJ\if ^\ 65
find yourselveB in a difficulty;

JiU III. jliJL. The tenth part.

associate with (with ace.

" If ye

of pers. and
13

LLc

98

Ur
and

ULi

aor. o.

To be purblind; to withdraw from (with

J.ijr

aor. a. o.

i.

To hinder

woman

from

\i).

ill* Commencement

of

darkness,

marrying (with J\).

o.

evening.
aor.
i.

rJl Evening.
To surround,
to forty.

C-^c-

An

evening, Lie aor.

of

To divide limb from limb.

s

^^4^ oblique
Note.

4-ac

A body

men

plur. of

iic

separate part.

Nouns

from ten

-*

4~^
n.a.

Grievous, heavy,

from a defective root occasionally lose their

last radical letter,
i
;

'

aor.

i.

To

press (grapes).

J-ae. n.a.

Age, time,
whirlwind.

which

is

then replaced by
;

afternoon.

j^\

IV.

f.

thus ^ic becomes <Lac

on passing into

cL>f-aSU part. act.

fern. plur.

(Clouds) emitting

the plur. they regain

'

the masc. form, thus

;

or pressing out rain.

is

the plural of <Lac

D. S. Gr. T.

1,

i_r^

aor.

i.

To blow

violently.

i-

L r n.a. Leaves
a
-

pp. 317 and 359.

^'i'Cr. aor. i.

and stalks of corn, of which the grain has

been eaten by cattle
;

To incline towards, be well disposed

>
.

ills In violent gusts.

towards.

oV-ir

side.

uJLlc

part. act.

Stormy, a tempestuous wind.

JLi To be bare of ornaments (a woman).

JfcLe II.

iLAc A
l^i
aor.
i.

violent wind,

To deprive of ornament, leave without

;

care.

To make a profit

to preserve, save

jlaiU part. pass. Neglected,

liac aor. o.

harmless (with ace. and ^y).

lac plur. of

To take anything in tke hand.

*lkc

A
To

*\^

Defence, guardianship*

1*U

part. act.

gift.
1

Xi*

IV.

To

give (with double

ace.)

Defender. 1^1\ VIII. To take hold on, cleave

firmly to (with t_>).
one's-self

to be docile, as at

92

v.

5. Jr'Ui'

VI.

^^>\
a

X. To preserve

undertake, or take (a sword) in the hand, 54

v. 29.

from

sin.

Lac

aor. o.

To

strike

one

roith

stick.

Lac fem.
Note, j at

Jic To give a dog a bone ; and JL* To be great.

s Jks. n.a.

for Lac, ac

and llae

A staff,

rod.

bone

Plur.

*&.

*Jac Great,

the end of a word,

when preceded immediately

a vowel, but becomes
\

heavy.

'\ (2nd declension) Greater, su-

by

fatha, does not take

perior, highest in

rank. Jae

II.

To make

quiescent,

and

is

changed into
into

in

words of

great,
ace.

honour. lliel IV. To

increase (with

three letters,

and
is

^ in
it

words of four
is

and
i.

of pers.).
is

where there

a tanween

given to the
p.

c aor.

To abstain from that which

n.a. V.
f.

unlawful

preceding fatha,

D.

&. Ur. T. 1,

105;

or improper. ujuwj
t_-~..\

Modesty.

jVac plur. of Lac

^Jas. aor.
i.

X. same as u-oc. To
roll (one) in the dust.
<-z~+>j*z

To

rebel, disobey (with ace.

and

or

'1a aor.

i.

ace.

and

^J).

^ae. Rebellious.

" u LJte R6

daemon, an 'Efreet.

Uc

aor. o.

To obliterate all traces (as the wind)

;

bellion.

*1av Disobedience.
to

j aor. a. To bite (with ^Jl 25 y. 29, or ace. and

L

pardon (with ^f. or J)

;

to

abound, as at

Ic"3v. 115).
o.

7 v. 93
at

to pass over, pass

;

by (with ^c), as
Note.

tVir aor.

To

strike

any one on

the arm.

J^ic

5 v. 18

to remit, as at 2 v. 238.

An arm, a

helper.

\yt*j is

found in some

copies for ji*> 3rd pers.

; ;

u*

99

^
woman).
;

sing, aor.

this

is

called LlSj!
1, p.

<

^ 1

or alif Jie aor. o. To be barren (a

*Jie Barren,

of precaution,

D.S.Gr.T.

109.

j*=n.a.

childless
at

(man
;

or

woman)

grievous (day), as

Overplus, superfluity, 2 v. 217; pardon.

^Ic
\_ii
r

22

v.

54

destroying, blasting (wind), as at

oblique plur. of c_le for ^ilc part. act. Forgiving,

'fs.

51

v. 41.
i.

aor.

and

o.

To keep back,
up

detain (with

^e)
v-jo^*

Yery forgiving.
o.

to give one's-self

To strike on the heel; aor.

To succeed.
part. act.

One who

^J^). remains constantly in any

;

to (with

JUL' Success;

Cie^
;

18

v. 42, Lit.

"The
^4

place,

an inhabitant, as at 22 v. 25
one's-self to, as at

assiduv. 97.

best as to success."
heel,

i-^** coram, gend.

ously devoting

20

posterity
heels.

Plur. <_ju*l
<-l>lc

Heels

4-Jie
<_.>Ue

i_jJol part. pass. Detained.

His two
for

Punishment;
"

Jle

aor. o.

To cut off the top leaves of a

to,

tree,

^jIac

13

v. 32, etc.

My

punishment."
^j-ac (2nd

adhere
Z&s.
pass.

hang from,

jic

Clotted blood.
part,

ilic

place hard of ascent.

A
i.

declension)

End, success, reward,^ as ^y-ie

Paradise.

lump of clotted blood. <ui* II. f. One in suspense.

and
o.

Ql The reward of

iJU

End,
as

lie aor.

To mark, sign; and lie

aor. a.
;

issue, (fortunate) result; jijJl <uile

same

To know

(with ace. and ^i, also with ^1)

to

iliif

distinguish (with ace. and

',

cI-ac
act.

II.

To

^)\

to be learned

retrace one's steps.

or

knowing

For the
i-J/=.
;

difference

between

Ac

i_!JU^ part.

One who puts

off

or reverses

and c_Kt see

p> n.a. Science, know-

iljQsjJ, Angels (of the night and day) who

ledge, learning, art

AeUJJ lie 43

v. 61,

succeed each other.

(with t_>)
;

k_Jlc III. To punish

11

sign or

means of knowing the

sign;
Plur. lie!

last hour."

to

succeed in turn, as at 60 v.

lie

Long mountains.
or
is wise.

Pass, cl-o^c

To be punished

or injured, as at
to

Ijlx part. act.

i^is.

One who knows,

16

v.

127. \lJ& IV. To cause

^J>).

succeed or

sign,
;

mark.

^~*&z

oblique plur. of
in the

follow (with ace. and

jJU To

tie in

a knot, strike a bargain, make a comoJie

- J. A world
Koran

The worlds spoken of

are taken to

mean

the three species of

genii,

pact,
jJie-

enter into an obligation.

Plur.
rational creatures, viz.

compact.
;

jju Plur. sua

A knot, tie,
v. 4,

men,

and angels,

lie Learned, Knowing, wise;

Plur. *Ule (2nd

obligation

jiAf^j lilftulf 113

"The
declension),
ing,

fie Very learned, wise or know-

women who blow on

'jS. aor.
i.

knots," witches.
lie* (2nd declension)
"j\e-

comp. form, More

^ /^
-*

To wound, hamstring.

Barren
or most wise or
part. pass.

knowing (with

t>).

py*"
II.

(woman).

J*e

aor.

i.

To keep back (a camel, by tying up

;

Known, predetermined.
c__>,

JU

To

the foreleg)

aor.

i.

and

o.

To understand,
;

to

teach (with
ace.

or with double ace, or with

be ingenious, prudent, sagacious

l^j

c-jjb

*$

and

or cj).

li* part. pass. Taught,

yjjw

22

v.

45, "

They have

hearts to

instructed. lie* IV. To

make known. *Ui

li

understand with."

V. To learn (with ace. or with

**).

"

>
y^c
aor.
i.

100

>
then signifies "

ando. To be manifest.

Lj\c In

public,

Be He
far

exalted," or with ^s.

as
far

openly. ^Lc* IV. To make manifest, publish

(with
^,1

"Be He

raised
v. 3, "

above,"

Ux Afe
above that

or with ace. and J).

o.

vj&

16

Be He exalted

lc

aor. a.

and

To be

high, lofty, exalted, elated,

which they associate (with him)," see CJjCH.

,JjUii "

proud (with ^j or ^Js.) ; to be upon, to be over, as tyl 17 v. 7, " That over which they

Come

then

"

fem.

plur.

imperat.
of

Jlx~Jl 13 v. 10 for

^liL^l on account

had gained the upper hand " \^J

17
v. 4,

\jl* ,jijcJj

the pause, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 496, part. act.

"And ye
;
[

will verily
*

be elated with

The exalted, the High.

get the upper hand.

i&^-A X. To mount,

great insolence "

Jj6

is

here put for ^jDtf,

^jlc aor.
i.

To mount up.

the radical j being suppressed because of the

^Jx. preposition, Above,

to,

upon, over, in addition

before, towards,

quiescent

contained

in

the

teshdeed

it

against, opposite, alongside, to, according to,

of, for,

being contrary to the rule to have two quies-

on account

of, in,
;

from, by

tAc.

He

cent letters together after the

same vowel
owes,
it

behoves him

D. S. Gr. T.

1,

pp. 94 and 252.

'11 n.a.

l
l

Xc In

order that,
;

on condition

that, seeing that,

although

^ic

Exaltation, insolence, pride; \fJ>

\"^s.

17 v.

J^\L*
\&,3

6 v. 135, "According to your power;

45

IjLe is said
;

by Beidawee
the literal

to stand in this

" ^Jl. 4 v. 50,

As or like the

hinder

place for LJUj

fore be "

meaning will

there-

parts thereof;"

lJ~

May

^22

v. 11,
it

"After

he be exalted far above that

a way," or " upon the verge as

religion) "
all
;

were (of
with the

which they utter by a great exaltation ."

oblique plur. of
which
is

.^JU
That

The various meanings of ^JLe- seem

more or
less connected

Jl*

for "iJlc part. act.

;

to be

high or haughty

Fem.

tllhe.

Lofty,

see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 330;

$iC QU
<_1>Q

primary idea of something upon or oyer

another.

11 v.

Icl (2nd declension) comp. form,

;

84,

" Upside down

"

^aSLL

l^Lj 76

Higher, highest, more or most exalted

Fem.

v. 21,

"Having garments

of silk as a cover-

LLc (2nd declension) for

with the rule that
final

,?*

in accordance

ing ; " The accus. of the part, or verbal adjective

"is

^ when
\ ;

preceded by
1, p.

here put for the verb, and the words

if

is
;

changed into short

D. S. Gr. T.

have the same meaning as

they had been

Ill

Plur. masc. '^k\ for

^2*1

according
1, p.

c-Ao

**jCj etc.

" There were upon them gar-

to the rule of permutation,

D. S. Gr. T.

ments," etc.; for the grammatical construction see

354

Fem. Plur.
^J&V.
of

Jx for ^jJ.

and with the

D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 270 and 271

there

article

J^c High, sublime, eminent;

son-in-law.

are various readings of this passage. ^JUj

name

Mohammad's
High
places,

ygA*

VI. properly,
also

"He was
(with

"He came"
;

exalted" (with ^JJ.);

or with aor. conis
it

properly,

a name of the upper

part of the Heavens, where the register of

ditional)

In an optative sense this word

men's good actions

to

is

preserved, or according

frequently put after the

name

of God, and

some, the register

itself;

Learned Moslims

J*
greatly about this word and

101

differ
it is

its

meaning

J-ijs

Plur.

JUxl Work,

act, deed, labour, toil,

found in Hebrew.

action.

"it

aor. o.

To be common.
side.

1c Plur.
iXe.

Ucl An uncle
aunt on the

i^t. aor. a.

To wander

distractedly to

and

fro (witb

on the father's
father's side.

An

^ji)

to be struck with
i.

amazement.
aor. a.

lS

*c

aor.

To flow ; and

^e.

To be

blind,
v. 66,

x*c

aor.

i.

To

afflict,

sic

plur. of

JUc comm.

dark, obscure;

*Qj1

^1a

JL^**j 28

gend.

A column,
To

a lofty structure, a tent pole.

I.x*i*

" And the account

them."
Plur.
^j^s. n.a.

shall be (was) obscure unto

"SUjC V.
o.

propose.

On

purpose.

Blindness (of heart).

*c

lie aor.

To

cultivate,

make

habitable, perform

^k Ace. ^i

Blind, D. S. Or. T. 1,
;

the sacred visitation to

jAx. Life;

Mecca (with

ace).

p. 354.

^JmS (2nd declension)

Blind, dark.

Plur. ^V**

CJ^U) a form of
Note.

oath, "Verily

by

and

u L*c

^t*.
le.

II.

To

blind,

thy

life."

When

not used in this manner

hide,

conceal from (with

of pers.), as

the word is written and

Life,
ij+z.

pronounced ^*c.
life,

y*&

Clc

c^m) 1 1 v. 30,

And

it is

hidden from

age,

and especially long

visitation to
cult,

old age.

you."

^1

IV.
off,

To make

blind.
of,

The sacred
Rnligious
;

Mecca.

*jUji

^c

Off,
of,

from, from

away from, out

in spite

n.a.

culture.

i^j** (2nd

concerning; The primary signification of

declension)

Two
Koran,

persons are called by this

viz.

^c

conveys the idea of removal from

thing,

off or

name

in the

the father of the Virgin

away from a
significations

and from

this the other

Mary, and the father of Moses and Aaron.

jy**~* part. pass. Visited, etc.-jAc II.
to live, grant a long life to.

may

be derived, see D. S. Qr.

To cause
T.
1, p.

483

Ci

yji

yU*

part. pass.

^ Jj6 ^y**
;

1 2

v.

45, "

One

soul shall not at all

make satisfaction

One whose
visit,

life is

prolonged.-y^\ VIII. To

for another," i.e. so that the

punishment should
"jS
'<&!

pass one's time in visiting.^jkuJ

X.
ace.

be transferred from one to another

To
and
jas. aor.

settle

any one as an inhabitant (with

^J&f ^ 3
i_-^js

v. 92, Lit.
i.e.

"

God

is

rich

away
dis-

^J).
o.

from his creatures,"

(

rich

enough to

To be deep.

j-*- Deep, distant, far

;

off.

pense with them.

generic noun, Plur. c_>uci
;

Ja

aor. a.
act,

To be active (a camel)

to do,

make,

grape, grapes,

work, operate;

*jili> ^Js.

JXw
;

j 17
v.

a vine

no verbal

root.
fall

v. 86, see Itfli, see also

v.

135

at

34

12

.i-ic aor. a.

To be corrupt,
to

into misfortune,

before \*.\

we must understand
was
said to

the words

perish,

commit a crime; *~&

desire
is

^J JJj "
of David
i\ij-*\
;

It

them,"

viz. the

house

114,

"They

your ruin;"

U \jjj 3 v. U with the

so also at the 10th verse the

word

verb following
to the
j

here considered as equivalent

Jc-Cr,

"We commanded

him,"
^,1.

is to

be underpart. act.

noun of action

and

is

hence called
;

stood before JacI ^l, see

J^U

JujjJU
7,

D. S. Or. T.

1, p.

541

J--3

49

v.

One who

does, etc., an operator, worker, toiler.

"Ye would

certainly be guilty of a crime."

"

102

li-Icn.a. Sin. uLurl IV.

To

destroy;

Jell/ oLc

aor. o.

To

return, turn (with

or

^),

fre-

v.

219, "
;

He

will surely distress or destroy

quently used with an ellipse of the comple-

you

"

The

preterite being put for the aorisfc

ment;

\J\j

\2

^yZ p 58 v. 4, "Then they

what they have
;

to give greater

energy to the expression, D. S.

would revert

to or repair

said

Gr. T. avc aor.

o.

1, p.

158.

this passage admits of a variety of explanations.

To go out of the right way.

;

ix

At,

jU

'Ad, an ancient and powerful tribe of Arabs

with, near, about, in

This particle

is

properly
side,
it is

of prodigious stature, descended from 'Ad, the

a noun in the accusative case, meaning a

part or quarter
written
jjje,
;

after the preposition

as ijil SL&

^ "From God;"
o^As,
(It ia) in

great-grandson of Shem.

j>5

part. act.

One

who

returns.

j\jL

place whither one reIV.

also

turns, a

name

of

Mecca. oW

To cause to

when followed by
power; (there
mihi est;
will be
is)

^j, as

my

return, restore (with ace. of pers. and ^J, or

with me, or I have, Lat.

with double ace).

^aIc

jjj

jls

p.

12

v. 60,

no measuring (of corn) for

1,

"There jlc aor. o. To be next the bone {flesh) to take or ; you on my seek refuge, especially with God (with <_> of
l~c' Conpers.
lest,

part;" D. S. Gr. T.

496.

and

tumacious, stubborn, refractory.

(jix.

^)
2

also used

with ^1 meaning
at

as at

v. 63,
j

and again

44

v.

19.
for-

To hide the head and neck in

St
t

its

form

(a hare).

fjjs.

comm. gend. comm. gend.

Flur.

jLc! A neck.
spider;

S.'*-1

j& A refuge
bid
!

ajjfjU^ 12 v.

23,

"God

iZJyS^c

A
to

"

Lit.

"

(I seek) refuge

with God," for

verbal

root
\

jhi* AJJb Jji). cjlcl IV. To recommend to

doubtful.
lie aor. o.

To

distress,

be humble (with J)

the protection of God (with ace. of pers. and

c_>).

i^TV^j 20 v. 110, " And their faces shall

be humbled."
Jkyi aor. a.

Jl*Li!
and

X. To take refuge (with <_> of

imperat. 7 v. 199,

pers.

^); j*^li
o.

To

enjoin,

command,

stipulate, cove-

" Then

fly for protection."

nant (with
pers.).

^J\

of pers. and ^T, or with jc of

jS

aor. a.

and

To be or

to

make

one-eyed.

"ijy.

ikyi
v.

covenant, promise

also time,

Pudendum, nakedness, a
and exposed
to the

place lying naked

at

as at

20

89.

ouiL III. To make a covenant

1*.

enemy, as

33

v.

13

with (with ace. of pers. and

of matter).

pi
jl*

cyVJ^' iiJj 24 v. 57, Lit. "There are

^y*
_lc

aor. o. aor. o.

To wither.
To stand

Ij^&

Particoloured wool.

three (times) of nakedness for you."

aor. o.

still,

recede; and y. To be

To keep back. ^JyJilT obliqae plur.

f.

bent, distorted,

^.^c Crookedness, curvature,

;

part. act. II.

Those who hinder.

distortion,

obliquity

<0

-#

20

v.

107,
re-

Jlc

aor. o.

To

swerve, turn aside (fron* the right

"There
ceding."

is

no obliquity in him," or "no

Note,
'i

way).
\& aor. o. To swim.

when used to deny the

exist-

*U A
years.

year; ,JJIa 31

v.

13

ence of a thing generally governs the accus.

oblique dual,

Two

without tanween

D. S. Gr. T.

2, p. 63.

^U

aor. o.

To be middle-aped (a woman),

^fy.

u>

103

M>
aor.
aor.
i.

Middle-aged.-^ IV. To assist(with ace. and jU

To

visit.

L* A

feast, festival.

JpotU); J,j~&

18 v. 94, " Then assist

%.

i.

To go backwards and forwards.

me."-^

VI.

To

help one another (with

ace.
:...

fern.

caravan.

JS).'j\
whose aid
^J.
aor.
i.

X. To ask assistance (with

(2nd declension) Jesus, Our Saviour.

aor.
Life.
i.

of pers. or with cj).

is to

IfcZJ*

part, pass.

One Jill

To pass one's

life,

live.

ii~*

n.a.

be implored.

To hesitate; and

J^ Whatever
life.

is

necessary to sup-

aor. a.

To be

port
sion)

lL*Z
life.

Plur.

J>*

(2nd declen-

a thing hindered so as to be unable to complete

(with _*)
;

Existence,

manner

of living, victuals,

Ju

[J 46 v.

32

aor. cond.

"He

was

necessaries of

not unable to complete;"

li-*^ 50 v. 14,

J aor.
act.

i.

conceited To twist the body about in a

to be

" Were

we

then unable to finish ?"

The verb
and
,',U

manner when walking,

Poor.
i.

poor.

JJ

part,

*J. being at the

same time

surd, concave,

** Poverty.

anomalies; defective, presents several apparent

these
rules

aor.

To flow.

^S
;

fern.

Plur

may, however,
which
i.

all

be explained by the

fountain, spring of water

Plur.

*j An

eye.

affect

such verbs.
to render faulty or

^ ^
for

D.

fern, S. Gr. T. 1, p. 112, 227,

J*

aor.

To be faulty;

un-

plur. of

'J$

(2nd declension) Having large

Clear-flowing, a fountain.

eyes.
serviceable.

ly&*

^j\l
'jl
a'or.

see ,j>yo.

\li To-morrow.

*Tji An early meal, dinner.

i\*Z same

To delay.

\jl Dust.

j\*

part. act.

]il The morning, early morning.

it
t

One who
*

stays behind, lags behind.

as xe
f.

*J1

aor.

i.

To

deceive.-^

n.a. VI.

Mutual *1

aor. o.

To

and deceive with vain hopes (with ace.

ace.

J)
deceit.

when used with

and

<^ it

means

to

\ii aor. o.
etc.

To be covered with foam and dead

Hii'

leaves,

(a river).

Scum and

refuse, light

6,^and 57 v. 13. seduce from, as at 82 v. A vain hope j^i. A deceiver, the Devil.

straw, stubble.

CJ*
j/

Deceitfully.

jji

aor.

i.

and

o.

To remain behind.jo\l III. To

aor. o. JL>\J.

To go away,
raven.

set, as

the sun (with <J).

A
of

<L>

SuDBet>

vSi^

Fem<

leave out.

*ji aor.

a.

To be full of water (a spring).

jAi

"ZJJ.
plur.

The West.
JL--j^

J~j
A

(2nd declension)
black
grapes.
;

kind of

Copious, abundant,

lie aor.

o.

To come
ly*
or

or go early in the

morning

Jjj The

West, setting of the sun

Plur.

(with

Js).

5i forjii The morrow;

parts of iltjfc (2nd declension) The western

C-J-C

104

j**

the earth;

Dual J^ji, 55

v.

17,

The two

^a

aor. a.

To cover

over,

come upon,

as at

29

v.

points in the Heavens, where the sun sets in

55, t_j! jir^lilT

J "On

a certain day their

;

summer and
(yi
aor.
tjj.
i.

winter,

punishment
is

shall

and

o.

To draw mater for drinking.

;

draught of water taken up in the hand

the seventh Heaven,

25

v.

75.

Jjl

and

1, p. 118 " Ar^ u^Al P ass &' It is covered over upon him," a phrase meaning "he faints," 33 v.
;

here put for

come upon them l^JL* D. S. Gr. T.

-

" IfcliJu

19.

tuU^
ace.

plurals

of

'ijy.

Lofty apartments.

aU
L&\1

The day of judgment,

^ily

plur. of

<-J^ij VIII. To drink out of the hand (with

covering,

jli*
in a

covering, veil.
II.

and

<-_).

^x<
JJi
n.a.

part. pass.

One

swoon. JL1

j^i 7b

ie submerged.

draught.

\j^

To

cover, to cause to cover (with double ace).

At a single draught;
violently.

and hence, suddenly,

U^il
covered

IV.

To

cover, cause to cover or be

The

act of
ace.

drowning.and

(with

jffi
<__>).

double ace.).

Aj

V.

To

IV.

To drown (with
part. pass.

or

have carnal connexion with.

cover one's-self

Ju~J X. To
ace.

Jj*
*ji aor. a.

Drowned.
s

with a garment-(witli

7b be in debt.
p\j.

^\l

part. act.

One

in

of garment).
yae. aor.
a.

debt.

continuous torment.

j^U A
involved

7b be annoyed by something sticking

Lnc.

in

debt that must be paid, a forced loan, 9 v. 99.

the throat.

Something which

sticks

in

~fj*" P art
\ji

pass. IV.

f.

One who

is

the throat, so as to cause pain,

in debt, or laid
aor.
o.

under an obligation.
IV.
;

t-^-ai aor.
force.

i.

7b carry off

violently.

Qi

By

7b

ghe.jfi

To
to

excite,

incite

against (with ace. and ^J)

vs- aor. o.

To

cast

down the

cause enmity
voice (with ^).
ie.

eyes, to

lower the

(with

,'^j).

aor. a.

To be angry

Jjc

aor.

i.

To spin.

(with
. .

JJi n a
.

spinning, that

JS

of pers.

against
tion.

whom).

which ifcspun.
\)i aor. o.

J^M
adj.

n a Anger,

indigna-

To

will, s^eek,

make an
Zi

w Ldii
f.

(2nd

declension) Angry.
part,

hostile excursion

4*H*
act. III.

P art - pass.

Incensed. 4~?U^

against.

JjL

for

plur. ofjli for

^jli

Being angry.

combatant.

J&
{the night).

aor.

i.

7b be

dark.jA\
iliai

IV.

To make

JU-c

aor.

i.

7b be very dark

^J. n.a.
J-.U The

dark.

The commencement
moon,
also the

of night.

l
yii

aor. o. 7b be dark,

veil,

covering.

commencement

of ^darkness.

aor.
ace.

i.

7b cover, pardon (with

to

of pers. and

JUc
Jlc
aor.
i.

Corruption which flows from the bodies

of thing);

forgive (withal).
forgives,

J\l
s

of the damned.

part. act.

One who
s

j^ii and
;

jXi

To wash.

^Cj. Same

as

jCl

q.v.

Very forgiving.
2
v.

j)l
is

Pardon

&&[ VIII. To wash

place for washing.

GJ

d\jJ.
our
-

one's-self.

J^li A

285,
"

"(We

implore) thy pardon,

Lord;

There

here an ellipse of

(JJ&

or

105
)

J*
some similar word
'ijkk^
;

O^
o.

see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 82.

for

is.

aor.

7b be dear, excessive;
J).
n.a.

to exceed

what

is

Pardon.-jx-A X. To ask pardon

just and proper (with

i.

(with

J)

to

ask pardon of (with ace. of pers. ^Jx. aor.

To
7b

boil.

^U

The

act of boiling.
affliction.

and J).
giveness,

j\stx~>\ n.a.

The

act of asking for-

*i aor.

o.

cover.

*i n.a. Anguish,

jjjcom- part. act.

One who asks

<ui In the dark.

j*Uc plur. of

<uUc Clouds

forgiveness.

covering the heavens.

neglect, be negligent (with ^jc).

Jie

aor. o.

To

^aiaor.

a.

To abound (in water),

ii^

Plur. tibV^c

Jj'ii part. act.

less.
<ujL-

One who

is

negligent or care-

flood of water, a confused

mass of anything;
as

Negligence, carelessness.

Jiil IV.
l

sometimes used
c_>J*l
\

metaphorically,
death.

luLtc

To cause

to

be negligent (with ace. and

j.).

The pangs of

Ji

aor. o.

To

insert, defraud,

bind as

the

hand

to

j+s. aor.

i.

To point, or wink at any one.y*^6 VI.

at one another.

the neck.

Jx Hidden enmity, grudge.

Ji

To wink

Plur. jifil,

collar,
;

yoke.
1\

JjiX* part. pass.

aLiyjU ci-V.

u,<Ui

aor. o.

7b be low and

level (the

ground).
less

Bound,
17

tied

up ^jms.
let

$*=f%
*ii

U^\
To

IV. To connive at the

full

payment of

v. 31,

" Nor

thy hand be tied up to thy

than the

value (with ^J).

neck,"
i_-ic aor.

i.e.
i.

Be not niggardly.
prevail

get as booty, acquire, gain without trouble.

Jl*^ (2nd declension) plur.

To

(with

&)

overcome,

lii n.a. Sheep.

conquer.

clJ..- n.a. Victory,

conquest;

of Mk* Plunder, spoils.

a.

j^Ss. sju 30 v. 2, " After their conquest,

or ^jJ. aor.

To

be rich

to dwell (with ^i).

(

5ii

defeat;" the word

sense.

is

here used in a passive

Plur. *C~i\ (2nd declension) Rich,

cient, able to
^jicl

self-suffi-

J1JU

part. act.

One who overcomes,

do without others (with ^c).

enrich (with ace. and

victorious, all powerful,

JiSl

plur. of kjjjti
v. 30,

IV.

To

^)
;

to

Thick necked, lofty.

\2I Jj\j&- 80
thick

avail or be profitable to, satisfy, suffice for,

fill

"Gardens

(planted)

(with

trees)."

the place of another for or against

used

c->yx* part. pass. Overcome.

laJx aor.
i.

with

of pers. for

whom, and ^*
;

of pers.

and
(J

laic aor. o.

To be

thick, rough, severe

against

whom,

as at 12 v. 67

or with ^e. of
;

(with

li of pers.).
strong,

iLii Plur. lolc Rough,

pers. and ace. as at 19 v. 43, see ^jL

another
^jJu^ i

severe,

firm;

^JJlTLll

Hard-

construction
Ls> Ji*h

is

found at 53
profiteth

v. 29,

^
"
is

Learted.

Jkle Severity. &L^

X. To be

"It

nothing against the

v. 31, It shall

thick, strong.

truth;"

u^f ^ jmJ 77
act.

u-ilc To put a bottle into its case ; and w-cl.r 7b ie

not avail against the flame;" It

also

em-

uncircumcised.
cised.

ccl-' Tlur. ijalr Uncircum-

ployed with the ace. alone, as at 80

lJ_r

v. 37.

v part.

One who

suffices or stands in

Jli aor.
jJLi

i.

7b

s&^

(a

door).J}S

II.

Same

as Jli".

the place of another.

<fJc->\

X. To become
do without,
to

aor. a.

7b be

lustful,

"pil Plur.

^Uii A

boy,

rich, desire riches, to be able to

a youth, frequently used in the Koran for a son

be

self-sufficient.
14

106

tiA= aor.

o.

To

assist, relieve

(with i>). Cjbe-J

He
v.

or that which

is

absent or hidden.

<_jlic^

X. To implore
j\i.

assistance (with ace.

and

^Js.).

VIII.

To

traduce the absent, as

49 jLuj' }

aor. o.

To come into a hollow place.

Jx-

12, "Neither traduce one another;" aor.

cavern.

J^c n.a. (Water) running away under

conditional.

ilAi
ground.
part.
act.

aor.

i.

To water by means of

rain,

C^
an

i^lJU

A
f.

cave.

ilj\jjy* fem. plur.

Rain.
j\l aor.
i.

IV.

Horses making an hostile

To provide for.

J-c

difference,

excursion.

other; This word, which sometimes does duty dive (with

J>\k aor. o.

To

at

21

v. 82).

Je,\y.

as an adverb, is then indeclinable,

besides, unless
;

as^
it

Not,

diver.

when used

as a preposition,

Ipli aor. o.

To plunge

into.

&UA

hollow place,.

and meaning Without or Except,

declinable, see juc.
exists as to

becomes

a privy, easing

one's-self.

Note.

Much

controversy

Jli

aor. o. To seize,
i.

j^i Inebriation.
astray.
is

the grammatical construction of

,jyc. aor.

To wander, go
Jr^i

^
in

n.a. Error,

this

and similar words, D. S. Gr.T.2, p. 153,

II.

destruction.

One who

the wrong.

note.jS
act.

To

alter,

change.

_^X

part.

j\l part. act. Plur.

^'^,
;

Oblique Plur. ^.\1

One who changes.

ij^y see^U forj^i.

One who goes

Devils, or those

astray

expressions denoting
to

jJu V. To be changed.
aor.
i.

who listen

them. ^jyA IV. yoU

To diminish,

abate, be wanting, as
9,

To
clAc

lead astray.
i.

feffiJJu
tl^i
n.a. Tlur.

U 13 v.

"What

the

wombs

aor.

To be absent,

Cj^s.

want
li aor.
i.

(of their due time)."

A secret, mystery, whatever is absent or hidden.

ilXi.
for aj'Ci,

To

incense, irritate (with ace.

and

<__>).

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

276, note,
part. act.

laic n.a.
is

Anger, fury.
n.a. V.

3 li part. act.
f.

One who

The bottom

(of a well, etc.).

^S\l

angry.Lii

raging furiously.

prefixed conjunction having less conjunctive

occurs so frequently in almost every page

that the choice

power than J, and hence principally employed

in connecting sentences
;

must be

left to 1, p.

the reader's

the following

is

from

judgment, see D. S. Gr. T.

also T. 2, p.

549

et seq.,

Johnson's Pers. Arab. and English Dictionary;

i_ is

396

It is

constantly to be found

a prefixed particle of inference and

prefixed to other particles, as

- <*%'

UU,

^i),

^u,
'*

sequence, signifying And, then, for, therefore,

eo that, in order that, in that case, in con-

^)M
iac^U

etc. etc.

An opening

or

commencement,

rt.

*& q.v.
f.

sequence, afterwards, at least, lest, for fear

that, truly
;

all

or most of these significations

-U"Then

protect

him;" imperat.

iv.

of

may

be found in the Koran, but this particle

106

cJa

aor. o.

To

assist, relieve

(with

c_0. CjlIl
ace.

He

or that which is absent or hidden. ujlicl

X. To implore assistance (with

and ^Ic).
s

VIII.
v. 12,

To traduce

the absent, as

\Um ).

49

Jl

aor. o.

To come into a hollow place.

SO
'

\k

A
i^_>lc

"Neither traduce one another;"

aor.

cavern,

j^i. n.a.

(Water) running away under

conditional.
aor.
i.

ground.

tjL%

A
f.

To water by means

of rain.

cave. cyVj-*4

iX~c
an

fern. plur.

Bain.

part. act. IV.

Horses making an hostile

jU

aor.

i.

To provide for.

jS A

difference,

excursion.

other; This word, which sometimes does duty

J>\ aor.

o.

To dive (with

at

21

v. 82).

J>\y.

as an adverb, is then indeclinable, as^lc Not,

besides, unless
;

diver,
o.

when used

as a preposition,
it

tli aor.

To plunge

into.

kHc A

hollow place,

and meaning Without or Except,

declinable, see One.
exists as to the

becomes

a privy, easing

one's-self.

Note.

Much

controversy

JU

aor. o.
i.

To

seize,

jj*

Inebriation.
astray.

grammatical construction of
2, p. 153,

ti^c aor.

To wander, go

[A

n.a. Error,

this

and similar words, D. S. Gr. T.

II.

destruction,

^ji One who

is in

the wrong.

note.j*
act.

To

alter,

change.

ZtL* part.

_jU part. act. Plur.

^li,

Oblique Plur.

^jl
IV.
^jcXc.

One who changes. i^Jy*

see j\l loxj^..

One who goes astray; expressions denoting

Devils, or those

jz*j V. To be changed.
aor.
i.

who

listen to

them. ^^ll

To

diminish,

abate, be wanting, as
9,

To
c_>U

lead astray.
i.

'^JiVJuZ
cl-li n.a. Plur. <LiSl

U 13 v.

"What

the

wombs

aor.

To be absent,

want
aor.
i.

(of their due time)."

A secret, mystery, whatever is absent or hidden kU <UXS for iXl, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 276, note, The bottom (of a well, etc.). dole part. act.

To

incense, irritate (with ace.

Ia5
f.

and

<__>).

laic n.a.
is

Anger, fury,
n.a. V.

lc part. act.

One who

angry.Lif

raging furiously.

prefixed conjunction having less conjunctive

occurs so frequently in
that the choice

almost every page

left to 1, p.

power than j, and hence principally employed

in connecting sentences
;

must be

the reader's

the following

is

from

judgment, see D. S. Gr. T.

also T. 2, p.

549

et seq.,

Johnson's Pers. Arab, and English Dictionary;

(_ is a prefixed particle

396

It is constantly to be

found
Jlj,

of inference and

prefixed to other particles, as lX\*,

^U,

sequence, signifying And, then, for, therefore,

so that, in order that, in that case, in con-

,JU etc. etc.

iacr\i i-li

sequence, afterwards, at least,

that, truly
;

lest,

for fear

An

opening or commencement,
protect

rt.

Ji q.v.
f.

all

or most of theBe significations

this particle

"Then
q.v.

him;" imperat.

iv.

of

may

be found in the Koran, but

jU-

jli

107

cr*
taking of Khaibar.
opens, one

oli aor. a.

To hurt any one in the heart.

j\y Plur.

-rli part. act.

One

rvhc

is\ The heart.

who

gives judgment; AacrUll Name"

c^b,b see *j.

^ift "Then show me;"
q.v. with i_J prefixed.

of the opening chapter of the Koran. imperat.

iv.
f.

IbJ&V

of ^jV,

The Judge, an

epithet of

God.

i^liU (2nd

declension) plur. of ^CL. or

i.

Vk A key.
1a part,

1U for jli or

^U

aor. o.
it <ui

and

To

split (the

head)

'j^i II.

To open

(with

of pers.).

with a srvord.

A band

or party of

men,

pass. Opened.

-a<g~>\

X. To ask assistance
ic')
(

army.
IjTj

of

God, against

(with

to

ask for a
v. 19.
faint,

see *Tj for tJ.

judgment or decision in
jii aor. o. and
cease,
desist,
!

a suit,

asat8
weak or

(^w>-jb see iju^-j.

cj aor. a. 7b
break,
as
jijjj

i.

To be quiet
'ijii

to feel

illG

to desist,

cessation, or interval of time

II.

t_Hy'_jj 12 v. 85, " By God

cease to

thou wilt (not)

between two prophets.jls

To weaken,

remember Joseph

" for this ellipse

diminish a punishment
Jti To
split,
i.

(with \c).

of the negative see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 473

cleave asunder.

_p5

is

here put for Xj, D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

97.

J^i aor.

To twist (a rope).

J^j A

small skin in

Jii aor. a.

To open

(with ace. or with ace. of thing

;

the cleft of a date-stone, hence a thing of no

and ^Js. of
<_> of thing

pers.)

to explain or reveal (with

;

value.
^jij aor.
i.

and ^Jx. of pers.)

ace.

To grant

To

try, or
<__>

prove as gold
or

in the fire

mercy or a victory (with

as at 48 v. 1
;

and

of pers.),

(with ace. and

^i)

to afflict,

persecute

to adjudicate in a cause (with

(by burning), which seems to be the meaning

at

85

v.

10

to lead into temptation;

v.

to

make

" Until Gog and Magog

shall

have had a way

to the

an attempt upon, as at 4

102

to

seduce

opened for them," alluding

rampart

(with^);

^P^_pXJ.c5l
trial.

v. 13,

"They

mentioned at 18

v. 93,

which being broken

shall be proved, punished, or burnt in the fire."

down, an irruption of those barbarous tribes

is

^yj

n.a.

^J'li

part. act.
<uL

One who

to take place shortly before the last

is

day

leads into temptation.

trial,

temptation,

the verb

here put in the feminine as having

collective

punishment, misfortune, discord, sedition

;

for subject the

nouns j-y^lj and

or civil war, as at 8 v. 40

At 2 v. ] 87

it

may

^U, D.
called JU)
I

S. Gr. T. 2, p. 233.

gi
is

Victory, a

be rendered "seduction from the truth," so

also at 3 v. 5;

decision or judgment, the taking of a town,

yJ&T <&

29

v. 9,
;

"A
At 8

trial or

and especially of Mecca, which

sometimes

calamity proceeding from

is

men

"

v.

25

it

par

excellence, as for
its

example

in

explained as meaning any crime

;

common
at a loss

the 48th chapter, which takes

that victory
;

name from

to the people at large

it

has been translated

N.B. The victory

foretold at the

"

sedition," but the

commentators are
;

close of the 27th verse is believed to be the

to fix the exact

meaning

ixii Qjiser i

10

v.

cr
"
;

108

cyy
causing (water)
(with
at 2 v.
(as
I
. .

85 and 60
of)

v. 5,

Do

not

make us

(the subject
;

to

flow.

"^

V.

To

flow

punishment

a similar ellipse
v.

Beidawee says teJ ^-fy* occurs at 17 v. 62, also at 37

&).j\
57 the verb

VII. To flow (with

is

^)
being

put in the

fern.,

61 and at 74

v. 31,

where

it it

means "a cause

we should say) governed by

tju*& \|yjT) "

the nominative

of contention; " At 33 v. 14

may be rendered
mean

Twelve fountains," and the

fern,

"desertion," and at 6 v. 23

it is said to

word ^s. being of the

gender;

for the

"an
S

excuse or answer," and only to be called

is

construction of the numerals see D. S. Qr. T.

1, p.

<uy because that excuse

the Idolators.

a lie forged

by

420, and T.

2, p.

318.
iys?

^y^*
to

part. pass. Distracted,

Le? aor. o. To open (a door),

clear open

demented.
lli

space, as between the sides of a cave.

aor. o.

To be superior

another in generosity.
;

^jl

A young

man, man-servant

Dual

JLs? To

be shameful or infamous.

*tLa=? (2nd

lcJ>

declension) Filthy, shameful, or dishonourable

Plur.Lijof few, and JjGi of many.

*ui Plur.

conduct, especially stinginess in the payment

of tithes or other
religious

cL>Gi Young women, maid-servants.

IV.

^^liT

dues.

<tl*-U

To

advise, give an opinion or instruction

Filthiness, uncleanness, a filthy report, a crime,

in a matter of
pers.

law or judgment (with

ace. of

fornication or adultery

Plur.

(jl^y

(2nd

and .ji).

J^[

X. To consult, ask
declension) Abominable crimes.
legal matters
\

opinion or advice, chiefly in

(with ace. of pers. and
gative);
\s>-\

also with
^J>,

interro-

'jit aor. a. To boast.

jlj=

jj=? Vain-glorious, a boaster.

n.a. VI.
f.

m^*

*^-i c:~a."w Sj 18 v. 22,

Earthenware.-jL\j5

Mutual

" Neither ask the opinion of any of them (the

boasting.

JewB or Christians) concerning them " some

of their views on the

^Is

aor. n.a.
is

i.

To ransom
ransom.

(with ace. and <).

.xj

important matter in

*jjJ

ransom, that which

question are given in the preceding verse.

1* aor. o. To straddle.

paid as ransom or to redeem a fault.

"J n.a. Plur. ^Usf

A broad

^jjll III.

To ransom, redeem. ^^i[ VIII.

(with t_j),

way, especially between two mountains.

To ransom or redeem one's-self with

or from (with

aor. o.

To
;

cause water to pour forth (with ace.

to

^)

thus at 5 v. 40,

&], sxaJ
it

and ^.)

go aside from the right way,

to

t_>llc

"To redeem

themselves with

from

act wickedly.
_y>-\j part. act.

Js?

n.a.

The dawn, day-break.

tjs!

the punishment," etc.

<u jj

Wicked; Plur.
II.

and jU?.
to flow

see

t_s Jj

jj?

n.a.

Wickedness.^s?
and
^Jt,

To cause

3 j.,jj

iJ

see jay J
i

(with

ace.

or with

double ace.)
the seas
to

j> aor.

i.

To
.

flee, flee to

(with

J\)

fly

from (with

(1/^ j&V\j\')
shall

82

v. 3,

"And when

^,)
3*-<

j\ji

n .a. Flight, the act of

fleeing

away

be made

to flow (together)," so as
sea.

place of refuge.

form but one

j^

n.a.

The

act of

djj

aor. o. To be nicked.

d:\y Sweet

(water).

LL^i

109

jy
advance of (the truth),"
truth behind his back
;

S/S

aor.

i.

aud

o.

To

let

out the contents of a

i.e.

"

He

casts the

basket.

C-y
To

Fcecee.

" the

word

in its

most

1j

aor.

i.

Bplit,

cleave asunder.

_Ji, Plur.

ordinary acceptation

is

applied to a horse
it

who

L/j An

interstice, break, flaw, private parts

outstrips his competitors;

likewise

means

\) JLL^AjZT,
1j
aor. a.
ful
;

21

v. 91,

"And

she

who

insolent or extravagant, an iniquity, that which

goes beyond

all

preserved her chastity," viz.

The Virgin Mary.

bounds. ly

II.

To be

negli-

gent, omit, act negligently (with

part. pass. IV.
f.

To be

glad, rejoice (with t_>).

_.J

Joy(in

^J)-&A*

Made

to hasten.

at 28 v.

76

it

means one who exults

aor. a.

To mount up.

y A

branch or top of

riches).

a tree.

3J

aor.

o.

To be separated,

alone,

oy, Plur.

J,^y (2nd

declension) Pharaoh.

i^jCj (2nd declension) Alone, without companions, or as at 21 v. 89, without offspring.

cy

aor. a.
v.

and

o.

To empty,

finish

t^y UU

94

7,

"And when

thou hast finished (thy

{Jm'Sj To spread on the ground.

J*^/, comm.

preaching);" to bring a matter to an end,

settle

gend. Paradise; the original meaning of the

an account with any one (with

of

word
trees
;

is
it

a park or garden planted with fruitis

from the Plur.

u-uj

Jy' that we

pers.).

%Jj

part. act.
ace.

Empty, void. yl IV.

and ^Sx).

have the Greek word UapaSeto-o?.

To pour out (with

^Lj

aor. o.

To spread

as a carpet
fit

on the ground.

jj

aor. o.

To split, divide, make a distinction (with

to
;

J^ji n.a. Animals

for

slaughter.
n.a.

JAJ
-

^j);
Koran)

send down

from Heaven
it

(as

the

generic noun, Moths.

\J^J \J^j> carpet used as a bed, a mattress, and metathus at 56 v. 33,

^ ur

thus at 44 v. 3, where

may
all
;

also

be

rendered "is distinctly decreed;" as on the

night there alluded to are settled
of this world for the ensuing year
the affairs

phorically a wife;
Zc.fj* "And

^g/j

Jy'

aor. a.

damsels raised on lofty couches."

ratify, appoint, fix (a

To be afraid.
ing
or

n.a.

The

act of distinguish-

,Ij

aor.

i.

To notch,

time)
of,

separating;

\j cy\i^U!li 77 v. 4,

to

ordain,

command an

observance

or

"And by the Angels who

also

separate (truth from

there are

obedience to (with ace. of thing and ^Js. of

pers.); to sanction
;

falsehood) by a discrimination;"

to assign (with

J of pens.);

other

interpretations of

the

passage.
*Jiy

To be aged (a cow), whence comes JLJS An old

cow.
iLc^i
*

jj A

separate part, heap, hillock.

n ordinance

(especially of God),

band of men.

J>J A

part, portion,

some, a

a settled portion, dower or jointure;

see

l^j
deter-

party or band of men.

'jSj

distinction;

^1/iU part. pass. Appointed,

The Law of Moses and the Koran

as distinguishing between truth

are so called

and falsehood,
ch.
ii.

minate.

ly aor.

o.

To precede, to be extravagantly reproach^Jl).

see

2nd

Epistle to

Timothy

v.

15;

ful or insolent (with

Vj

In advance of;
hifl

J$flTl%

8 v. 42, "

On

the day of distinction

ty

"s^ J-i 18

v<

27

"
'

And

affair is

in

viz. (of the true believers from the infidels),"

; ;

0/
The Battle
it

no

lai

of

Bedr

bo also at
to

v. 29,

where i

j3

aor. a.
.).

To be

terrified,

smitten with fear (with

is

interpreted

by some

mean
II.

a victory

over the unbelievers.

Jy

To make a

with

^ means To
?

&

n.a. Terror.-

&
from

II.

when used

free

fear, as zji \j\

division or distinction (with ^^o); to

make

Lj
^

^e.

34

v.

22, " (Until) their hearts shall

fear."
to

Bchism in (with ace).

dissension. j^U III.
ace).
tion
it
;

<J>.j&

n.a. Division,

have been freed from

M ** aor. a.

To

quit, part

from (with

To be spacious,

make room

for a

J^j

n.a.

The

act of quitting, a separa-

person (with

of pers.).
of place).

^ V.

To make

at 18 v.

77

fj\ji is

antecedent to
that
is

^-i-j

room

(with

must be borne

in

mind

although

generally rendered " between"

substantive

\Asr> see J*^.

Jcuj aor. o.

in reality a

To be

corrupt.

jLj

n.a.

The acting
j]

meaning
;

interval, or, as in this

corruptly, corruption, violence;

^^JujJu

passage, a connexion

at

75

v.

28 Jl^i means
jlli 5
v. 35,

"Without (that

soul having slain

a departure from this life.

divided

'Jjj
(

V.

To be
;

another) soul or (committed) violence."

IV.

JuJl
^J)
;

among themselves

(with

J)

Jjai

To

act corruptly, do violence (with

Jo

6 v. 154, " For fear lest ye be scattered

S. Gr. T. 2, p.

to corrupt, despoil
act.

(with acc).

juui* part,
or

away from" (with ^), D.

to be separated

245
part,

One who

acts

corruptly

commits

one from another.

^J^*

violence, a spoiler.

act. Divers, different.

>

j~J

aor.

i.

and

o.

To discover. j~hJJ n.a.

II.

f.

An

To be

brisk.

1ij\j

part. act.

One who

is clever,

explanation or interpretation.
(

insolent or petulant.
iji

j*~h aor.
to

i.

and

o.

To emerge from

its

husk (a date) ;

aor.

i.

To

cut.

^jji

New,

strange, wonderful.

withdraw from the right way, disobey the

of

ijj*\ VIII. To feign, forge, invent a lie(with

acc.

commandment

God

(with

and ^js. of pers.)

12,

^ ^
Jul

^)

to be

im-

^.J^,

u^

pious, act wickedly.

J^J and
who

J>y*J ns.a.

y^is^jlj 60 v.

Literally,

"A

calumny

Transgression,
part. act.
aor. a.

impiety,

wickedness,
is

^tf

which they have forged between their hands

and their
;

transgressor, one

wicked.

feet

" this passage has

by some been J4>j

To be weak, faint-hearted. To show

itself (the

interpreted

as

referring to

the illegitimate

fl*

aor. o.

dawn); and

children which the

women

attempted to father

To be eloquent, speak with fluency and correctness,

upon
act.

their husbands.

jxl+ for isj&* part,

for

f^i

(2nd declension) comp. form,

forger,

^jja*

isjjm part- pass.

More
jjAffli

eloquent.

Feigned, pretended, forged.

ji aor.
i.

" Then draw them (towards thee)," im-

To flow as bloodfrom a wound.Jcl\ X.

expel (with acc.

perat. ofJU for jye q.v.

To remove,

and ,)

to

J-oi aor.

i.

To

dissect,

depart ; to

make a

distinc-

deceive, lead to destruction (with acc. ofpera.

tion or division, or judge

pers.

between (with
jLai n.a.

^J

of

and

c_>).

and ^i of thing).

distinc-

J-i
separation,
a

111

dJJ

tion,

means of distinguishing
86
v.

jp> A

rent,

flaw,

^kL" V. or fissure.

To be

good from 38
v.

evil, as at

13

<_>\kiM J-sj
part. act.

rent asunder. %\ VII.

To be cloven asunder.
')oa~*

19,

see ilAlxi..

J*U
truth

One

jUwjI n.a. The being cloven asunder.

part. act.
ili

who judges between

JUaJ Weaning.
JJu'
II.

and

falsehood.

Cloven or rent asunder.

iL~a

family, relations.

To force water out of an animals stomach.

To explain

distinctly (with ace.

and
J*i

Li Harsh,
aor. a.

severe.
do,

of pers.).

Jrg,eJ n.a.

clear explanation,

To

make,

act,

perform, accomplish.
i*i
etc.
1, p.

exposition.

jliU

part.

pass.

Clearly

ex-

J*i

An

action, a doing.

deed.

Jxli

part. act.

One who

does,

JUi

adjective

plained, distinct.

li'aor.

i.

To break. ^om\ n.a. VII.

f.

The

of intensity,
act
effecting

D. S. Gr. T.
;

322, Doing or
it

much

used substantively

means

of being broken;

^UIaJI
it."

12

v.

257, "It

a great or able worker.

Jy^

part. pass.

has no flaw or break in

Done, made,
Lii Silver. JoiJ[
,

effected,

performed,

fulfilled;
is

at

J&

aor. o.

To break asunder.

8 vv. 43 and 46 the past part. iy>L* ^\l

in prophetic

put
;

VII.

To be broken up,
...*).

dispersed, separated

language

for the future

J*i> J\

^
J^j

(with

a similar instance occurs at 73 v. 18.

to

aor. a.

To expose

shame

^y^r^

Is

15 v.
j>as

aor.

i.

To seek for that nhic.h

V. To

is lost, to

lose.

68,

"And

do not expose

me

to disgrace

(by

jJUi'

make an

inquisition into; at

27

v.

ill-treating
aor. o.

my

guests)."

20
J-ai Excel-

it

may
and

be rendered " lie reviewed."

i.

7b remain over and above.

"lj aor. o. "li

j and To dig, break the vertebra

yii n.a. Poverty.
that

lence, merit, favour, a free gift, bounty, grace,

To be poor,

ij\i

munificence, indulgence. JJai II.

To

prefer,

calamity, properly
vertebrae.

which

breaks

the

favour, cause to excel, grant favours to one

^Jii Plur. *Tyu (2nd declension)

person in preference to another (with ace. and it,

Poor, needy; when used with

s
s i
. .

and with c_> of thing).

preference.

J-atf

n.a.

*Jl tjLJipt
.

UJ

it

J as at 28 v. 24 may be rendered

Excellence,

J-=j V.

To make

" In want of ...

whatever thou mayest send

a similar use of the word
at

one's-self superior (with ^J-e-).

down unto me;"

To go
in unto,

\Jj aor. o. To be

roomy. ^2j\

IV.

when employed with J>\ may be observed

35
v. 16.

as a husband to a wife (with ,J\).

'&

aor. o.

and

i.

To

split,

create.

"Je\i part. act.

Iji

aor. a.

and

o.

To be of a pure yellow colour.

A
30

Creator.

dij*

for "ijti
;

D. S. Gr. T.
is

1, p.

Ijli part.
red
to
llii
;

act.

comm. gend. Very

this

yellow or
is

276, note,
v. 29,

creation

the word

found at

according to some

word

applied

and

may

there be taken to

mean

any pure colour.

" Then deliver us," see J>]
be superior in

Religion, or a religious frame of

mind

inspired
(I

by God;

it

is

put in the ace. after ^jJ.]

;

iM To

wisdom ; and

<ui aor. a.

To

mean) understood

D. S. Gr. T.

2, p. 94.

be wise, understand, to be skilled or have

<UL>

112

understanding in matters pertaining to

Law

or of

A
"

species

if

the latter

meaning

and Divinity. & V. To be assiduous in

instructing one's-self (with

be adopted we must understand the words

^).
The
act of freeing
f.

j\*&V&
occurs.
jcj

Qf trees,"
II.

at

55

v. 48,

where

it

CZS

aor. b.

To break,

ijjo n.a.

(captives). d&> part. VII.

Dislocated,

To dote.xl
as a dotard.

To make a dotard

of,

regard

one who vacillates (in his

faith), as at

98
v.

v. 1.

'p

To think.

II.

To meditate

at

74

18

it

li aor.

i.

To vanish.

li

for

^U

part.

act.

means

to

meditate blasphemies against the

consider, meditate (with

Perishable, liable to decay.

Koran.'p6 V. To

Li To understand. f^ II. To cause to understand

(with double ace).
slip

ij

To be very merry,

"tii

jester,

one who makes cj\j aor. o. To pass away from,

(an opportunity)

game

of others.

&li

part. act.

One who

is

escape (with ace).

n.a. VI.
' f.

ldj* n.a. Escape. izjjju

very joyful, rejoices greatly (with c-> or ^J). i^li Plur. t\y
ill; V.

disparity, or

want of proportion.
_jS
G.~o>

(2nd declension)

Fruit.

li

aor. o.

To diffuse a fragrant odour.

To wonder.
^il Such an one, a certain

troop or
j\j aor. o.

company

Plur. l\y\.
p

Ji

A certain person,
person.

To

boil, boil

up or

boil over

jj*^\ J*

11 v. 42,
\

"The oven

boiled over;" this oven

to

To split. 'J*

IV.

To

prosper, be happy, attain

part. act.

is said to

have originally belonged

Eve, and

one's desires.

'Jf*

One who

poured forth boiling water as a sign of the

is

Deluge, the waters of which, according to

prosperous or happy.

Jewish
Jii aor.
i.

fable,

were boiling hot; see also 23

Haste
;

To

split,

cause

to

come forth.
forth

Jii
(of

A
v. 27.

jy

n.a.

**yi ^y* 3

v. 121,

fissure,

Day-break, breaking
it is

the

" Immediately on their

arrival, or before

they

dawn)

held by some to

mean

Creation

had rested," see D.

j\j aor. o.
tion,

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 526.
of,

in general,

and especially of those things which

To

get possession

gain, receive salva-

are produced from others, as Fountains, plants,

children, etc.
to

obtain one's desires.

j]i n.a. Victory,

^i'i part.

act.

One who causes

put forth or break forth. jXu^ VII.

To

felicity, safety, salvation.

jSU

part. act.

One
j\L$

be split open, divided.

ijiLJi

who
ui-li

enjoys felicity or receives salvation.

ij\L*

To be round {a breast),

comm. gend.

place of safety or felicity.

An

escape,

and number, Ships, a ship, shipping, The Ark.

tl>ii The orbit of a celestial body.

place of refuge.

Jiy Not
and
j\ aor.

used in the primitive form, To submit a

thing to the judgment of another (with ace.

pxSs see

fxj.

J^
o.

of pers.).

<u.a;.b see /*u> for ye.

*-i for
*Jt

To be superior in rank or excellence.

properly a noun expressive of

jJ, see

U.

jy
plur. of

n.a. is

To drive camels.

^Ol

^A

branch,

superiority,

which when used as an adverb

is

&
indeclinable
;

113)
pany

Jri

in the

Koran

it

always appears

with, as i^-Ai* a> **1

^ ly^Jl
It
of,

7 v.

as a preposition
is

meaning over or above, and

36, " Enter ye in

company with

the nations

then used in the accus.

jy

as

Jjy "Over

which have already passed away;"

sometimes be rendered On,
v.
to,

may

you," or in the genitive after a preposition, as

with, 51

ylfiVJji

^y 14 v. 31, "From
of) the earth;"

above (or from

29

for,

2 v. 173 ;
to,

by, against, concerning,

the surface
pp. 494 and

D.
.

S. Gr. T. 1,

according

or in

comparison with;

an

510

see also due

j\j

A delay,

instance of the last

v. IT aor.

meaning occurs
1, p.

at 13

properly the space of time between two milkings, or of the opening

26
i.

D. S. Gr. T.
return,
at

487.
;

and closing of the

to one's-

To

go back (with ^JV)

2 v.

to

go

hand
self,

in

milking. Jlil IV. To come

from a vow, as

226. *X!

IV.

To bring

recover (after a swoon or illness).

;

under the power or authority of any one (with

ace.

.'

*y
*li

generic noun, Garlic

aor. o.

no verbal

root.

and ^js. of pers.). LiJ' V. To turn

itself

To pronounce a word,

li or pi or with

about (as a shadow cast by the sun).

,jo\j aor.
i.

a complement
SVpT

y,
S

Gen.
(

J, Ace. U;
II
is

Plur.

To be copious;
IV.

to overflow (with

^).
(with

mouth ;

The word
9

formed from
off the
;

yiljl
ace.

To pour water over any one

;

the regular

noun *y by cutting

two
see

and

le)

to

rush impetuously (with

^j,
to

last radical letters,

and substituting *
;

as the pilgrims
diffuse
;

down Mount

'Arafat

be

D. S. Gr. T.
in the
plural.

1,

pp. 378 and 417

it

is

found

to dilate or amplify in speaking (with

Koran only

in the ace. sing,

and in the

^i)

to be

immersed in any business (with

!>

a preposition meaning In, into, among, in com- J\j aor.

i.

To be weak-minded.

J-j

An

elephant.

J Name
lyi To

and

initial letter

of the 50th chapter, see

,_^j aor.

i.

To

contract, take, seize,

draw
67

in (its
v. 19,

wings in flying), as a bird; thus at

abhor; and *y To be ugly, loathsome.
part. pass.

where we
fji^i

may

understand the word ^astta*-!.

<Lio

lyJU
some ;
sense.

Abhorred or rendered loathit

n.a.

contraction.

handful.

at

28

v.

42

may

be taken in either

^e^iU
jji aor.
a.

part. pass.

Taken.
(with ace.

To accept

and

Jj

aor. o.

and

i.

To bury,

^i

n.a.

Plur.

jjlii

or

{J^)

to

admit (with ace. and

of pers.)

jj\j part,

grave.

yUU

(2nd declension) plur. of

*J*sJ*

act.

One who

accepts.

Jj

properly, a noun

cemetery.^Jl IV. To cause

i.

to be buried.

meaning

the forepart; but

in the

Koran used

U*i aor.

To get a

light

from
VIII.

another.

^^^J
light

either as an adverb,

and without a compleit

Lighted

fuely3l

To take a

ment,
jli

in

which case

is

indeclinable,

as

from another (with

^).

Before, formerly, or as a preposition

is

JrS

114

H
vowed" <Cj JJ U)
at
;

in the ace. as \ia> Jji Before this

when

pre-

a similar passage is found

2, p.
to,

ceded by the preposition

genitive, as

it

is

put in the
it

2 v. 121, D. S. Gr. T.
f.

454. Jjlfc*
or facing one
f.

S?

Ir?

Before that;

corre,

part. act. VI.

Opposite
act.

sponds in

its

construction with Juo q.v.

see

another. Jjiw* part.

towards (with ace).
jxi
slot.

X.

Proceeding

also D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 152.

Jli The fore-

part;

6 v. Ill, "Before their eyes," or

hosts," with

o.

and

i.

To be niggardly,

jii and

ijis

" In

which meaning

Ji may

be

Black dust, blackness,

jjj,
part. act. IV.
f.

jt Niggardly.
To be
in reduced cir-

regarded as the plur. of

J-J

q.v.

J-i Power,

a side or part
of, as

jjbiX

&
;

Jli Towards, in the direction 2 v. 1 72, "Towards the East;"

cumstances.

Ju

aor. o.

To

kill,

slay;

^Lu\
;

\>\-> 2 v. 51,

\^j

$ JjJ

27 v. 37, "Against

whom
57
v.

they
13,

" Then slay yourselves " either figuratively,

will

have no power;"
it."

4&

by mortifying your corrupt

desires, or "
is

one

"Alongside

aCj

properly,

Anything

another;" the latter interpretation

in ac-

opposite; a Kibla, or the point in the direction of which, prayer

cordance with the account given in Exodus

chap, xxxii. v. 27
;

must be made

to be

In the Passive Jy

is

some-

efficacious; see Daniel chap. vi. v.

10; Thus
the Ka'ba

times used as an imprecation, thus at 74 vv.

the Kibla of the

at

Mohammedans
v.

is

19 and 20, "

terite

May

he be accursed;" the pre;

Mecca;

at

10

87 the word has been

being used for the optative

;

D. S. Gr.

interpreted

"A

place of worship;"

The Jews
the

T. 1, p. 169
10,

similar instances occur at 51 v.

in the days of

Moses are supposed by

to

80

v. 16,

and 85

v. 4.

Jm

n.a.

The

act

Commentators
Ka'ba,
it

have prayed towards the

rebuilt

of putting to death, slaughter.

declension) for

^Jcj (2nd
1,
is

having been

by Abraham and

Jj_

D. S. Gr. T.

pp. 110

Ishmael in place of the original house destroyed

and 402, plur. of J~a One who

Jsj
n.a.
II.

slain.
J-s&f

by

the Flood.
surety,

Jp>
bail,

favourable reception.
;

To

slay, or cause to

be

slain.

3+J A

sponsor

at 7 v.

26

it

The
"

act of slaughtering. Jj\j III.

;

To
9

means a host

(the ministers of Satan).

*L-J>

jS US
tribe.

fight against (with ace. of pers.)

v. 30,

<w

*^AjIS

(2nd declension) plur. of

An Arab
near,

May God

curse them," see

JJ; At

Jyl
(with

IV.

To come, draw

approach

3 v. 140 there seems to be an

JjIj of the
objective or

ellipse after

^j

in the sense of with), thus at 12 v.

v.

immediate comple-

82 and 51
of pers.)
;

29

to

turn towards (with

^li
".

ment,

tfllft or

some

similar

word being underJlsjj n.a.

to

rush upon (with

To

accept (with ace. and

is

^ ^
or
(that

(Jp <>

stood, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 454.

The

of pers.);
ellipse of

act of fighting,

war. Jssij VIII. To contend

This verb

sometimes used with an

among

themselves.
;

the immediate complement, or as

call
it,

Cucumbers we should Hl$ generic noun,

no verbal

root.

the accusative; thus at 3 v. 31 ^jy*

JJei 'j aor. o. To rush headlong .f&\ VIII. To underhave

take an enterprise in a headlong or impetuous

"Then

accept from

me

which

"

^
manner.

115)
measure
to

i*i

!*&

part. act.

One who rushes or

38
v. 59,

an exact nicety (with

pers.), as at
;

ace. of thing
;

leaps headlong, found at

where

it

and Jle of

89

v.

16

so also in

means " Rushing headlong

jj

(into Hell)."

the Pass, at 65 v. 7

to estimate the value of

A particle
give
it

frequently prefixed to the preterite to

(with double ace), thus fjoj

jL

'tJ\\

VyAi

a past signification; where

among

v. 91,

" They have not made a

to

just estimate

several verbs in

the preterite one has the

of

God;"

be sparing (with J); to deterit is

particle jj prefixed, such verb is to be taken

mine, with which meaning

Pass, at 54 v. 12.

found in the
is

in the Pluperfect tense

so also

among several

JjS

n.a.

That which

Pluperfects the one which follows jj will have

determined or predestined of God, measure,

value,

a signification anterior
the above cases
it

to the others

in all

power ;

jlSfiD
it

97

v. 1,

The night of

may

generally be rendered

El Kadr, on which the Kor&n was sent down

from Heaven
;

already, and

may

frequently be understood to

may be rendered either " the

from a

imply that the matter in question, although

past,
is

night of Power," or " the night of the pre-

of recent date, or that

;

it

was not untx>j

expected
v. 119,

thus, *-lc *,.

determined decree,"
fable, that

Mohammedan
Divine

*iJ J-a

o
decrees on
it
is

on
all

this night are issued the

"For he hath even now

explained to

the affairs of the ensuing year

fall

you what he hath forbidden you;" another

use of jj
is

generally supposed to

on the night
Jjj
n.a.

to

add energy to an affirmation,

be rendered truly, of a

preceding the 24th of Ramadan.

The

and

it

may
"

then

certainty, or verily; thus, iJs. vy*

Divine deoree, that which

predestined, a

*Ui Jo

definite quantity, a determined measure ; ^Jx.

'sjjj

24

v. 61,

He knows

of a surety what ye are

Jo about;" so also at 91 v. 9, U\2j \J* " Verily he who hath purified it is happy
;

^A

g^jif 2

v. 237,

"Upon him who

is

in

easy circumstances (shall be set) an amount

according to his ability;"
it is

also read *,Jo.

Lastly, jj

may sometimes

be rendered

fre-

quently, as at 2 v. 139, ily=rj \^i&i

^j

jo

^jj J.jj plur. of

jjti part. act.
over, one

comm. gend. A
is

cauldron.

"We

have frequently observed the turning of

It is

One who

able or has

power
Jjji

thy face;"

found in combination with

Jo'j,

who determines
j)*~

beforehand.

other particles as T. 1, p. 533.

Ji3, Jii etc.

D. 9. Gr.

Able, potent.
j\ jJU

part. pass.

Determined.

definite quantity, or
II.

determined meapossible, dis-

oi aor.

o.

To

rend,

dli plur. of Jo

A
;

party of

sure, a

space.;jo

To make

men
\i\jo

at variance

among themselves ^XJo US

pose, prepare, to plan, devise, decree, deter-

72

v. 11,

"

We

mine, define; at 74 vv. 18, 19, and 20,

it

are (.followers of) different

ways."
_1j aor. a. To strike fire.
striking
fire.
i.

means
Ijo
n.a.

to lay plans or plots against the

v.

Koran; have

The

act of

at

34

17

it

may
r

be translated "

We

facilitated;"

jX

li^Si 76 v. 16, "They

jss

aor. o.

and

To be

able, to

be able

to do,

have
;

shall determine the

measure thereof (accordJj

power over, prevail against (with

^Js.)

to

ing to their desire)."

J&

n.a.

The

act of

)0J

116

measuring or determining, a Divine decree.

jjaill part. act. VIII.
vail (with
f.

called
for Cs

^)
i.

*\& D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 252.

act.

*&

Powerful, able to pre-

J^ part-

One who

imitates (with

Jx).

fjusi To be pure.

^Jo

Purity, sanctity.

(_J jji aor.

Ls)G'
<

To pelt, cast (with ace. and

v. 47,
;

^ or
to

t_>)

^wjilfThe Holy

Spirit,

by which name the

cJjju 34

"
at

He

casts his truth

Mohammedans

designate the Angel Gabriel,

(over his servants) "

20 v. 90 we must
\

^ialf The
^jji
II.

Holy One, an epithet of God.

sanctify, bless (with J).

understand the words

pelt with abuse (with

jU

To

^jJU

asperse,

ace',

and

t>).

part. pass. Sacred, holy.

j
aor. a.

aor.

i.

and

a.

To standfast; remain quiet (with 33

v.

1 ji aor. o.

To precede
come

and + si

To betake
Merit
;

^jj), as at

33,

where

is for

^j\ 2nd
D. 8. Gr.

one's-sclf,

to (with
it

^J\).

~+i

pers. fem. plur. of the imperative,

when
p\ss\.

of the fern. gend.

means A

foot

Plur.

T.

1, p.

229.

Note. This
is

word

is

frequently

liji Old, ancient.

^y*\

Forefathers.

spelt ^yj,

and

then to be derived in the

fjki II.
;

To bring upon

(with ace. and

of

usual
to

way from

the assimilated verb^Sj q.v.

v.

pers.)

to do a thing before, prepare before-

be cool, applied to the eyes, thus at 20

41

hand, send before (with

and with or with-

l^llc ytf
(

literally,

"So

that her eye

might

out ace), as good works, which a

man
him
to

is

said

be cool,"i.e. "That she might rejoice;" so also

at 19

to send before to bear witness for

last

at the

v.26

lllc

cf/j

"And cool

(or refresh) thy-

day

see 1st Epistle of S.

;

Taul

Timothy

self," literally,

" Be cool as to thine eye." J^S

chap. v. v. 24

to

put forward (a threat),

n.a. Stability, a fixed or secure place, reposi-

threaten beforehand, as

^J\> S^\

i_^.jj ssj
tory, place of abode,

iyi Coolness

^^c i^

50 v.27," Since

we have already threatened you

1

" Delight, literally, coolness of the eye."

beforehand ;" at 49 v.
accus., the words

there
5

is

an ellipse of the

\yji

may

probably

mean

jj\p (2nd
;

declension) plur. of ijjjj

glass

"

Do

not put yourselves forward," or " do not

bottle

" at

27

v.

44

it

must be

translated

obtrude your opinions ;" there are other readings, but this

"Slabs of glass;"

*^^;jjy

76

v.
it

16,

seems best

to accord with the

"Glass bottles resembling

silver," or

may

context, which contains several hints on

good

breeding and etiquette. +jjl> V.

at 74 v.

To go

before;

be " Silver bottles resembling glass."J\ IV. To confirm, to cause to rest or remain (with
i).jcl>\ X. To remain firm (with ace. of
place).

40

it

means

to

go forward
to

in the right

way.
to

ajJc-.-I

X. To desire

advance, wish

~JcU*

part. act.

That which remains

abiding,
lasting.

anticipate.

a&L***

part. act.

One who

firmly fixed or confirmed,

'?,-- part. pass.

goes forward, or desires to advance.

\si aor. o. To be agreeable in taste

Firmly
it

fixed or established fixed abode;

v.

and smell

{food).
<_>).

as a

noun of place
06 " a

means a
;

and
is

ijSial
!>j>2il

VIII.

To

imitate,

copy (with

at 6 v.

fixed

time " at 6

98 there

imperat. for jcj! with the addition of*

an

ellipse, to

complete the sense we must read

"

117

^
aor. a.

'JO* ^Jj
\j> aor. a.

the words

may refer

either to the

-ji
"e
tijt

To wound.

"Jy n.a.
s s'

wound.
si,

loins of the Father, or

a mansion upon earth.

aor.

i.

To
i.

collect,

idji plur. of
off.

J^ An

ape.

and

o.

To

read, rehearse to (with ace.

and ^Jl of pen.).

*^j Period of a woman's

t^Ji aor.

and

o.

To cut

<JCy Name

of a

noble Arab tribe descended from Ishmael, of

monthly courses.

wTy

The Koran, properly

which Mohammad's grandfather was Prince.

pronounced Kor-an. yi IV. To cause to read

or rehearse.

^j

aor.

i.

To cut;

to turn

away from (with

n.a.

ace.

of pers. or thing).

Jaj

A loan, especially

l-jJ To make a night journey; and

approach, draw near to
;

ily
1

aor. a.

To

one which

is

payable at the option of the

U^ii

v. 183,

borrower, and hence called

"And

do not go near
;

(to transgress)

them."

<2r*>- <J>J \ according to some, however, the meaning of this

ji Proximity

at

v.

100

it

may

be rendered
Sjjt

expression
Jojfl IV.

is

" a loan at good interest."

lend (with double ace).

"A
Qod.

means of drawing nigh."

Plur.

To

OJUji PiouB works which draw men nigh unto

J&fi

quadriliteral,

To

kit the

mark.

t-l^y

comm

J^j.
in

Plur.

gend. Nigh, near, near

;

\j>J$f (2nd declension) Paper.

aor. o.
lots,

at hand, either in place or time

t^ij

Shortly after

Cy

^* J

To get the
to
;

better

of another

drawing
which

as an adverb, Lately.

strike,

c,lj Adversity, that

^j for ^>y (2nd

1,

declension) D. S. Gr. T.

strikes
i.

name

of the

Day

of Judgment.

pp. 110 and 402, Affinity,

relationship; _J/i aor.

To peel.ijii\ VIII. To acquire, gain.

act.

^jJ^iillji

relation.

~^\>J

n.a.

sacrifice,

t_J^uK part.

One who

gains.

or gift offered to
v. 11
;

God;

see S.

Mark

chap.

vii.

for
i.

^j*^ fem.

plur. imperat. of Ji q.v.

to another.

a familiar acquaintance, the Entourage y^I aor.

it

To join one thing

u/i

n.a.

of a prince ; at 46 v. 27
best translated

may

perhaps be
to

horn, a generation ; Dual

as ^-J/i 1 j J

" as a means of access

^j, oblique ^j,

^y.

God;

He
see

of the two horns, Alexander

the false Deities there mentioned being sup-

the Great,
*\jji

^j; Plur.

posed to be on familiar terms with God, and

^J Plur.
origin,
S.

(2nd declension)

An

intimate companion.

therefore likely to act as intercessors with him.

^jti Korah, a proper name of foreign

t_j/l (2nd declension) comp. form,
closest, nearer, nearest,

Closer,

and therefore of the 2nd declension, D.

more probable

Gr.

at 16 v.

79

it

means " In a shorter time," or " quicker."

Kinsfolk, kindred, those

T.

1, p.

404. ^L*

part. pass. II.

act.

f.

Uounttr
is

^^jj)
related.

most nearly
II.

together. ^yt* part.

IV.

f.

One who

hjL* Relationship. CJJ

To

able to do a thing (with

set

of thing).
is

^j*

before (with ace. and

JH;

to

cause to draw
;

part. act. VIII.

f.

One who

associated with

nigh (with ace. and jac or

sacrifice)
;

^[)

to offer (a
is

another, or follows in procession.

aor.
i.

u-yU

part. pass.

One who

made i^i
j

To entertain a guest,

hj*

A city, town,
cities

or permitted to approach,

honoured. CJjl\

village;

Dual

w \=jJjJ1

The two

Mecca

VIII.

To draw

near.

and Et-Ta-if; Plur. sj.

{J**

118)

V*j lo think

evil.

u*~~l
to

Christian Priest.

j*nn part. act. VIII.

l*Jii->^

f.

One wlio divides.

by means of

j*J To compel any one

mill.

do a thing against his

X. To draw lots

or divine

IjyJi Powerful, a lion.

i.

headless arrows.
aor.
i.

k** aor.
o.

To swerve from justice ; also

and

Li

aor. o.

To be

hard.

jJ

n.a.

Hardness.

^Ij
Hard;

To be just.
v.

uli n.a. Justice, equity; at

S
for

yJ3 D.

S. Qr. T. 1, p. 330, part. act.

21

48 we have an instance of the noun of

for the construction of the phrase I^jJj

j(s&
278
is

action used as an adjective, and remaining in

39

v.

23

see D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 197 and

the singular, although qualifying a the plural

act.
)a~*i\
;

noun

in

at the

commencement
;

of this verse there

D. S. Qr. T.

2, p.

280.

L>1* part,

remarkable hiatus

Beidawee contents himself

One who

acts unjustly or unrighteously.

by saying i_jjjj^

^Jli

"The

predicate of

(2nd declension) comp. form, More just.

IV.

lilSl
(jw\LLj

To

be just (with

J^

or

J\

).

LX*

^
like

is

suppressed,"

but the sense

gathered from the concluding portion

be supplied somewhat as follows
:

may be it may
etc. (be

part. act.

One who observes justice.

this

" Shall he

A balance;

word

is

said to be of Greek

then whose breast

God hath
is

opened,

origin.
I*lii

unto one whose heart

hardened?);

Woe

aor.

i.

To divide into parts;

to portion

out

then unto those

who

are hard of heart;" D. S.

(with ace. and ^S).

partition,
lj*Jl

"JJ An
an

oath,

iw A

Gr. T. 2, p. 475.

dividing,
pass.
f.

apportionment. J*J
distinct. *^JL
apportions.
IJIj

part.
II.

Divided,

jJ&\ IV. f. quadriliteral, To become rough or creep with terror the skin
cucumber.
(with ^y).
o.

part. act.
III.

One who

To swear unto
IV.

yoi aor.
(with ace. of pers.).

To

cut, lop, to follow, declare

to narrate

JJ]

To swear

(with ace. of oath and t_>,

;

or relate, to
1_

make mention
JeusH n.a.

of (with ace. and

narrative, story,
;

or with a verb preceded by J)

at 7 v.

47 and

1a of pers.).

elsewhere the substance of the oath

imme-

history, the act of following

iL^u 18

v. 63,

diately follows the verb, without the inter-

" Following their footsteps."

tion.

J>C*

Retalia-

vention of any particle, thus

U ^^JsQVLjX
will swear (that)

Xai

aor.

i.

To

!/i 30

v. 54,

"The wicked

intend, to be moderate, steer a middle

jJiS

course.

The

right way, the middle path,

they have not tarried;" at 75 v. 1 the words

" Le juste milieu."

jueU part.

act.

LJ\

i are generally rendered

" Verily
;

Easy or
VIII.
f.

swear,"

moderate (journey). Swa-DU part.

act.

i being held to be intensive

so also at
to

56

v.

One who keeps

good intentions

to the right path, a

;

man

of

74 and other passages; according

however the words
;

some

also

one who halts between

may mean "I

will not
re-

two opinions.
joi To be short; aor.
prayers (with
palace, castle.
o.

swear " the matter being too palpable to

quire the confirmation of an oath, see

To

diminish, cut short, as

1
c_A

^).

J^i' n.a. Plur.

j^u A

-J&

VI.

To swear one

to another (with

_^*\j part. act.

One who keeps

*
in restraint. at

119

Ojo

jy-ak* part. pasa. Confined, kept

&

aor. a.
off;

To

cut asunder, cut

down

(a tree), cut
;

home

(a

woman).^liU

part.

act.

II.

f.

to pass or traverse as at 9 v.
v. 28,

122

',.*lzii/

One who
desist.
i__a-ai

cuts short (his hair).-jJi\ IV.

To

j-Jllf 29
"

"Ye

infest the
;

highway," or

commit highway robbery

to

"

at

22

v.

15

it is

aor.

i.

To dash in pieces (a

ship).

lJUIj

understood by some
himself," or "let

mean

" Let

him hang

heavy gale of wind.

~ai aor.
i.

him hang

himself, and then

is

To break

in pieces,

demolish utterly.
Distant.
^J2i\

cut (the rope) ;" the passage

rather obscure,

Uaj aor. o. To be distant.

^Ji
1,

but the idea seems to be, Let

him

resort to
'-'<

for^l

D. S. Gr. T.

p. 105, Fern.

JJ*

any means however extravagant.

part
;

(2nd declension) comp. form,

further;

More remote,
"The
further

according
^Jaj

to

some

the first watch of the

ji\'jj^\

17 v. 1,

night.

part of the night, the darkness

mosque," the Holy House at Jerusalem, on the

site of

of the night towards

<uiii

morning

also plur. of

which now stands the mosque of El

paic or portion.

-LLC- part. act.

One

Aksa.

who
J*i
aor. o.

decides, as at

27

v. 32.

j^^-
off,

part. pass.

To bore. <Je^\ VII. To threaten To cut

to fall

down.
i_^ii
-aor.
i.

Cut off. ^ki

II.

To cut
;

cut in pieces,

off.

ij^ai n.a. Trefoil or

divide, disperse separately

JL*\s-J \*LLw. 47

clover.

" v. 24,

And would ye

sever the tics of relation-

j=s aor.
(

i.

To

decree, create, accomplish, bring to

;

ship?" tocutout(clothes),asat22v.20.-^Jlii
V.

an end, complete
to

to fulfil (as a

term or vow)
of pers.)
is.
;

To be

cut up into pieces, divided asunder;

determine (with ace. and

to

J^li

jjaij'

v. 94,

"A

Bchism has been made

off

pass a sentence (with ace. and

of pers.);

between you," or "ye have been cut

one another
;

from

ill ^Ji 28

v.

14, "

He

slew him," or

"made

"

For the impersonal use of verbs

an end of him ;" to

command

(with ^1); to
^J\

see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 245.

i.

make known
pers.); to

or reveal (with ace. and

<__>)
;

of uJiks aor.
5 J* i_akis
"^..ki

To gather the vintage.

i_JJiii plur.

of

judge (with

to

judge between

bunch of grapes,
thin skin
sit,
it

(with
act.

of persons and t_* or

< i).

^ij

part,

The
o.

which envelops a date-stone.

upon,
sit
still,

One who

decrees, determines, judges, etc.;

3j6 aor.
at

To
;

sit
is

remain quiet
in

i\&V**Jti

< 69 v.

27, "

Oh! would

to

home

sometimes used

a manner

God

that

it

(death) had

made an end

of me."
1,

similar to those verbs which are styled by

&&*
p. 330.

part. pass.

Decreed, D. S. Gr. T.

grammarians

IS

cj^i-l and
;

may

then be

rendered to become
hi

instances occur at 17 vv.

1, p.
;

hi aor. o. To cut.

A judge's

sentence.
jlksl plur.

23 and 31
beset (with
for (with
\

D. S. Gr. T.
<_,),

121, note; to
to set snares

Jai

aor. o.

To drop,

jai Molten brass,

as at 7 v. 84
at 7 v. 15,
I

of Jai

side,

a tract of earth or heaven.

J) thus
;

CS&j* "^

u^ ^
lie

J\Jai Liquid pitch.

"Verily

will set

snares or

duo

120

/*

ambushfor them (in) thy

word CSb\j^
is

straight

way

" the

means employment
219
it

in business,

and

at

26

v.

here put in the accus. as being

may
to

either be translated behaviour or

fro,

a i_yi or adverbial expression embodying the

idea of place
;

going

and

or

it

may refer

to the various

it

stands for

^J

or

tl^Ce

,Jlc

postures assumed by the

prayers.
i_.U,g:.-

Moslems when

at

D. S. Gr. T.
is

2, p.

393, note; a similar passage

Time or place where any

found at 9
see .xcl*.

v. 5.

jyo

n.a.

The

act of sitting

one

is

busily employed, as in journeying to

still,

Ix^S

comm. gend. and number,

oyo
part. act.

and

fro,

etc. CJ&>\ VII. To be turned about,

to

Sitting.
sits
still

Itl* Plur.

One who

troubled,

turn one's-self or return back

;

or remains at

home;

Fern. Plur.

(with or without ^JV)

to be overthrown or
;

iXcy (2nd declension) Foundations, women

turned back, as at 3 v. 122

to
it

be turned from

who

are past child-bearing.

jjtiU n.a. Plur.

still

the true faith, in which sense

may

be taken

AcliU (2nd declension) The act of sitting

or remaining at

at 2 v. 138, as well as in other places,

where
^j\

home, a seat or place of

sitting

the words t~ss.

^s. i^u-v, occur ; i_-J^

down, a
jii aor.
a.

station,

encampment,

as at

v. 117.

yjifcj 26
shall

v.

228, "

What

turn their

affairs

To descend.j*aL part.
is

act.

VII.

f.

That which Jii

aor.
i.

torn

up by the

roots.

meaning "what shall be their future state;" Literally, " By what kind of a
take,"

and

o.

To return from a journey.

JUil

return they shall return (to God)."

part.
act.

t^JtfiL*

plur. of
lii aor. o.

Ji

A lock.
II.

One who
is

returns,

d St\t

part,

To follow.^

To cause

to follow

pass.
it

That which

exchanged ; at 26

v.

228

or succeed (with t_j of pers. and

L S&).
little,

must be considered as a noun of time and

J>

aor.

i.

To be fern, to be
jil

little.

jJi Few,

place, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 305.

jjj aor.
i.

small.

(2nd declension) comp.

II. v.

form,

To

collect

{mater, etc.).

OoTl

(2nd
of the

Fewer, poorer. JJj

to

To make

few, cause

declension) plur. of

i&i An ornament

appear few, as at 8

46. JjI

IV.

To

bear,

neck, wreath or garland.

sion) plur. of

5J0U

(2nd declen-

carry.
,_JJ> aor.
i.

jJdU

key.
desist.
**]

To

turn, return (with

^J\).
II.

J!jj

n.a.

jJJ aor.

a.
i.

To remove, extract. ^S^ IV. To

Plur. ilt^i

heart. iSJj

To cause

to

1&

aor.

To pare
;

{the nails, etc.).

Jj

Plur.

turn, turn upside

v. 40,

down, upset; tj& **~^i. 18

pen
i.

a headless arrow used in casting

to hate.

lots.

"

He

turned his hands upside down," or

JS aor.

To fry ;

JIj part. act.

One

with the backs to his belly, a sign of grief; to

turn about
;

who
To

J^ ]j Jjj

<ul

^m 24
in

abhors (with J),

v. 44, -s**

raise the

head and refuse

f.

to

drink {a camel).
is

" God maketh the night and the day to take

turns,

**" part. pass. IV.

forced
aor. o.

One whose head

see.

or succeed each

other

turns."

up
and

so that
i.

he cannot

c_-1sj V.
n.a.

To be turned

about, changed.

clJif ja3

To game with dice;

and^i aor.

a.

The

act of turning about, a vicissitude of

To be white,
from the 3rd

j*
to the

n.a.

The moon

(especially

fortune, whether

good or bad;

at

16 v. 48

it

26th day).

v***
To canter or bound.

121

J^i
Xii

aor.
shirt

i.

and

o.

J*~**

A U*u

aor. o.

To compare by measurement.

qpy
axj

Fr. Chemise.

oblique dual of jLji coram, gend.

bow.

quadriliteral,
bottle.

To

tie

up

the neck

of a leather c\i

aor. o.

To cover {a female),

tl* Plur.

j,J**i Calamitous (day),

level plain.

l^j

aor. a.

To goad

(an elephant) on the head.

plur. of

JU

aor. o.

To

say, speak (with

J)

instances not
is

l^liU (2nd declension)

J^j To
be lousy.

ImL* A mace.
Lice,

unfrequently occur where this word

omitted
is
;

altogether

jXl generic noun,

obedient to
is

for

example at 39

v.

4,

where

\J\j

ti^-j aor. o.

To be devout,
act.

God (with J).

understood before the words

*j.a-*j

and

tLoli part.

One who

obedient to God,

again at the commencement of the 15th verse

of the 25th chapter, where we

devout, constant in prayer.

must undergenerally in-

&>

To hinder; and
\+).

ki

aor. a.

To
lajli

despair (with
part. act.

stand l^J Jli>

this

ellipse

is

>> n.a. Despair.

One

dicated by the conjunction

p. 568,

^J\,

D.

S. Gr. T. 1,

who
i

despairs,

and T. 2,

p.

468;

see also
is

$.

jyn.a.

quadriliteral, To leave the country

and

inhabit

saying, speech, that which

pronounced,
Plur. of

a town.
talent,

Ilkj Plur.

'-til*

(2nd declension)

a sentence, a
Plur.

word;

Plur. J\jSl,

1200 ounces of gold.

^kJU

part. pass.

Jj^I

(2nd declension).

JJ A

word,

Counted by talents; the expression

^ui!

^j

saying, pronouncing, speech, discourse, conversation

;

fCiLs Xz
talents."

v.

12

is

equivalent to "

Heaps of

at

43

v.

88

if

we read iLi} " And

it

the saying (of the prophet),"

;

must be conantecedent
act.

IJj

aor. a.

To beg

and LjS

aor. a.

To be content.
also one
f.

sidered as the
lie

complement

to the

LjIj part. act.

One who asks humbly,

act.

in the 85th verse.

JH

part.
Jjaii

A
To

who who
lli

is

content. *-iiU part.

IV.

One

speaker, see also Jli for J-i.

fabricate
falsely,

V.

lifts

up the head.
get, acquire,

counterfeit (with ace. and

aor. o.

To

^/jli plur. of uj

A
to

lc of
*\$ aor. o.

pers.).

cluster of dates.

To

stand, stand fast or firm, stand

still,

^j

aor.

i.

To acquire. ^Jj)

IV.

To cause

stand

up to
;

prayer (with

^J\

and

^J>,

or ^Jx.
;

acquire, to
Jf aor. a.

make

contented.

of place)

to

come

(with ^y* of place)

To overcome, oppress.

potent,

the Victorious God.

J^H jfo
\

The Omnipart. act.

iltCJV'pjso, 14 v. 42, " On the day

when their

account shall stand good, or when the reckon-

One who subdues (used with

Conqueror, a
\ji

jy

^auS \ The

ing shall come;" to stand before (with J);

klilTj

name

of God.
q.v.

^Slf *jLJ57v.25,

"That men should

plur. imperat. of
o.

be righteous in their dealings," used also with

distance.

ujll ior.
lL*\j

To dig.

<-jU

A space,

J
cby
o

of pers., as at 4 v. 126.
or

jy n.a.
at

people.

aor.

o.

To nourish.

ejVyl plur. of
f.

tj

Right, true

98

v.

4 we

may

Nourishment.
ful,

cL~JU part. act. IV.

Watch-

understand the word ii*jf Religion, before

It!

a guardian.

L'T part. act. Standing, firm, upright,

16

122

certain to come, as at 18 v. 34. equity.

erect;
it

~+\y Right,

fore

God."

pti\ for

ti&\ D.

S. Gr. T. 1, p.

*U
*ui

plur. of liy

Standing upright,
action, at 4 v.

294, n.a. The act of being constant (in prayer);

is also

noun of

&-.'&
halting,
<L*\sl+

^
35

16

v.

82,

"On

the

day of your
Ill* and
;

may

be rendered a

means of support, and

\y One who has a
to,

or pitching your tents." or place

v.

at 5 v.

98 an asylum.

Time

of abode,

station

J\

high standing, superior

*JJ *Tl(i.

firm, upright, as

<Lliu]l

32,

"The mansion

of eternal

kliSb^ly^jS 4 v.134, "Observe

when bearing witness
Self-subsisting

abode."

lJU

part. act.

One who observes

permanent

strict integrity

before

religious rites, constaut, lasting,

God."

^'Jf The

(God).

_JU J---J ly\j 15

serve to confirm

v.

76, " And verily they

uUiJl The Resurrection.

sion)
v.

y\ (2nd declenat 17

men

in the right
is

way

"'

the

comp. form, More or most right;

is

construction of the passage

rather involved,
;

9 there

an

ellipse,

the sentence
^-sj
1

if

com-

but the meaning seems pretty clear

J-*-*-*}

pleted

would stand thus

;

<&,Ja& lJ^.

\fA\

" Those

who

are constant in prayer;"

jj^\ *y* ,a
this

for the

syntax of adjectives of
2, p.

for the construction see

D. S. Gr. T.

2, p. 183.

form see D. S. Gr. T.

301

et seq. ;

*liLl
pers.)
;

X. To act uprightly (with

walk uprightly

of

JLS *y\ Lit.

"More

correct in pronunciation,"

in the paths of religion

or

"more

suitable for distinct pronunciation."

(with

if),

a^-^<

part. act. Right, righteous,

*UU Time
abode
;

or place of standing, stationary

upright, well constituted.

^j

state or dignity, in

which sense
;

it
it

be applied at 55 v. 46, and elsewhere

also

may may

To excel
strong,

in strength ;

and ^jy

aor. a.

To be

iy

Plur. sy Power, strength, vigour,

force,

mean God's
their place."

tribunal

U^ul 5
II.
f.

v. 106,

resolution, firmness,

determination to

"In

Lyii' n.a.
to

Symmetry.
;

observe a law.
for

^y

Strong, powerful.yU
f.

(Ul
2

IV.

To cause

stand

upright
i'^Jal
\

to
*Xi\

JsyU

part. act. IV.

One who

inhabits a

observe or continue in (with ace), as

v. 172,

desert.

"He

is

constant at prayer;"

To

set

^oli aor.
II.

i.

To break the shell {a chicken).

or destine for

^^J
U

straight, institute or appoint (with ace.

\jj }

and

To prepare
and
i.

any one (with

f^Qjf^j ~J
them

Iaj

18

v.

105,

"And we

ace.
Jli' aor.

of pers.).
siesta

will allow

(their works)
ajL)

no weight on the

To take a

at noon.

Jj

part,

day of resurrection."
v. 2,

j\^,J1 \y^lj

65

act.

One who

sleeps at mid-day.

J-iU Place

"

And

offer

straightforward evidence be-

of repose at noon.

tiJ

CJFem. CJ affixed
singular,

pronoun of the second person

affixed to verbs

and prepositions, and thy when

nouns.

affixed

meaning thee when

CJ

is

also

particle

prefixed

; ;

/
(

123

nouns, and to other particles, and meaning

as, like
;

of ijJ>
tude.

grievous

sin.

j Of great magni-

it is

considered as a preposition, and

in the genitive
;

'j\ Plur.Jjls!

(2nd declension) comp.

etc.,

governs nouns
to

when
is

prefixed

form, Greater, more grievous,

Fern.

greatest
;

the

noun Ji* the

latter
v.

redundant
the

JjL

(2nd declension), Fern. Plur. "JS

lyj,

Example, <u=- JiiS 2

203, " Like

1, p.

J&V^i

74

v. 38,

"Verily

it is

one of

resemblance of a grain," D. S. Gr. T.

^w'i
J
fein.
IS

473.

the greatest (calamities);" lAJl pl ur ^

-

Q>

A cup

no verbal
(v.

root.

being understood.
this

How many

*\j?i

(2nd

declension)

Ui

.,-);

word

is

re-

Greatness, glory. ^S II.

To magnify (God)
n.a.

gardod by grammarians as

an indeclinable

by saying

'j\ 111].

^Jj

The

act of

noun; D.

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 454.
invert,

magnifying God by saying^-sl ui\.jJ>\ IV.

aor. o.

To

throw face downwards (with

f.

To extol.^J
of place).

V.

To

act insolently (with ^Jt

<-). il^L* part. act. IV.

Grovelling (with

J^J*

part. act.

One who

is

haughty
a

1; of

face).

and arrogant.

JlL^irThe

Self-exalting,

L&

aor.
i.

i.

To throw
o.

prostrate, expose to

ignominy.

name
tLi aor.

of

God.^D
be^-

X. To be puffed up with
insolence (with
is i
5

and

To injure any one in the

liver.

pride, to
juS Trouble, misery.

vith

of

place); at 38 v. 76

6j^J\
;

for

cJj2J^\\

jS

aor. o.

To be older than another

jS

aor. a.
;

To
D. S. Gr. T.
1, p.

71

to reject wit'i insolence

be aged ; and^-S aor. o.

To be great
"

to be

a
(witli

^).

weighty or grievous matter (with ^s. or x^.

part. act.
It is

J'-

b-\
is

n.a.

Arrogance.

^v

...,>.-

One who

proud and haughty.

i), rt.

of pers.);
;

QU^Is 40

v. 37,

grievously
is

odious " the subject of the verb

to

here said
;

i_^Li To throw down headlong(with

q.v.

Ji*

be

CS\i& meaning J^J^l i^!i JL

aor. o.

To

write, write

down, transcribe;

to

<ul| JLj'JS 18 v. 4,

"How

odious a

word;"
prescribe,

command, ordain or decree

in writ-

lzjJ,

is

here used as a verb of blame, D. S.

ing (with ace. and

with ^*)
;

Gr. T.

2, p.

225, note;

&,jJ ^J 'j CL
most hard

or

_5

Ic of pers. and also

l&i.

Ex.

17
in

v. 53,

" Created matter of that kind which

it

*J\

l^J j^J^

v.

49,

" And we wrote

for

them

therein a

command
;

your opinions

is

(to raise to

that, etc. ;" to inscribe (with ace.

and ^j)

at

life);"

To
't^S

attain

majority.

Greatness,

52

v. 41,

and 68

v.

47 the sense requires that

pride

jy

uJJ^Tj 24 v. 11, "

it."

He who

we understand

the words " from the preserved

hath taken in hand to magnify

of ji Old age.
sion)

jS n.a.

table of God's decrees."

<1^^>
-

part. act.
t

J-i Plur. *Tj2 (2nd declenaged,

is

writer or scribe.

cl>& n a

^ ur

A 4^i ^

Great,
'\

grand, large,
v. 74,

grievous

book, writing, Scripture, written

decree, letter; at 2 y. 236
it

revelation,

'J^Jj

20

"Verily he

your

chief,

may be

translated

or-your master;"
eldest of them."

J^i

"The

biggest or the

" the prescribed period

" iJ~~* <__>la is a

name

^S li (2nd declension) plur.

given to the preserved tablet of God's decrees,

124

*J
aor. o.

from which the Koran

copied
;

is

said to

have been

j-Ss

To be

muddy.-j^
VJ) To

VII.

To shoot

these words are generally found witharticle, in

downwards

(the stare).

out the definite

order to enhance
its

by

ISS aor. a. (apparently for

a certain vagueness our ideas of

magnifi-

cence "Omne

ignotum

pro

be hard; and

aor.

i.

To be niggardly.^*] IV. To be

magnifico!"

niggardly.
aor.
i.

<l>&tf The Holy Scriptures, the Koran, also (_ the book in which a record is kept of all men's
actions,

To

lie, lie to,

falsely invent (with

ace);
ly'ji

shall

and an extract from which, each one have placed in his hand at the last day,

to tell lies

about or against (with

pass. "

Jj).

They were

the victims of falsehood."

17v. 14;
Arfls for

t^fjil The Jews and

i-jiiS n.a.

lie

Christians.
-

^%

lying,
false

false,

as

<__>

see

X^Ll*..

used also as an adjective, j| jii 12 v. 18, " With

LtfL* P art
III.

pass.
Blave"

Written

down. CJ&

blood," D. S. Gr. T\2, p. 280.

<Lj\S

To give a

part. act. Lying, a liar; at

a contract of freedom on payment of a

with

certain

sum

(with aco.). <L~z&\

VIII.

To

56

v.

2&jtf agrees
to

understood.

tl! j

One given

cause to be written.
'{ aor. o.

tying, a great liar.

to

tl>^

n.a.

falsehood.
'li In-

To

conceal, hide (with double ace.)

C>3 L*

part.

pass. Belied;

o.jiL^

keep back (evidence).

t--4J aor. o.
e-^-iS

fallible. <_jj^ II.

collect

To aoouse of falsehood or

and

i.

To

into

one place.

imposture, falsely deny (with ace. or with _);

frequently used without any object being expressed ; thus at 6 v. 149 where we

heap of sand.

JS

To

be superior to in point

of numbers; andj

may

aor. o.

To be much, many, numerous.

understand

J^lf as

the

complement of the

Multitude, abundance.
especially of

'J$ Abundance, and

;

erb
;

D. S. Gr. T.
v. 26,

2, p.

454

good things
is

name

of a river in

^J,y>X 23
accused

" In respeot of their having

^&
n.a.

for

Paradise; this word

J-iS

variously expounded.

me

of falsehood," D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.

Much, many, numerous.

declension)

jjjfi (2nd comp. form, More, most, more

497

At chapter 55 the word Jtlfj " Do ye

abundant, the greater

number.^S
as

II.

To

is

both falsely deny," which occurs so frequently, addressed to men and genii, the two
specieB

multiply.-^

IV.

To multiply,

l/#U
The

of rational beings

who

are mentioned in the

OS^.
of

11 v. 34,

"And

thou hast multiplied

f.

13th and 14th verses.

of imputing falsehood.

vLo j&

The act
act.

disputes with us."-plL" n.a. VI.

act

iLtilC part.

multiplying.-^^ X. To wish for much, make great use of (with of thing).

One

who

falsely denies, or accuses of falsehood or

imposture.

? r;

a<

To study or M*>ur after anything.

JS

aor. a.

To return,

ill

A return,

^S n.a.

The

a turn of luck

act of labouring after anything.

y*Sjl 67 v. 4,

Two

^tf

other times, twice again.

part. act.

One who labours

after (with

jJ To

twist

rope,

grim..

CJ)

n.a. Grief,

J\).

distress.

tr

125

^
58,

JfyA
i

verbal root. shed or stable for goats; no

" Without their having been guilty of any-

tJij>

throne.
to

thing to deserve such treatment."

aor. o.

To be superior

another in generosity,

L>;,<

aor. 0.

To fail in finding customers.

;

5lli n.a.

lij Plur. 'fy

able, as at

Honourable, noble, generous,

want of purchasers
To cut up
off.

the act of remaining

unsold.

munificent, agreekind, beneficent, gracious,

56

v.

43;

U 25

JiJ aor.

i.

(cloth).

J&$ A

segment,

v.

72, " Cour-

a piece cut

iJu

plur. of iI$

piece or

teously."

'$

(2nd declension) eomp. form,

II.

segment*

Most beneficent, most honourable. fj

honour.

To
IV

&4 adverbially,
JCJ
clothe (with

In pieces.

To honour, make
Honour.

^ ^
46

part. pass.

Honoured.

JJ aor. a.
llS aor. 0.

To be lazy.

plur. of

^Cs

Lazy,

f}\

sluggish.

honourable.

a. {X}\ n.a

To

double ace).

tyS

part. act.

One who honours

.*.<

Clothing.

11*
') aor. a.

part. pass.

Honoured.
be averse from (with a trouble,

To remove, take offa

aor.
i.

cover.
bare, remove, take off

To

detest, dislike,

_jiX

To uncover, lay
;

ace).

7} and 7) ns.a. Repugnance,

(with ace. and

42,

something disagreeable;
will;
s

&}

Against one's

"

On

fjj be made shall leg a certain day a

^) jC

If

*-iij

68

v.

$}

v.

14,

"With
who

pain and grief."

hare;" a phrase expressive of

calamity
;

very great

ji part. act. One

dislikes or is averse

it

is left

vague and indeterminate

from anything.
hateful. ?j
II.

%}J*

part. pass.

Abominated,

to increase the feeling of

awe

the idea is

To render

hateful (with ace.

taken from a

woman who

tucks up her gar-

and

J\

of .pen.). jJI IV.

To compel one

to

ments in
ing, etc.

flight.

.-b< n.a.

The

act of remov-

ace. of pers. do a thing against his will (with and of thing, also with ace. of pers. and

iJLitf part. act.

or reveals
;

One who removes,

v.

Jl s
i.

takes

off,

at

58

58 &$\S agrees

J^).
;

t\J\ n.a.

Compulsion.

with

Jm, and
i.

clAiilS at 39

v.

39 with

j&^T

e^-Ls aor.

To

gain, acquire, seek after, gather

understood.

(riches)

in the

Koran

it is

frequently used in

'M

aor.

To abstain from chewing the cud (a

Jfctf

reference to the provision which a

laid

man

has

camel).

part. act.

One who

restrains,

up against a future
it

life,

be

it

good or bad

obstructs or chokes.

JJjS Grieving inwardly

part. pass. Oppressed

in this sense

may

often be translated to do

and in

silence.

jjl&

or commit;

*# <^J U
hearts

v.

225, Lit.

with silent sorrow.

aor. 0.

"What your
"what your

hearts have gained,"

meaning i_^S
to."

and

i.

To have swelling breasts (a

girl).

have

assented

jft
die,

dual of

JLX

The

ankle-joint.

& A
u-e^

i^l^VIII. To
Koran between the
latter like

seek after, seek to gain;

little

and hence a building in form of a Cube,

there seems to be but

1st

difference in the

the Ka'ba or square temple at Mecca.

and the 8th forms ; the

occasionally require to

J-l may

act. (2nd declension) plur. of 4~?lS part. T. damsel with swelling breasts; D. S. Gr.

A
1,

be rendered to deserve; \yl*\

U^

33

v.

p. 343, note.

l_JU

126

J*
a

cjS

aor. o.

To hem a garment,

to withhold, restrain, i_S n.a.

number

of his
;

countrymen who

fled to

him

keep back (with ace. and ^c).

fem.

for

protection

a tradition probably founded

hand.

<u\S

The whole;

IjIS Altogether,

upon
ment.

the story of Obadiah in the Old Testa-

wholly, entirely, universally;

lilS 9 v. 36,

jSjLm\

\j\3

J-iS
as

sponsor, surety, bail. JiS II.

IV.
-

"

War

with the idolaters through-

same

JiS. Jisl

To make one answer'

able, as

out the whole of them."

\A& 38 v
v. 43,
;

22 "

^ ake
into

me

res P on '

^S

aor. a.

To turn back

(transitive).

^
A

Like,

sible for her, or

commit her

my

care."

equal.

JS aor.
place

i.

To be enough,
"

to suffice;

as iiJb

^J6

iJLJd aor.

i.

To gather together.

*sj\j

ll^-i 13

God

is sufficient

as a wit-

where things are gathered together.

Jj&
aor.
i.

ness," see i_>

for the substitution of the pre-

To cover

aor. o.

To deny the Grace

or

position and genitive for the nominative case,

see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 55 a
;

the existence of

God, to

be ungrateful, im<_->).

^JS

is

also used with

pious or an unbeliever, to disbelieve (with

double accusative,

as

^^y^\

<un ^Jo^

andJjlS ns.a. Infidelity,

disbelief, ingrati-

j'lsiSf 33 v. 25,

"And God was

a sufficient (pro-

tude.

^JlS

n.a. Denial.

^ilS part. act.

One

;" similar tector) to the true believers in battle

who denies or is ungrateful for benefits received,

an unbeliever, infidel; Plurals ^)js}& j\& and
il6
;

instances are found at 2 v. 131 and 15

v.

95;

another usage

is

with i_j and ^1, thus

(

ij
_J

Jy

at 57 v.

19 'j<MlX

may
who

be

translated

2*

iJjSji 41 v.
is,

53, " Is

it

not enough that thy

],
<i)

" Husbandmen," as those

seed;

cover over the

declension).

Lord

etc.;"
v.

or with ace. and

it

as

J>\

Fem. Plur. j}' (2nd

I&L> 3

120, " Is

not enough for you

jj6 An ungrateful, disbelieving person.

Very ungrateful
or unbelieving.
ijlaS"

JuS

that, etc."

u-ilS for

^ilS part. act.

i__\Jj

One who
39 v. 37,

An
To

is sufficient for;

s*&

<uJ1 {juJ\

atonement, an expiation, or that which

as an expiation.

is

given

"Is not God a

sufficient

(protector of) his

j^S>

Camphor.y
To make

II.

servant?" for the construction see D. S. Gr.

T. 2, p. 182.
i.

cover over, expiate (with ace. of crime, and

^s. of pers.).

IV.
'fi>\

one an un- JS aor.

To be weary.

JS

n.a.

A heavy burthen,
is

believer.

also a domestic servant

who

maintained by

JgS

aor. o.

To

nourish, take care

of,

bring up for

his master.

JS

By no means; known by
it

another (with ace. and J). 9 '

a like

Jj

portion,

grammarians

as a particle of reprimand or

part

Jj&!

}J

Dhul-kefl,
to

name

repulsion, in the latter sense

may be rendered

assigned

by commentators

a variety of

" Out upon him or them," and although by

individuals, as Elijah, Joshua, Zachariah, etc.

some

it

has been interpreted occasionally to

According to some the

name was given

to

mean

certainly or assuredly, others have in

;

Elijah on account of his long- continued fasting, that being one of the

these instances supposed an ellipse

D. S. Gr.

meanings of the verb

T. 1, p. 534, note.

JS a noun substantive
;

JaS

or because he

ia

said to have maintained

meaning

totality or universality

it is

always

; ;

J*

127

.)

<uS"

used with a complement either expressed or

understood, D. S. Gr. T.
to
2, p.

liS aor.

i.

To wound.

*fc'

word

^Kj

7 v.

145, and

is

then

141, "

By my

speaking to thee."

<uiS Plur.

he translated All, the whole, each, every

tibUiS and llS

A word,

a decree; <_>!jjj! <ulS

one;

when

the

complement

is

understood

it

39

v. 20,

"The

sentence of punishment;" at

takes the tanween and governs alike the sing,

and

plur., thus

,<<

J^i

<-/=FT

J^

3 v. 57 the words '1^> lull

Vt ^

^\ may

be trans-

lated

"To

a like

or equal

determination;"

" Each (one) runs to an appointed goal ; " again

^ii
were

\fi

The Word

of God, Jesus Christ,

to

who

is

said

for

pi

8 v. 56,

"And

they

by the Moslems

be so named, because he

all

(of them)

unrighteous."

UIS As

was conceived from the word of God alone

without Father; at 35 v. 11 and elsewhere
is

often as,

how

often soever; for its employ-

liS

ment with
p. 185,

the Preterite see D. S. Gr. T. 1,

2, p.

used in

the sing, as though

it

were a collec-

and with the Aorist T.

IslS fern.

33.

%
,

tive

noun, thus
the

JLZ&T 'A&T^Ja 3 "To

good word."

roasc,

and

Both, each of the two

him ascends

Ji

II.

To speak
act of

these words are never used without a deter-

to or with (with ace).

llLf

n.a.

The

minate complement, as Uili 17

of

v. 24,

" Both

speaking

to.

ui V. To

utter a word, speak

them

;"

and

JT\&

18

v. 31,

" Each

of (witht_j).

of the two gardens," D, S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 155

il imperat. fem. of Jst q.v.

IS interrogative

and 243.
is aor. a.

<l&S

Kindred, a distant relative.

conjunctive
followed by

particle,

Horn much,

To keep

safe.

how many,

with the genitive;

vJ^lS aor. o.

To sew a leathern thong into a bag

i.

Uow long
23 v. 114,

a time, followed
,.~~>

by the verb, or the

and aor.

To imitate the barking of dogs.

trains

verb and the ace, as

J ->^ .... ^JJ

*S

i_Ji

A do\ (^JL One who

in the
ii.
f.

dogs or
is

"What number

of years have ye

other animals to hunt.

N.B. The verb

not

remained?"
Is affixed masc.

found

pronoun of the 2nd

Note.

pers. plur.

You,

J^

aor. a.

To put on a sour or austere

look.

^IS

your;

Dual US.
is

Each of the Arab

;

part. act.
i-Jli aor, a.

One who

grins and shows his teeth.

II.
Is'

pronouns

considered an indeclinable noun

1, p.

D. S. Gr. T. To be engrossed by an object. t-JjS

aor, o.

455.
j*USl plur. of IS

To compel

a person to do anything difficult,

;

To

cover.

The sheath

or spathe in which the flowers of the Date-

or above his strength (with double ace.)

the Koran

In

we invariably

find this verb

used
i
i

Palm
J*S

are enveloped, a bud.

with

and i\\ at 4

v. 80, if

we read JiiJ

aor. o.

To be whole, perfect.

J? IS
;

part. act.

we must understand ^uJu

as the nominative,
j

Whole, complete. j2>\ IV. To perfect (with

ace.

of

thing

and

"No
thine

soul shall be compelled (to fight) except

j

of pers.)

to

fulfil,

complete.
a*S aor.
a.

own
~f

soul," but there are other readings.

part. act. V.
f.

v_~VK"

To be blind

from

birth.

<uSt

(2nd

A troublesome meddler,

declension) D. S. Gr. T.
birth.

1, p.

403, Blind from

or a specious pretender.

J
^J>

128

u*
ing," or

To cover.

^\2>\ and il$] plurs. of

^A

cover<Lii!
';>

" he can hardly

2, p. 213.

articulate clearly

ing of any kind, as a

is

veil, shelter, etc.

D. 8. Qr. T.

also the plur. of

J^ Idem.
^J>).

<jy*P ar

jlS aor. o. 7b trcist

up a turban.j

II.

To cause

pass.

Covered over, hidden, close kept.

hide (with ace. and

to intertwine, or

make one
l&)
t

thing lap over an;

IV.

To

other (with ace. ana

this

seems

to

be
at

oci To cut, to be ungrateful.

JJS

n.a.

comm.

the literal

meaning of the word

be translated "
is

at

39

v.

gender, Ungrateful.

81

v. 1 it

may

It is folded

up,"

j&

aor.

i.

To bury (a treasure) beneath the earth ;

as a

garment that
is

laid

away; a

parallel

to treasure

up (with
treasure.
in

ace.

and J),

j3

n.a.

passage

found in St. Paul's Epistle to the

Plur.

jjd A
To
lie

Hebrews
deer).
(^**3lS

eh. 1 v. 12,

where the Apostle in

\J& aor.
act.

i.

a covert (a

part,

translating the

102nd Psalm uses the word

That which hides

itself ;

Plur. JJ>

e\i'f9, " Thou shalt roll or fold them up."

name

applied to the stars, and especially to

j^J

n.a.

The

act of folding up.

tlu>se planets

To shine which, from their proximity to <S-f>

brilliantly (iron).

<~~ Plur.

the sun, occasionally hide themselves in his

rays.
i*JiS

i_^jS (2nd
{JS> aor. o.

declension)

star.
;

To

be,

become, happen, exist

for its

cave, cavern

no verbal

root.
to 50.

influence on the formation of various tenses

J^S To be of mature age, from 30

J^S One

see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 160 et seq.

its

J,l

governs
'JS,

of full age, from-30 to 50 years old.

(j^S aor. a.
J^fclS

attribute in the ace, Ex. Z*\

v.

nUl

and

o.

To prophesy,

to be

a soothsayer.

i'o^j 2

209, " Mankind were one people

part. act.
*Tfc

soothsayer.

or sect;" with the preposition

to have, mihi est, possess
;

it signifies

aJ^S see

for Xjd.

JuT *J

{J6
;

oi 3 v.

<J*+S

Initial letters of the

19th chapter, see pi.

t_l~*S.

11, "

Ye have

already had a miracle " to have

i-^ey

plur. of

<L~e&, see

in one's power, as lijLC jj ^1 l^J {j&

djjf, Plur.

U 2 v.
73, " It

tl>l aor. o.

To drinh out of a iL>.

108,
fit

"They cannot

enter

them
J/S
;

;" also to be

cjIjS

A goblet without spout or handle, a cup.

;

and proper, as

$s&
man
;

U 3 v.

olS for JjS aor. a

pret. for

cjj^ or cjj^ 2nd

S. Gr. T.
1,

pers. sing,

is

not fitting for a

that " j> 3rd pers.

6jj\ D.
to

p. 242,
of, to

To

plur. fern. pret. for {Ji

CSi,

impede;
but

be just on the point

as la,JQi\
all

want
2 v.

CJj,
v.

for

&, C&,
;

and

etc. aorist conditional

tf/jj 12

little of,

coOr JpTottj

32

for ,tpjQ) energetic

form of aorist, "And

19, "

The lightning
;

but took away their

negative, the nega-

verily he shall be."

v. 29,

^iLi

A place

li\L^ 10

sight "

when used with a

"(Remain

in)

your places;" Beidawee

tion applies to the verb which follows olS, thus

explains the ace. in this place

the verb \yjl\ " the ace.
;

by an

ellipse of

JjJjwj
little

\jj\S

Uj 2 v. 66, "And
,^J
little

they wanted but

Remain

in,"

which governs
is

of not doing it;"

o& % 43

v. 52,

another explanation
1, p.

given by

De

Lit.

"And he

wants but

of not articulat-

Sacy, Gr. T.

502.

&li^

place, pur-

JS
pose, intention
;

129)
with J)

lii&*

^J*-

6 v. 135,

"AcTo

u} jJi

for

Jt,3

7 v. 194, " Devise

2, p.

cording

to

your
;

ability."

^^i-j^

X.

a plot against me,"

D. S. Gr. T.
v.

497.

humiliate one's-self

\j\&X3 v. 140 is thought

f.

For
5yS.

ih4

17

v.

76 and 37
plot,

54

see olS for

by some

to be the viii.

of ctL> q.v. and

1

JuS n.a.

stratagem, fraud, trick,

with the above meaning, the

poetic license

being due to a
;

cunning, contrivance.
against.

Ju* part. pass. Plotted

known

as Ci>\ or Saturation

uilS aor.

i.

To

cut.

Lfcs

How?

in

what way? D.
2, p. 33.

D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 497.
S. Gr. T. 1, pp.
>Jj> aor.
i.

185 and 205, and T.

to

To

cauterize. Lest.

JlS aor.

i.

To measure, measure out

any one

"J,

So

that.

XJJ So

that not; particles

(with ace. of pers.).

out, a

n.a.
;

measuring
12
v. 65,

governing the subjunctive,

p. 202. j'i aor.
i.

D. S. Gr. T.

1,

measure or quantity

jM J-S

"
for (with

A camel's load."

J&*

The

vessel in

which

To contrive a stratagem
;

of

things are

measured. Jlsify VIII. To

receive

pers.)

to plot against (with ace. of pers. or

by measure from (with ^Jx. of pers.).

J
J
a prefixed affirmative
certainly
latter
v.
;

particle, Verily,

surely,

trust repose their confidence."

Note.

When

when
1,

prefixed to the article Jl the

immediately following j and t_j

is

generally

loses its

thus
it

JJ^
J

&\)

for

JiiTT 2
For the
it

written with a jezm J, and with a fatha

144,

"Verily

is

the truth."

when preceding any of the affixed pronouns,

as

divers

applications of

and the names

CSS,

j,
is

2i,

etc.,

the affix of the

first

person

bears in consequence see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.

singular

an exception to this rule,

;

^ being
its
I,

504, see also J.

written with a kesra

Like

when preceding

a prefixed preposition

which denotes both the

the article jl
as cJjlJ for

it

causes the latter to drop

genitive and dative cases,

meaning To,
to,

for,
to,

CJfl

" To the Lord ;" It

is fre-

unto, on account
see ^IS
;

of, in

order

belonging

quently used as a conjunction with an ellipse

of ^i and then

As

lc expresses the condition of a

means
p. 477.

so that, in order that;

debtor, so does
a-Ic

J
;

that of a creditor, thus

J
v.

D. S. Gr. T.
Not, no
;

1,

He

owes
is

me

thus also iaLj

ai*

when followed
it

by the
"

aorist

con-

276,
i.e.

"What

past shall be credited to him,"

;

ditional

serves as a negative Imperative,

i

he shall be pardoned

Hyuu,

see 8. v.
it

39

thus \j$.\y

v. 286,

Do

not punish us

when
it

prefixed to the aorist conditional

gives

When
accus.

used to deny the existence of a thing

it

the force of an Imperative, as JSj~Ji *-!*$

(equivalent to J,ii)

generally governs the

its

^y2T\2 v. 67, " And on him let those who

which then loses

tanweon, as in the
17

130

J
Angelic Glory,
or
the

words

\Vh
2,

t$\

"
*

There

i8

n0 Deit y but
D. S.

Heavenly Mission.

God

;" for the exceptions to this rule see

ullj

n.a.

Confusion.

Gr. T.

p.G3

et seq.
;

is

sometimes redundant

put on, be clothed

clothing;

JjL aor. a. To wear, ^ll) A garment, in.

16 v. 113, "Thcextreme
in

or pleonastic

see

35

v.

20
;

so also

when
of this

fyTJ.Q
;

commencing a form of oath

Examples
1

of hunger

" a

hunger which closes them

(j*j-J

occur at 56 v. 74 and at 75 vv.

the words ~J>i i

and
I

2,

whore
;"

must be translated "

on every side
mail.

like a vesture.

coat of

swear

on the other hand an ellipse of the negative

to

is

'j

aor.

i.

and

o.

7b eat much; and

n.a.

^i

To abound

be observed at 12
;

v.

85, see Li and 1\ for

in milk.

^J
i.

Milk.
litigious, to

'\

n. S. Gr. T.

1,

pp. 167 and 51G, also T. 2,

aor. a. and
sist

To be obstinately

per-

pp. 413, 482, 490, and 563.

Neither, nor.
obstinately (with ^i).
"jsi

i A

great body

Jk^>-y

see i_n^>-.

of water.

Vast and deep

(sea).

Jcietf see u^ic.

tlii
i

U!
is

aor. a. 7b/<?e to.

a.

UM n.a. A place of refuge.

To send; this verb

not found in the primii_l>.L<,

li! aor.
side

7b make a receptacle/or a corpse in the

tive form.

tliX* spelt also

Plur.

<& %

of a tomb.is^^ IV. To deviate from

is

An
t X

angel, see also iLl.

glitter,

that which

lawful and right, to put to a

act profanely

7b

shine,

jjy

generic noun, Pearls,

perverted

U3e,

towards (with

large pearls.

^J)
* u!
1

at 16 v.

105

it

may

be rendered ""They

i_J

aor. o.
,

7b remain in a place.

plur. of

.J

The
a.

heart, understanding, intellect.

wickedly incline towards" (with ^Jp. jW[ IstiL* noun of place VIII. f. n.a. Profanity.

ci-J aor.
with

To

delay, tarry, sojourn (with

^J

or

A
^o^i

place of refuge

D. S. Gr. T.
cloak.

1, p.

305.

,j\

of following verb).
tarries.

C-^jJ part. act.

aor. a.

To cover with a

u-iljc'l n.a.

One who

C~JJ

V.

To

tarry,

remain

IV.

f.

Importunity.

in a place (with t_>).

tjd
oJ Much (wealth).
is

aor. a.
c_j).

To

overtake, reach, attain unto (with IV.

jJ

aor. o.

7b remain in a place.

^fs-M

To

join to or unite with an-

JuJ plur. of i'JuJ That which

like

close

packed

other (with ace. and c-> of pers.).

a
i.

lion's

mane, and hence

dense crowd.

IsJ aor.

o.

7b establish firmly

and aor.

a.

To feed

j_^J aor.
<__>)

To
to

cover, cloak, obscure (with ace. and

;

with flesh.

1^

n.a. Plur.

*jJ

Flesh.

mystify (with double ace.)

to render

J^

aor. a.

7b

incline

towards any one.

n.a.

a thing obscure and confused to another (with

ace. of thing to be the true

and ^Js- of pers.)

; this

appears

vicious pronunciation.

aor. a.

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

250, 7b bark a

tree.

meaning

of the

word

at 6 v. 9,

^*uJj

U /fcyP* LlJJj "And we would certainly J

for

%Q The beard.
aor. o.

7b hold an altercation with any one.

of
jlfl

have obscured

them that which they them-

j3 plur.

for

jSH (2nd

declension) Very

selves rendered obscure or confused," viz.

The

contentious, fond of quarrelling.

131

^jJ To be soft and tender.

^J

although properly

Hell-fire ; This

word appears

to be of the second

a noun,

is

always employed as a preposition,

;

declension as being a proper

name and

of the

At, near, with

^jJ

^* From

before,

from

feminine gender, otherwise the

it

^ being radical
ii),

the presence
,_yjJ

of,

from; D. S. Gr. T.

2, p. 154.

would have been written

(

indeed the

and

ljj

Prepositions said by

De Sacy

to

be

noun of action of the verb

B. Gr. T. 1, p. 404
at the
;

is

so written, see D.
be, that

only different forms of ^jJ q.v.; their meaning

is
is

or

it

may
70
i

coming
put by
blaze

the same, but whereas ^jJ in the

Koran
IjJ

end of a verse

at

v.
*o\j

15

it is

always found preceded by yi, with

not the case.
find

and

poetic license for

fiercely.

ij.

V.

To

,_jJ this is

jj aor.
i JJ

a.

To

agreeable, take

pleasure in.

_**! aor. a.

To slaver, as an infant
trifle

and

u!^*-) aor. a.

Pleasure, delight.
o.

To
Cjj\
part.
act.

play, sport,

(with ^J).

ul-l n.a.
act. Sport-

<-jp aor.

To

stick

closely.

Playing, play, sport.

ing, one

iI^cS part.

Adhesive.
*jj aor. a.
III.
f.

who

jests.

To be assiduous,

stick close to.~*\j] n.a.

J*J Perhaps, one of those particles which are said

Death, the day of Judgment, as ensuing

;

by grammarians

to

resemble verbs

like
;

^1

it

of necessity

at

20

v. 129,

and

at

25

v. 77,

governs the noun following in the accus.

it is

we have

instances of the

noun of

action used

frequently used with the affixed pronouns, as

Jul, tllti

adjectively UljJ for 1^5, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.

Perhaps

I,

perhaps thou,

etc.

280;

It

may

also be translated an abiding

hi

see

is-.

punishment.
double ace.)

Vpl
;

IV.

To

affix

firmly (with

^jJ aor.

a.

To drive away, curse.

curse,

^*1 n.a. and

curses.

to

compel one

to

do a thing, an
to

j0

^tf

part. act.

One who

ly*L<jlii 11 v. 30, "

(accept) it?"
jj^J aor. o.

Do we compel you

^jiiU
*iij3

part. pass. Accursed.

..r.

see c:

To seize one by the tongue.

^HJ comm
;

\1J&

aor. a.

and

o.

To be greatly fatigued.

Cjjic

gend. Plur.

iLJ*

Qc jl*
of truth,"

J,UJ
i.e.

A tongue, language, speech 19 v. 51, Lit. " A lofty tongue

;

n.a. Weariness.
\ji

aor. o.

To speak; and Jj*J

aor. a.

To use vain
trifling

" High and truthful praise " a

is

words.

y3

n.a.

Vain discourse, a

word

similar expression
i_ftlJ

found at 26

v. 84.

or inconsiderate language. *cS Vain or obscene

aor. o.

To dram near; and

i.b.U.1

cJu

aor. o.

To
L_i!

(discourse).

be thin, fine.

Gracious, kind, sharp-

aor. o.

To be thick and entangled

{trees).

sighted, acute, one

who understands mysteries;

of

uJlSt Trees thickly planted and with interlacing boughs.

ifl-kU

A name

God. iJJaiJ
;

V.

To
v.

act
it

a-iJ

mingled crowd.
to an-

with courtesy and gentleness

at

18

18

tJal] VIII.

To be joined one thing

would seem to mean With cleverness, see

other (with <_;).

iXu5
JloJ aor.
a.

aor.

i.

To bend, turn aside (with ace. and

VIII.

To blaze.

^J

fern.

(2nd declension)

^i).\1*jc\

To turn

or look (back).

<>

132

J
v. 35,

J^
Ill

aor. a.
i.

To bum,

scorch.
utter.
find.
;

"And no

one shall be granted

it," viz.

uJ aor.

To cast forth,

such a disposition;
ellipse

Beidawee supplies the

III.

To diminish.^] IV. To
i__>UU)

by the words tLst^V i$!t.Ji)

with.

u^il Plur.

A nickname

no verbal root in

To meet
forms,

*UJ

n.a. of both 1st

and 3rd

the primitive form.

meeting, an occurring; the words

To impregnate (the female Palm-tree).

(2nd declension) plur. of ^Ji part.
act.

Jty
That
;

aiUJ
they

32

v.

23 are variously understood

may

refer to the giving of the

Law

to

which renders pregnant or fecundates

epithet applied to the winds, as

an

Moses, the giving the Koran to

Mohammad, or

by

to the meeting between Moses and Mohammad,

their in-

strumentality the clouds are said to be rendered

fabled to have taken place on the occasion of the famous night journey to the 6th Heaven.

pregnant with rain, and the female Palm-tree

is

impregnated with pollen from the male.

dif-

j&
L^
to

for ^>,i- part.

act.

One who meets;

Shakspeare puts the idea in a somewhat

ferent form.

\fUi JJt 2
their

v. 43,

" That they are about

\yiiZ is here

meet

Lord;"

put for
8.

" "When we have laughed

to sec the sails conceive,

^i*
Gr. T.

as being the antecedent to

1, p.

*JJ D.

And grow

big-bollied with the

wanton wind."

Midtummer Night'* Br4am.

416. Jiff

IV.

To

throw, cast,

throw down, send down, shed (with ace. and

\& To gather. &\

JiJ aor. a.
it

VIII.

To happen

on, light

upon, also to pick up.

'Jh>
;

J*>

or Jl> or with acc and

-

Jl

of

pers.)

to cast forth, utter,

throw out a sug-

To catch up hurriedly;

in the

Koran

gestion, as at

22

v.

51

to offer,

make an

offer,

may

be translated to swallow up quickly.

J,UiI (2nd declensage,
to

as '(SyC'fil
offers

Jft *JA

4
;

v.

96,

"To him who

J)\
i

la

aor. o.

To obstruct (a path).

you

the salutation

" used also with

;

sion)

Lokman, an Arab

whom

the

of pers. and >-j of thing, as at 60 v. 1

^ytl

origin of J3sop's fables is ascribed. 'JeS\ VIII.

To swallow a mouthful.
iJU
aor. a.

^JillfSOv. 36, "Or who gives

27
v. 28,
1, p.

ear;'*

4&
23
is

"And throw

it," for

&
at

D. 8. Gr.
v.

To meet, meet

with, see;
J-j).

to

suffer

T.
from, experience (with ace. and
see
iii.
f.

460; The dual

CsM

50

i\ii n.a.

jJ

for

^S
n.a.

probably addressed to "the driver and the

witness" spoken of at v. 20; *k>x->y

part. act.

One who

meets with.

*Ub
II.

wards

j^-Ii Xsb

^f

meeting; *\ib To10 t. 16, " Of my own

V" h
s

"Q^\}\

2 v 191
-

Neither

make yur own

;

acoord."^a
double ace);

hands accessory

to

your destruction "

To

&$&
the

cast upon, shed over (with

yTjSTj&S 27
;

in the passage has the

v. 6,

meaning of S^m\,

"Verily
is

thou art gifted with the Koran," or " it

shed

<_> is superfluous

D. 8. Gr.

T,' 2, p. 55.

upon thee from above " D.

8. Or. T. 2, p.
is

jLC
sends

for ^jLi part. act.

One who throws or

to receive or
<tj"j

124 ; a somewhat similar rendering

at 25 v.

required

down. JsiJ V. To meet;

;

75 and in other places; IJb&j

Uj 41

learn (with acc. and cr?)

j&

r.~.]b

J^

J
JsL>-$sss

133

r>

for <0jhJ

24

v. 14,

When ye

receive

it

with

form,

it is

used

when speaking

of past events;
it

your tongues (one from another)" by asking

questions about it;
different readings;

according to some commentators

is

occa-

there are a variety of

v. 16,

^GOfJ$& j\ 50
When

sionally found in the sense of 1^ Except, unless,

thus
if

i *Q1
is

CU

Lit.

"When
is

the

two learners learn;"

the

where
of UJ

>

Jj
*

^ 86

v. 4,

held to be for

and the

meaning

said to be,

the two guardian or thoughts,

angels note
I

down a man's words

to be redundant, the sense will be " Verily every soul has of a surety a Guardian
;

(God)

am aware of them

beforehand

over

it

" with this reading Ci

would appear
;

dual part. act. v. supra

f.

-jtffor^jftn.a.VI,

to stand for to others, as

is

U J or rather U J^J
as if the

according

D. 8. Gr. T.

1, p.

Ill,

another; at 40 v. 15

A meeting one with jl-jf^ "The day of

the final

above mentioned, the construction

the

same

words were ,jJu Js

J,!

Judgment,"

is for

^jCiT^t,

^, not

laili.

l^lc h, the particle

^ having
;

here a

being pronounced before the i_5uj at the end

of the verse, "~L5* i
l!

negative meaning, see

in the

above and

is

omitted; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 496.

in several other instances,

such as 11 v. 113,
undecided whether

^^'
To

^ meet meet one

bad Arabic.

another.

36

v. 32,

and 43

v. 34, it is

jti

aor. a.

/.peak

^0 and

*j

should be spelt with or without the tesh-

But,
as
it,

still,

nevertheless.

^S in the same way

but he,
etc.
;

deed, see

U;

it is

frequently followed

by

$.

^ and ^V
as

takes the affixed pronouns after

I,

UJ Altogether,
is

entirely,

n.a.

That which

Jj
;

Z0 But
it

in like

near; hence Small

faults,

as being those

manner

also

governs the accus. of the noun

which are near being

so
;

sins,

without being quite

following

for the exceptions to this rule see

2, p. 62.
rt.

the

word

in this sense

may be

regarded as

D. S. Gr. T.

a generic noun.
for il>jt.
aorist,

^i\ j\)
jj

see <1>\ jt,

ilA

Not, and

U Not yet, when prefixed to the

it

^
yi

aor. a.

To give a glance with the

eye.

eye.

n.a.

The twinkling of an
aor. o.

govern
give
it

in the conditional, and generally

;

and
o.

i.

To wink, defame.
i.

ij*i

A slanderer.

a past signification

De Sacy says

they ij**l aor.

and

To

feel

with the hand, pry into

III.

give to the aorist the

same value

in point of

the secrets of.

ji

To

touch, have in-

time, as the preterite would have had if the

tercourse with, as at 4 v.

46.-^1^31 VIII. To

proposition had been affirmative

CJ

Not yet

seek

for.

seems
(i ;

to be frequently used indifferently for ^1 Not,

by no means, governs the

aorist in the

it is

evidently composed of
;

"j

and U, the
j&l, |,

subjunctive and with a future signification.

latter

being redundant
;

For
v. *J.

^ft,

C^

aor.

a.

To blaze.

iS^ Flaming

fire,

fft

etc. see 1
jj

for

&' When

k-^yJ
CJj

Aboo Lahab, an uncle of Mohammad.

a.

aor. o. 75? assemble, collect, to be near.

an -i^l aor.

To hang out

the tongue (a dog),

adverb meaning

When

or after that, would

appear to be the noun of action "J in an adverbial

fj

aor. a.

To gulp donnfood.^ft IV. To inspire

one with (with double ace).

V
l^J

134

aor. o.

To flay.

JJjJ

n.a.

A plaything, toy, sport,

^J 31
v. 5,

latter

by the

preterite;

in this sense
1
I

it

is

amusement;
ing story,"

(.i-oJ^ll

"The amusstory, or the

usually translated Will ye not

or have they

i.e.

a certain

amusing

not? etc.

Ex.

^y^y

jLU

<u3

^j*^ *y
be

amusing story (with which thou art acquainted).

*i for

27

v.

47, " Will ye not ask pardon of God,

jri D.

perhaps ye might be graciously accepted."

8. Gr. T. 1, p. 330, part. act.
;

One who

sports or jests

w^J

This and
<y?)l

many

similar passages could

21

v. 3,

easily explained
for

by an

ellipse, still retaining

"Jesting in their hearts;" for the construction

see D. S. Gr. T. 2," pp. 79, 197, and

ip

its original

meaning of unless; but the

270.from

grammarians and commentators prefer the

analysis above given, D. S. Gr. T.
1, p.

J^\
of,

IV.

To occupy, amuse

to divert

529.
called

(with ace. and

^). ^if V.
between

To be unmindful
CLji aor. o. To give a reply which

was not

or careless of (with crc).

P If;

for the difference

P and ^ see U
v. 94,

for.
V,

izji It is not

grammarians

are not

agreed on the subject of this word, according

to

when immediately
particle

followed by a noun

the

some

it is
it

an indeclinable verb, whilst others

^\

is

interposed as at 7

D.

S.

consider

as a kind of feminine

form of the
(2nd

Gr. T.

1, pp.

161 and 561;

Withp

at the

adverb i\ D. 8. Gr. T.

1, p. 262.-^1

head of a sentence we have sometimes an

ellipse of the correlative proposition called

declension) Allat, a female Idol of the

Pagan

by

Arabs.

grammarians t^Jl
at 21 v. 40,

(>!>>-,

an instance occurs

li

aor. o.

To appear (a

star)

to

cause one to

where the sense

may

be well

" If rendered in English by a similar ellipse,

they did but know the time," etc.
fjj Unless, as

change colour.
or plank,

1$

Plur. Ifjil n.a.

A broad table

lip

verbal adjective of intensity,

pj Although,
11 v. 93,

cjC^J d&>jfp
for)

D. 8. Gr. T.
(with

1, p.

322, Darkening the colour

" Had

it

not (been

thy family surely we

this as in
is

of pers.).
of.

had stoned thee;" in

numerous

iJ

aor. o.

To seek {he protection

dip

n.a.

The

act of flying for shelter.

other instances the predicate

understood,
in all cases arise in conis

indeed this ellipse

is

customary

aor. o.

and

i.

To be fixed

in the affections.

jj

where no confusion
sequence
;

is likely to

Lot; proper name.

sometimes also there

an

ellipse

PP A pearl, see
ace. of pers.

i i.

of the correlative proposition, as for example

at

*J aor. o. To blame a person for anything (with

24 v. 10, where we

may understand the word

and

***** __-

of thing).

*-j)

Blame,

liLsr^ "Verily he would have exposed your

reproof.

1ft

part. act.

One who

finds fault.
1, p.

wickedness " another instance

at

may

be found

*\p
322,

adjective of intensity,

D. 8. Gr. T.

48

v. 25, see

^Jey

ifi is also used as

a particle of instiga-

constantly blaming othera, Ctf.f0 n s 4$ ,-4 uxi\ or accusing himself; the words *,*) pJ I

One who

is

tion or reprimand, being followed in the for-

at

75

t.

2 are among other interpretations re-

mer

case

by a verb

in the aorist,

and in the

ferred to the soul of

Adam.

fjU D.

S. Gr.

135

T.

1, p.

329, part. pass. Blamed, reprehensible. IV.

f.

U^i

for

j^i-i part. act.

Deserving of blame.
another.
;

It

was

not, is not

a negative verb
1, p.

used only in the preterite, D. S. Gr. T.

pjli VI.

To blame one
!

262; jjlj
no
dif-

ia

one of those verbs known as

Plur.

^y

Colour, external form, species

verbal root; L'Vpl Uili^ 16 v. 13,

;

"Of

{J&, which govern the attribute in the accusative ; D. S. Gr. T.

2, p. 60.

U cjI^I
IS

or sisters of

ferent colours " D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 79, 197,

and 270.
Jji aor.
i.

JJ
twist, pervert, turn

To

cotnm. gend. generic noun, Night, also the

civil

and

or Jl) ; pervert
;

" They
*

^
is

back (with ace.

j^Jt

day from sunset

to sunset; Plur. noin.

ace.

v. 72,

and gen.

the

Scripture

with
spelt

their

jCi for J>Q and ^CJ,

D. S. Gr. T.
rt.
[

^}Q
A

By

night;

tongues " this word

ft**

by some

1, pp.

402 and 410;

unity,

-^

JJj

or
see also

ji^,

ciV.-

tj n a
-

The

act f twisting or pervert-

J$.

jj

noun of

ing-^
eL>J aor.
i.

night.
aside.
b' is

II.

To turn

j
called

Lest, for J

To hinder.tS^J or i_L3

by
be
translated

^J

at

57

v.

29

the J of Cj is

grammarians a
rendered
it is

particle of desire,

and

may
*,T,

said to be redundant, 'Sju

j must therefore be
S. Gr.

wish, would that, or would to

God
re-

"That they may know;" D.

one of those particles which, like

T. 2, p. 490, note.

quire the
it

noun following

to be in the accus.;

^J

aor.

i.

To

be or become soft

to be mild towards

takes the affixed pronouns as

it

seems probable that

;

this

^j2^ etc.;' word is of Hebrew

(with J).
Soft,

4Q A
34

kind of Palm-tree.

^J
J)';

gentle.-^ f\ IV. To soften (with

v. 10,

origin

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

536, note.

Ijfl for VaaH

"We rendered" soft."

for

U q.v.
as, as

ji^el

v.
;

170,
it is

"How

great will be their

conjunctive pronoun, That which, which, that,

sufferings

"

one of those particles which

govern the verb in
^J, ^,1 destroys the effect
affixed to

what, whatsoever, as, in such a manner

in conditional propositions

much

as, as far as;

I

tUiJ

v. 117,

"As

the conditional

mood

when
it

long as

remained;"

U u

2 v. 24,

"A
does

and such

like particles,

parable of any kind whatsoever;"

which they have of putting the noun following

not as a rule refer to reasonable beings, but

instances to the contrary sometimes occur,

them

in

the accusative

it

is

frequently a

mere

expletive, see ul,

its

when placed between

complement
it

thus

j&

clU

U Vv^ 4 v
may

8 " Then marry

>

a preposition and
variably
so,

is

in-

such (women) as
it is

be agreeable

to

you

;"

Ex. *3jT'Jr5 juZ-j U-j 3

v.

153,

used in the formula of admiration,

Ui

"For by

the

mercy of God;'" When used

136

J^
ace.). ^ii V. To enjoy, delight
one's-self,

interrogatively after a prefixed preposition the

1

is

generally omitted, thus

^js,

*j for

Uj, *c for

pass one's time agreeably (with t_> or ^Ji)

*U

** or

I*-*
is

for

etc.;

For an

^iilb ^1*5 ^*j 2 v. 192, " And he who passes

his time in the delights of visiting the temple

instance of what

known

as <Ojjua<

see

tLae For
;

its

influence on the temporal value

1, p.

of

Mecca." t^-*^ X. To

enjoy, derive plea-

of verbs see D. S. Gr. T.

also p.

180

et seq.,

see

sure or advantage from (with t-j).

537

et seq.
;

Mi*
in general

see oj.

U is also a negative adverb, Not

it

denies a circumstance either present, or if

past,
J it
\'jui

but

little

remote from the present

" To uesuuny, iu U be strong, robust j^, xu

'

r:+

see

<*o<..

^^*
t

Strong, powerful.

like

governs the attribute in the accus. thus

aor. o.

To move quickly.

j^

interrogative

particle,

When ?

Ui U

12

v. 31,

"This

is

not a

man;"

:* *~>y--*

see

j~y.

for the exceptions to the

above rule see D. 8.

Jjjll-i see

Gr. T. 2, p. 413.

Jj.
To be
like.

*U
s

see

JLi
for jrj*.
'
i.

aor. o.

JL*

Similitude, likeness,
as,

T'' i* see c_>n for t_iy. ljU 1^-U (2nd declension) Magog,

' '1

like, similar, equal, as

much

the

same

as

cli^j JL In like manner;

a tribe of barLit.

*vs&? 3
;" the

v. 11,

"Two

equivalents of them

barians from the borders of the Caspian Sea

see Rev. ch. xx. v. 8.

is that the Idolaters thought the

'J' c-jjU
i2J)j\*

'

**

their enemies to be twofold that

meaning number of of their own

refers to

see

<__>j\.

men
who
for his disobedience is said

so also at v. 159,

where

QiL.

(2nd declension) Maroot, name of a re-

the advantage obtained

at

by

the true believers

bellious angel,
to

Bedr being equal

to double their loss at

be suspended by the heels at Babel.

see

Ohod.

jLi

Plur. JliXl

Like,

a likeness,

ujeU
,Ju
aor.

^.
To extend.

equivalent, similitude,
figure of speech
;

comparison, parable,

an example as at 48 v. 56
v. 26,

yj^C* see $y.

a.

iU

or >U for

^j A

j3rjuJT"2J
most exalted
comparison ;
;

30

"And His
i.e.

is

the
all

similitude,"

hundred.
<j-sa,

U vJ*

2 v.

He is above 24, "Any kind

539.

of

seejb- forj^-.

parable " D. S. Gr. T.

_i^- see <*/'

1, p.

JT.1 Fern.

JL (2nd declension) Most distinguished,

f.

<jUo<

part. act. vi.

of <u& q.v.
ell* House-

"fSJ* aor. a.

To be advanced {the day),

JISnLi^ 20 v. 66, "Your most distinguished nobility," see t&Jo. &A A punishthus

hold

stuff, utensils,
;

goods, chattels, provision,

ment

to

be taken as an example.

J-4U5 (2nd
ace.

convenience

Plur. <u~Xl. gl* II.

To

suffer

declension) plur. of

J&u An
like to

image, statue.

to live; to permit
pcrs.

one to enjoy (with ace. of

bestow freely (with double

jli5 V. To seem
and

any one (with

and <_>)

to

of pers.).

187

TLf
* t Extended, extensive. jj^. part. pass.
II. f.
assist,

'i

*\jl* for

tof* D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

118, see ujy.

du*r* Glorious,

xe* aor. o. To excel in glory.

glorified.

Widely extended.$J^ IV. To bestow,

cause to abound (with ace. of pers. and t_j or

Juys? (2nd declension) collective noun of Persian

origin,

). v i

1**

part. act.

One who

assists.

Magi

or fire-worshippers.
deer).

jt >x* see j J.

fjasi* aor. a.

To run swiftly (a

Ja*i*

II.

^1^

To remain in a place.
(2nd declension)
JL^tV*

&$*

Plur.

^To^t

To

prove, try.

A city, Medina.
to

.jjJ^ Fem.

j^fc* aor. a.

To destroy utterly, deprive of blessing,

v.

Of or belonging
'j>*

Medina, revealed at

as at

277.

Medina.

(2nd declension) Midian,

Jjk^ To inform against any one before the King.

name

of a city and tribe of Rejaz.

f.

Jl*.* n.a. Fraud, power.

*&!*

part. xi.

of JJ q.v.

J-*" for

^Lf*

see J&-.
;

^J^
to

see
o.

^\j

for ^jj.

^se*

aor. a.

To strike. ^/^>\ VIII. To try

j* aor.

To

pass
t-,0.

by (with ^lc or

c->)

pass on,

dispose (with ace. and J).

c^w*

part. pass.

?o (with
iy.

~y

n.a.
;

The act of passing away.

At
first,

One who
Is*
aor. o.

is tried

or examined.
obliterate, blot out, totally

One
;

time, turn

\j* Jjl

the

first

and

a.

To

time

"fc j5

^i

8 v. 58, "

On

every occa-

abolish.

sion;" i^* adverbially, Once; Twice, as permitted

U*r* see ^jP-.

{jo?*** see ij*\>- for t,^*".

^?J* jl&J* 2
you) twice."

v.

229,
i^-j

or^U,* ^f "
Divorce
Gall,

(is

under-

Jlis^
&?* aor.

see
a.

JU.

for J-si..

standing, as at 53 v. 6.

*p\ (2nd declension)

part. act.

7b plough the waves,

j^y*

(2nd

comp. form, More bitter.-j*z*+*

declension) plur. of */-l* fern. part. act.

That

X.

f.

That which

is

transient, also powerful

which ploughs the waves with a dashing noise.

either interpretation
v.

may

be employed at 54
bitter,

Jes^

aor. a.

i.

and

o.

To churn.

^jbKx* collective

at v. 19 it is

by some rendered

noun, The pains of child-birth.

x* aor. o.

by
draw Xj*
of

others grave or heavy (misfortune).

To

stretch forth, extend, stretch,

aor. a.

To be wholesome
* * ; 15-*,

(food).

n.a.

out (with ace. or t_ and

of pers. or

^J\

man.

^jy* Easy of digestion,

f

wholesome,
diges-

place); to cause to increase or

ace. of pers.

abound (with

salutary
tion.

Lj

, -*,

{ , or \iy*

With easy

and

^Jt), as at
;

2
{

v. 14.

a*

n.a.

jj^.1

Gen.

Jf^,

Ace. \y*\, D. S. Gr.

The
IJLi

act of extending, etc.

j*>-J\

JJulli

T. 1,'p. 398,

A man.

i\^*\

A woman, a wife

19 v. 76,

"To him

let

the Merciful grant

both this and the preceding word are written with Wesla when not commencing a sentence.
ij\jj* see l-\) for

an extension (of days)."

help, auxiliary.

5j^ An
iZJ

additional

j\$* Ink.

space of

-jj.
pasture, to let loose.
18

time, an allotted period.

5,jJU

part. pass.

_J*

aor. o.

To send

{cattle) to

zf
1.JC* Fire free

138

from smoke.
;

^ ^ Confused.
mJ

touch. jLll*

n.a.
*'

III.

f.

Mutual contact;
S. Gr.

)&r/* Small pearls

or

it

may

be coral.

JAL,
T. 2, p.

20

v. 97,

Touch me not," D.

~j*

aor. a.

To be

joyful, elated.

l.^i Insolence;

63. JI.U5 VI. To touch one another.

act. x.
f.

U*-^ In a saucy, insolent manner.

o^ aor.
it;
o.

jAr.*** part.
to so/ten

ofjll* forjlis.

To moisten (bread) in order

be obstinate (with ,J-c).
is

t jjXu<^ part. pass. x.

f.

of * Jj q.v.

to

3;U

part. act.

aor. a.
in

To

wipe, pass the hand over anything

it

One who

obstinately

rebellious.

Ju^*
f.

order to wipe

(with (_> of thing)

to

Obstinate in rebellion. jy^ part. pass. II.

smite

mth a

sword.

^r~*

n.a.

The

"act of

Rendered smooth.

smiting with a sword.

Illness,

*\Jm\ The Messiah,

y^i To

be

ill.

ije/* n.a.

sickness, disill.

Lit.
''^***

The Anointed.
To change, transform
v. 67,
;

ease, infirmity.

v&j* Plur.

,9/ Sick,

aor. a.

ix *Jklls^*'

JJU generic noun, Flint-stones.

2]

El Marwa,

^aHL 36

"Verily we could have trans;

name
^Sj* aor.

of a mountain near Mecca.

formed them

in their places

" so that they

i.

To press the teats in milking,

III.

hy*

should have remained without powerof motion.

A doubt. i^U
or

To

dispute with one con-

Ju^ aor.

o.

To

twist

(a

rope) strongly.

&*~*

cerning a thing (with ace. of pers. and

^i

Twisted

fibres of the Palm-tree, coir.

of.

of thing).

ST^t n.a.

The

act of disput-

CJ~>~* To take hold

uJL*< comm. gend.

fast (with <__;).
of,

ing, a disputation.

^Uj

VI. To doubt coni

Musk. CjJ*
CSS^\
fast,

II.

To hold

cerning a thing (with uJ).

_fjJ\

VIII. To
j**** for

IV.

To

hold, take, catch hold

hold

doubt of (with ^i or c_> of thing),

withhold,

keep back, hold up, retain.

Sj^t

part. act.

One who

doubts.

tlL*! n.a. The act of retaining, etc.

part. act.

CS^**

^j*
y

(2nd declension) Mary.

aor. a.

One who

withholds, etc.
fast

tlwc-i[
(with <_j).
fast.

X. To take hold on, hold

To mix.
4-ir?

^hat which

i3

mixed
lX-;-

*"

with wine.
*\>-f* see
ls^-j.

part. act.

One who holds

Ll*
S S
K.

aor. o.

To wipe out the uterus of a camel,

to

-]>-y

l,

S f

'

come in the evening.

q.v.

part. act. of

,<*J1

IV.

To be
,j^>-

or do

j>j
f.

anything in the evening, as ^y**!

30
is

v.

jT'ij* part. pass.

viii.

of^sf-j q.v.
]

Sy*

aor.

i.

To

tear.

^jy

6,

" At eventide."

Note. ll or
as ^IS

^jJ

one

II.

To

scatter, disperse,

of those verbs
tear in pieces.
tering, etc.
.h.tu* see ja~>.

known

tu^l,

D. S. Qr.

Time or

place of scat-

T. 2, p. 60.

\j*j* see J-j>

^J* To go
Cloud.
\js* aor. a.

in the

same

direction as another.

^y$

'J^ To

mingle.

V^\ plur.

of

^J*

Mingled.

'i\ijL* see

iLi

and

o.

To touch,

befall,

IJt*

n.a.

JJ*

aor.

i.

To

walk, go, proceed (with ^Js. or

^i

(J*"

139

L.

of place).

^Jun.a. The act of walking, walk.

^jji** plur. of ,>. see jjii.

*lL* One who goes about with lying slanders.

'j&t aor.
o.

To milk with the

ujuu.
c^iL-.

see jii.

tips

of the fingers.

7b tate.
it

-^L n.a. Hatred, anger

at 4 v.

ja,* (1st and 2nd declension)

comm. gend. A

26

means an odious and abominable thing.

cjyu, see
t_$y.

large city, Egypt, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 405.

jJL* for

jaj .a*

lor

Ja**** see^k-i.
of ij\^*,
rt.

us-*.** see cjli for

q.v.

tuy.
&., (2nd declension) Mecca.
or belonging to Mecca,

^W* plur.
*o*
aor. a.
flesh,

jJ

CS.* To suck dry.

and

o.

To chew.

JU

morsel of

JjC Fern.

X* Of

revealed at Mecca.
i.

^j-i* aor.

To pass by, pass away, go away. C-X

The
act of going away.

aor. o.

To

delay, tarry, abide, remain (with

n.a.
v.

^9*
jL*
IV.
82,

n.a.

^J>).

C-X.

The

act of tarrying, etc.

aor. o.

To rain upon.
to rain
;

"Ja^ n.a.

Rain.^oX*

^XJ.

Jl

17

107, " Slowly and delibeact.

To cause

ijki "L^le. \Sl3j 7 v.

rately."

kX^U part.

One who

tarries or

" And we rained down upon them a shower

s

remains.

(of stones);" see also 11 v. 84.

act.

Ja*Z
rain.

part.

jJ*

aor. o.

To
;

contrive a plot

to plot against

That which causes or brings

see

(with <_>)

to act deceitfully.

JL A
J\<*

plot,

p*k.
U* aor.

W U1,

rt.

^.
.JmJ V. To

deceitful trick, contrivance.

part. act.

o.

7b travel at a quick pace.

One who

lays plots.

walk in a haughty, conceited manner.

ft^L* see
ctde for

JL* 7b hold

high rank or authority.

W \L

see
is

i%,

\S.

^X

Firmly

fixed,

one whose rank

II.

firmly

established.

properly an indeclinable noun used as a preposition,

^^sL*

To

establish

firmly, strengthen, give authority to

any one

With, together or in company with.

(with ace. or

of pers. and

^i

of place, or
at
1,

jliU see olc for Jc.

with ace. of thing and

v.

of pers.);

18
p.

o*a* see \&.

94

J3U

is

for

jZ&,

D. S. Gr. T.

jaa
Jim

and

lyt*, see^c.

458,

aor. o.

7b separate the goats

from ike

sheep.

note.J^ IV. To give power, as ^X\3 *y^ 8 v. 72, "And he hath given thee power
7b
whistle.

jH* generic noun, Goats.

'iju* aor. a.

over them;" D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 454.

,T,yjU House\L* aor. o.

7b

travelfast

andfar.
of

*lC

n.a. Whistling. <U-j

hold

stuff,

whatever

is

common and

neces-

J*

7b baste a garment, convert.

form of worship. J^l IV. To

A religion,

sary use, also alms.

dictate.

U* comm.

gend.

Plur.

*XUl Intestines;

no L'aor.

a.

To fill,

as^V7v. 17, "Verily I will fill"

*J,forL, D.S.Gr.T.l,
fills

verbal root.

(with ace. and ^).

for

l^

see

^U

^i.

p. 62,

quantity that

anything, as *J?

<^AjtJy*

we^U for jy:.

J$TZ v.

85, " The Earth

full."

L' A band,

140

company, assembly
the nobility;
alted Chiefs,"

-'^Cc
;

also chief

men, princes,

vu*w

see

^*
act. viii.
f.

'

JlW pi 38
i.e.

v. 69,

"The

ex-

sjLj*" Oblique plur. part.

Xt^t see >x.

of ^jy q.v.

the Angels; for the changes

which

this

word undergoes when followed by

1,

an affixed pronoun see D. S. Gr. T.

pp. 95

U*?

lor

and 117.
part. act.

^U for \\Z D.
One who
iii. f.

S. Gr. T. 1, p. 97,

^ ^*.
also

an indeclinable conjunctive pronoun meaning

He

she or they who, one who, some who,

interrogatively
it

fills. fc^J VIII. to be full,

whosoever;

Who?

In

jl* part.

act.

of

^il

q.v.

conditional propositions
in the conditional

governs the aorist

S. Gr. T. 2, p.

aLJX^ see CjT\

for

CSi.

mood, D.

32

aor. a.

and

i.

To

itkt.

^
of,

for its influence

fem. Salt.
f.

on the temporal value of verbs

JU

see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 185, et seq.; although

To wipe out.jiX^ n.a. IV.

aor.
i.

Poverty, want.

generally used to designate reasonable beings,

instances

tlXU

To

possess,

have power or dominion

able to obtain (with

may

occasionally be noted to the

over; to be capable
ace. of thing

contrary, as for example at 24 v. 44, but in

and
"ft

of pers.), as uiOJu *J*s

1 1,

these cases the irrational creatures are to

extent,

some

L
n.a.

<3jT^t

48 v.
for

"For who hath any

by a

figure of speech, assimilated to

;

power to prevail
That which

you with God?"

uj^
;

reasonable beings

D. S. Gr. T.
*]

2, p. 356.

is

in

any

one's

power

\ll*j

^i

and j^*
{

tor

20 v. 90, " As

far as lay in our

power."

oXi
and
for

^
ration
;

and

j^,.

a preposition signifying origin, coin-

Dominion, power, kingdom.

plur.

dU

position, explanation,
sing,

commencement, or sepait is

An

in its ordinary acceptation

of,

equi-

angel, angels;

see also

Ciil

valent to

from, or out of; or, when following

;

CIV.

ulL One who possesses, aking; Plur.

CJU.

OJU part. act. One who

;

a comparative, than

but

it

may

occasionally

is

lord over,

be rendered on, by, by reason

portion
of,

of,

some

or a

a possessor

Malec,

name

of the angel

who

of the same kind as, after the

It is frequently

has charge over Hell,

tlifij, Dominion,

manner

of, etc.

employed in

kingdom.

u>-L A monarch.
owned.

cS^

part,

negative propositions with the sense of any, as

pass. Possessed,

Sjjffy }}[

^ UJ
28

v. 55,

" Nor

is

there

any

aor. o.

To run

violently.

CLi For a considerable

life,

Deity but God," or

expletive, " There
p. 490;

it

may
"At

be regarded as an
1,

time. ^*\ IV. To prolong one's

a respite (with

grant

is

no Deity," D. S. Gr. T.

of pers.);

at

47

v.

27 the

1*

v. 5,

their hands," i.e.

word

may

be rendered " he has continued to

false

"At
lfc,y

the hands of the Children of Israel;"

buoy them up with

hopes " to dictate

of pers.).

^,3t,
opposite

121,

"Of

a sudden," or

"on
37,
6,

(with ace. of thing and

Ju:

their arrival," see

~y and

for

U ^%.

Jy

"On

sides;"

^5 &$=ry ^ 65
uJJLiIt
is

v. v.

ejlv

see l;U.

"According

to

your means;"

found

141

J**
One who
v.

occasionally with the

meaning of xjc, thus

at

hinders or obstructs;

Jls^ clii 50

v. 38,

jfeyC& QiiTi^G
which
is

f-ijl "Are

24, " One who hinders men from following

ye content with
to that

this present life in preference

the right path."

"i* see

\*

part. pass. Forbidden.

to

come?" plf^*

tp/

ljii

CSj.

^L*
from (the friendship
p. 492, note.
of)

see 'gj.
i.

God," D. S. Gr. T.

1,

^t aor.
jr*

To

try.

irlLi

(2nd declension) Manat,

an idol worshipped
to be gracious towards
to reproach (with

by the Pagan Arabs.

iliX] Plur.
desire
;

aor.

o.

To fatigue;
of pers.)
;

Sperma

genitale.

^Ul
i

(with
pers.),

^Jl

^J* of

(2nd

declension)

as at

49

wish,

v.

17

to

be liberal, as ij be not liberal in

" at

J,j*U>

J&2

fj-^2 74

v. 6,

"And
more
;

ls>\ \ 4*^f2 v. 73, "They know not the

Scripture, but according
to

their

own

vain

the hope of receiving

26

v.

21

it is

imaginations or desires " see next verse, also

verse

used transitively, to bestow a favour on any

one (with ace. of thing and ^jl of pers.).

105. j^t
{

II.

To

create desires in

any

one (with ace. of

p<r~<* *)

pers.), thus

at 4 v. 118,

y+
also
i\

n.a.

The

act of reproaching,

and especially

And

verily I will excite in

them

by reminding any one of

benefits conferred
v. 5,

vain desires." 1X1 IV.

To emit (seed).
at

-"
ji

liberality,

as at

47

juJ IL* Uli

'

U^j "And

* either (show) liberality after-

ij^J V. To

desire, read

22

v.

51 a passage

occurs where this word

is

wards, or (exact) a ransom."

^* Manna.
"Adverse

by some rendered

according to the former of these meanings,

while others
Sale's

^jj* Time
fortune,"

^jl^f uIjJ 52

v. 30,

have followed the latter;

2, p.

see
for,

by some

interpreted to

mean Death.

Koran, vol.
;

168, note; to long

is

(j^-v* part. pass. Diminished, broken off; j>-\

covet

at 3 v. 137
1, p.

^*i

for 'j*ki

D. 8.

^y~i*j~c.4.\ v. 7,
,jcu^f see ycli for

An uninterrupted reward."
&Y>

Gr. T.
aor. a.

221.
;

To spread open a bed

J^I^j lyJifo
jy
n.a.

^y,

30

v. 43,

" Verily they shall spread for them-

\S<r~*

8ee \j^'

selves a couch (in Paradise)." bed, cradle.

ixfeU part. act.

-V" see *Uu~*

S
"7' c
f

V< w.
1' '

One who spreads

c^lu^*
jJLi aor.

a couch.
extent.
;

o\^*

see UiJ.

couch, a place of wide

(things)

j^t

II.

To make
n.a.

a.

To

smooth

refuse

to prohibit, hinder, forbid,

J

and agreeable.
smooth.

Lyl;

The

act of

making

prevent (with ace. and ^i or

^1 followed by
44 and at 4
v.

a verb); to defend as at 21

v.

140 (with

^)

j^fll*

y^ 12 v. 63, "The
is

Jy*

To do a thing quietly and gently.

brass, the dregs of oil.

J^+ Fused
To grant a
act

measurement (of any corn)

forbidden us."

J^

II.

j4U part. act.

who

delay, bear with for a

time. J^X] IV. To

That which defends.

eJLi

One
clIU

quietly and gently towards.

holds back (his hand), niggardly.

CJ^r*

8ee <!&*

142

iU

(Mr-

\a!^ Whatsoever or whensoever, see D. S. Gr.

T. l,p. 194.

JU

aor.

o.

To be moved

to

and

fro.

jy

n.a.

aor. a.

and

o.

To serve

and

^
for
'

Agitation, fluctuation.

T be de;

i^LiXijY* see

*Jjy

spicable.

*~y* Despicable, contemptible

'

it

may

also be derived

from

" ^U
'

"

X*y (2nd

declension) Moses.
X?I.

^y\

q.v.

tA-ay see

^r* Bee
'J*\'y,

dr^4

'

rt -

J**-

cuyiy
ijjiy

see l^oj.
see

j*-\y> plur. of if/>-U, rt.jit* q.v.

siy
be rich, especially in cattle.

see

"J>y

ls-vJ^

plur. of cDXi~<*, see

o$y
Jj
q.v.

JU

aor. o. To

JU
<u,U
is is

Plur.

JC1 Riches,

wealth, substance, possesflocks

[jKy
<Jjf*

acc. plur. of

Jy,
To

rt.

sions,

and especially
28,

and herds

see t>;J*

69
die
;

v.

for^JU

"My

wealth;" the

cjU

for

J-jy

aor. o.

this is the usual

aflixed because followed

by a pause, and
1, p.

form, but others are mentioned by lexicographers, as

aor.
i.
;

hence named
1

utyVAk

D. S. Gr. T.

459.

cDy

or

c~

aor. a.

and l^-w
first

ty

see

Jj.
1

instances of the preterite with the

^yy
iU

see ..^u ^y

letter

kesrated are found in most copies of the

Koran, as
also

23

v. 37,

and

&*

aor. a. o.

and

i.

To be full of water (a
Note.

well).

23

v.

84

so

*U

for

Vy

Water, liquor.

The hamza

we have JL~

in the 19th

and u^%*

in the

when
Plur.

followed by an aflixed

pronoun and
,

and 21st chapter; see D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 114

242.

moveable by

Damma

is

changed into 3
1, p.

as

iliy and

cjlU

Death.

eL~

<l)\y] Dead.

<1^*

Plurs.
die.

^y^ and Jiy

$~U
j$y

for

^~U

D. S. Gr. T.

118.

Dead, mortal, about to

unity,

&y
A

noun of

i<i*y see

J\j.

One

single death.
is

~J*

dead body,

see J\>.
see jjiy
i.

that which

dead or dies of itself. t>U* IV.

ju^j

To cause

to die;

J0?&* 40
is

v. 11,

"Thou

oU

aor.

To be moved
it

iLjJ ^* 16 v. 15,
for the

hasfcaused us to die twice," in allusion to the

second death which the body
after its

"Lest

should

move with you;"

*Sj ti

said to

undergo

ellipse of the negative see ^1.

A table,

examination in the sepulchre by the

properly,

when

set

out with food.

for.

two angels

Munkar and Nakeer.

<lXy

see tlj*.

JU aor. jU aor.
;

i.

To provide food To
separate,

i.

discriminate, distinguish

'U

aor. o.

To be agitated nith waves {the sea)

(with acc. and

^).->tf
v. 8,

V. To burnt,

as

to press

tumultously

like

waves (with
;

,Jf).

]&T^ypJ o&67
burst with fury" (for

"It

will almost

^y
"

n.a.

wave, the surge

used also as a
*J-

j^iO.-j^ VIII. To
36 v. 59, "

collective noun,

J^^'

^r*
.

Vl

44

'

be separated

VjCTJ

And

be ya

On waves

like

mountains.

separated" (from the righteous).

U^f*

143

from the right way (with

Si*-* see o*>.

n.a. in

ace);
-

to

turn against (with ^Js).

&* n a
-

The

act of

JjlL*

see i^-^-

turning aside.

aCU noun^of

unity,

single

JlL* (2nd

declension) Michael the Archangel.

act of turning, as *l>-\>

&-* *

T< 1 ^3,

"At

JU aor.

i.

7b

incfiiw,

turn away from, turn aside

once," una vice.

~
\i

Initial letter of the

68th chapter, see J3T.

(with <_>).

cy

n.a.

The germinating or

Our an indeclinable affixed pronoun meaning

when following nouns, and Us when following verbs or prepositions; when affixed to the
particles

springing up of plants ;

when used collectively,

Plants, thatwhich is produced from the ground;

at 3 v. 32
it

is

figuratively applied to the

^ ^ and
or

written \j[ or \L>[,

Ul

"fruit of the

womb."-<X3l
i,

IV.

To

produce,

or
it

li3t,

although representing an accusative,

as

put
ace.

forth, to

cause to grow or spring up (with

must be rendered We,

LJ^ >Vi,j
Ij

and
i.

,J),

or

^).
and Lr> or ^i of
v. 96,

^iCi 5 v. Ill, " And bear thou witness that

we
" resigned unto thee." are Moslems," or 3rd pers. sing.
fern, of

aor.

To throw

(with ace.

place); to reject;

\$$
mouth

20

"And

uy jlj

^5\5

iii. f.

of \SJ

threw

it

(into the

of the calf)," which

thereupon became alive; The handful of dust

attributed to which this miraculous power is from the taken been have to supposed

JS aor.
tj

a.

To retire, as t^f. J?>] 17 85, " And

;" to

was

he goes aside
aor. a.

go

far
to

away (with ^).

footsteps of the horse ridden

-

by the angel

To be exalted,

announce.

V plur

Gabriel

at

8 v. 60 after

"^[ &B we must

"Then throw
ellipse

account *Ij1 News, an announcement, message,

or story, a prophecy, as at 6 v. 66.
prophet, Plurs.
sion),

-^ A

understand the accus. j*J^e,

^J and *XJ\
II.

(2nd declen-

back to them their covenant; " for the

ip

Prophecy.tli

To announce,

comof the accusative or immediate objective

plement see D. S.Gr. T.
2, p. 454.

to

make

acquainted with, declare or relate a

\ VIII.

circumstance to another (with t^ of thing, or

To go

aside (with

^).
call

with ace. of pen. and

<->,

^,

or ^c, also

Jj

aor.

j.

To defame.-jtt VI. To

one another,

with ace. of pers. and ^).'-l2l IV. To make one acquainted with, to inform (with double
ace. or with ace.

names (with <).

aoT.

i.

and

o.

To guth

out.-\

X. To

elicit

and <_>). Ua-^

To

Beelt

or discover (the truth) in matters of

difficulty.

information from (with ace. of pen. and*),

aor. o.

J^j

aor. a.

i.

and o. To gushforth.

\Jm Plur.

To germinate, to produce as a tree

(2nd declension)

A fountain,

spring of water.

144

JL
JL

aor. o.

To
and

shake.
i.

"This ransom" being understood. ^j*- Li VI.

aor. o.

To disperse.
v
l

j~*

part. pass.

To hold a

private discourse one with another

Scattered.JiL

VIII.

To be
lac
-

scattered.

(with <_> of matter).

o.

jJk* aor. o. To overcome,

'

n.a.

An

open high- ^^ssr aor.

To vow.
v. 23,

<-=** n.a.

vow, as

(J

way

at

90

v.

10

it is

to be

understood of the
evil.

' 33
offering

"

He

has

fulfilled his

vow" by

two highways of good and

(_^ar aor.
a.

up

his life for the Faith.

o.

To be dirty and impure.

uLs^

n.a.

i_L>ar aor.

i.

and

To

scrape, carve, prepare

[

by

Filth, uncleanness.

scraping (with double acc.or with ace. and j^).

Jar

aor.

i.

To throw.

J-seriT (common gender) Jx?

the

aor. a.

To injure the jugular

vein.

vein, to sacrifice

The Gospel, from

Greek evayyfrwv.
Plur.

by cutting the jugular

^^j^aor.

a.

To vex;

and Ju.*r To be unlucky.

lar

aor. o.

To appear.

lar

Jlt A
1(5

star, or v.
1
;

collectively, Stars, as at 16 v.

and 53

^Uc* JL?r Unlucky. Jlar Bad luck. both molten brass, also Smoke without flame,
of which meanings have been assigned at 55
v.

a plant growing close to

or no stalk, as grass.

tlio

earth with

little

35.

li* aor. o.To escape, go free (with ^).

I

_lj part,

Jar

aor. a.

To make one a present ; and

thin.

Jar aor. a.
one given

act.

One who

escapes.
;

aW"

n.a.

Salvation.

To be
Bees,

Ji
A

comm. gend.

generic noun,

"jar

secret

Uar
for

Privately,

^i^
1,

n.a.

iiar

free gift, especially

(2nd declension)

a.

D. S. Gr. T.

pp.
.

as dowry.

105 and 402,

discourse
;

private conference, clandestine

J*r personal pronoun of

in the dual
aor. a.

comm. gender used both

at 17 v.

50
li>

it

appears to be used

and plur. We.

holes,

adverbially

j^r
;

i|j "And when they Jar'

To be morn full of

^kr Worn,
generic

rotten (a bone).
confer in private
"

but Beidawee inclines to

the opinion that this word both here and at

Jar

To

sift.

Jar comm. gend. Plur. J-ar

date-palm;

noun,

or collectively, Palmunity,

58

v.

is

a plural of ^j*r with the sense of

trees,

iiar noun of

(single)

Palm-

^ji-lli^, viz.
together."
ace.

"Those who confer privately

tree.
II.

^jbt
,

To

deliver, set free (with

SJ aor.

i.

To flee, run away.

oJ Plur. j\jJ1 Like,

idol.
|otf part.

and ^*, ^J\

or t_>)

to raise up, as at

10

equal, a match, an
aor. a.
act.

image or

v. 92.

iu for
-^fr U
in

(-

5?=k Plur. ^y^**

for

u^iU, *jj

To be repentant, repent.
repents, a penitent.

D.

S. Gr* T. 1, p. 113, part. act.

III.

One who

One who

*\jJ n.a.

delivers.

To hold a

discourse with

Repentance.
\jS aor. o.
75? call.

any one

private

(with ace. of pers.).

<^S for
III.
;

^jli

council.

Jjjj

(jiM
i*a&

IV.

To

deliver (with ace. and 14, "

;

cr

*)

A council. ^jU
invoke, cry aloud

To

call to, call

upon,

70 v.

Then (he wishes that

this)
\

to

make

a proclamation

might deliver him " the nominative

*l ocijj

(with ^ji)

to call, or invite (with

Jfy

or J),

to

145

J>
angels)

as

|pT Jl }&>tf U^ 6 v. 63, "And when

prayer;"
(also

who

tear out (the souls of the wicked)

ye call to

^
all
;

with

^),

as

^JUj
crier

with violence."

V5
III.

adjective of intensity,

wlL;

^ ^\Lilf
is to

50

v. 40,

" The

Plucking forcibly or continuously, D. B. Gr.

T.
1, p.

shall call

from a near place;" said

to

be

822. jtf

To

dispute with

any

from Mount Moriah at Jerusalem, whence the

angel Gabriel
flesh to

one (with ace.). cjVjJ VI. To dispute one with

another (with

make a proclamation
;

to all
is

^J
23

of matter, or with ace. and

it is is

come

to

judgment

the meaning

^j) ;
and

at 52 v.

used with ace. of thing

there to be interpreted

that

it

shall be

a proclamation to be heard by
v. 44,

i_J of place,

and

see also

41

where the words

^Jb
}
i.e.

"They
aor. a.

shall present to

one another."

.xm

J& ^ are interpreted " They

who
shall not hear.

shall be

To slander, sow dissensions (with J^)',

(like) those

are called to from afar,"

to incite to evil, as at 7 v. 199.

evil suggestion,

%J

n.a.

An

They

*T^
for

for

^aJ

n.a.

A
U>j
a

incitement to
;

evil.

cry, act of calling.

$*

,_?oil*

part. act.
crier,

aor.

i.

To exhaust (a melt)

in the Pass,

it

One who makes a proclamation, a

preacher.is'Sdz VI. To
call

means to be exhausted or
(with ^c).
Jjj aor.
i.

inebriated from drink

one to another.

j for !*? for jtf, D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. Ill,

n.a.

To descend

(with <_> into, or

is

^
gift.

from,

The
34

act of calling one to another;

is for ,_* j\!2lf the

JLsM

a place).

X}

That which

prepared for a

40

v.

being omitted

guest, entertainment,

an abode, a

<up
JjJ

by

poetic license at the end of the Terse to

noun of unity,
Once, as

Literally,
'*\>

One descent;

preserve the rhyme.

',

jj aor. o.

and

i.

To vow, devote (with ace. and J).

n.a.

,J/^ *ty

63 v. 13,

"He saw him

moon
at

once again."

Jjll* (2nd declension) plur. of

jjj Plur. j3 aj

vow.
;

ji* or jSt
ie 1

A
Jjl*

mansion, station, as of the

menacing, or warning

jjj

also plur. of

10 v. 5 and 36 v.

89. Jjp

II.

To

cause to

% A warner or preacher.-^ jJ
\

1V.

To warn,

descend, send down, especially from

Heaven

admonish, preach to (with ace. of pen. and <y,

or with J
"J\)
;

(with ace. and Jut,

n.a.

to threaten with, give

warning

and <y ). J\, ^f, sending down (from Heaven), a

fy*
divine

of (with double ace).

preacher,
threatens.

jijL* part. act.

revelation, a name given to the Koran as

having
part,

One who warns, admonishes, or

*/xJ* part. pass.
f.

been sent down from Heaven.

act.

oj*

Warned.
of j\j for

One who sends down.

jj*

part. pass.

j\ Jj> 1st pers. plur. aor. viii.

ij

q.v.

ly

aor.

i.

To pluck

out, bring out, snatch

away,

down. Jpl IV. To cause to descend, send down, make to come down (with ace. and
Sent

oxtract,

withdraw,

or draw out

somewhat

sharply (with ace. and

ace.

^*)

to strip off (wifh

cr* J*> J\> j)> One who causes

mi Jt>>
to

&f*

P"*' act

'

descend, a receiver of

and ^e).
iSji

cjli part. act.

One who plucks

v. 1,

out, as

c?\ifiTj 79

" By (the

part. pass.

Sent down ; At 28

v.

30 1jll may
19

J;

146

j*mJ

be considered us the noun of time or place of

coining
in the

aor.

i.

and

o.

To hasten (with
;

iir

*).

J**J n.a.
to

down

it is

also written ty** v. supra;

Progeny, stock

at 2 v.

201

it

would seem

former case
to to

it

may

be rendered " Cause

in the
latter,

be understood of the young of flocks and other

domestic animals.
-*J aor. a.
(

my
"
(Jj-ij'

descent

be blessed;"

Make me
V.

inhabit a blessed abode."

To

forget, neglect.

^J

forgotten

To descend gently and gradually

thing.

TjuJ Forgetful.

*jmJ and
is
is

*uJ Women;

(with

J^).
To chide (camels).

The

sing, of these
it

words

wanting, but in\j*.

UJ

aor. a.
off a

^^>

The putting
ill!*

stead of

the word i\y\

employed, see

sacred

month

till

a later month,

-u*^* part. pass. Forgotten, neglected,

D. 8.
to for-

staff.

Gr. T.

1, p.

108. ^pl IV. To cause

;

_-w

aor. o.

and

i.

To make mention of any one's

Plur.

get (with double ace.)

at

v.

100
it

L^J may
to

lineage.

(Ji-J
;

dAljl

n.a.

ConsanV-1j

be taken to signify
gotten
;

"We

cause

be for-

guinity

at

25

v.

56 the words

\^j

must

" there are also other readings.

be taken adverbially as though the phrase were

LL

aor. a.

To grow, increase,
first

to

be raised up.

j^O) t_-<w li "Capable of consanguinity and

;

<u-.U

The
;

hour or early portion of the day

affinity

"

meaning perhaps male and female.

abolish, destroy, abrogate, nullify

or night

various interpretations are given of

;

V"^

aor. a.

To

73

v.

6 where this word occurs

is

according to

to transcribe or copy,

is^ A copy or exemplar

X. To transcribe or copy

one

it

the part. act. and agrees with

Lju

(of a look). out.

^' " -""

'

understood, " The person

(to prayer)
;

who

rises

by night
" To rise
II.

" others hold

action,
irlii

it to

be a form of
it

the
^uJ aor. o.

and

i.

To remove, tear with the beak.

eagle or vulture
;

noun of

and translate
Production.

-uJ n.a.

An

Nasr,

name

of

by night."

ui

To

an idol worshipped by the Pagans both before

bring up, educate (with ace. and

IV.

^J>),

l5l
and

and

after the Flood.

i.

To produce,

raise, create (with ace.

(Lu) aor.

To destroy from

the foundations, upscatter abroad, to

ij* or

^).

*Lj\ n.a. Production, creation;

%
\

root, reduce to

powder and

sliJ^ lJti\j
created

C\ 56 v.

34, "Verily

we have

winnow
ducing

as chaff.
to

i_juJ n.a.

The

act of re-

them by a (novel or peculiar)

creation."

powder and winnowing,

life,

etc.

^J~+
Plur.
or
it

part. act.

One who produces.

t\JL~*

l!J

aor. o.

To lead a religious
Religious

to sacrifice.

ul>*J

n..i.

service,

a victim for

cd liL. may be
To
J

for lL>\

U^ Having

lofty sails,

the part. pass. Raised on high

sacrifice.

il>L>U part. act.

One who is devoted

i'X.-.I

(by the waves).

to

religious

observances.

cere-

jhS

aor. o.

unfold, spread abroad (with ace. and

n.a.

monial.
1

ljL>IL (2nd declension) plur. of

J).

jLj

A spreading abroad. ^iJ n.a.

life,

lLvh. .^ Places for sacrifice, rites

and

cere-

bringing to

resurrection, resuscitation
v. 49.

monies.

(from sleep), as at 25
;

jJ&

part. act.

J-U

aor. o.

To beget or bring forth (an animal)

One who spreads abroad ;

the words

cfp^iUT^

J*"
\yi*j

147)
5

77

v.

may

refer either to

the Angels

as at

v.

92.

<-?*>?

part,

portion.

who

spread abroad God's decrees, or to the

;

i__~f\j part. act.

Labouring, weary.

winds which spread rain over the earth

some

L~*j aor.

i.

To be silent. tJL*aj\ IV. Idem.

again have understood the passage to refer to

the verses of the $oran, etc.

"jyJ* part. pass.

II.
f.

f^ aor. a. To admonish, counsel, give good advice,

be sincere and faithful (with
n.a. Counsel, advice.

Spread open."jtlX part. pass.

Unfolded,

of pers.).

^r**

expanded.
and
*-_")
;

'fi$\

IV.

To

resuscitate (with ace.

^*\i part. act.

One who

to raise the dead.

'

"JuJ* part. pass.

VIII.

counsels or advises, one

friend to (with J).

who

acts as a sincere

Raised from the dead.

L\

To be
J).
l

l.^aj

True and sincere

spread abroad, disperse themselves (with

(repentance).

jiL+
abroad.
'jLJ aor. o.

part.

act.

That which spreads

itself

ja>

aor.o.

To aid,

assist,

succour, protect; to deliver

;

(with ace. and

i.

^)
i.e.

jysij

<ull ^y-a-Jj

22

and

To

rise up, to behave ill a

woman

v. 41,

"And

verily

God

will succour those

towards her husband, or a husband towards

his wife,

who

aid him,"

his religion; to grant a

l

jylj

n.a. Ill-conduct or perverse-

victory to (with ace. and

l^yJic

c), _J

thus at 9

v. 14,

ness on the part of a husband or wife towards

Ai^jj " And he will give you the victory

ja>
n.a. Aid, assistance, victory.

one another.^! IV. To

raise.

over them."

kU

aor.

i.

To go out from a

place,

draw up a
act of drawact.

y*}i part. act. Plurs.

aids,
etc.,

^j^>

bucket at one pull.

LLf n .a. The

easily.
;

a protector.

jR One who Plur. JC&>\ A J-$j

and

ing up quickly and

Lwli part.

One

helper, defender, protector; the

name^laJ Jl
as

who draws up

easily

the words
v.

cyUii&Tj
forth the

"The
of

helpers

or allies,"

was given

an

IkL

which occur at 79
the Angels

2 are by some

honorary distinction to those of the inhabitants

referred to

who draw

Medina who were the

first

to take part with

souls of the blessed in a

smooth and gentle

Mohammad.
^j*>
reth.

^jjCsJ (2nd declension) plur. of

manner; but

as with the

commencement of

A Christian,
^J>)j&

so called from

^yai Nazapart. pass.

the 77th chapter, the explanations of the whole

Christian.

jy*~*

passage vary greatly, see^ilJ.

aor. o.

Aided, assisted.^lL" VI.

To

aid one another;

To

place,

fix,

erect, affUct ;

and ul~*
7, IjIj

at

37

v.

25

^j^

is

for

Jj^j
^%

D. 8. Gr.
one's;

aor. a.

To use

diligence, as at

94 v.

T.

1, p.

221.^cj\ VIII. To avenge

t-~~aJLi <S~slJ>

"And when

thou hast finished

self,

take vengeance (with

of pers.)

to
1

(thy relaxation) be instant (in prayer, or in

defend one's-self, deliver one's-self.

part. act.

jT'^

thanks

to
n.a.

God)."

J*!> n.a. Calamity. \lJa> Plur.

One who
X. To ask

is

able to defend himself.

l_i
<L>\2> 1

Labour, fatigue.

Jau^
J

assistance of

any one (wit*

a stone used by the Pagan Arabs on which they made

sacrifices,

A standard, as at 70 v. 48;

ace. of pers.). aor. o.

To reach the middle, or take he

i_aJu

of

as at 5 v. 4; an idol, image, or statue,

anything.

The

half.

Laj
9

148

\*u aor. o. To seize by the forelock.

i~e\j Plur.

(with ace), as at 57 v. 13
JJuJsSj

to regard, as

***j

^fy
> aor.
a.

(2nd declension)

A forelock.

v. 157,

"They shall

not be regarded,"

U-j* aor. a.

To be

ripe,

done enough in cooking.

^Lii Pouring

or

it

may

be " Neither shall they be waited

for," i.e.

time shall not be given them for

To sprinkle with mater.

repentance,
forth copiously

jaj n.a.
at,

A A

look.

Jo\> part. act.

and continuously.

One who looks

SI**'
Ojax* part,
for,

beholds, observes, or waits

single glance,
ijaj

\Ji

aor. S

i.

To spread {carpets) one over another.

a spectator,
ijk>

ju^j Piled one over another.

A respite.^j!
to put
off,

IV.

To grant one a
Poetic6 for

respite

pass. Spread over one another, piled

up

in as ^jjaij 1*

order ; $y*~+ <r^_j 56 v. 28, "

And

the acacia

^J^j
(by any

v.

194, " And do not put

me
S.

off

overspread with piles of flowers."

delay)."

%LJ

part.

pass.

Respited.-^&ft^
***

jgj

aor. o.

To endow with brilliancy and beauty, to

tjoi

VIII.

To

expect, wait, await.

j?^~* part. act.

shine,

Brightness,

refulgence.

ji\>

One who

waits or expects.
o.

part. act. Shining.

f>
L*\L5 That
Note.

aor. a.

and

To go quickly (a camel) ;

aor. o.

'J* aor. a.

To butt at with the horns.

is

To be very while,
sheep.

ijf

Plur.

_Ui An ewe

which

gored to death.
to adjectives

The

i is

com-

monly added

when changed
is

into (jlj aor. a. To be weak, somnolent.

{jJju n.a.

nouns substantive by what

D. S. Gr. T.
L-ak'> aor. o.

called

JaJl
Jj6

Drowsiness, sleepiness.
aor. a.

2, p. 279, note.

and

i.

To

call

aloud to (with s-0; pro-

and

i.

To drop.

<ULj

Sperma genital e.
and
clearly, to

perly,

To

call sheep, croak as

to

a raven.
Jii
fern.

jiJ

aor.

i.

To

speak articulately
(

Jjc acr.

a.

To give shoes

any

one.

speak (with

_J

1*

and

t_>), as

J^

u *i-lx

j^j
lw

shoe.
aor. a. o.

45

v. 28,
;

"It speaks concerning you with

v. 3, " Neither

and of

i.

To enjoy the comforts and conto be joyful.

truth "

JX^ Jk U,' 53
own

veniences

life,

**j

Yea; For
see

doth he speak of his

will."

$?*

n.a.

the difference between

Ju and ^Jj
it is

^Jj.

Speech, language, as jl&TjljU il* 27 v.

16,

'Ju, an irregular verb found in the

Koran only
called

"We

have been taught the language of

in the masc. 3rd pers. sing.,

by

birds." jltul IV.

sounds.

To

cause to utter articulate

grammarians _Xil\ J*i or verb of

praise, its

'&

aor. o.

To

look, behold (with

;

or ,Jt)

to

meaning is To be v. 41, " He is an

generally be

excellent, thus Jljl1 **i

excellent master

"

it

may
t

look on, look at (with ace.)

to look for, expect

rendered

(with ace. or with "J), as at 2 v. 206, 38 v. 14, also etc. ; to see, consider (sometimes with

cl>\yjf l*i 18 v. 80, "

How excellent How excellent a

v. 48, Lit.
it

as
re-

,J^

ward

" It is used alike with both sing, and

with J,

J\ orJZY.'Jpt CJ$}TJ
upon couches they
;

plur., thus

^j^UlTiUii 51

" How

83

23, " Seated

shall

excellent (are we)

who

spread

out;"

^j

contemplate (objects of delight) " to wait for

^1*^37

t. 73, "Verily

how excellent-

149)
flying

J"
from the truth. *j&

or gracious,were those

who answered,"
U*j
4

t..

company or

"We
"

returned a gracious answer."

or

UJ
How
gives

Ufrf,
;

as

for

\l*i

v. 61,

number of men taking part with any one, as in war, *$'' part. act. X. f. One who takes
to flight, fugitive.

excellent is the admonition which he

"
it is

you

also written

U*J

f*t Jrlur.

\J&
(

To injure by easting an

evil eye

upon any one.

ffi
ful.

Cattle.

Rejoicing, joyJ*tf part. act.

JJi

fern. Plur.

^ju\ and yuyu

;

soul,

iXiu Comfort and convenience of life. s iuii Plur. Ju\ Grace, kindness, favour, hene-.
ficence
;

living soul or person

as in Arabic there are

is

no

reflective personal

pronouns, their place

partly supplied
this

word

is

sometimes spelt c-*i,

276, note.

by the words t/**i,

* ne

c, etc., ttr

see D. B. Gr. T. 2, p. 286, et seq.; in this

see

D. 8. Gr. T.

1, p.

faf

Happisense
things

ILK, lyl**

'

an<*

rea ^

mdBt ^ e ^ nB "
;

ness, delight, pleasure.

<XUi (2nd declension)

Grace, favour."Ju II.

for

To provide good

lated himself, itself, themselves, etc.

1^^
soul,"

any one (with

ace. of pers.). 1*5* IV.

;

To
to

5 t. 35, "Without (his having

unless in case of retaliation
for

slain) a

or as a punishment

he gracious towards (with ^Js. of pers.)

confer (benefits)
pers.).

upon (with

ace.

and ^Js. of
IV.

murder; lllu when used adverbially, as

at 4 v. 3,

means willingly,
.T&:

see

U&)

aor. o.

and

i.

To thakethe

head.J2&

^; ^JS
accord, at

&
it

10 v.

^t, rt. CJtie for 16, "Of my own

To wag
it

the head at any one (with ace. of

my own
;

pleasure."
\S\

J&3
1

V.

To

(JLVJand^ofpers.).
iS3j
aor.
i.

shine (the dawn)

J-*J

J^J

j 81 v. 18, the darkfor,

and

o.

To blow.

cA*i One who blows,

v. 4,

" By the dawn when

ness

clears

away

as

i&Tj,

cjtfdulf 113

"The women

by

its

breath."

J2& VI.

To long

who blow on
'Jj aor. a.

knots," a kind of incantation.

to

aspire after.

JZife-* part. act.

One who longs

To diffuse an odour,
single breath.

blow {the wind).

or aspires after.

imP One

J& aor.
be exhausted.

o.

To pick or tease wool; to stray for food

J*

aor. o.

To blow with

the mouth, breathe (with

by night (with ^).

carded.

)&* part. pass. Teased,

to,

J).
$*j aor. a.
n.a.

U& A single blast.

To
vanish,
fail,

to

oUi ZJS

aor. a.

To be useful

to profit ; to avail (with

A failure,

failing.

ale).

% n.a. Use, utility, usefulness, profit.

declension) plur.
is

jij aor. o.

To penetrate (as an arrow), to pass beyt).

{i

Lj&* (2nd

of i*i*

An

youd or out of (with

j{> aor.
o.

advantage, that which

to

useful or profitable.
o.

and

i.

To run away through/right,

as to war, at

go jiU To be saleable;
its

aor. a.

and

To come out of

forth to

any business,
ytf

v.

123

hole (a jerboa).

J*i

n.a.

A hole, properly,

(with

i).

People, a

company of men
jyu
a
act of

in a place from whence there is another exit

not exceeding ten nor less than three,

n.a.

the word occurs at 6 v. 35, and the meaning

The
;

act of running away, or being in the

of the passage

is

as follows, " If thou art able

fugitive

Koran

it

means the

to seek out for thyself

a hole, so that thou

J*
mayest enter
etc.,

150)
^^jij aor. o.

?
To be
deficient, to diminish, lessen
;

into

the bowels of the earth,

to

and bring them a sign {then do so);" the

cause a loss or deficiency as at 50 v.

4,

correlative proposition

known

as the t-jVl*-

*Y** \Jajl\ j^aJLJ

earth
short,

What
viz.

part

of

them the
to
fall

e^SJI or answer to the condition being under-

consumes,"
fail

their bodies;

stood; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 611.

ture, that

*&

Expendi-

or be wanting in anything (with

which any one expends. Jj\J III.

which there are geness *

double ace), as at 9 v. 4.
diminution.
yjiAi aor. o.

Jt&

n.a. Loss,

To enter

into its hole, to

JojaL* part. pass. Diminished.

i.

rally ten or

a dozen entrances {a jerboa), and

said, to be

and

To make a crashing

noise, to

hence, as

it is

a hypocrite
first

reli-

break or violate (a treaty), to untwist, as at

gion, professing to believe

one thing and

16

v. 94.

Jakj n.a. The act of violating (a

then another.
part. act.

Juj One who is

n.a. Ilypocrisy.

o^*

covenant). uJoj\ IV. To wring, as a load from getting loose on the back.
f-fij

a hypocrite in religion. one's substance

also

jiil IV.

To spend, expend

aor. a.

To soak, raise a sound.

Ju n.a. Dust

(with ace. and

pcrs.);
this

or
is

^y,

with

ic of

rising

and

floating in the air.

word

frequently used in the Iaj To

in

devour;

aor.

i.

To

dislike,
v. 75,

disapprove;

Koran

to signify to

expend one's substance

SSlFjii&l

alms or other good works, and in

the accus.
v. 2.
is

y 1\

\jisi

&j 9

"And

their

this sense

only reason for disliking (the plot to destroy

occasionally understood, as at 2

Mohammad) was
etc.

that

God had

enriched them,

,jij^ part. act.

One who expends

his

;" to reject, take vengeance on (with

substance in almsgiving and other good works.

of pers.). JcJ\ VIII.

To take vengeance on
/ueil
n.a. Vengeance.

Juj|
,

n.a.

The

act of spending.

(with

^t

of pcrs.).

JaJ To give booty.

AljlJ

Jju Plur. Jl2l Booty, spoils.

a

Ju^** part. act.

One who

takes vengeance, an

gift,

work of supererogation,

as

avenger.

prayers over and above what are commanded,

or a gift over and above what Ui aor.
o.
is

vJii aor.

o.

To turn

aside (with ,^*).

aside,

il^L'

asked.

part. act.

One who turns

i-^ll* (2nd
a tract

To remove, expel (with

(

^r

).

declension) plur. of

<L&* A shoulder,
f.

c-JU

aor. o.

To dig through (a wall).

<L~j>j

LUtf

n.a.

of country.

The

act of digging through.

1 1.

A captain

JsL
^

1st pers. plur. aor. cond. viii.

q-v.

of JlS for

or leader. ^^Jb

To pass or wander through,

J).
set free, deliver (with
to deliver

J?

to search out (with

<L&i

aor. o.

and

i.

To untwist (a rope), break

(a

JJU

To liberate. &>\ IV. To

ace.

covenant), violate an oath;

used both with

and ^.),

jju^l X. To seek
cr? ).

and without an accusative.

X&
rope.
to

Plur. cjl&l

(with ace. and

Jii aor. o.

The untwisted strands of a

-r*
5

To utrUce; Pass.Jiu To be blown (a

aor. a.

and

i.

To perforate
n.a.

marry a husband
1

trumpet).

JJu The groove

in a date-stone

or wife.

^uJ

Marriage.J^

IV.

To

\yjj In the smallest matter,

jjiti

trumpet.

give in marriage (with ace. of pers. given, as

X
at
at

151

24
2

v. 32, also

of pers. to

whom
to

given, as jj

aor. o.

and

i.

To

spread

calumnies,

m^aj

v.

220).

^"^

X. To wish

marry.
;

Calumny,

slander.

jj aor. o. To croak with all his might (a raven)

JjUi (2nd

declension) plur. of

JpJ A
;

cushion,

and *j
(life).

aor. a.

To be wretched and miserable

prop, a pad placed upon a saddle

root.

no verbal

%> Niggardly.

Jj

aor. a.

To be ignorant
a

of,

to ignore, disavow,
"JUj

Jaj

aor. o.

To malign.

J*) generic noun, Ants.

to

feel

repugnance towards.

and^J
of, as

iUi noun of unity,

declension)
plur.

A
of

single ant.

Iniquitous, horrible,
at 18 v. 86.

J*U| (2nd
tips

unknown, unheard

"j> Denial, reprobation, change

fingers.

*&! The

of

the

j> u

t-i.^

22
I

v. 43,

How
in

great was the

condition;"

*s

**

jj

aor. a.

To point out the way.

change which

made

LQ* A

clear

their

and open way.

jtj aor. a. To cause (a stream) to flow, to repulse,

jSj

is

here put Poetice for ^jjjj D. S. Gr.

p.

T. 2,
form,

497.

Jl (2nd
it

declension) comp.
II.

Most disagreeable. 'J5

reproach.

To

*jQ\ plur. of_^J

transriver,
till

river.

^A

form (a thing) so that

(with ace. and

cannot be recognized

"fy

day from dawn or from sunrise

of pers.). /j* IV.

To be

sunset as opposed to night.

ignorant

of,

deny.

^U

part. act.

One who

J#

aor. a.

D. 8. Gr. T.

1, p.

250,

To

forbid, inter-

knows
pass.

not, disavows,

or denies.

"fL* part,

dict, prohibit,

hinder (with ace. or with ace.

Unknown,
22

disallowed,

unwarrantable,
see 3 v. 100;

and^);

also

jy
-

aor. o.

To be

intelligent;
his soul;"

unlawful, the opposite to

denial, as at
ij>SJ aor. o.
v. 71.

<^/^,

lAJ

'

(jV 79 T 40 " He restrained

Jifj is also used with ^1, as SI**

$ <^-~* ^J\
One

To turn down or upside down, as Llj

6 v. 56, "
,jy}

am forbidden to worship," (see ![}).

t\j

fv#l> \J* 21 v. 66, Lit.

upside

"They were turned

meaning that

Understanding.

for ^jt\j part. act.

down upon

their heads,"

who

forbids. ^llf VI.

To forbid one another To

refrain one's-self,

they relapsed into idolatry.

\j^)S part. act.

II.

(with

One who bends down. to bend or bow down.

JJS

To cause one
1c
his

^).L^j\t

VIII.

to abstain, desist (used occasionally with

^c).

J&>
^

aor.

i.

To

fall

back, retreat, asjul&r

JS
two

ii^ uoun of time or place, _yV

fixed term,

v.

50, Lit.

"He

retreated

upon

terminus or limit;

J2VijlL> 53
is

v. 14,

heels."
aor. o.
to

" The Lote-tree beyond which there To endure a shower of rain

to the end,

&

no passact.

ing," see IjXa.

jpL* for ^jJ* part.

Plur.

wipe tears from off the face.f~j&>\ X.

disdain (with

To
JiS

$ or ^c).
J0
To take

One who

desists;
1, p.

'^y^

for

Jyl^
down

aor. o.

and

D. S. Gr. T.
fetter.

113.

i.

To retire; and

example.

Ji Plur. Jlftt

Jl& An
II.
f.

*Ii aor. o.

To

rise with difficulty; to

weigh

example, a punishment. Jj n.a.

act of punishing or

The

a load (with <_> of pers.).

^**\y plur. of <tlfU,
rt.

making an example.

Hi

q.v.

<_U

152)

<_*

7b *p/>fy the place of another. CJo\ Jtf aor. o. 7b clean the flesh from fat. IV. To repent and turn to God (with A\ ). she-camel.
or. o.

*ftj

A
S.

*---- part. act.

One who turns with

repent-

JU

aor. o.

7b bestow; and
1, p.

aor. a. for

ance to God.

Jy

D.

Gr. T.

z \j

aor. o.

7b lament.

242, to grant (with ace. of pers.

proper name, Noah.

and
of

IjOy 3rd pers. plur. pret. pass, of

loJ q.v.
Jtf aor. o.

t^ of thing), see Jtf for

^otf

Jj
y
n.a. Sleep,

iii. f.

,u aor. o.

7b

rein

a sleeping match.

7b shine,

^b
jli fem. Fire.
f.

part. act.

One who

sleeps,

_y Light.

lll^ Time or

_^~* part.

act. IV.

He

place of sleeping, a dream.

or that which gives

light, enlightening,

^y
to

The

letter

fish

^Tjj The Lord of the

^-li aor.

o.

7b be shaken

and fro

Fish,
(.anything

name

of the Prophet Jonah.

hanging).
collective

J&

fa ^tfl Men,
rt.

people; a isy aor.

i.

7b intend.
and
a.

Jj> Intention, a date-stone.

1, p.

noun regarded as the

being,

plur. of

^J\
but
it

Jtf aor.

i.

D. S. Gr. T.

243,

A man, human
to I can recall
is

To

obtain,

Jj}

q.y.

It is said

get (with

to attain, reach, lir? );

be acceptable

embrace also the Genii and

evil spirits,

to (with ace. of pers.), as at

22

v.

38;

it

may
It

no passage

in the

Koran where

occasionally be rendered
is

by the Passive

so employed.

jti

aor. o.

7b take, seize. J!ft n.a. VI.

f.

The
T\".

act of taking or receiving,

^, J^l^j j^' 7 v. 85, " Their portion (of the good things of this life)
them from
(that which
is

given, as

y&lf

reception:
v..51,

* W*" tr? JtfuM

shall be given

written

{j 34

"

And how

in) the

Book

of God's decrees."

should they receive (the faith) from a far distant place?" i.e. beyond the grave.

$S n.a. That
v. 121,

which any one gets or receives; at 9

the only place where

J& aor. o.
Time

7b

retreat,

remain behind, fly.

J,&

it occurs, it must be taken in a bad sense, meaning death, imprison-

or place of retreat.

ment, or other injury.

and when preceded by kesra or by

either

and hence called yJutyCA* or uyy\hT*\k;

see instances in the 69th chapter, at the 19th

quiescent after kesra or jazmated after fatha,

*,

an indeclinable affixed personal or possessive

pers. sing.

and some following

verses.

pronoun of 3rd

masc.

when affixed
pronoun

I* indeclinable affixed personal or possessive pro-

to a verb or preposition as a personal

it

noun of 3rd

pers. sing. fem. Her,

it, its,
!

see

*.

means him

or

it,

and when
;

to

a noun as a

'i is likewise
it is

an

interjection,

Lo

behold

possessive, his or its

This particle must not

occasionally prefixed to other words, as

be confounded with

"t,

which

is

occasionally

found at the end of words in case of pause,

UIa written also ll^i Here, IJl* or more

commonly j*
t

This, and other words, without

u
apparently adding

153)
in the path of God's religion."
act.

much

to their signification
cj'

jr^>

V mi"

D. S. Gr. T.

1,

pp. 441 and 536.

f,\t>

Take

One who

flies

from his country, a refugee

avoid

ye

for Isli, the

tl/being changed into hamza

J..V l^T Those who fled from Mecca to

persecution on account of their religion.
i_j=k aor. a.
jjk aor. o.

U
at

when thus

followed

by the
!

affixed

pronoun

c3 has the sense of li Take

69
y. 19;

the word occurs

To

sleep.
ia>

Bee D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 579.

To break, demolish.

n.a.

Demoli-

\y\& Bring! produce!

the

Some doubt
word;

exists as to

tion; \jj* In utter ruin.

derivation of this
it

according to
i.

De Sacy
the
iii. f.

*jji aor. stands for the Plur. Imperat. of

To overturn. *Mt
dove).

II.

To demolish.

of

^1

To come, but

it

bears a
iv.
f.

mean-

jj&jjb

To coo {as a
i.

jj&a

A Hoopoe.
J
or

ing more in conformity with the

verb q.v.

of that ^jla, aor.

To

lead in the right way, direct aright

See also D. S. Gr. T.

\

1, p.

256.

(with double ace. or with ace. and

to

^J\);

^U&
<A>.j\j>>

oblique fem. dual of

q.v.

follow a right course; y\* 6

v. 80,

"

He

(2nd declension) Haroot, name of a re-

has directed me," for Jfr* D. S. Qr. T. 1,

p. 118,

bellious angel, see

i-Jr-

o>jjU.

and T.

2, p.

497.

Is"** n.a.

A victim
comm.

P U see
aor.
i.

lis.

for sacrifice,

an

offering.

^&&

n.a.

lalik

and

o.
;

To
to

fall

down, descend, come down

at

gend.

direction, that

which indicates the

<^U part,

(with

^)

go down into (with ace), as

right way.
act.

<uu* A
directs,

gift, offering.

v. 58.

One who

a director, guide.

^ SaT
is

Gfc aor. o.

To be raised so as
Jlu*

to float in the air

(2nd declension) comp. form,

better guide, or

One who

{dust).

Dust

floating in the air.

c_j).

who

follows a better direction.

directed aright (with

xs* To sleep,
Jjk* aor. o.

match.A*f V. To watch (with

^jsik\
or
^J\
).

VIII.

To be

To

separate one's-self from, break off

Fem.

part. act.

having like the verb

aright, led into

a
off,

pass, signification,

Guided

an acquaintance with, leave

quit, leave alone
;

abstain from,

the right way.

to rave deliriously, to talk

nonsense.
one's-self

!** n.a. The act of separating

\sa or

jki

*<iib

Dual

a>

Fem. ^lii and

from another,

jystf* part. pass.

Spoken
j>-\j>>

in

a wild and delirious manner.

^1\ also with ^j);
,

Fem. Jj or JZ^', Plur. *"lja> This, these; a compound word consisting of the
oblique
particle li

III.

To migrate (with

Lo

behold
Note.

and the demonstrative

to fly one's country, emigrate,

become a refugee

pronoun

J.

According to the system

all

(with
i e.

J),
\

dJl

16 v. 43, fSlf^j tj/r-li jo~ ^J " Those who have fled their (
as

^f

of the Arab grammarians

the above words

are considered indeclinable nouns, and totally

country in pursuance of their duty to God, or

for his sake," so also
1

independent of each other, see \j.

<LJjb aor. o.

J---. \^,_fr V. cr*

Tofly, run away.

<~Jjb n.a. Flight.

v. 101,

"

He who

flies

his country (walking)

cJb To walk with quick and trembling gait.

20

V
cJaI IV.

154)
and
the
the
last

r*

To make

to

go hastily (with

or

two or three nights

is

at other times

L5

moon
name
it,

called

/>>. Jfei IV. To invoke

in slaughterv. 168, Lit.

^^Jk (2nd declension) Aaron.

of

God upon an animal

ii

ja

aor. o.

7b woee, shake (with ^J\ of pers. and <_>, as at 19 v. 25). *yH[ VIII. To stir one's-self,
to be stirred or set in motion.

ing

as

j&VJJb

JaI Uj 2

" That on which invocation has been made to

any other than God;"

a.

since the only flesh

is

Ija aor.

a.

To break ; and
jj* n.a.

,_gyt aor.

7b woc^,
ridi-

that can be lawfully used for food

that

on

ridicule,

mockery, derision,

which at the time of slaughter the words

<Lil
\

cule, jest, laughing-stock.

scoff, ridicule,
i-r>).

Jj^^ X. To mock,
One who
scoffs.

*l-b

have been pronounced.

*_jlft

laugh any one to scorn (with

part. act.

j_La>

7b be very impatient.
aor. a.

Very impatient.

sj^.t

uiia
7b joke.

and

i.

To

perish, die, fall; it is some-

Jja

aor. o.

7b be thin ;

and

times found with ^c, as lL1*

Jjt, aor. a.

Jjjb n.a.
*js>

Zj
joke.

^
lc
[

iL$Q>,

8 v. 44, " That he who perishes

;

may
away

perish in spite of clear evidence "

aor.
i.

clxJjk

7b squeeze witk the hand, to put to

i-jllaL.

69

v. 29,

"

flight.

fjjr*
i.

part. pass. Routed,

put

My power has
ull^i Time

fallen

to flight.

from
leaves from a tree,
(^j>i

m e."

uXJIa part. act. One who perishes.

or place of

jJLk aor. o. and

as

To beat down
I^j

-*I
it

lc

20

v. 19,

"

By means

isl^ Perdition,

of

beat

down

the leaves (as food) for

my

destruction. CSj$ IV. To destroy, waste,

cause to perish (with ace. and t_0.
part. act.

iS^*
part,

cattle."

One who

destroys.

\ %h aor.

iLxly*

i.

7b break, especially anything dry or

pass. Destroyed.
.nj*

hollow,
lii& aor.
i.

Dry

sticks or stubble.

JJk

Come

bring 1 an anomalous verb, D. 8. Gr.

;

7b break,

injure, withhold that

which

is

T. 1, p. 546
in the

it is

found in the Koran only

lllfy

due; and 1^>

*-da n.a.

aor. a.

7b be thin and graceful.

above form, as
to us "
;

S*

33

v.

18,

"he withholding of

that which is

" Come

^Tj^
Ifc,

jH* 6 v. 151,

" Bring

due.

1~9* Thin and smooth, as the spathe

forward your witnesses."

Ifc

of the

Palm when distended with

flowers.

or after kesra, etc.

see

*,

an indeclinable pro-

Jba aor.

a.

7b run forward with the eye* fixed in

part.
act.

noun of 3rd

pers. masc. plur.;

Fem.

horror.jJa^t

IV.

f.

One who

or

^* They
a
etc.

Dual

or

U$

They two ; when

hastens with fixed gaze or extended neck.

<jfc

used as an

affix after

a verb or preposition

Thus, a word compounded of the particles

must be rendered Them, and when

noun, Their.
All the above words are

I* Behold,

c3
etc.

As, and \j This.

after a

particle of interrogation,

Whether?

Is there?

properly speaking distinct

and indeclinable;

Does he?

D. S. Gr. T.
of

1, p.

455.
in the

J*

To appear,

ilfci plur.

jl* A new moon,

J> aor.

o.

To ponder anything

mind,

to

or according to

some the moon daring the first

meditate, think about, design, to be anxious

155

U
He,
an indeclinable personal pronoun of the

about (wi|k^L#3ao with <~>)

as

to plot against,

)*

it,

j^J^ |$

$ ^*j 40
anxious.

5 "

And every

third pers. sing. masc.

jU

aor. o.

To return

to one's

duty (with ^JV)

to

natioa ias laid plots against their prophet."

become a Jew.
*a! IV.

jya Hood,

name

of a prophet
;

To make

said to

have been sent to the tribe'of 'Ad

q.v.

the

Ua

or

Ua,

see *a.

Jews, generic noun, same as j^j

lifeless.

<1*a aor. o.
act.

7b fo extinguished,

ix<l* part.

j\& aor.
part,

o.

To fall

to

ruin.

Barren andJif*!?:s.

J La Weak,
fall

infirm,

tottering."jC^\

VII.

To

in ruin, tumble

Jl

aor.

i.

and

o. 7t impel,
f.

pour forth.yC^*
forth.

to pieces (with t-).

*ij>>

act. VII.

Pouring

aor.

i.

mid

o.

To squeeze

the hand, to bite,

These; an indeclinable pronoun used as the

ijik

comm. ggtd.
**

back-biter.

jUa A

plural of \ Jl, and

composed of
vile,

la

and

* Jji

q.v.

slanderer.

JBvil

^,1* aor. o. To suggestions of the

be light,

despicable,

quiet.

Devil.

[^Ja n.a. Meekness, quietness, modesty.

all night without halting.
n.a. Contempt, ignominy.

J^a

^^a
{

To break, marcA

^L&

Light, easy,

J>Xib n.a.

fhuffling

sound, properly, of

y^al (2nd declension) comp. form, More or

camels' feet.

most easy.
temptible,

^,lal

IV.

To

despise, render con-

^j*a no primitive fpjm, To put anything in the

girdle called

That which renders rfnf* part. act.

^U^a.

JA*^
;

(2nd declension)

contemptible, ignominious, shameful,

^l^*

proper name, Hanian.

part. pass. Despised, rendered contemptible.

^i
'

or

^a They,

them, their

an indeclinable pro- ,_^a aor.

i.

To

fall, to

stoop as a bird to

its

prey,

noun of the 3r4

pers. fem. plur., see *a.

also to rise;

isjb aor. a.
\j

To

love,

desire;

u*

aor. a. o,
to be

and

i,

To anoint a camel with pitch,

^^a
"

jl

Jst!

53

v. 1,

by some
set,"

interpreted

wholesome.

Lii

May

it

be wholesome
it

By

the stars

when they
rise;
v.

and by others
*JlJI jA=r>-
the' hearts

or profitable,

much good may

do you; the

when they

accusative or adverbial form of

^a Whole-

J\
to

<jwun
40,

14
to

"

Make

of

some, digestible, as \jj*

Literally,

ilia

sjli 4 v. 3,

some men

be well inclined towards them;"

.-_.),

"Then

eat

it

with easy digestion

blow away as the wind (with

,_yjA

see 22
lust,

and wholesomeness," a figurative expression

v. 32.

Plur, *1ja! Desire,

will,

meaning "Take
profit

it

and make use of

it

to

your

inclination.

*TjA Void.

<LjU The lowest

pit

and advantage."
that place,

of Hell. t^jAl IV.

To overthrow.

o^J

X.

dJ La There, in
with the
affix

composed of lib Here,

To
.<a She,

infatuate.
it,

tliJ, in the
is

same way

as from

an indeclinable personal pronoun of the

the pronoun \o

formed the word tlXJi or

1, p.

3rd pers. fem. sing.

*Ia aor. a.

<lj\ J, D. 8. Gr. T.
\lyjk for

513.

and

i.

To be prepared.

<Ljs

Form,

LaIa Here, composed of la Behold! and

in this place.

figure.

La

II.

To

dispose aright (with ace.

ua Here,

and

of pers.).

156

Si
quadriliteral verb,

vJk

an anomalous verb used with the preposition

^li

To say

Amen!

to

keep

J, as

C&^j*
etc.,

12

v. 23,

"Come!"

It is

anything safe,

'ly^*

part. act.

That which

spelt in a variety of ways, as

o-Jb, u-~a,

uu4,
l.li aor.
i.

D. S. Gr. T.

1, p.

546.

preserves anything safe (with ^J^) t as *"**v* <ulc 5 v. 52, " Preserving it (the Scripture)
safe

from change or corruption

n
;

'

"' 'lT
'

uf**^"

7b 4 raised or excited, as dust, anger,

wither.

The Guardian, a name of God.

Zj\^jd an anomalous verb used like

etc., to

c~ > with the

23
v. 38,

Jli

aor.

i.

To pour

out.

J-y* Poured
love,

out.
to

preposition J, as

^^y

U4

<^-'^f*

l\k aor.

i.

7b 4 captivated by

wander
1a

"Away
with;"

with that which ye

it

are threatened

abroad like one distracted (with

plur. of
thirst

^^i).

is

equivalent to l!c, the Preterite

1, p.
it.

*U1a

female camel raging with

being used for the Optative, D. S. Gr. T.

from disease.

545, but there are sundry ways of spelling

j an inseparable prefixed conjunction, And,

but, whilst;
is said to

also,
it

place of destruction.Jjjl IV.

To

destroy,

when meaning together with

it is

cause to perish.

govern the accus., thus

that

Jjj aor.

JJ

7b pursue eagerly, pour forth rain in

;

some

at 2 v.

33 read

<usi

CSsr-jj) <s~i\ ^^J)

large drops

and Jjj aor.

o.

7b be heavy and
Ji\j

"Do

thou inhabit the garden together with

unwholesome, as

air, food, etc.

heavy

thy wife;" however the nominative

CJ^j)

shower of

rain.

Jb'J Gravity, grievousness,

both here and in similar passages would seem

to be preferred
;

heinousness.

J-jj

heavy blow,

chastise-

is also

used in forms of

ment.

oaths,

and then governs the genitive, as <_jyi

v. 23,

51 J$T 3 Iillf
of heaven

"Then by
For the

the Lord

sf }

aor. jcj

To drive in a
;

stake.

j\Sy plur. of JJ>

v. 11,

A
difference be1, p.

stake

and earth."

jl^lf,] Jj 38

" Pharaoh

tween J and i_i see D. S. Gr. T.

555.

lord of the stake*," either because his king-

dom was

firmly established, a*

>

tent

when

VV'j
Jij aor.

seey.1.

il(

7b bury

alive.

~^y

fern. part. pass.

secured by stakes and pegs, or because he was

in the habit of fastening the hands and feet of

(A damsel) buried

alive.

,$
Jjj

aor.

i.

To fly for refuge.

s

Ji A

refuge.

his victims to pickets driven into the ground.

aor.

i.

7b stand still; and^, 7b have much hair

Jj

aor. j^

7b hate, defraud any one of a thing

or

ttool.
felt.

Ju3

plur. of

j 3 Soft camel's-hair
7b perish.

(with doable ace).

n.a. Single

for the
V. 2,

or

meaning of the wordsjiQT?

aor. Jjjj

H&rfj 89

jt)

aor.

^J; and Jt}

Jjy

see jL&.

"

vJ3

157

<J*>
substance,
88,
as.

'Jij aor.

/> To injure any one in the

^jj

or aorta,

*^rjf\ iIXJIa S^.

D. S. Gr. T.

$
2, p.

28

v.

the large artery which rises from the upper

"Everything

shall perish except himself,"

part of the heart.

'$'
%

Lit. his essence;

see

404
"

aor.

Jij To confide or trust in any one bond, that with which anything is tied or

&

so

also at

2 v. 106, *3J ']

to

'*]
'

^
-__

He

who submits himself

" i^r") 22 v. 11,

God

^s.

.iJij^

bound.
firm.

Juj
Jjyt

fern, of

form, Very J5j1 comp.

He becomes

v.

pevert," Lit.

compact, bond.

Jf^V?

"He is

turned upon himself; " ^>-j ,^1*

may

covenant, treaty. Jj>\] IN.

To

enter into a

also be rendered " according to his manner or

compact or treaty with any one (with ace. of

pers.
s

way."
in high

iL^sf-j

A tract.

Ls^j Honourable, held

II.

and c_j). Jl IV. To bind, draw

tight.
is

repute. '')

To

turn, direct (with

Jj

Plur. ^j\Sj\

An

idol

the verbal root

not
ace.

and J). ^-^ V. To proceed (with *UJJ

found in the primitive form.

and name of place).

to
fall

J^>-\

aor.

iJ*or lb be necessary,

down
s-j aor. i\ac To be one, alone, unique.
jc-j n.a.

dead, as

ly
To

lL^ \ti
their

22

v. 37,

"And

Alone ; JjoJ

He

or

him

alone, by himself

when they Lit.

\>-' aor. s=fi }

sides have fallen dead."

This word S*-J when followed by an affixed

find,

perceive.

&>)
65

n.a.

ComAc-

pronoun

is

to

be regarded as an adverbial
1,

petence,

means, as /$>~)

v. 6,

expression and indeclinable, D. S. Gr. T.

p. 512,

cording to your means."

and T.
S--j

2,

p.

291, note.

l^\j One,
f.

,l>-\ To entertain
in the

fear.J^^
ace.

IV.

To conceive

single.

Alone. j^jj

n.a. II.

The

mind (with
v. 73,

and

^^j), as (,/-jjj

worship of one God, belief in the Unity of the

^^
n

"Z^y 11

"

And he conceived a

fear

Godhead.
ij^-j aor. (jLar* To throw away (arms,
etc.)

of them."

in

vJU-j aor.

v.

*-f

7b ta agitated.

t-JL>-^ part. act.

flight.

itf-\

plur. of Jk-j

Wild

beasts. n.a.

Palpitating. kJL>-^ IV. To

make

a horse or

^>J aor. j
inspection,

To indicate, reveal.

Jy>-j

camel move briskly with a bounding pace.

revelation, ^*-ij llj^eL 11 v. 39,

" Under our

Js^

aor. Js^jj

To

fear.

Jj-j Afraid,

smitten

and according

to

our revelation."

with
t>-J aor.

fear.

^.jl IV.
To strike in the face.
fc>-j

To

reveal (with ace. and J,

^,
signs

sr

Plur.

or Ji, also with (with

^i and

^1);

to

make

jLC-j

A
;

face,

countenance,

favour,

honour,

J^
(as
;

of pers. and

^), thus

at 19 v. 12,

sake, as *3lf

*!$

76 v 9 " For the Bake of

*

LsqjJ ^t l^Jl .js-ju "

And he made

signs to
;

God

"

a beginning,

as

jQl

i-

v. 65,

them
see

though he would say) praise God

to inspire, speak

" In the early part of the day

;" intention, as
v. 107,

^,1

by
;

inspiration or

L^.; -J fXfi. \}\

its

y
;

"That

revelation (with
ace.

^\ and $)

to suggest (with

they should bear testimony in accordance with

true

and

meaning or intention

" essence, being,

pers.

as at 6 v. 112; also with J^ of J]), and J with subjunctive, as at 6 v. 121

158

JJ3
water, to drink thereof;
5}j to

jj aor. a.

To

love,

desire,

wish (with ace. or with

5J n.a.

to

go down

into.

^, or ^1, or

D ^).

Wadd, name of

place of descent, an approach, especially

an Idol worshipped originally by the antediluvians,

water for the purpose of drinking, thus

-

and

subsequently by the Pagan

Jjj>>

^?^Ji^^JPi 19v
we
will drive the

89 '" And
cattle

Arabs.

Jj n.a. Love.
affection,

Loving.

Jy

wicked into Hell, as

n.a. Love, love.

c Jj aor.

friendship. j\j III. To

are driven to water."

0,^ part.

act.

One who
before a

goes down (with J); one

jJ 7b />face, leave, used only in the aor.
;

who goes

and imperat.

caravan to draw water, one

ijj'j

who
rosy.

is

present at.

imperat.

c.J

Leave alone, perII.

fem. of J,}

rose,

1^

The

mit, take no notice of. ^Jj

To leave.
f.

jugular vein,
into,

cjyuL* noun of time and place X.

of deposit, as the

place

arrived

^y* "part. pass. Descended at. J$ IV. To lead one into

leaves.

womb
rain.

or the grave.

(with double ace).

Jtii

Jjl

aor.

jjj To drop

Jjj

n.a. Rain.

aor.

J^

To put forth
iij }

jj}

collective

^Jj

aor. ,_jAj

To pay a fine as expiation for manJ\j for ^jj\),

noun, Leaves.

A single leaf,
is

jjj Money.

slaughter.

and with the

article
2,

Sj)

aor. .j^j

To eat away the interior of the body

*Tj\

j^ff Poetice
p.

for Ls^)\, see

D. S. Gr. T.

{matter).

That which

behind.

Aiy
is

497

Plur. <L jy

valley,

channel of a

Behind, before, beyond, beside or except

river, a river,

io A

fine to

be paid for man-

never found in the Koran without a comple-

slaughter, as
fine

*lL* Ajji 4

v. 94,

"Then

let

ment

either expressed or understood, see D. S.

be given."

Gr. T. 2, p. 152;
ever
tion leave, let,
^.i, or
;

Jjj

"TJj

U 4 v. 28, "Whatmay
be rendered

j jj

aor. jJj

To jail upon, wound; aor.j jj not used

is

beside this," or " all with this exceplyiTJj |^

"

in the preterite; Imperat. jj

forsake, let

To

45

v. 9,

go (with ace. and ^Lt or

either
lJj\j

"Before them," or "behind them."

III.

with ace. and

junctive)
\I-j>-J
;

followed

by the

aorist sub-

To

hide (with ace. and

fire,

^) cf^l
One
hidden,

it is

also used with j as

^j

^.Jj

IV.

To

strike

tlj^* fem. part. act.

Li-Jii- 74 v. 11, " Let

I

me

alone with
v. 47,

who

strikes

fire.

J}j

VI.

To be
;

him whom
" Leave
cj,'i aor.
it."

have created;" ^jj 12

hide one's-self (with c_> or

the

^*)

at

38

y.

31

word J_f

is

used with an ellipse of the

1

cjy To be
^*)
;

heir to

any one (with

ace. of

nominative, (^JLiJ

being understood

D. S.

pers. or
part. act.

to

inherit.

^->j^ Plur. jy

Gr. T.

2, p.

451.

One who

inherits,

an
,1

heir,

cjy
con-

JjJ

aor.

JJjj

To

bear, carry (a burthen).

jj } Plur.
;

and cj^~* Inheritance.

stitute

in

IV.

To

j\jj\ n.a.

burthen, heavy weight, load

at

one heir of anything, to give for an

47 v. 5

it

means " Arms, or other burthens

jj }

inheritance (with double ace),

jjj aor. J^i

imposed by war."
at,

An

inaccessible

moun-

To be present, arrive

properly, at

tain, and hence a place of refuge.

jj\} part.

; ;

JJi

159)

KS*i

act.

One who

bears a burthen.

jij }

coun- J-i\j Devout, religious.

JL~j

Close proximity

sellor or minister
state,

who

bears the burthen of

Vizier.

no verbal root in the primitive form.

commonly

spelt

and pronounced

wj

aor.

*w

To brand
f.

(with ace. and

t>

J*). **?-*
its

cjj aor. cjj To keep back, keep (men) in their

ranks while marching. cjjl IV.

part. act. V.

One who knows a thing by

intelligent.

To

incite,

outward signs,
^jjj aor.

put into the mind,

instigate, inspire (with ace.

J*

To be buried in sleep.

h~> Sleep,

and
^jj aor.

IJi).

slumber, drowsiness.
Imperat. ^j To weigh (with
for

^,
n.a.

c_)

to (j-j-ij quadriliteral

aor. \j*y>$.

To whisper

evil,

weigh out

any one (with

ace. of pers.).

^
pass.

make
pers.

evil suggestions (with

of J, ^J\, or c->

weighing, weight,

^j^

part.

or with

^J).

(JX^Tlhe
cloth.
;

Tempter,

Evenly and equally balanced, that which

weights evenly adjusted,
^'j*-* Plur.

Satan.

has

its

^iij aor.

^iJ

To paint

<ui

An

admixture
'J

(2nd declension) irfj^y*

TV. 5 and 6
'a-i'/y*

balance;

at 101

of colour (in an animal)

thus \Jt <u

2 v.

may

be rendered " The

66 means " She

is

of a whole colour."
(J-^f S

measure of his good works."

klj aor.

lw

^Jj
into the
;

aor. t_

---;,

To be perpetual.

V &r ^"

To be in the midst, penetrate

LlJ The middle, middle
to the

act.

Lasting ; L*\j For ever.

mi4ft

Of.

\k^

<ul
juj aor.

jwJ To weave.

Ju^j

threshold.

2 7. If? must, accordihg

commentators,
hit the

1 rendered "A nation who have

golden

wi-y

aor. i-J-Ai

To

describe, assert,

ti-y n.a.

mew orJuift[milieu."
form,

)L$

Fern.

Ja^ comp.
as at

Description, act of attributing or ascribing.

aor.

Thi

ftti$0> the

more worthy,

68 J*J

J-J To join

to
.

come

to, arrive at, reach,

attain unto (with

J[).

XL*/, Waseela, a she

the

aiMftag Of ordinary kind

for

of food which

camel or ewe, concerning which the Pagan

Arabs were wont to observe certain superstitions

ye piwride

your

families."

mm

aor. J*J 7b fa ample, to take in, embrace,

in

honour of

their

idols;
p.

see

Sale's

comprehend,
a thing.

j-^j

Means,

ability to

perform
is

Kor&n, Preliminary Discourse,

II.

172. J-y

*Vj One who

God

To cause

to reach (with ace.

and

or that which
;

mple, extensive, one who comprehends

Ha

attribute of

it

means the Omnipresent

is

aor. ^jrfJ To join together. <u*y as ^j*j command, testament, legacy; the accusative

J of pers.). A mandate,

or Omniscient,

He whose mercy
Plenty,

over

all his

L~fj at 2 v. 241 and 4 v. 16 must be regarded

as an elliptical expression equivalent to !jJk

works.

Itut n.a.
ft

opulence.
or

f~?y
'ilfj
\^>

part. set. tVi

One who enlarges,

makes of

" This

is

Law

"

D. 8. Gr. T.
y. 12,

2, p.

83

large extant,

aw who is in easy circumstances.

gather together (in one herd).
or in perfect

^^ tlJ) Juo ^$ 4
of)
II.

" After (the paybe-

jHf

lor.

J~j To

ment

any legacy which he may have

J*3^ VItt* to be complete order, as the met* at the full.

queathed.",<^

To

enjoin,

command

(with ace. of pers. and <_>, or with ace. and

160

o*
down

vJ*3

}).

Lfj

n.a.

testamentary dispositionIV.

of

property.-^?

To

order,
;

command
bequeath
act.

(with ace.

of pens, and

or ^i)

(with

U).

sr
to

for

^
And

to

part.

A
one

yA
3

etc. render equal-in number, verbal root. necessary to be done; no

all

thoughts." impure and unbecoming

to agree, or

make A step.-^;. HI. To

thing
'

testator^p/vi. To
command,
enjoin

give one another a

to

'

C" aor

LJ To remain in a place.

'j><y (2nd

or recommend

declension) plur. of
aor.

^y A
aorist,

battle-field.

jZ
remove

U>

another (with i>).

double" ace. or

threaten (witb To predict, promise, folwith ace. of pers. and J

also with ace. of

L^aor. \Ji To
fix,

lay aside, put, place, lay down,

off,

lowed by energetic
pers.

hring forth a child; to put

(with ace. and

^)
v.

to appoint (with J)

and "J);

to

(with ace. of pers.).

prediction;
is

JjQTy'^
(into his

18

47, "

the

Book

(of the

fc

account of each man's

actions) shall be put

^
see
;

make anyone a

promisor

^' n.a, A promise, threat,

4 v. 121, The ellip*
>*5

words hands);" at 39 v. 69 these

rather to refer to the

thus

explained

by Beidawe*,
J|,
D. S. Gr. ?.

would seem
decrees,

Book

of God's

fed^i^,
5\krt

P- 85.

on the which "shall be laid open" (2nd declension) day of Judgment, may A Place at 4 V 48 plur. of

%#', Threatening, a threat.

*t}y, *Hfitfffl

'^y
;

yr

'

^*

be rendered

"The

true meanings

(of words)."

oXfyfflk tfcqi| j JP ment of a prediction, promisor appointment for a meeting. >*} ||fMPP

promise

time or place

\2~ part. pass. Placed.-'^? IV. To drive * 9 v. 47, (a camel) quickly, as ^^ f i i

\

Predicted,

promised.

^j HI.

*0

$$j0m*

>

for any one (with %nH fixed time or place (with ao* of plight faith to any one
ace.)
;

to

"

And they would have

driven

about your

motaal pers.)-o^9 VI. To make a

ment.

appoint-

passcamels,"-worrying them by constantly ing in and out among them.

'Ji\ aor.

[jL To

plait or fold

a thing with one

'

i%

aor. iLJ, Imperat.

ace. of pers.

iU To

m. admonish (with

and

part over another.

^yy P art

Pa88

Inter "
'

of flung, or wita
;

J mean&, part.
an

ing Lest or that not)

of to advise (with ace.

woven (with gold and precious

*j
aor.

stones).

% To
D

v. tread, trample on, as at 48

25

pers., -, of thing,
act.

and

that).

on referring

to this passage the

reader will

One who warns.

Daiy A warning,
retain in

theellipse of the observe a notable instance of

admonition.

}?^jT\->V^r correlative proposition or

tfl

after

1] 3

aor.

To

collect,

the

memory.

8 Qr T,

2, p.

420

the hiatus is sup-

TUj Plur.

L? A

locker, box, vessel or bag,

plied

by Beidawee
see v. 24.
;

as follows,

^.#.1 ujs

l,
may
or

%j
at

n.a. properly,
v.

The

act of

away. L^\3 fern, where jy thing is stowed retains in the memory. part, act. That which

trampling on

73

6 the words

% *l
of,

J9 IV< To be miserl y t0 v. 23
Jfroperly,

Becrete or hoard
it

" perhaps be translated

More

capable

iy

>"U,

at

84

means

to

fitted for

earnest devotion," or

" for keeping

" secrete in the breast."

0J

161

fJ
one who dies
(with ace.)
; ;

**i aor

*H To

come, *

ambassador
53J n.a.

into the

to take the life of

any one

presence of a king,

The act of coming

In the Passive, To be received

for to die.

into the presence of Royalty.

by God, an euphemism
part. pass. Pull,

i_JX for

}i

aor -

'A To be plentiful, *j$ ample.

aor
-

^jjr* part.
takes

act.

He who
full

receives the soul, or

away

the life. J>jZ>\

X. To take

full

u&3

J^L

To

run,J}

IV.

To hasten

(with

measure, demand
i^tj aor.

payment.
overspread, as dark-

i^^m To

enter, to

(Jb aor -

ok

To find a thing

to

befitting.^

II.

ness, to be eclipsed (the moon).

To cause an agreement or

reconciliation be-

cLij To appoint a fixed

LJsjQ.

time.

uJlJ

n.a.

Time ;

tween two parties (with ^j).

Jjy

n.a.

Re-

v.

186,

"To

define its fixed time."

conciliation, success, prosperity, accomplish-

eyliL, Plur. ii-wj^ (2nd declension)

A fixed
of

ment of

one's

wishes.Jlij

n.a. III.

f.

The

or stated time or period, time or place of

act of suiting,

becoming ;
fitting

ift,

t\y^ 78

y. 26,

appointment.

<!>yj^ part. pass. That

is defined.

for

jjjlij

|J
fl>

"A

reward."

which the time

\jy aop

/>*r/bra

a promise,

J$ for
perfect,

comp. form, Most complete or

strict in

Jjj aor. jjo

fire to,

To burn.

j Fuel. Sjj*
J
or
. .

IV.

To

set

more
with

kindle (with ace. and

^);

also

the performance of a covenant.

fulfil

II*

To

an engagement, pay or repay

;

JS, thus Lj 'j&T^J. & u} '&L* 13 v. 18, "And from that (ore)
fire
.

v^fj

which

(a debt) in full (with double ace.)

to

recom-

they ignite in the

like

there

comes a scum

pense fully for anything (with

ace. of thing,

J\

of pers. and
;

unto

it," i.e. like froth.

*>j* part. pass.

fire).

or with double ace.)

thus,
jjij

Kindled.
aor. jjy

S5^ X. To light (a
strike violently,

^U^T
"

.iSo,

^jj y & w^ a

v.

lis,

To

beat to

death,

And

indeed unto every one thy Lord will

jyy*
aor. jU

part. pass. Killed

by a blow from a club.

sit

surely give the full reward of his

there are several

works;" Jij
pleo-

To weigh down, make deaf; to

I

quiet

ways of explaining the

(with^i) ; yyi Sit quiet

see^.
burthen.
jj II.
jj n.a.

fem. plur. imperat.

nasms with which

this sentence appears to

be

Deafness.

J3

heavy

encumbered ; according
spelt Ul

to one

CU should be
see also D. 8.

JUj Kindness and

revere.
fall, befall, fall

long-suffering.

meaning CL*i-, see &,

1, p.

To

Gr. T.
act.

540, note.

i_j^ for ^j, part,

JJ

aor.

_ To
;

upon(with

J* and
;

One who pays

in full.JSjft IV.

To

fulfil

ij*)

to be

incumbent upon (with

A)
7
v.

to
;

or

performa covenant(with
to give full

ace. or with

come

to pass, to be confirmed, as at

115

M>;
fils

measure (with
S

ace.

and

of

to fall

down

into (with ^J).

t-> or

^JlJ part. act.

of pers.)
;

pers.).

c^.' for

J>^

part. act.

One who'fulreceive or

Falling

upon (with

that
will

(his covenant)

Jiy
God

V.

To

which comes
surely

to pass; to

ij$f That which

take to one's-self, as

receives Jhe soul

If

come

pass, the inevitable

21

Day

of

^
(

162

t'J

J>

Judgment,
pass.

am] noun of unity,

coming

'^Sy (2nd
One who

declension)^ plur. of

^
;

to Ss; aor.

X
J

To stand still.-%& n.a.

II.

f.

Con-

firmation, ratification.
fist,

The time
III.
f.

'part, or place of falling. J-e^

falls into

act jlj aor. jli To strike with the

c&'aor.

(with ace.).

IV.

To bring

about,

excite enmity (with

keeping.

another's To commit anything into One who takes care of any-

&,

thing for another,

the

guardian

of

one's

_i^

aor.

J&,

Imperat.

Ju

To stand, make to

interests,
affairs,

disposer^ a patron, administrator,

stand,

as"^ 37
Jl

v. 24,

"And make them

seat of

to

the witness to a bargain;

b\J&)
a

stand (before the

also with

Judgment

God)

" so

at 6 v. 30.

J- part.

" 4 v. 83,

And God

is all sufficient as

pass.

guardian," see

^.-$ 3

II.

To appoint one

Made
j;aor.

to stand (with 3^c).

entrust one with keeper or guardian over, or

Jo., Imperat.

j To

keep, preserve; to

(with double ace). defend, keep one safe from S a part. act. One who keeps safe, iV.
for

ace. of pers. and t^t the care of anything (with put trust in any one, of thing).- jly V. To

J\,

and especially in God (with J2).

act.

$j^ part,

defender, protector.

~J&

Devout, see

Ju.

One who puts

his trust in another.

iU; Fear, and

Jfi

(2nd declension) Fear of

God,

reverence, piety, are irregular

1,

nouns of

>LZ 3

aor.

uL To
To

diminish, defraud one of any-

action (D. S. Gr. T.

p.

293) thought by
viii. f.,

anoUhing). thing (with ace. of pers.

some

to be derived

the words

explained,
fear or

^
&

from the
v.

see

Jo

%
|

aor. '.

enter (with

J).

fe An inmate

^-i; 47
by

19 are by some
to
|'jj;

friend. 2J1 IV.

To

cause to enter (with ace.

"And

he shall show them what

others,

and
aor.

^ji).

avoid;"

"He
;

will

give

them

Jul VIII. (the reward of) their piety."

to one's-self, to fear

i To bring Pass. jJJ To be

Children.

forth,

or beget offspring;

born.

sing,

and plur
Plur.

To take heed

also to fear

son; Issue, offspring, a child, a

Jty

God, to be devout.
copies for
at

ajj is found in
v. 51,
;

some

i$ part.
and

act.

One who

begets, a

24

but this must be

Iu-~>,

parent, a father,

!i& A
father
to

mother; Dual

regarded as a license
Gr. T.
for
1
,

some read
2
v.

D. 8.

u1j4$1" The
*s'a$& 14
D. S. Gr. T.
child, youth.

parents,

and

mother;
parents;"

p.

252

^yuti

38 before a pause,
S. Gr. T. 2, p.
part.
act.

v. 42,

"And
459.

both

my

JySu

" Fear

me!" D.

1, p.

J*

Plur-

vty A
is

497.

J^> for Jc^Plur. One who fears God, devout.

ufL^

S/^

part. pass.
to

One who

born, a child;
is

2 tyy One
to

whom

a child

tsj

lean (with To take up a burthen. y V. To

J^).
Sit!

born, a father.

VIII.

To

recline

(with

Ji).

aor.

Ji

To be very near

any one,

either as

part. act. Reclining (with

^j and Jc).
day

ace), kindred or neighbours (with

^j

for

\sU

place where

any one

reclines, a

part. act.

One who guards over

Plur.

the public

a banquet. couch or "Triclinium," and hence

safety.

'J,

*Z#

(2nd

declension)

J*
Near, a friend,
protector; at

163

u*>
ace);

patron,
v.

benefactor,

helper,
to

Jy U

Jy

4 v. 115,

"We

will

put

it

282 *Jj would seem

into his

power

to follow the bent of his infor

have nearly the same meaning as

at

ai^

q.v.

clination,"

Jy

l^y*

part. act.

He who

27

t.

50

it

refers to the avenger of blood,

v. 35,
is to

causes one to turn

towards a thing; thus,

is

who, as mentioned at 1 7
or next of kin
;

be the heir

LjJ^^k

2v. 143, "It

;

He God who turns

ace.

at 19 v.

5 UJj

may

be rendered

(them) towards

it

"

the other

i\\ Js

" Heir apparent," or " next of kin," so also at

the passage at 17 v. Ill is explained St S under the word J J q.v. iAy n.a. Help, the

" Every nation," being understood. .X.1 IV.

8 v. 73

To cause

to

draw nigh

ilj ^J} 75 v. 34,

\

"Woe
cause

unto thee!" Lit

"May He-GodMay
thee," the preterite
;

act of taking as a friend,

heir, as

or appointing as

(evil) to

draw nigh unto thee," or "

*^ ^

"~0i

^ ^^

8 t. 73,
be,

it evil draw nigh unto

where the meaning would seem to

"

It is

being here used fi the optative

T.
1, p. 169;' back; to retire (with ,<'

D. S. Gr.

in no wise right for you to appoint them as

Jy

V. To turn back, turn one's

); to

your
Dual

heirs."

for

^1

(2nd declension)

turn away (with

WL|/

comp. form, Nearer, more or most

c;

fi) ;

to

adopt or choose any

ace. of pew.), as at

one as
5
v. 01
;

a friend
to

near of kin, more worthy, more proper, nearest

(with t- and J);

(with
upon

take

ilw
a
at

^Jy,

see iv.

f.

one's-self,

Jj^

Plur. fJ\y* (2nd declension)

A
or

lord,

coma

"And
47
v.

he who
;

as tJS 24 v. 11, Jjy u^JuTj hath taken upon himself to

panion,

protector,

patron

client;
it it is

aggravate

it

" to be put in authority, as at

muter
both

or servant;

44

v.

41
or

found
in

24;

Instances are not

uncommon

in
is

with both

these meanings,

may

which the

cj

of the second person aorist

instances

be

rendered

partner;

one

omitted, as IjSy for \Jf3 11 v. 3, see D. S. Gr.

newly related by blood, as at 4 v. 37, or a

Istf^ {j* 57 v. 14, nephew, as at 19 v. 5 " It u the proper place for you," or " a place
;

T.

1, p.

221.
verily he shall
bft,

iJjOj

And

see

,IS.

3) aor. ^ij To be slack or negligent (with ^i).

bestow

nigh unto yon,"

Jjfj

Imperat. ^ To give, being here considered Vr**j aor. _^j, ^Jy to restore, as at 33 v. 42 (with ace. and J). as a noun of place, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 302. An cL>l*j A free and liberal giver; or II. To retreat, turn the back (with

^
l<

^S^T

^j*, or with the

it

words jU-m or *>,uJl

epithet of the Deity.

J*);
^.\i

sometimes found with

* f^.

aor. 4?d To burn. a double ace, thus ^*j

Brightly burning.
infirm, languid,

*jo

^y 8 t.

16,

And he who
;

-Jb aor. }

^nj To

be weak,
^J).

faint,

turn* bis back anto them on that day " to

cause to turn towards (with double ace.)
turn
;

remiss (with
.Xt

"JUj

Weakness, faintness

to

U* 31 v. 13,

"With weakness upon

comp. form,
f.

away (with ace. and

^)

to
;

turn one's
to set

weakness."

ct*y

(.2nd declension)

face towards (with double

ace.)

one

Weakest. ^j

part. act.

IV.

One who

over, or give one authority over (with double

makes weak.

164

J>>
aor.

^
which
it

J>j

To be

torn;

&

Fern.

&& part.

act.

may

well bear at 28 v. 82, where

it

occurs; see D. S. Qr. T. 1, p. 580.

misfortune,

Torn, rent.

A great regarded by some as an abbrevia- J[j i/j an interjection word is commonly employed as an interjection cJ'of the tion of JK q.v. ; it takes the affix 2 v. 73, "Then woe to with J, as second person, and may then be translated them," or with an affixed pronoun as il&Jj Woe unto theel In some copies we find ^ujj "(They say) Alas for thee! be conlyT\ 46 v. 16, as one word, in which case it may
; ;

woe

no verbal root

this

$ j#
j

sidered as

composed of the

interjection

_fj

Oh

Believe."

&

Shame, as

J&,
!

Ij

(for

jSjJ

or
is

Ah and *Ji As if;

!

according to some

tJo,

11 v. 75, " Alas

p. 90, note.

my

shame

"

D.

S. Qr. T. 2,

equivalent to

Know, an
"fi\

interpretation

^j, affix, of the

first

person singular, Me, my, fre-

Swcj aor. cond. v.

^jfcj aor. v.
f.

f.

of \*& q.v.

quently spelt and pronounced

to a verb
it is

Jv when affixed
;

of *!i for
fi>

la

q.v.

written

quently omitted aa

J; it is not unfrec^ for ^j, ^<ju\ for

1, p.

'id

and

aor.

an orphan.

J^j

J~i

Plur.

Ji^j (2nd declension)

An

orphan.

j,$\ etc.,
tf
!

D. B. Gr. T.

457

et seq.

a vocative

particle governing the nominative

and accus.
Jj\li see
'

cases,

D. S. Gr. T.
of 1*.

2, p. 89.

j (2nd declension) Yathreb, the

of Medina.

original

name

,Jcj^

viii. f.

J-U

(2nd declension) Gog, name of a tribe of

%y? Black smoke, said to be derived from

jj see v^>^.

q.v.

barbarians near the Caspian Sea, v.

m

~fr u

'

JZ aor. JJlrf, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 240, To despair

'

'J& aor.

v.

f.

of JjJ q.v.
fern. plur. aor. iv.
f.

(with

^);

at

13 v. 30

it is

used withal,

^
^jj 2b

3rd pers.

of tS5 q.v.

and

is

there generally understood to

mean

to

fcwcA or injure in the hand.

* for

^
'

know. X. To

^Us-.^ ijwjJ Despairing, desperate.

reject all hope, despair (with

"n.a. feminine,

hand;

Dual

^,

oblique

^).

J&,

compleand when in connexion with a

jJjJU collective noun, Rubies; a word of Persian

origin.

ment \m and
Gr. T.
1, p.

^J
;

Plw. *3 *f
the phrase

33 D 8

Ill

^^ 9.

29

.Jb aor. cond. of

^\

q.v.

JJi aor. J^Z

To be dry.

J n.a. Dryness, dry.

is

according admits of divers interpretations; be made one it means that payment should
to

lA^

Part - act *
f.

^ nftt wnict
a*m
q.v.

ty or withered,

by

without the hand of the parties themselves

;

jbinu aor. viii.

of

the intervention of a third person

or

it

may

;;

"

lS'H

165

mean willingly,

or

by a ready money payment, jp (2nd declension) Ya'ook, name of an

Idol

or in token of subjection;
in his presence
;

& jo ^j

Before him,

worshipped originally before the Flood, and

afterwards
see

Lit.

between his two hands

v. 45,

by

the
for

Pagan Arabs.

jLvf])

(_^^.'l ^jJji

38

"Men

of power

t\i.

and prudence," Lit. "Gifted with hands and

eyes "
;

w ^
jj
\

cL>7 Yaghooth,
JaiLi

name

v. 148,

an idiomatic
Arabs, see jyu.
bitterly;
'
c
9

of an Idol of the

Pagan

expression

meaning " They repented

the idea seems to be that they bit their fingers

in grief and contrition, but it
at than expressed
;

tjyu see ijf.

is

rather hinted

^bju A

gourd, probably derived from

^fj To

see

LH.

inhabit.

jjj
iifj

aor. ofjjj q.v. aor. cond. iv.

f.

hh
of o\j q.v.

aor. a.
isJy

also tJD

To be

vigilant.

&ll

plur. of

Watchful, awake.

j_/uj

Ya

seen, initial letters of the 36th chapter, see

aor. a.

To be certain.

^Jjj Certain, a certainty,

that which is certain, as death at 15 v. 99,

j*mj,

slot.j^j To play at dice, to be easy.

Facility, ease, that which is easy.

j!uj

n.a.

and 74
li}

v.

48

lL*> Surely, of a certainty.

JLJ Small,
,jJ
also be

u\ IV. aor.

^^j To know

for certain, firmly

;

easy;

l^J

33

v.

14,

little
;

while.

believe, feel a certainty about (with c_j)

to

(2nd declension) Prosperity

the fem. of the

it

may

form a right judgment

^i^ part.

act.

One

comp. form, More or most easy

v. 8,

who

believes "firmly, or forms a right judg-

lSj^-A CjJZ^',87
for

"And we will facilitate

ment.ijL>\ X. To
part. act.

believe firmly.

^Ct

in matters of faith)," or

thee or prepare thee for the easiest (way " the way of happi-

One who

is

firmly assured,

ilk

see {j&.

ness."

J^w, Drawing lots. J^Ili

\jyLlZ fy 17 v. 30,

part. pass.

i>&
Ij

or

&& 8ee
;

<-0>-

Facilitated;

"A

kind

pass, for **j

no

active voice,
sea, flood
;

To be thrown

into

word."
j^j, II.

i^uw*

time of ease or convenience.

the sea.

To

a river, as at 20 v.

facilitate,

make easy
;

(with ace.
to second

39. **J
choose for

V.

To aim

and

at getting for one's-self,

or <_j, or with double ace.)

any one or help one forward (with

and J).-^115 V. To be easy.
easy.
9

ace. of pers.

^2D

X. To be

one's-self.
its

aor.

ij^j To place {a corpse) on

right side

in the grave,

,^-jj Plur. ^\a?\ fem.

The right
v. 28,

s s

hand, an oath, power;

y~t\,J. 37

**j (2nd declension) and with the article cr Elisha.

s
P

Lljf ^

Lit.

" From

the right hand,"

force, or

meaning with a
etc.

good omen, or with

3rd P er8 - masc plur. aor. of
-

with an oath,

u^V.
li

jJU

q.v.

yrwl (2nd declension) The right (hand).

r^ai, see iifVe9l*s

The

right hand.

i-jyuj (2nd declension) Jacob.

-jL.; plur. of

s^j A

fountain,

rt.

_J q.v.

166

u*t

j_4 aor. j_~j 7b ta ripe,

act of
o^yj

wj

n.a. Ripeness, the

yjejj 3rd pers. plur. aor.

iv.

f.

of
f.

^j

<1 ,T '

coming

to maturity.

^y-iji 3rd pers. plur. aor. iv.

of ^ju q.v.

generic noun, Jews.

nation.

Jj j^j

Of

the Jewish

*jj

aor.
*l!ft

J
A

7b 4e or exist for a day.

*
;

Plur.

day, the civil day of 24 hours

a day

^jjjj aor. iv.

f.

of

^Jft q.v.

of battle, thus at 45 v. 13, where the words

Jjj aor. of o\

for Jjl q.v.

ii. f.

AjjTiCI mean those days when

please

it

might

God

to

bestow victory on the

Moslems
;

Jjj aor. conditional

of

ijf Jl

q.v.
*^j

On

that day,

on a certain day

fjjJl

To-

^j^j
q.v.

3rd pers.

fern. plur. aor. pass. iv.

f.

of ,_? Jl

day, on this day.

o>1^j Then, on that day, a

*jj

word composed of
T.
1, p.

and

j\ or J^,

D. S. Qr.

^ji

see i^m-j.

521.

ia-jjj (2nd declension) Joseph.

Jonah. isJf, (2nd declension)

FINIS.

ERRATA.
FAQ I COt.

UHt

FAOE

COL.

UNI

9 13

2 23/or ^jJXread
1

J$T.

91

5 lines from bottom/or Those who purify,

etc.,

24 /or jj readjj.

read One who

clean, pure.
i.

purifies himself,

or

is

23

2 19>rcitfra*JL)T.
107
1 1

7 for

o.

and

read

a.

25

6 lines from bottom for teschdeed read

teshdeed.

112

last line

but one
113.

la should come
read

after

28

2 12 for sl2^. read 2 21/or Schechinah

CX.

JUp.
139
1

8 for

plur. of ij\Jt, rt.

of.

part.^ act.

70

rairf Shechinah.

iii. f.

NINETYNINE NAMES OF ALLAH

By:

Muhammad
is

Iqbal Siddiqui
the only

We

One God. "Allah" is a proper noun out of it nor any derivation is formed plural can be par excellence in a consolidated from. No is the name of the Divine Allah Beauty. and Perfection possible. It connotes the attributes of the most exAsma-ul-Husna, caned names One as distinguished from all other attributive
all

praise

and

solicit

Hi. blessings. Allah

cellent

individually complete but perfect in their names. His ninety-nine attributes are not only harmony. They blend as the hue of the rainbow. book are aimed at explaining to the faithful the Brief notes on Asma-ul-Husna given in this on the subject is indeed a and significance of individual attributes. This book

meaning

remarkable work in English.

DemySvo

PP.178

Und

Edition 1991

Rs. 60.00

THE FAMILY LAWS OF ISLAM

M.I. Siddiqui
social at the spiritual, political, economic and Islam is a complete code of life which aims Islamic the book is not merely a book on development of the human society as a whole. This such as Dower, Dowry, Divorce etc. subjects allied other with Law of Marriage but also deals been dealt with in the light of the Holy subject of marital rights and obligations has

The

Qur'an and the Sunnah.

DemySvo

PP VII +278

R-

68.00

ISLAM FORBIDS FREE MIXING OF

M.I. Siddiqui
In this book an attempt has been

MEN AND WOMEN

and

made

in islam to present the true position of the sexes

The concept of sex equality, the significance of their mutual relationship and role in society. modren woman's freedom movements and the purdah- The woman's role in the family; the treated in the light of the holy Qur'an problems created by promiscuous sex relations are fully
and authentic
traditions.

DemySvo

XII + 164

Und

Edition 1991

Rs. 60.00

WOMEN
The
position of

IN ISLAM

M.Mazheruddin. Siddiqui

among Islam has been the subject of repeated controversy civilisation. Western impact of educated Muslims ever since they came under the Islamic injunction in regard to the regulahow show to tried ably has author the book In this conditions without departing from the modern tion of sex and family life can be adapted to

women under

principles underlying them.

DemySvo

PP VIII + 160

Illrd Edition 1990

Rs. 50.00

INTRODUCTION TO QUR'AN
Dr.

Muhammad

Adil,

M.A., LL.B., Ph.D.

This

young generation.

Holy Book-Al Qur'an in a simple language specially meant for and commandments have been presented with convincing arguments. Text of some selected suras with transliteration, translation and simple commentary has been given. A useful book for students.
is

an introduction
Its

to the

basic teachings

Demy8vo

PP VIII +

140

Ilnd Edition 1990

Rs. 50.00

THE LIFE OF SALADIN

Beha-Ad-Din

The author
Cairo

is

known by

his

surname.

He was

professor at the College Menazil-e-lzz at

Old

When
is

he

visited Sultan

he appointed him Kadi-el- Askar and

Hakim

of Jerusalem.

He accompanied the
So
this

Sultan on

Many important compaigns and watched him at close quarters.

on the
life

the most authentic history

of Sultan Salah-ud-Din Ajyyoobi.

Demy8vo

PPXX+420

Ilnd Edition in India

Reprirt India 1991

Rs. 300.00

STUDIES IN ISLAMIC HISTORY AND CULTURE

Prof.

S.M. Yusuf

light on the motives prompting the early Wars of Islam and the strategy and war of the muslim commanders. It also gives an account of the dealings of Muslim conquerors and administrators with the followers of other religious. There is a remarkable discussion of the social and Economic change which over took the Muslim Society during the reign of caliph 'Uthman'. The book contains a detailed account of the activities of Arab mariners and merchents. It fully brings out the part played by the muslims in International Commerce and the Position enjoyed by them in the eyes of the local rulers in the region.

The book throws

the art of

Demy 8vo

PP VIII + 244

Ilnd Edition

Rs. 125.00

Adam

Publishers

&

Distributors

Shandar Market Chitli Qabar Delhi- 110006